“Omnes res creats sunt divine sapientiz et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapzentia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnaus.

* Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir quelle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

seis k Soe es ets te EME Sylvan jowers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from roek

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

ALERE @ FLAMMAM,

CONTENTS OF VOL, XX.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER 116.

Page

I. A Revision of the Wasps of the Genus Vachytes inhabiting the

Ethiopian Region. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.8.,F.E.S..... 1

If. The Groups of the small and medium-sized South-American

Serena Eve bb tet POC OOS RO) s sete v4 0B igs. «a: ora » Pusse'c ese wince 43

IT. The Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus. By

YA ge opal Ws C0} 0S a Sarat ont Pe SENG 47

IV. New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. By J. J. Joicey,

F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tarot, F.E.\S. . (Plates I-IV.).... 50

V. New Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. By J. J. Joicry,

Hs. end W. J, Kaye, FES. (Plates Vo& VE) eed eee: 87

VI. On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana. By Oxp-

HUET ETI EEC) WICA Sha atte hy oat Mratake: ar ariseetamerat ohanate Cres aleMe Cae eee ee ig 95

VIJ. Notes on the Hymenopterous Families Bethylide and Rho-

_palosomide. By Rowxann EH, Turner and JAMEs Warerston.. 101

VIII. New Geometride in the Joicey Collection. By Louis B.

Provt, F.E.S.. (Plate VI.) ..... Be ere mi eg wg eee Atos AE 108

IX. A new Genus of Urside, By R.I. Pococs, F.R.S. ...... 128

lv CONTENTS.

Page

X. Note on the Subgenus Paradownesia, Gestro. By S. MAuLIK,

BA. (Cantah:); FARES. Pie ccs os ceeaes <5 sso. te ee 130

XI. On the Occurrence ofa Pseudoparasitie Mite ( Cheletiella para-

sitevorar, Mégnin) on the Domestic Cat. By Sranury Hirst .... 132

Proceedings of the Geological Society ............eeeeeeee 134—136

NUMBER 116.

XII. A Systematic Revision of the African Species of the Coleo-

pterous Family Erotyliide. By Gitbert J. ARROW ..........+. 137

XIU. New Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera, By Colonel

C. SWINHOn, MLA, | Ble Seer yeh ees ewe eens soo ce ee eee 157

XIV. Notes on Asteroidea. By Wattrer K. FisHEer, Stanford

Uaiversity,Galiteraign cals o/s 08 ace os ely syerde sid sins «eas fe eae 166

XV. A new Genus and Subgenus of East-Indian Sea-Stars. By

Wa tter K. Fisuer, Stanford University, California ............ 172

XVI. Remarks on the Midwife Toad (Alytes obstetricans), with

reference to Dr. P. Kammerev’s Publications By G.A. BouLENGER,

BMP e. rete aioe 0 viaye oe BT Was Vin voc h IR ARIE. Soa -a atin a ee cae 173

XVII. On a Second Species of the Batrachian Genus Amphodus.

By G. A. Bourmnagmr, FURS, . iit see oo: aaheltd cp pis bas uaaeieee 184

XVII Descriptions of some Ethiopian and Australian Homo-

ptera. By W.L. Disvang ..,...... Be rire ee me As .. 186

XIX. On the Arrangement of the South-American Rats allied

to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ......... . 192

XX. Two new Rats of the Rattus confucianus Group. By Oxp-

FEED “PE OMAS EEE orcs os hiolai's alee a pyoit oes anya okeas See nial = Se 198

New Book :—Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14, under

Sir Douglas Mawson. Scientific Reports. Series C. Zoology

and Botany. Vol. IV. part 1. Mollusca. By C. Hupiey,

PAS. os. wise eats eee een er Revive oles alee ‘yes

CONTENTS. Vv

NUMBER 117.

Page

XXI. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies Hydro-

camping, Scopariane, &e. By Sir GuorcE F. Hampson, Bart.,

P25: G6e. A “ico RBS te PS ED PO OEE Rey ERIC Ee 201

XXII. New Lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch New Guinea, and

Biak. By J. J. Jorcny, F.LS., F.Z.S8., F.E.S., and G. Tausor,

Oe RP eo RIN Ls Pt sonce ois Sarg a a Kon ca" sins, vie ene til Fo ai eceln levees 216

XXIIT. Two new Species and new Genus of Sphingide. By J. J.

Jorcry, F.E.S., and W. J. Kaye, F.E.S. (Plate VIII.) ...,.... 230

XXIV. Remarks on certain Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen

(the Demodex of Man, the Horse, Dog, Rat, and Mouse). By

SCAND Meo. GEG N.)!, cuc'en,ciacee ce ctuelje eae 4.03) sides oes oe

XXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVI. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, University of Colorado ,.........ceeeecees CA Vids cae

XXVI. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—I. By

Rowranp H. ToRsnnp, PLS, EES. os ls cee visti cdeeeeeclewe 241

XXVII. The Genera of Hapalide (Marmozets). By R. I.

LE ETT HE SN 69s FORSURpaaMein G Ine ote OW aca ne mae Se 247

XXVIII. A new Agouti from the Moon Mountains, Southern

British Guiana, with Notes on other Species. By OLpFIELD

PPERDIA: Mh ete nr nispa a eotreee oie! @ A 8,91 <0 ay aie 8, 8 Srajsinie’e viele marae sia. Pe a ete 259

XXIX. A new Mink-like Mustela from Java. By H.C. Rosin-

Su AG, COPE: IR PROINEAS 33/6 2 o's) of sie ace wie ah Mleveie ele ae He Glove teas 261

Proceedings of the Geological Society...... Saeuds larpta stots apace ss aa 208

NUMBER 118,

XXX. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies Hydyo-

camping, Scopariane, &c. By Sir GzorcE F, Hampson, Bart.,

E.Z.8., &c. Boe 6, 3, OC 9.0/6, Gre b ®. ev) 08 Ue? Sy eh et ww BY RY Ble eovevrrer eer veonve oe eeeee 265

XXXI. On the Skull of Tritylodon longevus, Owen. By Dr.

DEANISLAV PREBONEnVICS, (Plate 3.) ccces eno’ oles bie view LOO

vi CONTENTS.

; Page

XXXII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera—XXIX. On new

Ethiopian Species. By Rowianp E. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S. .... 289

XXXIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVII. By

T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado ..............e00: 298

XXXIV. New Species and Forms of Sphingide. By J.J. Jorcry,

POR Sean «de Awieg W th eGo nies aha oyeie «1c aa eee 305

XXXV. Notes on Agoutis, with Descriptions of new Forms.

By Crp REED Ter OMAs a ie iseates ste aed Palos ho we h wiae ewe a een 310

XXXVI. A new Heliophobius from North-eastern Rhodesia, By

OLDIE THOMARTS {1G hs Oto aerate be). ee Nels Bs oer eee 314

XXXVII. The Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago. By OLDFreLD

MSHOMAS a, sins Sak aah oh ahent es ph akee eee. h kia eee 315

XXXVIII. On a new Species of Shrew from Corea. By ArntHuR

DE CABLE SOWREBY, A738. FRAG. ks ca ae eae eee 317

XXXIX. The Homoptera of Indo-China. By W. L. Distant... 319

New Books:—Some British Museum Publications..............:. 3826

Proceedings of the Geological Society .........ccccsscessseveroe 327

NUMBER 119.

XL. The SEG EES of existing Felide. By R. I Pococx,

RGB scans seis Satvecs senile scone ine cera ean eee 329

XLI. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXX. On new Ethiopian

Scolude. By Rowuanp E. Turner, F.Z8., F.BE.S. . 0... cece ees 351

XLII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXXI.. On Psammo-

charidé in the British Museum. By Rowuanp E. Turner, F.Z.5.,

Le OR Memes reir eta apc T4rk SIA pe ea eae seet Gb 357

XLIII. Records of some British Symphyla. By Ricuarp 8.

BAUNAIA,, EAL.B. o.35 eo eiapeubietetes pir ete Nate i nd oars Seer 360

XLIV. A new Rat of the Genus Mylomys from the Upper Nile.

By OLDFIEUD THOMAS “.-,:.0's1.5 sabe patentee Mea vtele's olny eas See 362

CONTENTS. Vii

XLV. Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika forming E

Part of the Collection made by the late Dr. L. Stappers for the

Belgian Government. By G. A. Bou.reneemr, F.R.S......... Tate OUn

XLVI. A Note on the Coleopterous Genus Euvrestus. By

BR NE a AN TEAMOMGY In ano Zis/r HN aici Seals VIE aoa ai Piuvlase yi sath 368

XLVII. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily Py-

raustine, By Sir Gzorcr F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e. ..,... 369

NUMBER 120,

XLVII. British Fossil Crinoids— XI. Balanocrinus of the

Eondon Olay. » By F.. A, Barner, D.Sc., FURS... ccc ee cc en 385

XLIX. New Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. By Colonel C.

PeRRVELOM G As 3H ELS: 2s a mais wel ov de waieeode st nae eea ene 407

L. Descriptions of new Frogs of the Genus Rana. By G. A.

LOUIS ss 3S SSS ee ae oe Pee nis Wir as 413

LI. New Genera and Species of Brisingide. By Watrer K.,

Fisuer, Stanford University, Califurnia..... perenne nes ae tLe

LII. On Three new Parasitic Acari, By Svantey Hirst .... 431

LIII. South-African Talitride. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R.

Psartees SUNG EA OE AP cheno Pca a) oe See's: fk Boece a lat wb ac Oleretgmesa aa e ps 4 pn de

LIV. Descriptions and Records of Bees —-LXXVIU. By T. D.A.

Cocernenr, University Of COlOrAdD, Ghee eo dee eae chat ewer canes 436

’ LY. Notes on Georychus and its Allies. By OLprireLp Tuomas. 441

Mintle > hry ce Ho pa eae BS IeG eit eee eres atily ates Res decane 440

PLATE J,

It;

IT.

IV.

PLATES IN VOL. XX.

New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea.

VIL. New forms of Heliconius.

VU.

VIII.

IX.

New Geometride.

Polyptychus lapidatus and Thibetia niphaphylla.

Demodex ratti and D, museuli.

Skull and teeth of Tritylodon, Cynognathus, and Diademodon.

Vol.20. EIGHTH SERIES.

———————

a e TH oe A N N « LS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, ‘BOTANY, asp GE OLOGY.

No. 18.

Tuy, La

CHERS, Pade eres |

LEY, M.A, BoD, PRS, PLS, ane

elas, Seon AGS -BRINe A \ CONTINUATION 0 OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINND WIRTH) >

ao V pETi/s! MAGAZINE or NATURAL istony. le

ten, Kent. & te: td: “3 Bain, Panis: met

Fiegis, é 0s) Dublin, Mores

Pe & os cae

nd Hodges,

WATKINS & DONCASTER

- Naturalists,

Keep in ‘tonic every kind of APPARATUS eee

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

' OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES,

~ Which should be fixed up in dora or shrubberies

before the breeding Season. ‘ zy

A Large Stock of Butterilies, Moths, Birls, roe ae, aa

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed freo to any riod

36, STRAND, LONDON, eka ENGLAND.

Sick Ad.; Post Free, 4d.

LIST OF BRITISH NON-IARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L. Sy ¢ etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED’ LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C, 4.

Price £1 net, Royal ei pp. xlyi, 1237, 33 coloured pistes and map.

tee HISTORY

OF THE

BIRDS OF Sr

Col. Vincent Lee, R. A, F.Z iS &c,

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court; TlectSecck EC. 4,

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

‘JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books |

in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and J grag

of Learned Societies, ete., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

_ Libraries. or small parcels purchased for cash. :

|} SPECIAL CATALOGUES: Botanical, Ornithological, Entomological, Geological, pense

Microscopical, Gardening, Agricultural, Chemical, ete., gratis on piece epee lk SEN (Ye

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY, LONDON, WE 2 ae

Telephone : 'G@ercant 1412

THE ANNALS\ -

AND ne “‘Cilal f

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

ES ieusddeatneuserees per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, ef mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

NV. Parthenii Giannettasi, Eol, 1,

Nos tts. JULY. LOZ.

I.—A Revision of the Wasps of the Genus Tachytes inhabiting

the Ithiopian Region. By Row ann E. Turner, F.Z.S.,

F.E.S.

Tue following notes on the Ethiopian species of Tachytes

are based on the collection in the British Museum, which is

rich in species from Nyasaland and Uganda, but poor

in species from West Africa and the dry regions of South

Africa. The species run very close, and are most easily

distinguished by the distance between the eyes on the vertex,

the sculpture of the vertex, the shape of the pygidial area in

the female, and of the seventh tergite and eighth sternite

in the male, by the colour and distribution of the pubescence,

the colour of the legs, and by the number of spines on the

basal joint of the fore tarsus. In some of the larger females

the sculpture of the second and third sternites is also

important. The mouth-parts might also be of considerable

use, but I have not had sufficient material available to use

them as extensively as I could wish; there is, however,

considerable variation in the palpi, in the length of the

galea, and in the form of the ligula. The details of neuration,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. - 1

2 Mr. R. E. Turner on

though they have been much used in description, must be

used with extreme caution in the distinction of species, being

far from constant, variations being very common in the

comparative length of the second and third abscisse of

the radius. Comparatively few Ethiopian species of the

genus have been described, and in most of the descriptions

important characters—such as the apical segments of the

male, the sculpture of the second and third sternites of

the female, and the structure of the palpi and galea—have

not been noticed. J have not included species from Mada-

gascar in this paper, the collection being very poor in species

from that island. The occurrence of a species of the sub-

genus Calotachytes in Madagascar is, however, interesting.

The species I have not seen are marked *.

Key to the Ethiopian Species of Tachytes.

dd.

1. Mandibles not excised on the outer mar-

gin; median segment striated on the

dorsal surface, subrectangular, the

apical angles not rounded ; abdomen

wholly light ferruginous red, ... Subgenus Holotachytes.

Mandibles deeply excised on the outer [Z. dichroa, Sm.

margin; median segment not striated

on the dorsal surface, the apical

angles rounded ; abdomen otherwise

Palanrbd het sure ss eatery penne cies 2.

2. Maxillary palpi five-jointed ; labial palpi

three-jointed, very long and slender. Subgenus Calotachytes. 3.

Maxillary palpi six-jointed ; ; labial palpi

fOME pointed Pe we 's'e pier wees eee Subgenus Tachytes. 5,

3. Four basal tergites “densely covered with

brilliant silver pubescence ; eighth

sternite subtruncate, the angles not

PROGUCER-AS Sates > tacos oie Ei 7’. marshalli, Turn.

Dorsal surface of abdomen covered with

brilliant golden pubescence; eighth

sternite emarginate, the angles pro-

uced » ie savii Becton ae: eee ae 4.

4, Seventh tergite broadly rounded; wings

subhy aline, with a pale fuscous apical

pand fo). Ghee eee T. mira, Kohl.

Seventh tergite truncate at ‘the apex ;

wings strongly INTUBEALE,. ev, Nts oa iele' T. admirabilis, Turn,

5. Dorsal. surface’ of abdomen densely

clothed with bright golden pube--

cence; head and thorax entirely with-

out golden pabeseence*s on ee ie 6.

Abdomen not clothed with golden pubes-

cence, or if so clothed then with some

golden pubescence on the thorax also. 11.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

6. Clypeus with three well-defined teeth

on each side of the apical margin ;

galea shorter than scape ..........

Clypeus without clearly defined teeth ;

galea much longer than scape ......

7. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

not exceeding half the length of the

second joint of the flagellum........

Eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance slightly exceeding three-

quarters of the length of the second

joint of the flagellum . te Oe Ree ee

8, Joints 3-7 of the flavellum aistinetly

arcuate beneath ; eighth sternite shal-

lowly emarginate, the apical angles

distinctly produced. ...........06-:

Joints of the flagellum not arcuate be-

neath ; eighth sternite truncate, the

angles not produced <..........64.

9. Abdomen and the greater part of the

antenne and legs ferruginous brown. .

Black, the apical margins of the abdo-

minal segments Brow Ai oid. te:

10. Highth sternite tr uncate, the angles not

‘produced saree Gare Paimw hota save la Wes

Fighth sternite deeply emarginate, the

‘angles strongly produced ....... :

1. Wings black, flushed with blue or

violet; abdomen black, without pubes-

cent fastlior liv lads Pes Beata Bek

Wings hyaline, subhyaline or flayo-

hyaline, abdomen usually with pubes-

COME TEAGUE, owe ce sede ses deern ys «

12. Front and clypeus clothed with long

IAG, HUIS vals ely en laleinuiay ox)s 2 hs: a

Front and clypeus with short, sericeous,

Silver PUDESEGHCD | Codwas tous veces

13. Abdomen black, without pubescent

PACU eaatert Ged a Pale obalein! sh dfata*erede! ] fas

Abdomen with pubescent fascie, some-

times Interrupted) ose 2 5. Yee ws

14. Two basal abdominal segments red ....

Basal abdominal segments black ..... ‘

15. Second to seventh joints of the flagellum

strongly arcuate -dilatate beneath ;

wings flavo-hyaline, pale fusco-hyaline

apically from the second cubital cell ;

pubescence of abdomen dense and

golden, sparse golden pubescence on

the sides of the mesonotum ........

Flagellar joints at most feebly arcuate

beneath ; wings, if flavo-hyaline,

without a fusco-hyaline broad

TAVERN Pera tiel ha) nar'eh'e heb 0, aPe! whe a oe

16. Galea very long, considerably more than

twice as long as the scape..........

T. rhodesiana, Bisch.

10.

T. neavei, Turn.

T. basilica, Guér.

T. observabilis, Kohl.

T. velox, Sm.

T. perornata, Turn.

12.

13.

T. nigropilosella, Cam.

T. natalensis, Sauss.

T. nudiventris, Turn.

14,

T. ambidens, Kohl.

15,

T. dilaticornis, Turn,

16.

ive

18,

19.

23.

24,

Mr. R. E. Turner

Galea less than twice as long as the scape,

often shorter than the scape........

All the tibiz and tarsi fulvo-ferru-

SUOMI oo nas cite poe geelatae 2 ee STE

At least the intermediate and hind tibize

and tarsi black

Fore tibize and tarsi ferruginous

Fore tibiz and tarsi black .....;......

Tibiz and tarsi wholly bright fulvo-

POUT PINOUS cares niu ataje ie apemieeyate is @i.

Tibiz and at least a portion of the tarsi

black; the tibie rarely fusco-ferru-

ginous at the base

ve ieee lp)\ slam alee ks. -e

. Galea about half as long again as the

ACENOL ores -petou cs Sins a oe siete ees ‘

Galea no longer than the scape

. Seventh tergite truncate at the apex;

basal joint of the fore tarsus with six

21 A ee Ree. <a Ul ae

Seventh tergite rounded at the apex;

basal joint of the fore tarsus with four

or five spines

Be ‘9 eho olg ine feiss ip iat eas isle

. Eighth sternite truncate, the apical

angles not produced ; eyes very close

together on the vertex, separated

by a distance about equal to the

length of the first joint of the fla-

CMO Pee Ces CN tis eet tee ae

Eighth sternite more or less emarginate

or bisinuate at the apex; eyes sepa-

rated on the vertex by a distance

equal to at least twice the length of

the first joint of the flagellum .,....

Second sternite with the apical half

shining, with coarse scattered punc-

tures; pubescence of mesonotum ful-

vous and dense, without underlying

golden pubescence ; abdominal fascize

BULVOT=BTSY- 3G aie Ves ove o's Spee eea ae

Second sternite closely and minutely

punctured ; pubescence of mesonotum

golden-grey, with underlying golden

pubescence ; abdominal fascize golden-

BICY oi wee 4s eins 2d Ae GR

Eighth sternite bisinuate at the apex,

the apical angles not produced......

Eighth sternite emarginate, the angles

produced

eee ec eo ree ne ee saeseneseees

. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

equal to the combined length of the

one and third joints of the flagel-

ah, © 2)9_ @ele “boy i8)'e en eel? Maw elip ie el ielp. ie 0

es ¢ ee is ge eels pe 6 a.85e le ee

19.

T. hamiltoni, Turn,

18.

T. prestabilis, Turn.

T. labilis, Turn.

20.

T. separadilis, Turn.

T. wrritabilis, Turn.

23.

24.

T. testaceinerva, Cam.

T. tomentosa, Kohl.

T. associata, Turn.

25.

T. ugandensis, Turn.

26.

27.

28.

30.

ol,

33.

od,

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

Kyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance scarcely exceeding half the

length of the second joint of the

APEPOERT aah oad eee e's dais es

Hiyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance fully equal to the length of the

second joint of the flagellum........

Middle joints of the flagellum marked at

least beneath with dull ochreous....

Middle joints of the flagellum entirely

PURO aise le sks Be saa ean tl Sea

Abdomen more or less densely covered

with golden pubescence, much more

densely on the apical fascize than else-

PEC ats aA ota melas aie ga pimgaratple: os)

Pubescence of abdomen silver or erey,

almost entirely confined to the apical

1S TET DON Ags sic Gth See eA ee le ae eee

. Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance less than the length of the

second joint of the flagellum; basal

joint of fore tarsus with six spines ;

eighth sternite shallowly emar-

einate “2 Gel fy Ee Ap comcer for eere

Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance greater than the length of the

second joint of the flagellum; basal

joint of fore tarsus with five spines ;

eighth sternite rounded ............

Basal joint of fore tarsus with six or

ROWE TINIE, ahaa. ys clncin oY a en Slats wimp

Basal joint of fore tarsus with not more

DOME ELVES INOS a's sis Wiad s, a. a 5 sic a 5.0 9

Basal joint of fore tarsus with eight

spines; eighth sternite broadly

rounded or subtruncate ............

Basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines;

eighth sternite emarginate ........

. Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance exceeding the length of the

second joint of the flagellum........

Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance scarcely exceeding half the

length of the second joint of the fla-

FUMIE tae Sen Shar Faw whieh nythn aide

Thorax punctured rugulose; median

Segment rugulose .......ceesseees

Sculpture of thorax and median segment

MNCRORCODIG.. ¢cnlc cia cplssge ata shuesis ce

Second and third sternites minutely

and very closely punctured, sub-

DERE een ee este eh ee aka se ohh aed

Second and third sternites coarsely and

not very closely punctured, shining. .

. Basal joint of fore tarsus with five

spines; length 14mm. ..... ER

T. opposita, Turn.

T. neglecta, Turn.

T. pulchricornis, Turn.

28.

T. aurichalcea, Kohl,

T. volubilis, Turn.

31.

33.

T. habilis, Turn.

32.

T. inexorabilis, Turn.

T. erynnis, Turn,

T. notabilis, Turn.

34.

365,

T. versatilis, Turn,

T. hirsuta, Sm.

36,

Mr. R. E, Turner

Basal joint of fore tarsus with four ane

deri Al ent, efor siake » biel oboe kos

Vertex with distinct and rather sparse

punctures; eighth sternite broad.

Vertex almost smooth , the punctures

microscopic ; eighth sternite very

NAITOW aie vedio vie Taga as 9.'t Glew

. Mandibles not excised on the outer

margin; median segment striated on

the dorsal surface, subrectangular, the

apical angles not rounded; abdomen

wholly light ferruginous red........

Mandibles deeply excised on the outer

margin; median segment never

striated on the dorsal surface, rounded

at the apical angles; abdomen other-

RISD OLOUITOM Gye Sy ee cio is Se ectcne rote

. Maxillary palpi five-jointed ; labial

palpi three-jointed, very long and

Blend or. vs s'skh reece ce ome ears

Maxillary palpi six-jointed; labial palpi

LOUD =] OULed . Wiese ss tem ee Ree eeree

. The four basal dorsal segments densely

clothed with brilliant silver pubes-

PENCE, Sem ERRNR a rele aeeren

Dorsal surface of abdomen densely

clothed with brilliant golden pubes-

CENCE whetalte sieve, «\u,eiels is ple vere is lie @ie\.e08 >

. Wings dark fusco-hyaline ............

Wings subhyaline, with a pale fuscous

apical CORFE GS 2S Speen oak ie ea lee aie

. Dorsal surface of abdomen densely

clothed with bright golden pubes-

cence, head and thorax entirely with-

out golden pubescence; with six

spines on basal joint of fore tarsi....

Abdomen not clothed with golden pubes-

cence, or if so clothed then with some

golden pubescence on the thorax

also, or with only five spines on basal

qOint Of TOL WATSL sss ne eign ss ssa

. Clypeus with three distinct teeth on each

side on the apical margin; galea

Biorver; than BORD’. vi rae ao ash One

Clypeus without teeth; galea much

longer than scape ........+.

. Second sternite shining, with large

scattered PUNCLUTES ........c0ccccees

Second sternite subopaque, very minutely

and closely punctured ............

. Abdomen and the greater part of the

antenne and. legs dull ferruginous

DIGWA oa se eeueye

36.

T. instabilis, Turn.

T. disputabilis, Turn.

Subgenus Holotachytes.

[Z'. dichroa, Sm.

Subgenus Calotachytes. 3.

Subgenus Tachytes. 5.

T. marshalli, Turn.

T. admirabilis, Turn.

T. mira, Kohl.

T. rhodesiana, Bisch.

T. velox, Sm.

T. basilica, Guér.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

Black; the apical margins of the abdo-

minal segments brown ......+..... T. observabilis, Kohl.

9. Wings black, flushed with blue ; or dark

PUBCO SM VALMRO: |. aay eye r Fes >» 10.

Wings hyaline, subhyaline, or flavo-

hyaline, sometimes pale fusco-hyaline

BREN OA PAS O74 riche tice wind wie oi > Haters 13.

10. Wings dark fusco-hyaline, abdomen with

interrupted fasciz of silver pubes-

GENCCte nari ee Fee Daas lacie eo ok T. merens, Turn.

Wings black, flushed with blue or

IMDM ae aise ain Anand a ha ial wie (ne

11. Front and clypeus clothed with long

GnGuE Mite saa) tewig'e es sheen sah oes T. nigropilosella, Cam.

Front and clypeus with short sericeous

PM SRONIS 0 ae faa cia'e sg Oe ais'C n Gace 4 12.

12. Pubescence of front and clypeus silver ;

anterior tibiz black ‘.............. T. natalensis, Sauss.

Pubescence of front and clypeus golden;

anterior tibie ferruginous.......... T. memnon, Turn.

18, Abdomen black, without pubescent

RABEME GS as Cd aa tain ay wa ALD Slo. haya. 4gae T. nudiventris, Turn.

Abdomen with pubescent fascie ......

14, Abdomen densely covered with silver

PRIMERCONCAY 1... 26.0 on acaeieo te tpee ds 15.

The pubescence, if silver, restricted to

the apical fascize on the dorsal seg-

BUR otal do 9 ao chive Vad sla sha eraw WS ac Ee.

15. Basal joint of fore tarsus with five

SPINE wi os) masa Tiki Porer ee . I. distanti, Turn.

Basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines. 16,

16. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex;

pygidial area clothed with golden

BUD OSCONEHE ae io adie astae Ge apni dae vn T. argenteovestita, Cam.

Clypeus rounded at the apex; pygidial

area clothed with reddish brown

BECHEN ctnentarapspandisherl at winter sie a4 ath Waka T. buluwayoensis, Bisch.

17. Two basal abdominal segments at least

PEO eWea s aunt: \ clavate 4.9 Fad Macoiaoyal a 18.

Basal abdominal segments black ...... 19,

18. Three basal abdominal segments red;

clypeus without prominent teeth;

apical slope of median segment closely

transversely striated ......00.-.0.. T. sjostedti, Cam.

Two basal abdominal segments red;

clypeus with two prominent teeth;

apical slope of the median segment

closely and minutely punctured .... 7. ambidens, Kohl.

Wings flavo - hyaline, fusco - hyaline

apically from the second cubital cell ;

pubescence of abdomen dense and

golden; sparse golden pubescence on

the sides of the mesonotum ........ T. dilaticornis, Turn.

Wings, if flavo-hyaline, without a broad

fusco-hyaline margin ...........+.. 20.

20. Galea very long, more than twice as

lO E AR THE SORPO cee aati hx ve ve a be 21;

21.

23.

24.

26.

27.

28.

29.

Mr. R. E. Turner on

Galea less than twice as long as the

"Scape, often shorter than the scape

All the tibie and tarsi fulvo-ferru-

PONS Aisi tan abes aides SAY iahied

aidan blgek. .oa... Saaeone steve sie

BUD Ola. larste aroun ce letate wie cee ennee wistelehetevats

Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance not exceeding the combined

length of the first and second Joints

of the flagellum ; pubescence of py-

gidial area bright golden ...... ohio

With five spines on the basal joint of

the fore tarsus.......... eaten ate es ae

With six spines on the basal joint of

the fore ‘tarsus. <2...) 4 5 Renata ae

Basal joint of fore tarsus with six

SPADES 5-2 ey oe ee Meee atea: 4

Basal joint of fore tarsus with not more

than five spines ......., oh = Reuse

with golden pubescence, the apical

dapclee distinct, 5... kein aes

23.

T. simulatriz, Turn.

22.

T. prestabilis, Turn.

T. labilis, Turn.

24,

29.

T. separabilis, Turn.

25.

T. testaceinerva, Cam.

26.

LT. kristenseni, Turn,

27.

T. ugandensis, Turn.

28.

T. tomentosa, Koh}.

T. neglecta, Turn.

30.

35.

T. aurichalcea, Kohl,

31,

382.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

Pubescence of tergites silyer or grey,

and confined to the apical fasciz....

Third sternite opaque, very closely and

microscopically punctured..........

Third sternite shining, the punctures

neither microscopic nor close ......

Wings flavo-hyaline, costa fulvous; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance

scarcely equal to the length of the

two basal joints of the flagellum .

Wings hyaline, costa fuscous; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance

half as great again as the length of

the second joint ‘of the flagellum ....

Vertex rugosely punctured ; ventral

segments 38-5 evenly punctured ;

thorax with dense fulvous pubes-

Vertex not rugosely punctured ; ventral

segments 3-5 sparsely and irregularly

punctured ; thorax with grey or

golden-grey pubescence ............

Pubescence of the thorax golden-grey ;

pygidial area broadly rounded at the

DADE ries wes ates oe Res Sheers

Pubescence of the thorax grey ; pygidial

area subacute at the apex ..........

Pubescence of the abdomen golden, of

the pygidial area silver; pubescence

of the abdomen not confined to the

apical margin, but covering the whole

COPSAL BUNIRED! i 8 ale rdiceiacd x cinq ith «6's

Pubescence of the abdomen confined to

the apical fascie; silver or grey,

except in rare varieties; pubescence

of the pygidial area never silver

Thorax punctured rugulose; median

SESMIEM TUSUIOSE (shai co's ws 6 ele ers

Sculpture of thorax and median segment

PEEGEORCOBHE YS A stan). ditt, eas Be thal 56

Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance scarcely equal to the length of

the second joint of the flagellum ae ik

Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance equal to the combined length

of the two basal joints of the fla-

Solniy So wrest Sagan See aA Ce

Vertex distinctly and rather sparsely

punetured....... Salter ere

Vertex almost smooth, the punctures

PMEEORGO PIG? Lhe fy crehw as al wore oan had «

Pubescence of thorax and median seg-

ment white; length 9-10 mm...7...

Pubescence of thorax and median

segment golden-grey; length 11-

13 mm..... SOR BOu OE ee tee

dl.

T. erynnis, Turn.

T. inexorabilis, Turn.

T. versatilis, Turn,

34.

T. lachesis, Turn.

T. transvaalensis, Cam.

T. timetallica, Turn.

36.

T. notabilis, Turn.

37.

T. megera, Turn,

38.

T. instabilis, Turn.

39.

T. stlverlocki, Turn.

T. pulchricornis, Turn,

19 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Subgenus Holotachytes, subgen. nov.

Differs from typical Tachytes in the absence of the

incision on the outer margin of the mandibles, in the

striation of the dorsal surface of the median segment, and also

in the longer and more rectangular shape of that segment.

Type of the subgenus, Tachytes dichroa, Sm.

Unlike Calotachytes this subgenus has the galea short and

broadly rounded at the apex, “not rostrate ; ; and the joints

of the labial palpi are short and stout.

1. Tachytes (Holotachytes) dichroa, Sm.

Tachytes dichroa, 8m. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 299 (1856). ¢.

Larrada ferox, Sm. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 294 (1878). 9.

Hab, Gambia (type ¢); N. Nigeria, Oye River near

Lajollo (J. W. Scott-Macfie) ; Gold Coast, N. Territories,

Wa (J. J. Simpson), May.

Subgenus Calotachytes, subgen. nov.

The three following species—T. marshalli, Turn., T. mira,

Kohl, and 7. admirabilis, Turn.—form a section of the genus

structurally distinguished by the five-jointed maxillary and

three-jointed labial palpi, other species of the geuus having

six-jomted maxillary and four-jomted labial palpi. The

basal joint of the labial palpi is extremely long and slender,

much longer than the second joint of the flagellum, and the

galea is very elongate. These two characters, however, are

also present in 7. observabilis, Kohl, velox, Sm., and other

related species. I look on the difference in the number of

the joints in the palpi as of subgeneric importance. The

known species are confined to the Ethiopian region and are

of large size, and have at least the four basal dorsal seg-

ments. densely covered with golden or silver pubescence.

The second sternite of the female is shining, with large

sparse punctures.

Type of the subgenus, Tachytes marshall, Turn.

In addition to the three Ethiopian species noticed below,

T’. argyropis, Sauss., from Madagascar, also belongs to the

subgenus.

2. Tachytes (Calotachytes) marshalli, Turn,

Tachytes marshal, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 420

(1912). Qo.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall) ;

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 11

Central Angoniland, Lilongwe district, 4000 ft. (S. 4.

Neave), May.

&. The eighth sternite is subtruncate at the apex, the

angles not projecting.

8. Tachytes (Calotachytes) mira, Kohl.

Tachytes mira, Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. p. 295

(1894). 2.

&. Seventh tergite very broadly rounded at the apex;

eighth sternite emarginate, the angles forming distinct

teeth.

Hab. Delagoa Bay (Brauns); Mashonaland, Salisbury

(G. A. K. Marshall), January; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A.

Neave), January to May.

4. Tachytes (Calotachytes) admirabilis, Turn.

Tachytes admirabilis, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 444

(1916). 2d.

Hab. Uganda.

Possibly a local race of mira.

Subgenus Tachytes.

5. Tachytes basilica, Guér.

Lyrops basilicus, Guér. Iconogr. régn, anim. vii., Insect. p. 440 (1844).

Tachytes basilicus, Sm, Cat. Hym, B.M. iv. p. 300 (1856).

©. Nigra; abdomine brunneo-ferrugineo, infra nigro intaminato ;

segmentis dorsalibus aureo-pubescentibus, pygidio aureo pubes-

cente; mandibulis, antennis, temoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque

fusco-ferrugineis ; tegulis brunneis; alis subhyalinis, venis

fuscis, apice leviter infuscatis.

do. Femine similis.

Long., 2 20 mm., ¢ 18 mm.

@. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex. Eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Front clothed

with silver-white pubescence. Thorax sparsely, median

segment more thickly clothed with greyish pubescence; the

punctures of the mesonotum minute and not distinctly

separated ; median segment nearly as long as the meso-

notum, narrowed to the apex, with an ill-defined longitudinal

12 Mr. R. E. Turner on

sulcus. Second sternite subopaque, minutely and closely

punctured, with a shining subtriangular space on the middle

of the apical margin. Pygidial area triangular, narrowly

rounded at the apex. Basal joint of fore tarsi with six

spines. First and third abscisse of the radius subequal,

each nearly twice as long as the second, and nearly half as

long again as the space between the recurrent nervures on

the cubitus. Third cubital cell on the cubitus extending a

little beyond the apex of the radial cell.

3. Hyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite

equal to half the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;

punctures of the second sternite distinctly larger than in

the female ; seventh tergite subtriangular, rounded at the

apex, the apical angles not produced.

Hab. Senegal (Guérin) ; N. Nigeria, Zungeru (J. W.

Scott-Macfie), November.

I am doubtful if Magretti (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xxi.

p. 586, 1884) has correctly identified the species he records

from Kassala under this name.

6. Tachytes observabilis, Kohl.

Tachytes observabilis, Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. p. 295

(1894). ¢.

? ¢. Extremely near to J. basilica, Guér., differing in

the black colour of the abdomen, legs, and antenne in both

sexes. The abdominal segments are very narrowly brown

on the apical margin, and the gold pubescence on the

abdomen is denser and deeper in colour than in T. basilica.

The female has the clypeus very broadly rounded at the

apex, not subtruncate as in basilica.

Hab. Zanzibar (Kohl) ; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S.A. Neave),

December to February; British E. Africa, Kuja Valley,

S. Kavirondo, 4000 ft. (S.A. Neave), April ; Uganda Pro-

tectorate, Valley of Kafu River, Unyoro, 8400 ft. (S. A.

Neave), December ; Angola (Monteiro).

This is probably only a geographical race of 7. basilica,

ranging over Tropical E. Africa and the southern portion

of Tropical West Africa. It occurs in Nyasaland with the

very similar 7. mira, Kohl, but may be distinguished at

once by the very different sculpture of the second sternite

of the female, and by the much greater approximation of

the eyes on the vertex in the male; also by the number

of joints in the palpi.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 13

7. Tachytes neavei, sp. n.

36. Niger; mandibulis in medio, tegulisque apice fuscis; tarsis

fusco-ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali

brunneis, segmentis dorsalibus dense aureo-sericeis, fasciis

apicalibus distinetis; alis subhyalinis, margine apicali leviter

infumatis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 18 mm.

3. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex ; eyes very

close together on the vertex, separated by a distance not

exceeding the length of the first jot of the flagellum.

Front and clypeus clothed with whitish pubescence. Second

joint of the flagellum longer by about one-quarter than the

third, joints 3-7 very distinctly arcuate beneath. Thorax

clothed with greyish mingled with pale fulvous hairs, the

punctures very minute. Median segment shorter than the

mesonotum, but nearly twice as long as the scutellum.

Second sternite very closely and finely punctured, more

strongly in the middle than on the sides. Seventh tergite

very broad, nearly as broad as the greatest length, very

broadly rounded at the apex, rather thinly clothed with pale

golden setz, each of which springs from a large puncture ;

eighth sternite broadly and shallowly emarginate at the

apex, the angles not forming distinct teeth. Third cubital

cell not extending as far as the radial, scarcely more than

half as long on the cubitus as the second, third abscissa of

the radius a little longer than the second, about equal to the

first.

Hab. Lualaba River, 2500-4000 ft. (S. 4. Neave), May.

The eyes are even closer together on the vertex than in

observabilis, but the anal segments are nearer to mira,

though the seventh tergite is less distinctly rounded, and

the eighth sternite less deeply emarginate than in that

species. In the arcuate joints of the flagellum it differs

from both species.

8. Tachytes velox, Sm.

Tachytes velox, Sm. Cat. Hymen, B.M. iv. p. 301 (1856).

9. Closely resembles 7. basilica, with which it occurs ;

but the antenne are black; the abdominal segments are

black, very narrowly brown on the apical margins, and the

legs are black with the apical joints of the tarsi fusco-

ferruginous. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

14 Mr, R. E. Turner on

median segment less than two-thirds as long as the meso-

notum ; second sternite shining, with large scattered

punctur es.

&. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding three-quarters of the length of the second joint

of the flagellum ; clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex.

Apical tergites and sternites as in basilica. Second ventral

segment finely and closely punctured. ‘The pubescence of

the abdomen is paler than in observabilis.

Hab. Gambia (Smith) ; N. Nigeria, Zungeru (J. W. Scott-

Macfie), November. ?.

The median segment is shorter than in basilica and

observabilis, and the eyes are further apart on the vertex.

The third and fourth joints of the flagellum are slightly

arcuate beneath in the male,

9. Tachytes perornata, sp. n.

éo. Niger; mandibulis in medio, tegulis apice, calcaribus ungui-

culisque fusco-ferrugineis; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis; capite

albo-piloso, thorace griseo-piloso, segmentis abdominalibus apice

anguste brunneis, segmentis dorsalibus dense aureo-pubescentibus;

segmento ventrali octavo apice fortiter emarginato.

Long. 16 mm.

3d. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding three-quarters of the length of the second joint

of the flagellum ; clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ;

maxillary palpi six-jointed; labial palpi four-jointed, the

two basal joints long and slender, the second about equal in

length to the second joint of the flagellum, the first longer ;

puncturation of the vertex indistinct. Median segment

nearly twice as long as the scutellum. Second sternite

shining and rather strongly punctured in the middle, much

more finely and closely on the sides. Seventh tergite rather

broad, subtruncate broadly at the apex ; eighth sternite

widely and rather deeply emarginate, the apical angles

produced.

Hab. Uganda Protectorate, Eastern Mbale District, South

of Mt. Elgon, 3700 ft. (S.A. Neave), August ; Mbale-Kumi

Road, South of Lake Salisbury, 3700 ft. (S. A. Neave),

August.

This is near velox, but has the seventh tergite broader,

and the eighth sternite very different. The eyes are much

further apart on the vertex than in observabilis or neavei.

From mira it may be distinguished at once by the different

number of joints in the palpi, and from rhodesiana by the

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 15

absence of teeth on the clypeus and the much deeper emar-

gination of the eighth sternite.

10. Tachytes nigropilosella, Cam.

Liris nigropilosellus, Cam. Ann. Transvaal Mus. ii. p. 182 (1910),

Tachytes gigas, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges. A. 3, p. 66 (1913). 2.

&. Seventh tergite rather broadly truncate, clothed with”

dark brown sete, eighth sternite twice as long as broad, the

sides parallel, the apex shallowly emarginate.

Hab. Natal, Durban (Distant) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury

(G. A. K. Marshall), January, $2? ; N.E. Rhodesia,

Serenje district, 4500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Nyasa-

land, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), February.

ll. Tachytes natalensis, Sauss.

Tachytes natalensis, Sauss. Mem. Soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

pt. 1, p. 21, n. 10, t. 1. fig. 4 (1854). 3.

Tachytes natalensis, Sauss, Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii. pt. 1, Hymen.

p- 68 (1867). ¢.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis in medio, tarsis anticis articulis tribus

apicalibus, intermediis posticisque articulo apicali, tegulisque

apice ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pubescentibus, area

pygidiali aureo-setoso, alis fusco cxeruleis, venis nigris.

6. Femine similis, tarsis anticis omnino ferrugineis.

Long., 2 17 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

@. Clypeus truncate at the apex, with large sparse

punctures, the space between the large punctures very

minutely and closely punctured. Eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance equal to twice the length of the third

joint of the flagellum; second joint of the flagellum

distinctly longer than the third. Head and thorax opaque,

closely microscopically punctured ; median segment opaque,

narrowed to the apex, nearly as long as the mesonotum, a

shallow sulcus on the apical quarter continued munch more

deeply on the apical truncation, which is coarsely trans-

versely striated. Abdomen shining, the dorsal surface

microscopically punctured ; second sternite finely and closely

punctured, with a shining and smooth triangular space on

the middle of the apical margin. Pygidial area subtriangular,

the sides a little longer than the base, the apex narrowly

rounded, closely clothed with golden sete which change in

side lights to blackish. Basal joint of fore tarsi with five

spines.

6. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; the

16 Mr. R. E. Turner on

distance between the eyes a little less than in the female ;

seventh tergite rather broadly truncate at the apex; eighth

sternite widely and very shallowly emarginate on the apical

margin, the angles not produced into teeth. Third cubital

cell rather short on the cubitus, not extending beyond the

radial cell, third abscissa of the radius longer than the second.

Hab. Natal, Durban (South African Museum), April, 2.

One male from Natal in the British Museum.

12. Tachytes memnon, Turn.

Tachytes memnon, "Turn. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 446

C1916), 2

2. Very close to 7. natalensis, differing in the colour of

the pubescence on the front and pygidial area, in the colour

of the anterior tibiz and of the base of the antenne; in

the distinctly longer second joint of flagellum, in the absence

of large punctures on the clypeus, and in the distinctly

narrower pygidial area.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), April.

Possibly a northern subspecies of natalensis.

13. Tachytes prestabilis, sp. n.

@. Nigra; clypeo, fronte thoraceque pallide aureo-pubescentibus,

pilis fulvidis intermixtis ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia

apicali argenteo-pubescente; area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-

setosa; tegulis testaceis; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; tibiis

tarsisque anticis, calcaribus, unguiculisque ferrugineis; alis

flavidulis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

¢. Femine similis; segmento dorsali septimo pallide et sparse

ferrugineo-setoso.

Long., 2 15-16 mm., ¢ 13 mm.

?. Clypeus closely and finely punctured, with large

punctures intermixed, deflexed towards the apical margin,

which is subtruncate with a distinct tooth on each side;

vertex with a few fairly large, scattered punctures ; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Galez very

long and narrow at the apex, rostrate. Basal joint of fore

tarsus with six spines. Median segment half as long again

as the scutellum, the median sulcus almost obsolete on the

dorsal surface. Second sternite minutely and closely

punctured ; pygidial area broadly triangular, narrowly

rounded at the apex. Third cubital cell extending a little

beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 17

g. Seventh tergite very broadly truncate at the apex ;

eighth sternite very widely but rather shallowly emarginate,

the apical angles produced into short acute spines.

Hab. Uganda Protectorate, Unyoro, Bugoma Forest,

3700 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Unyoro, Budongo Forest,

3400 ft. (S. A. Neave), December.

Closely allied to 7. hamiltoni, but differs in the colour of

the legs and wings, and in the greater distance between the

eyes on the vertex.

14. Tachytes labilis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; tarsis articulis tribus apicalibus subtus, calcaribusque

. fusco-ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis; fronte clypeoque griseo-

argenteo-pubescentibus; thorace segmentoque mediano fulvo-

pilosis; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia lata apicali

griseo -argenteo - pubescente; area pygidiali fusco - ferrugineo-

setosa; alis hyalinis, pallidissime flavo-tinctis, apice pallide

infuscatis, venis testaceis; galea elongata.

3. Femine similis; segmento dorsali septimo subargenteo-

pubescente.

Long., 2 18 mm., ¢ 15 mm.

?. Extremely near to 7. prestadilis, but differs in having

the pygidial area a little more broadly rounded at the apex ;

and in the colour of the fore legs; the eyes are also a little

further apart on the vertex.

6. Seventh dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex,

not truncate; eighth sternite narrow, not more than half

as wide as in prestabilis, shallowly emarginate at the apex,

the apical teeth blunter than in prestabilis.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December to

February.

Probably only a geographical race of prestabilis, but the

difference in the apical segments of the male seems

important. The male is the type.

15. Tachytes hamiltoni, sp. n.

3.‘Niger; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace seg-

mentoque mediano pallide fulvo-hirsutis, mesonoto lateribus

pallide aureo-pubescente; segmenutis dorsalibus 5 basalibus

fascia apicali argenteo-pubescente, pygidio rufo-pubescente ;

tegulis testucéis; mandibulis basi, femoribus parte apicali, tibiis

tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 15 mm.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 2

18 Mr. R. E. Turner on

3. Clypeus very shallowly emarginate at the extreme

apex, with three small but distinct teeth on each side;

vertex minutely and rather sparsely punctured; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length

of the second joint of the flagellum ; median segment more

than half as long again as the scutellum, with a distinct

longitudinal sulcus on the dorsal surface ; ventral segments

of the abdomen finely and evenly, but not very closely

punctured ; seventh tergite very broadly truncate at the

apex, clothed with dark red gold pubescence; eighth sternite

very broadly and rather shallowly emarginate, the apical

angles produced into teeth. Basal joint of the fore tarsus

with six spines. Second and third abscisse of the radius

subequal, both rather shorter than the space between the

recurrent nervures on the cubitus ; third cubital cell a little

shorter on the cubitus than the second. Third joint of

labial palpi slender, as long as the second. :

Hab. British East Africa, 30 miles from Magadi Junction

(F. G. Hamilton), April; Simba, 3350 ft. (S. A. Neave),

April; East shore of Victoria Nyanza near Karungu

(S. A. Neave), April.

Very near 7. separabilis, but differs in the much broader

seventh tergite and eighth sternite, and in the slightly

greater distance between the eyes on the vertex; the

recurrent nervures are also further apart, and the galea is

longer.

16. Tachytes simulatriz, sp. un.

@. Nigra; scapo apice subtus, mandibulis basi, tegulis, femoribus

dimidio apicali, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque

pallidissime aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano

fulvo-hirsutis ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali

argenteo-pubescente ; area pygidiali rufo-setosa; alis flavo-

hyalinis, venis ferrugineis; galea maxime elongata, scapo triplo

longiore.

Long. 16 mm.

2. Clypeus very broadly rounded or subtruncate at the

apex; galea very long and narrow, at least three times as

long as the scape; second joint of labial palpi longer than

the third. Vertex sparsely and not very finely punctured ;

eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding

the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Basal joint

of the fore tarsus with six spines. Median segment less

than half as long again as the scutellum, with a distinct

median sulcus; pygidial area broadly triangular, rounded

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 19

at the apex; spur of hind tibia as long as the basal joint of

the hind tarsus. Third cubital cell on the cubitus reaching

beyond the radial cell, about three-quarters of the length of

the second cubital cell. Second and third abscisse of the

radius subequal. Second ventral segment subopaque, closely

microscopically punctured.

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Okigwi (J. J. Simpson), May.

This species is nearly allied to T. hamiltoni, but has the

galea much longer, fully three times as long as the scape in

simulatriz, only a little more than twice as long in hamiltoni.

As this character does not appear to differ in the sexes of

other species, I do not think that these can be sexes of one

species.

17. Tachytes rhodesiana, Bisch.

Tachytes rhodesianus, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges. A. 3, p. 70

(LOTS) Geo

?. Very similar to 7. observabilis, but somewhat smaller,

and may be distinguished at once by the clypeus, which is

depressed on the apical margin, very shallowly subemarginate

in the middle, with three well-defined teeth on each side.

The distance between the eyes on the vertex is somewhat

greater, slightly exceeding the length of the second joint of

the flagellum. ‘lhe sculpture of the second ventral segment

resembles that of odservabilis and basilica, but the minute

punctures spread over the small triangular area in the

middle of the apical margin.

6. Clypeus as in the female. Eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance not quite equal to the length of the

second joint of the flagellum, much further apart than in

observabilis and basilica. Seventh tergite broad, rather

broadly subtruncate at the apex, eighth sternite very shal-

lowly emarginate at the apex, the angles not forming

distinct teeth. Fourth and fifth joints of the flagellum

subarcuate beneath.

Length, 9? 17 mm., ¢ 16 mm.

Hab. 8. Rhodesia, Springvale (Rhodesia Museum), April ;

Zululand, Mfongosi (W. E. Jones, 8. African Museum),

April, g 2.

The labial palpi in this species are much shorter and

stouter than in others of the group, the basal joint being

much shorter than the second joint of the flagellum, not

longer as in odservabilis and other related species.

20 Mr. R. E. Turner on

*18. Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam.

Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam. Sjéstedt. Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. ii.

p. 284 (1910). 9.

Hab. Usambara.

From the description this appears to be nearest to

T. rhodesiana.

19. Tachytes aurichalcea, Kobl.

Tachytes aurichalcea, Kohl, Ann. Soc. Entom. Bele. xxxv. p. 16 -

(1891). @.

@. Nigra; tarsis apice fusco-ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis ; alis

hyalinis, venis testaceis; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pubescen-

tibus; thorace, segmento mediano, segmentis abdominalibus

dorsalibus, pedibusque aureo-pubescentibus; area pygidiali

fusco-ferrugineo-pubescente.

¢. Femine similis.

Long., 9 15 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

9. Vertex sparsely and rather finely punctured ; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length

of the two basal joints of the flagellum. Punctures of the

thorax very minute; median segment short, less than half

as long again as the scutellum. ‘lhe golden pubescence of

the tergites very short and rather sparse at the base, much

denser on the apical fasciz. Pygidial area triangular, nar-

rowly rounded at the apex. Second and third sternites

subopaque, minutely and very closely punctured. Galea

about as long as the scape. Six spines on the basal joint

of the fore tarsus.

3g. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance distinctly

less than the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;

seventh tergite rather broadly rounded at the apex; eighth

sternite shallowly emarginate in the middle, the apical-

angles blunt.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Bokani (J. J. Simpson), September ;

Sierra Leone, Daru (J. J. Simpson), August; Gold Coast,

Northern ‘lerritories, Yapi (J. J. Simpson); S. Nigeria,

Okigwi (J. J. Srmpson), May; Katanga, Kambove, 4000—

5000 ft. (S. A. Neave), March; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A.

Neave), December to July; N. Rhodesia, Ulunga, (F. V.

Bruce Miller), May; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K.

Marshall), April.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 21

20. Tachytes bimetallica, sp. n.

2. Nigra; tarsis ferrugineis, articulo basali infuscato; calcaribus

ferrugineis; tegulis segmentisque abdominalibus margine apicali

brunneo-testaceis; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis ; clypeo, fronte,

pygidioque argenteo - pubescentibus ; thorace cinereo - hirsuto ;

segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 pallide aureo-pubescentibus,

Long. 13 mm.

2. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex, with three minute

teeth on each side. Vertex very minutely and closely

punctured ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal

to the combined length of the two basal joints of the

flagellum. Median segment scarcely half as long again

as ‘the scutellum, with a distinet longitudinal sulcus on tite

dorsal surface. Basa] joimt of the fore tarsus with five

spines; fore tibia with a row of five very long spines; spur

of hind tibia as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.

Pygidial. area triangular, narrowly rounded at the apex.

‘third and fourth sternites shining and sparsely punctured

in the middle.

Hab. Cape, Hex River (South African Museum), January.

Nearly allied to aurichalcea, but differs in the colour of

the pubescence on the thorax and pygidial area, and in the

number of spines on the fore metatarsus.

21. Tachytes merens, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, albo-pilosa ; calearibus spinisque tarsorum ferrugineis

fronte clypeoque albido-pilosis; segmentis dorsalibus 4 fascia

apicali interrupta argenteo-pubescente, area pygidiali basi fusco,

apice aureo-setosa ; alis fuscis, venis nigris,

Long. 17-20 mm.

?. Clypeus clothed with long silver hairs, which change

to dull brown in some lights; the extreme apical margin

narrowly depressed, subemarginate at the extreme apex,

with three rather ill-defined teeth on each side. Lower

part of the front clothed with long silver hairs as on the

clypeus; vertex very distinctly and rather sparsely punc-

tured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

antennze short and stout. Thorax minutely and very closely

punctured, the punctures distinctly separated, median seg-

ment more closely punctured, the pubescence cinereous.

Abdomen shining, the dorsal surface closely and minutely

punctured; the fifth segment more distinctly punctured,

22 Mr. R. E. Turner on

the apical margin arcuately depressed, with a few long

fuscous hairs at the base of the depression. Second sternite

rather sparsely and not very finely punctured, shining.

Pygidial area clothed with fuscous sete, which change to

reddish gold in some lights, especially at the apex; tri-

angular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of the

fore tarsus with six spines. Third cubital cell extending

distinctly beyond the apex of the radial cell ; third abscissa

of the radius a little longer than the second, but shorter

than the first.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December.

Superficially rather like 7. marshalli, Turn., but the second

sternite is much more closely and finely punctured, the

silver pubescence on the abdomen is not nearly so extensive,

and the third cubital cell is much longer on the cubitus.

But marshalli belongs to the group with elongate palpi.

22. Tachytes distanti, sp. un.

9. Nigra, argenteo-pilosa ; tarsis ferrugineis, articulo basali supra

nigro; capite, thorace, segmentoque mediano albido-pilosis,

mesonoto scutelloque pallide fulvo-griseo-pilosis; segmentis

dorsalibus dense argenteo-pubescentibus, fasciis apicalibus

distinctis ; area pygidiali argenteo-pilosa; segmentis ventralibus

apice anguste brunneis ; alis subhyalinis, pallidissime flavidulis ;

venis ferrugineis.

Long. 14 mm.

9. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, the anterior

margin narrowly depressed and very shallowly emarginate

in the middle. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

slightly less than the combined length of the two basal

joints of the flagellam. Front and clypeus with shining

silver pubescence, with long whitish hairs intermingled ;

pleuree and median segment clothed with long whitish hairs,

the dorsal surface of the thorax clothed with short erect

greyish-fulvous hairs. Dorsal segments densely covered

with silver pubescence; pygidial area triangular, almost

pointed at the apex, clothed with silver pubescence slightly

tinged with gold. Second sternite subopaque finely and

closely punctured. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five

long pale spmes. Radial cell pointed at the apex, the appen-

dicular cell very narrow ; third cubital cell extending on the

cubitus beyond the apex of the radial cell, nearly three-

quarters of the length of the second cell on the cubitus.

First abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third,

second less than two-thirds of the length of the third, the

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 23

distance between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus

slightly greater than the second abscissa of the radius.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant).

Very nearly related to 7’. argenteovestita, Cam., and T. bulu-

wayoensis, Bisch., but differs from both in only having five

spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus, instead of six as

in those species; it also differs from buluwayoensis in the

colour of the pubescence on the pygidial area; and from

argenteovestita in the colour of the tarsi and in details of

neuration.

*23. Tachytes buluwayoensis, Bisch.

Tachytes buluwayoensis, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges, A. 3, p. 68 (1918).

?. Differs from distanti in having six spines on the basal

joint of the fore tarsus, and in having the pygidial area

clothed with reddish-brown set.

Hab. 8. Rhodesia, Bembesi; January.

*24. Tachytes argenteovestita, Cam.

Tachytes argenteovestita, Cam, Ann, Transyaal Mus. ii. p. 130 (1910).

Differs from distanti in having six spines on the basal

jomt of the fore tarsus, and in the much shorter second

abscissa of the radius, also apparently in the colour of the

tarsi,

I am doubtful if bulwwayoensis is really distinct from

argenteovestita, the details of geuration as to the comparative

length of the abscisse of the radius being very unreliable

in this genus, and the other differences given by Bischoff

may be due to very slight inaccuracies in Cameron’s

description.

Hab. Transvaal, Pietersburg ; December.

25. Tachytes dilaticornis, Turn.

Tachytes dilaticornis, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 446

(1916). ¢.

2. Nigra; capite argenteo-pubescente; thorace segmentoque

mediano pallide et sparse aureo-pilosis; abdomine lete aureo-

pubescente, segmentis dorsalibus fascia apicali densius aureo-

pubescente, segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus apice late brun-

neis ; tegulis fuscis; alis flavis, apice latissime infumatis, venis

testaceis.

24 Mr. R. E. Turner on

6. Femine similis; capite pallide aureo-pubescente; flagello-

articulis 2—7 infra fortiter arcuato-dilatatis.

Long., ¢d 2, 14 mm.

2. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex. Hyes separated on

the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the length of the

two basal joints of the flagellum. Pubescence of the thorax

very sparse and pale, longer on the sides of the median

seement. Abdomen rather slender, the basal segment not

quite as broad as the second; second sternite opaque,

minutely and closely punctured, with sparse larger punc-

tures ; pygidial area elongate-triangular, narrowly rounded

at the apex, clothed densely with reddish gold pubescence.

Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines.

3. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

the length of the third joint of the flagellum; seventh

tergite truncate at the apex, the sides convergent from the

base ; eighth sternite broadly subtruncate at the apex, the

apical angles not produced.

Hab. British East Africa, Kuja Valley, 8. Kavirondo,

4000 ft..(S. A. Neave), April 30-—May 1, ¢; Uganda Pro-

tectorate, between Kumi and N.E. shore of Lake Kioga,

3400-3600 ft. (S. A. Neave), August.

This is near 7. aurichalcea, Kohl, but is a more slender

species, with differently coloured wings, and also differs in

the clypeus, the slightly narrower space between the eyes,

and in the male antenne and apical segments. This belongs

to the section of the genus in which the galea is short and

broadly rounded, not rostrate.

26. Tachytes volubilis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali brunneis;

calcaribus unguiculisque ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque sub-

argenteo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano sparse et

pallide aureo-griseo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus aureo-

pubescentibus, fasciis apicalibus distinctissimis ; alis flavo-

hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 12 mm,

&. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; galea

much shorter than the scape; vertex rather indistinctly

punctured; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

slightly exceeding the length of the second joimt of the

flagellum. Thorax very closely and minutely punctured ;

median segment finely rugulose, twice as long as the

scutellum. Abdomen rather slender ; second sternite

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 25

subopaque, finely and closely punctured; seventh dorsal

segment rather long, rounded at the apex, and clothed with

pale golden pubescence ; eighth ventral segment rounded

at the apex.

Hab. British East Africa, Kuja Valley, S. Kavirondo,

4000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April; Masai Reserve (7. J. Anderson),

April. ;

Near 1. dilaticornis, Turn., but differs in the structure

of the antenne, the greater distance between tlie eyes, the

uarrower apical segments, and the colour of the wings.

27. Tachytes nudiventris, sp. n.

@. Nigra; fronte clypeoque pallide fulvo-pilosis; thorace seg-

mentoque mediano sparse griseo-pilosis; abdomine nude, nitido ;

alis hyalinis, flavo suffusis, venis fuscis; area pygidiali nigro-

setosa ; palpis testaceis.

6. Femine simijlimus.

Long., 9 15 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

?. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, broadly rounded

at the apex. Lyes separated on the vertex by a distance

equal to the combined length of the first and second joints

of the flagellum. Thorax and median segment opaque, very

finely and closely punctured, rather more sparsely on the

scutellum than elsewhere ; the median segment as long as

the scutellum and postscutellum combined, rounded at the

posterior angles, very steeply sloped posteriorly, with a

narrow aud shallow median sulcus broadening on the apical

third and continued more deeply on the apical truncation.

Abdomen shining, minutely puuctured, the segments without

apical bands of pubescence; second sternite closely and

minutely punctured, with an arched row of large punctures

before the apex. Pygidial area broad at the base, narrowly

rounded at the apex, subtriangular, clothed with black sete.

Basal joint of the fore tarsi with six short and stout spines.

Second and third abscisse of the radius almost equal, the

distance between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal

to the second abscissa of the radius. ‘I hird cubital cell

long and narrow, the apex on the cubitus reaching nearer

to the margin of the wing tban the apex of the radial

cell.

¢. Seventh tergite small, rather. narrowly rounded at

the apex ; eighth sternite about half as long egain as broad,

narrowly and not very deeply incised at the apex. Galea

rather short and broad, not rostrate.

26 My. R. E. Turner on

Hab. Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), June to Novem-

ber ; Uganda Protectorate, Mpanga Forest, Toro, 4800 ft.

(S. A. Neave), November; N. Ruwenzori, 6000-8500 ft.

(S. A. Neave), November ; Tero Forest, S.E. Buddu, 3800 ft.

(S. A. Neave), September.

28. Tachytes ambidens, Kohl.

Tachytes ambidens, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv. p. 343

(1884). 9.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, tarsis caloaribusque ferrugineis ; abdomine

segmentis duobus basalibus rufis, nigro intaminatis; segmentis

tribus dorsalibus apice utrinque fascia transversa argenteo-

pilosa; pygidio fusco-ferrugineo piloso; alis hyalinis, venis

tegulisque testaceis.

3. Femine similis; pygidio argenteo-piloso.

Long., 2 ll mm., ¢ 9 mm.

2. Head seen from the front much broader than long ;

front clothed with white pubescence. Clypeus with a short

longitudinal carina on each side near the middle of the

apical margin, the carine projecting and forming short

teeth. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance fully

equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum.

Thorax figely and closely punctured, the sides of the thorax

and the median segment sparsely clothed with white hairs.

Second sternite closely and minutely punctured, the apical

margin smooth and shining. Pygidial area subtriangular,

rather broadly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of the

fore tarsi with five spines. Jadial cell rather broadly

truncate at the apex, not reaching nearly as far as the

cubitus ; second and third abscisse of the radius and the

space between the recurrent nervures all subequal.

do. Clypeus without carine or teeth, the anterior margin

broadly truncate. Seventh tergite broad, rather broadly

subtruncate at the apex; eighth sternite widely and not

very shallowly emarginate at the apex, produced into a

tooth on each side at the apical angles.

Hab. The South-west borders of Abyssinia, or the adjacent

districts of British East Africa (R. J. Stordy). Described

by Kohl from Sarepta in 8.E. Russia.

A pair in the British Museum from the Stordy collec-

tion. The female answers well to Kobl’s description in

most details, but the eyes seem to be slightly further

apart on the vertex, and the antenne are as stout as in

T. europea.

‘

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 27

*29. Tachytes sjéstedti, Cam.

Tachytes sjéstedti, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped. ii.

p. 284 (1910). 2.

Hab. Meru.

Unknown to me.

30. Tachytes separabilis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, tegulis, femoribus

dimidio apicali, posticis fere totis, tibiis tarsisque fulvo-ferru-

gineis ; fronte clypeoque pallide aureo-pubescentibus ; mesonoto

lateribus pallide aureo-pubescente, segmento mediano pallide

fulvyo-hirto; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia lata apicali

argenteo-pubescente, area pygidiali aureo-pubescente ; alis flavo-

hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

3. Feminz similis, segmento dorsali septimo argenteo-pubescente.

Long., 2 ¢, 15-16 mm.

2. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex ; galea half as

long again as the scape; second and third joints of the

labial palpi subequal. Vertex with a few scattered punc-~

tures ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite

equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.

Basal joint of the fore tarsi with six spines; spur of the

hind tibia as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.

Median segment not quite half as long again as the scu-

tellum, the median sulcus obsolete on the dorsal surface.

Second sternite subopaque, minutely and closely punctured;

pygidial area triangular, rather broadly rounded at the apex.

Third cubital cell a little more than half as long on the

cubitus as the second, extending a little further than the

apex of the radial cell.

3d. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance very

distinctly less than the length of the second joint of the

flagellum. Seventh tergite rather broadly truncate at the

apex; eighth sternite emarginate, the apical angles bluntly

produced.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), 9 ; Zululand, Mfon-

gosi (W. E. Jones), §, in South African Museum ; British

East Africa, Kuja Valley, S. Kavirondo, 4000 ft. (S. A.

Neave), 3, May; Gold Coast, N. Territories, Yapi (J. J.

Simpson), 9, December.

This closely resembles T. e¢rusca, Rossi, but in that species

the galea is no longer than the scape. Radoszkowski’s

record of 7. etrusca from Angola probably refers to this

species.

28 Mr. R. E. Turner on

31. Tachytes irritadilis, sp. n.

¢@. Niger; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali anguste

brunneis; tegulis testaceis; femoribus apice extremo, tibiis

tarsisque fulvo-ferrugineis; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis;

fronte clypeoque pallide aureo-pubescentibus; thorace seg-

mentoque mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsal-

ibus 4 basalibus fascia interrupta apicali argenteo-pubescente ;

area pygidiali pallide aureo-pubescente ; galea modice elongata,

scapo dimidio longiore.

Long. 11 mm.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, with three

minute teeth on each side; vertex rather closely punctured ;

eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal

to the length of the second joint of the flagellum ; second

and third joints of the labial palpi subequal. Thorax closely

microscopically punctured; median segment about half as

long again as the scutellum. Second sternite finely but not

very closely punctured, thinly clothed with long fulvous

hairs ; seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex; eighth

ventral segment strongly emarginate, the apical angles

bluntly produced. Basal joint of fore tarsi with four spines ;

spur of hind tibiz as long as the basal joint of the hind

tarsus. Radial cell narrowly rounded at the apex; third

abscissa of the radius a little longer than the second, but

slightly shorter than the space between the recurrent

nervures on the cubitus.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December.

In the length of the galea this species is nearly allied to

T. separabilis, from which it is separated by the smaller

size, the rounded apex of the seventh tergite, and the lesser

number of spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus. In

the latter case it is possible that the normal number of

spines in this species may be five, as they are liable to be

broken, but certainly not six as in separabilis.

32. Tachytes testaceinerva, Cam.

Tachytes testaceinerva, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. ii.

p. 283 (1910). @.

¢@. Nigra, mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, tegulis, femoribus apice,

tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; fronte clypeoque fulvo-aureo-

pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano dense fulvo-

pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus apice late

argenteo-pubescentibus ; area pygidiali rufescente-pilosa ; alis

pallide fulvo-hyalinis, venis testaceis,

3. Femine similis.

Long., 2 17-20 mm., ¢ 18 mm.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 29

9. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

the length of the third joint of the flagellum. Clypeus

broadly subtruncate at the apex ; vertex with sparse distinct

punctures; second joint of the flagellum distinctly longer

than the third. Pygidial area subtriangular, rather broadly

rounded at the apex, clothed with dark reddish pubescence,

which changes to fuscous in some lights. Second sternite

shining deeply and sparsely punctured, with a smooth tri-

angular area in the middle of the apical margin. Third

abscissa of the radius longer than the second by about one-

quarter, equal to the distance between the recurrent nervures

on the cubitus. Basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines.

6. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

the length of the first joint of the flagellum; antennz

rather stout, the third to sixth joints of the flagellum feebly

arcuate beneath. Scutellum rather more distinctly punc-

tured than the mesonotum ; seventh tergite subtriangular,

rather narrowly truncate at the apex, clothed with red gold

pubescence. Eighth sternite truncate at the apex, the angles

not produced.

Hab. Meru lowlands, Ngare na Nyuki (Sjéstedt), Novem-

ber, 2; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), February, 2;

S.E. shore of Lake Nyasa between Ft. Maguire and Ft.

Johnston (S. A. Neave), March, 2.

My description is taken from a pair from Nyasaland,

which I think belong to Cameron’s species, but I have not

examined the type.

33. Tuchytes associata, sp. n.

¢. Niger; tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ;

fronte clypeoque aureo-pilosis; thorace segmentoque mediano

dense et pallide fulvo-pilosis, mesonoto lateribus aureo-pubes-

cente, segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 apice fascia argenteo-pubescente ;

area pygidiali pallide aureo-pubescente ; alis pallidissime fulyo-

hyalinis, nervis testaceis.

Long. 15 mm.

3. Near testaceinerva, Cam., but the clypeus is very

narrowly depressed on the apical margin, the depressed

portion slightly porrect and with a-distinct angle in the

middle ; vertex not,distinctly punctured ; eyes separated on

the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the second

joint of the flagellum; basal joint of fore tarsi with five

spines; second ventral segment finely and evenly punctured,

subopaque, not shining with sparse large punctures on the

apical half asin ¢estaceinerva ; seventh tergite broad, truncate

30 Mr. R. E. Turner on

broadly at the apex; eighth sternite broad, shallowly bi-

sinuate at the apex, the apical angles not produced. Third

abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long as the second, the

latter nearly as long as the space between the recurrent

nervures on the cubitus. Third cubital cell extending on

the cubitus a little beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. Portuguese E. Africa, Beira (P. A. Sheppard).

The broad, bisinuate, eighth sternite distinguishes this

species from all others of similar colouring.

34, Tuchytes kristenseni, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; capite subargenteo-pubescente; thorace segmentoque

mediano sparse griseo-aureo-pubescentibus, abdomine griseo-

aureo-pubescente, segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fasciis apica-

libus distinctis; area pygidiali angusta, pallidissime aureo-

pubescente; tegulis testaceis, segmentis abdominalibus margine

apicali anguste brunneis; tibiis, tarsis, femoribusque posticis

ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 9 mm.

9. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum; clypeus

subtruncate at the apex, the apical margin rather broadly

depressed; antennz short, the basal joint of the flagellum

fully half as long as the second, which is a little shorter

than the third; vertex not distinctly punctured. Median

segment about half as long again as the scutellum, without

a longitudinal sulcus on the dorsal surface. Abdomen

rather slender, thinly clothed with short, dull, pale golden

pubescence, which is denser and brighter on the marginal

fascie. Pygidial area narrow, nearly twice as long as the

greatest breadth, narrowly rounded at the apex. Second

sternite minutely and closely punctured. Only three

slender spines visible on the basal joint of the fore tarsus.

Second abscissa of the radius very little shorter than the

third, longer than the distance between the recurrent ner-

vures on the cubitus. Third cubital cell much more than

half as long as the second on the cubitus, extending further

than the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. Abyssinia, Harar (G. SHE TFs May.

Described from a single specimen. It is possible that

the spines on the fore tarsus may have been broken off on

the basal part, but the specimen is in good condition and

shows no signs of damage. ‘The species may be distinguished

by the narrow pygidial area, the short joints of the flagellum,

and the small aud slender form.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 31

35. Tachytes ugandensis, sp. un.

. Nigra, capite, thorace, segzmentoque mediano pallide aureo-

$ oD ’ p ’ J fo)

pubescentibus; segmentis dorsalibus 4 -basalibus apice fascia

subargenteo-pubescente ; area pygidiali rufo-fusco-setosa ; man-

dibulis fusco-ferrugineis: tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque

to} ’ to} ’ b]

fulvo-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, yenis testaceis.

do. Femine simillimus.

Long., ¢ 2,13 mm.

9. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding the combined length of the second and third

joints of the flagellum ; the vertex very distinctly and rather

sparsely punctured. Front and clypeus clothed with very

pale golden pubescence, the clypeus very broadly triangu-

larly depressed at the apex, the margin subtruncate. Second

joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third.

Thorax rather sparsely clothed with pale golden pubescence

and with longer pale fulvous hairs; median segment not

more than half as long again as the scutellum, with a shallow

longitudinal impressed line, which is more deeply continued

on the posterior slope. Abdomen, including the second

sternite, minutely and closely punctured; pygidial area

subtriangular, rather narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal

joint of the fore tarsus with seven rather slender spines.

Third abscissa of the radius half as long again as the second,

but scarcely equal to the distance between the recurrent

nervures on the cubitus. Third cubital cell on the cubitus

less than half as long as the second.

3. Seventh tergite not very broad, rounded at the apex ;

eighth sternite deeply and rather narrowly emarginate at

the apex. The galea is short in both sexes, not very much

longer than the greatest breadth, broadly rounded at the

apex ; the ligula is broadly extended and bilobed ; second

joint of labial palpi no longer than the third.

Hab. Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), June to January;

Mariba Forest, Chagwe, 3500-3800 ft. (S. A. Neave),

July.

This species is easily distinguished from others of similar

colouring by the great distance between the eyes on the

vertex.

36. Tachytes opposita, sp. nu.

3. Niger; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmen-

toque mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus

4 basalibus fascia apicali argenteo-pubescente ; tegulis testaceis ;

32 Mr. R. E. Turner on

tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, pallidissime flavo-

tinctis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 13 mm.

g. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; vertex

sparsely punctured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance only slightly exceeding half the length of the

second joint of the flagellum ; median segment about half

as long again as the scutellum. Second sternite shining,

evenly, but not very closely punctured; seventh tergite —

broadly subtriangular, rather broadly truncate at the apex,

and clothed with silver pubescence faintly tinged with gold;

eighth sternite widely and rather shallowly emarginate, the

angles produced into distinct teeth. Third abscissa of the

radius longer than the second, but shorter than the distance

between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus. Third

cubital cell very little shorter on the cubitus than the second.

Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines.

Hab. N. Rhodesia, Pakasa (O. Silverlock), January.

37. Tachytes neglecta, sp. n.

©. Nigra; fronte clypeoque subargenteo-pubescentibus ; thorace

fulvo-pubescente ; segmento mediano griseo-fulvo-hirsuto ; seg-

mentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-

pubescente; area pygidiali apice subacuta, aureo-pubescente ;

tegulis testaceis ; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali

brunneis; tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, pallide

flavo-tinctis, venis testaceis.

¢. Femine similis.

Long., 9 12-14 mm., g 13-14 mm.

@. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; vertex

sparsely and shallowly punctured; eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance equal to the combined length of the

first and second joints of the flagellum. Median segment

less than half as long again as the scutellum, the median

sulcus indistinct. Second ventral segment subopaque, very

minutely and closely punctured; pygidial area subacute.

at the apex. Third abscissa of the radius longer than the

second, about equal to the distance between the recurrent

nervures on the cubitus; third cubital on the cubitus at

least two-thirds of the length of the second. Basal joint

of fore tarsus with six spines.

g. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;

seventh tergite very broadly rounded at the apex, clothed

eT ee ee

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 33

with golden pubescence; eighth sternite deeply and rather

narrowly emarginate, the angles produced. Second and

third joints of the labial palpi subequal, rather short.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), January to April;

N.E. Rhodesia between Fort Jameson and Lundazi, 4000 ft.

(S. A. Neave), June ; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. 4. K.

Marshall), January ; British East Africa, Kibwezi, 3000 ft.

(S. A. Neave), April.

This is a smaller species than separabilis or hamiltoni, aud

may also be distinguished in the male sex by the seventh

tergite which is rounded, not truncate, and by the more

narrowly emarginate eighth sternite. The female may be

distinguished from separadilis by the much more pointed

pygidial area. The galea is also much shorter and broader

than in either of the above-mentioned species, being no

longer than the scape.

38. Tachytes tomentosa, Kohl.

Tachytes tomentosus, Kohl, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xxxy. p. 16 (1891).

9. Nigra; clypeo, fronte, pronoto, pleuris, mesonoto lateribus,

scutello apice, segmento mediano lateribus, segmentis dorsalibus

4 basalibus pygidioque aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis abdomin-

alibus margine apicali brunneo-ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis ;

femoribus parte apicali, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis pallide

flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis,

¢. Feminz similis.

Long., 2 13-14 mm., ¢ 13 mm.

9. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; vertex not

distinctly punctured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance not quite equal to the length of the second joint of

the flagellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines.

Second sternite subopaque, very minutely and closely

punctured, with a smooth area on the middle of the apical

margin. In addition to the apical fasciz the dorsal seg-

ments are thinly clothed with very short dull golden pubes-

cence ; the pygidial area is rounded at the apex. Third

cubital cell shorter than the second on the cubitus by about

one-quarter.

36. Seventh tergite rather narrowly truncate at the apex;

eighth ventral segment truncate at the apex, the angles not

produced. ‘The pubescence on the abdomen is paler than

in the female; and the eyes are very close together on the

vertex, separated by about the length of the first joint of

the flagellum.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 3

34 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Hab. Cape (Kohl) ; Gold Coast, Northern Territories,

Yapi (J. J. Simpson), December ; Nyasaland, S.W. of Lake

Chilwa (S. A. Neave), January ; Uganda Protectorate,

between S.E. shore of Lake Kioga and Kakindu, 3500 ft.

(S. A. Neave), August.

Kohl’s description is very brief, but I think I have rightly

identified the species. The male from Uganda differs in

having the eighth sternite very feebly emarginate, not

truncate as in the specimen of the male from Yapi; the

female from Yapi does not differ appreciably from that from

Nyasaland.

39. Tachytes versatilis, sp. n.

9. Nigra; fronte clypeoque griseo-argenteo-pubescentibus ; tho-

race segmentoque mediano dense fulvo-pubescentibus ; segmentis

dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia interrupta argenteo-pubescente ;

area pygidiali rufo-fusco-setosa; tegulis testaceis; calcaribus

fuscis ; unguiculis pallide ferrugineis ; tarsorum spinis albidis ; °

alis subhyalinis, apice leviter et angustissime infumatis, venis

ferrugineis ; vertice crasse et dense punctato.

¢. Femine similis, segmento dorsali septimo aureo-pubescente.

Long., 9 16-18 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded, the extreme apex

narrowly depressed and subemarginate in the middle.

Second joint of the labial palpi stout, distinctly longer than

the third ; galea not elongate, very broadly rounded at the

apex. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal

to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum; the

vertex coarsely and closely punctured. Basal joiut of fore

tarsus with six spines. Median segment scarcely longer

than the scutellum and postscutellum combined. Abdomen

closely and distinctly punctured, more sparsely at the hase

of the tergites than at the apex; second sternite shining,

evenly, but not very closely or minutely, punctured. Pygi-

dial area subtriangular, rather broadly rounded at the apex.

Third cubital cell extending on the cubitus further than the

apex of the radial cell; second abscissa of the radius some-

times longer than the third, but in some specimens shorter.

g. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly

exceeding the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;

seventh tergite broad, rather broadly subtruncate at the

apex ; eighth sternite rather widely, but not very deeply

emarginate, the angles rather strongly produced. Second

ventral segment with larger and closer punctures than in

the female. Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines.

ELK

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 35

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December to

February ; Lingadzi, near Domira Bay, 1700 ft. (W. A.

Lamborn), August ; Uganda Protectorate, between Kumi

and N.E. shore of Lake Kioga, 3400-3600 ft. (S.A. Neave),

August,

This species is most easily distinguished by the coarse

close puncturation of the vertex. Otherwise it is very near

hirsutus, Sm., but in that species the sternites are finely

and very closely punctured, in versatilis coarsely and more

sparsely punctured.

40. Tachytes hirsuta, Sm.

Tachytes hirsutus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 300 (1856). ¢.

3. Niger; tarsis articulis 4 apicalibus brunneo-ferrugineis; tegu-

lis testaceis; alis hyalinis, basi pallidissime flavidulis, venis

ferrugineis ; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace

segmentoque mediano fulvo-hirsutis; segmentis dorsalibus 4

basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo pubescente; segmento

septimo dorsali sparse aureo-pubescente.

Long. 14 mm.

3. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex; vertex

rather sparsely and shallowly punctured ; eyes separated on

the vertex by a distance scarcely exceeding the length of

the second joint of the flagellum ; galea shorter than the

scape. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines; spur

of hind tibia a little shorter than the basal joint of the hind

tarsus. Second sternite finely and closely punctured ;

seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex; eighth sternite

narrow, deeply and narrowly emarginate at the apex, the

apical angles bluntly produced.

Hab. Natal (Smith) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K.

Marshall), January ; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave),

December.

41. Tachytes habilis, sp. n.

3d. Niger; tarsis subtus, calcaribusque fusco-ferrugineis; tegulis

testaceis ; alis hyalinis, pallidissime flavidulis, venis fulvis ;

fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque

mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4

basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente.

Long. 15 mm.

3. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; galea shorter

than the scape; vertex minutely and closely punctured ;

eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about equal to

36 Mr. R. E. Turner on

the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum.

Basal joint of fore tarsus with eight spines. Median segment

at ieast half as long again as the scutellum, without a

longitudinal sulcus on the dorsal surface. Sternites sub-

opaque, very closely and finely punctured, with long sparse

pubescence. Seventh tergite very broadly rounded at the

apex, clothed with silver pubescence, slightly tinged with

gold. Eighth sternite broadly rounded or subtruncate at

the apex, the angles not produced.

Hab. Nyasaland, 8.E. shore of Lake Nyasa, between

Fort Maguire and-Fort Johnston (S. A. Neave), March.

42. Tachytes inexorabilis, sp. n.

@. Niger; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pilosis ; thorace segmentoque

mediano cinereo-pilosis ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia

apicali argenteo-pubescentibus ; tarsis fusco-ferrugineis ; calcari-

bus pallide ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis; alis hyalinis, basi

pallidissime flavo-tinctis, venis ferrugineis ; area pygidiali rufo-

fusco-setosa.

¢. Femine similis; segmento septimo dorsali subargenteo-pubes-

cente.

Long., 9 14 mm., ¢ 12-14 mm.

?. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; vertex finely

and closely punctured, with a few larger punctures ; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of

the second joint of the flagellum plus half of the third joint.

Galea ratier short, broadly rounded at the apex. Scutellum

distinctly punctured ; the median segment more than half

as long again as the scutellum. Second sternite subopaque,

very minutely and closely punctured ; pygidial area broadly

triangular, subacute at the apex. Third cubital cell ex-

tending very little further than the radial cell; the distance

between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus greater than

usual, fully equal to the third abscissa of the radius. Basal

joint of the fore tarsus with six spines.

6. Seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex; eighth

sternite rather shallowly emarginate, the teeth of the apical

angles blunt. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

about equal to the length of the two basal joints of the

flagellum.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg (4. J. Cholmley) ; Natal,

Howick (J. P. Cregoe). |

Very near ¢ransvaalensis, Cam., but the pygidial area is

much more broadly triangular and the pubescence on it

coarser. ‘The condition of Cameron’s type, however, is so

—=_ro = a

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 37

bad that the species is hardly to be recognized. The

puncturation on the vertex is also finer and closer in

transvaalensis.

This species also ranges northwards in East Africa, occur-

ring in Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), August to February;

British Hast Africa, Upper Kuja Valley, S. Kavirondo

(S. A. Neave), May; Ilala, Maramas district, 4500 ft. (S.A.

Neave), June.

43. Tachytes transvaalensis, Cam.

Tachytes transvaalensis, Cam. Entomologist, p. 153 (1905). 9.

Differs from inexorabilis as noticed above, and also in the

more shining and very sparsely punctured third and fourth

ventral segments.

Hab.- Transvaal.

44, Tachytes erynnis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; tegulis testaceis, tarsis calcaribusque ferrugineis ; alis

basi flavo-hyalinis, apice subhyalinis, venis ferrugineis ; fronte

clypeoque argenteo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano

griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus

fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente ; area pygidiali aureo-

pubescente.

@. Feminez similis.

Long., 2 15 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, closely

punctured, the anterior margin somewhat deflexed; vertex

sparsely, but distinctly, punctured; eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance about equal to the combined length of

the two basal joints of the flagellum. Basal joint of the

fore tarsus with six spines ; spur of hind tibia not quite as

long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus. Scutellum closely,

but distinctly punctured ; median segment about half as

long again as the scatellum, the median sulcus indistinct on

the dorsal surface. Second and third sternites minutely

and closely punctured, the fourth smooth at the base,

minutely and closely punctured on the apical half, the fifth

with the fine punctures confined to the apex. Pygidial

area triangular, very narrowly rounded at the apex. Wings

short, not reaching to the apex of the abdomen.

6. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance scarcely

exceeding half the length of the second joint of the flagellum;

sternites closely and evenly, but not very minutely punc-

tured ; seventh tergite rather narrowly rounded at the apex ;

eighth sternite narrow, deeply emarginate.

38 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (W. L. Distant) ; Sterkfontein

(H. P. Thomasset) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K.

Marshall), January ; Natal, Estcourt; Zululand, Mfongosi.

This may be distinguished from znevorahilis and transvaal-

ensis by the greater approximation of the eyes on the vertex,

especially in the male; and by the yellower colour of the

wings.

45. Tachytes pulchricornis, sp. n.

g. Niger; fronte clypeoque pallide aureo-pubescentibus ; pronoto,

mesonoto lateribus, postscutellogue subargenteo-pubescentibus,

pleuris segmentoque mediano sparse albido-pilosis; segmentis

dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente ;

segmento dorsali septimo argenteo-pubescente ; flagello articulis

4-9 subtus brunneo-ochraceis; tarsis brunneo-ferrugineis; alis

hyalinis, pallidissime flavidulis, nervis testaceis; tegulis testaceis.

©. Mari simillima; flagello omnino nigro; fronte clypeoque

argenteo-pubescentibus ; area pygidiali rufo-aureo pubescente.

Long., ¢ 2, 12-13 mm.

6. Clypeus very broadly subtruncate at the apex ; vertex

not distinctly punctured ; eyes separated ou the vertex by a

distance equal to the combined length of the two basal joiuts

of the flagellum. Galea short, very broadly rounded at the

apex; second and third joints of the labial palpi short, sub-

equal. Median segment about half as long again as the

scutellum, the longitudinal suleus almost obsolete. Seventh

tergite rather broadly subtruncate at the apex ; the eighth

sternite rather broadly emarginate, the apical angles strongly

produced. Third cubital cell long, extending much beyond

the apex of the radial cell, at least three-quarters of the

length of the second on the cubitus. A variety has the

abdominal fascize dull golden.

?. Distance between the eyes on the vertex as in the

male ; pygidial area triangular, acute at the apex ; second

sternite subopaque, closely microscopically punctured ; basal

joint of fore tarsus with five spines. A variety has the

abdominal fasciz dull golden.

Hab, Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), March.

Subspecies kolaensis, subsp. n.

3. Differs from the typical form in having the third to

ninth joints of the flagellum ochraceous brown above as well

as below, leaving only a black ring at the joints.

?. The pygidial area very distinctly broader than in the

typical form, broadly rounded at the apex.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes, 39

Hab. Portuguese E. Africa, Valley of Kola River, near

i, Mt. Chiperone, 1500-2000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April.

46. Tachytes disputabilis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; tarsis articulis 4 apicalibus ferrugineis, posticis supra

infuscatis ; tegulis testaceis; alis hyalinis; venis ferrugineis,

apice fuscis; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace

segmentoque mediano sparse aureo-griseo-pubescentibus ; seg-

mentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-

pubescente ; segmento dorsali septimo argenteo pubescente ;

galea lata, scapo breyiore.

Long., ¢d,11 mm.

3. Clypeus broadly ,truncate at the apex ; vertex not

distinctly punctured, opaque ; eyes separated on the vertex

by a distance about equal to the combined length of the

first and second joints of the flagellum. Thorax micro-

scopically punctured ; median segment nearly twice as long

as the scutellum. Second sternite closely and minutely

punctured ; seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex ;

eighth sternite emarginate, the apical angles produced.

Basal joint of fore tarsus with four spines ; spur of hind

tibize shorter than the basal joint of the hind tarsus. Third

cubital cell nearly as long on the cubitus as the second,

extending on the cubitus beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. Nyasaland, S.W. of Lake Chilwa (S. A. Neave),

January.

This is near pulchricornis, from which it differs in the

colour of the antennee and in the much narrower seventh

tergite and eighth sternite.

47. Tachytes instabilis, sp. n.

Very similar to 7. imexorabilis in both sexes, but the

pubescence on the thorax and median segment is golden

grey, very short and close lying under sparse, long, erect

hairs ; the male has the seventh tergite broadly subtruncate

at the apex, not rounded, and the eighth sternite much

broader, though also emarginate; the punctures of the

sternites are distinctly larger. The female differs in the

sparse and large punctures of the third, fourth, and fifth

sternites, which are shining, whereas in imezorabilis, except

at the extreme base, they are opaque and very minutely and

closely punctured ; the eyes are a little nearer together on

the vertex, being separated by a distance equal to the length

of the two basal joints of the flagellum; the wings in both

40 Mr. R. E. Turner on

sexes are slightly more yellowish at the base, and the galea

is distinctly shorter and broader, being scarcely more than

half as long as the scape, whereas in inexorabilis it is nearly

as long as the scape.

Length, ¢ 11 mm., 2? 12-14 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlianje (S. A. Neave), January and

February.

There are only five spines on the basal joint of the fore

tarsus, in which character it agrees with 7. disputabilis, but

the apical segments of the male are much broader than in

that species. ‘The male has only four spines on the basal

joint of the fore tarsus.

48. Tachytes lachests, sp. n.

9. Nigra; tibiis anticis basi extremo, calcaribus, tarsisque arti-

culis apicalibus fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, pallidissime

flavidulis, venis ferrugineis ; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescenti-

bus; thorace segmentoque mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ;

segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali subargenteo-

pubescente ; area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-pubescente.

Long. 13 mm.

-¢. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; galea

much shorter than the scape ; vertex microscopically punc-

tured in the middle, with a few larger punctures near the

eyes, which are separated on the vertex by a distance equal

to the combined length of the two basal joints of the

flagellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsi with six spines;

spur of the hind tibia longer than the basal joint of the

hind tarsus. Median segment scarcely longer in the middle

than the scutellum, with a shallow, but distinct longitudinal

sulcus. Sternites 3-5 shining, with large sparse punctures,

smooth at the base, Pygidial area broadly rounded at the

apex. bees

Hab, Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), February. --.

49. Tachytes megera, sp. vu.

2, Nigra; tarsis subtus, articuloque apicali supra, calcaribusque

ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis ; alis basi flavidulis, apice hyalinis,

venis ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pubescentibus ;

thorace segmentoque mediano albido-pubescentibus ; segmentis

dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente ;

area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-setosa.

Long. 13 mm,

¢ . Clypeus broadly subtrunecate at the apex, the apical

rar vee

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 41

margin deflexed ; vertex very closely microscopically punc-

tured; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about

equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.

Galea shorter than the scape. Basal joint of the fore tarsus

with five spines ; spur of the hind tibia as long as the basal

joint of the hind tarsus. Thorax closely and minutely

punctured ; second sternite and the third, fourth, and fifth

sternites on the apical margin closely and minutely punc-

tured; the three latter shining at the base, with large

scattered punctures. Pygidial area triangular, rather nar-

rowly rounded at the apex.

Hab. Gold Coast, Northern Territories, Yapi (J. J. Simp-

son), December.

50. Tachytes notadilis, sp. n.

2. Nigra, gracilis, rugosula, sparse cinereo-pilosa ; fronte clypeoque

aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia

apicali griseo-argentea ; tegulis testaceis ; calcaribus, unguiculis,

tarsisque articulis apicalibus subtus ferrugineis; alis subhyalinis,

venis testaceis ; area pygidiali aureo-pubescente.

3d. Femine similis.

Long., 9 11-13 mm., g 11 mm.

?. Clypeus very broadly truncate at the apex; vertex

closely and very finely punctured, with large sparse punc-

tures intermingled; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

about equal to the length of the two basal joints of the

flagellum. Thorax very finely rugulose; median segment

more strongly rugulose, nearly twice as long as the scu-

tellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines; spur

of the hind tibia as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.

Second sternite minutely and closely punctured; pygidial

area triangular, somewhat elongate, rather narrowly rounded

at the apex. Galea shorter than the scape. Third abscissa

of the radius shorter than the second; third cubital cell

narrow, extending on the cubitus further than the apex of

the radial cell.

6. Eyes as far apart on the vertex as in the female ;

seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex, rather sparsely

clothed with very pale golden pubescence ; eighth sternite

semicircularly emarginate at the apex.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), January to June;

Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), September ; British

East Africa, Tiwa River, Ukamba (S. W. J. Scholefield),

January.

‘The Uganda and East African specimens have the pygidial

4.2 On Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

area more broadly rounded at the apex, but do not seem to

differ otherwise. I have seen no males from these localities.

The species is easily distinguished by the slender form and

the sculpture of the thorax and median segment.

51. Tachytes silverlocki, sp. nu.

@. Nigra; fronte, clypeo pronotoque argenteo-pubescentibus ;

mesonoto lateribus, segmentisque dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia

apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescentibus ; segmento mediano lateri-

bus pleurisque albo-pilosis; tarsis articulis duobus apicalibus,

articulis secundo tertiogue basi, calcaribusque ferrugineis ;

pygidio aureo-pubescente ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 9-10 mm.

?. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, the margin

narrowly depressed; vertex without distinct punctures.

Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance fully equal to

the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum.

Median segment more than half as long again as the

scutellum, without a median sulcus on the dorsal surface,

except at the extreme apex. Pygidial area subtriangular,

very narrowly rounded at the apex; second sternite sub-

opaque, closely microscopically punctured. Basal joint of

the fore tarsus with five whitish spines. Third abscissa of

the radius a little longer than the second, the latter a little

longer than the space between the recurrent nervures on the

cubitus. Third cubital cell long and narrow, reaching on

the cubitus much further than the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. N. Rhodesia, Pakasa (O. Silverlock), January ;

British E. Africa, Kisumu (S. A. Neave), April.

This little species is very near the Egyptian 7. camer-

oniana, Morice, of which only the male is known; but as

the colour of the tarsi and nervures as well as the details of

neuration differ, I do not think that it is the female of that

species.

*52. Tachytes nigroannulata, Bisch.

Tachytes nigroannulatus, Bisch. Arch, f. Naturges. A. 3, p. 69 (1913).

Hab. 8. Rhodesia, Springvale ; December.

This seems to be allied to J. silverlocki, but 1 do not

think it can be the male of that species.

Liris diabolica, Sm.

Larrada diabolica,Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 294 (1873),

O¢

On South-American Felide. 45

Larra (Liris) opipara, Kohl, Ann. naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. p. 297

(1894). Q.

Tachytes capitalis, Rad. Journ. acad, sc. & math. Lisboa, viii. p. 210

(1881). 9.

Radoszkowski’s description undoubtedly refers to this

wide-ranging Ethicpian species.

Tachysphex agilis, Sm.

Tachytes agilis, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 3801 (1856). ¢.

This is undoubtedly a Tachysphex.

-'These two species are included in Tachutes in Dalla

Torre’s Catalogue, but do not -belong to the genus, Radosz-

kowski’s name falling as a synonym and Smith’s specics

agilis being a Tachysphex. Tachytes etrusca, Rossi, recorded

by Radoszkowski from Angola, is doubtless an error in

identification.

Notogonia trivittata, Kirby.

Tachytes trivittatus, W. F. Kirby, Bull. Liverp. Mus. iii. p. 16 (1900),

dQ.

Notogonia expedita, Kohl, Hymenopteren Siidarabiens, p. 51 (1906).

SL.

Kirby placed this species in the wrong genus. Jt inhabits

Sokotra, and I have not seen specimens from continental

Africa.

Tachysphex quadricolor, Gerst.

Lyrops quadricolor, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad, Wiss. Berlin, p. 510

(1ES7 Sf

Lyrops quadricolor, Gerst. Peters. Reise n. Mossambique Zool. y.

pA, (ised). 2.7, F380. F.Vg.

Tachytes quadricolor, D. 'T. Cat. Hymen. viii. p. 695 (1897).

I consider that this E. African species is undoubtedly a

Tachysphex.

Il.— The Groups of the small and medium-sized South-

American Felide. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Writine in 1903 upon the spotted tiger-cats, excluding

ocelots, of South America, Oldtield Thomas * pointed out

that the species fall, or appear to fall, into the following

groups :—

I. Size larger. Fur soft and thick. Nape-hairs generally reversed

forwards—at least, in part. Skull broadly rounded, with a large

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. pp. 234-289,

44 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the small.and

smooth brain-case and short face——Including the Mexican and

Central-American tiger-cats, F. glaucula, Thos., wiedii, Schinz.,

and others.

II. Size rather smaller. Fur harsher. Nape-hairs not reversed.

Ground-colour darker. Skull long and narrow, somewhat re-

sembling that of the jaguarondi, with narrow brain-case and elon-

gated face. —F. guttula, Hensel.

III. Size smallest, Fur medium or harsh. Nape-hairs not reversed.

Skull small and delicate, with smooth brain-case and short face.

—F. pardinoides, Gray (F. guigna, Hensel, nec Molina).

IV. Group containing F. geoffroyi, VOrb., and F. salinarum, Thos.

(=F. guigna, Matsch., nec Mol.).

V. Group containing a small bright-coloured cat with a delicate skull

from Cayenne, and identified as F. tigrina, Schreber.

As Mr. Thomas remarks, doubt and confusion beset the

determination and nomenclature of the species concerned,

aud the study of the group is beset with quite unusual dif_i-

culties owing to the variations in pattern and cranial characters

exhibited by specimens obtained together and clearly belonging

to the same species.

The main circumstance which appears to have prompted

the publication of this paper by Thomas was the arrival at

the British Museum of a collection of skins and skulls obtained

by A. Robert at Roca Nova, in Parana.

Three of the skulls were sent to Berlin, and were compared

by Dr, Matschie with the skulls of species from Rio Grande

do Sul which had been named by Hensel. One of them was

pronounced to be identical with the skull of the form identified

by Hensel as macroura (=wiediz). It is, however, with the

other two that I am now principally concerned. One of

them—that of a male cat captured at an altitude of 930 to

1150 metres in Roca Nova, Parana—was declared by Matschie

to be specifically inseparable from the skull of the form

described by Hensel as F’. guttula.

The second skull—that of a female with precisely the same

particulars on its label—was referred by Matschie to the form.

identified by Hensel as F. guigna, Mol. But, as Thomas

pointed out, this cat cannot, on the evidence, be considered

as precisely identical with the species so named by Molina,

because the latter came from Valdivia*, on the western side

of the Andes. On the other hand, a comparison between the

Parana skull, declared by Matschie to belong to F. guégna,

Hensel (nec Molina), and the skull of the type of F. pardi-

noides, Gray, for which no locality was known, enabled

Thomas to synonymize Hensel’s species with Gray’s. This

was an important addition to our knowledge.

* Philippi, Arch. Naturg. xxxix. pt. 1, p. 8 (1878).

i ———————- <sajgliiiialale

medium-sized South-American Felide. 45

According to Matschie and Thomas, therefore, there are

two species of cats living side by side in Roca Nova, Parana

—a larger (/. guttula) and a smaller (Ff. pardinoides) ,—which

differ in the skull-characters mentioned by Thomas in his

diagnoses of groups II. and III.

As stated above, the two skulls which formed the basis of

this opinion are those of a male and female respectively. An

examination of them convinces me that the differences they

present are beyond doubt individual and sexual, and not

specific. Nor is this conviction shaken by a comparison

between the skins of the two cats. That of the male shows

a bold pattern of rather large blackish spots, strong stripes

on the neck, and well-defined rings at the end of the tail.

Although the female is black and clearly a melanistic sport,

the pattern of rings on the tail and of large spots on the sides

is perceptible and does not differ appreciably from that of the

male. A second male from the same locality differs a little

in skull-characters and somewhat markedly in pattern from

the first, the spots being differentiated into incomplete black

rings partly surrounding a brownish area.

Thus it appears that groups II. and III. of Thomas’s

classification are based upon a single species, Ff. pardinoides,

Gray, with guttula, Hensel, and guigna, Hensel, as synonyms.

That &. pardinoides is closely related to geoffroy? does not

appear to me to be open to question. /. salinarum also

comes into this category. Moreover, as Thomas has pointed

out, the skull of 4’, pardinoides shows many resemblances to

that of #. jaguarondi, thus serving to link the latter with

F, geoffroyi. Nevertheless, although F. jaguarond: is affili-

ated to the group of species, or subspecies, exemplified by

if, pardinoides, guigna, salinarum, and geoffroyi, there is a

wider interval between it and pardinoides than between the

latter and geoffroyt.

' Now, as regards group V.: this was established for the

reception of a cat from Cayenne which Thomas identified as

fF, tugrina, Schreber. The skin of this animal is yellowish

grey in the tint of the ground-colour and decidedly richer in

tone than skins of F. geoffroyt, salinarum, and pardinoides.

On each side of the body there are about five longitudinal

rows of tolerably large, mostly imperfectly ocelliform spots.

On the neck there are four rather narrow stripes, of which

the two external pass forwards to the eyes, the median stopping

short between the ears. The tail is long and boldly patterned

to the end, and the hairs of the neck are not reversed.

Of the skull only the facial pait is preserved. It is poorly

developed from the muscular point of view, but the special

46 On South-American Felide.

points to be noticed about it are:—(1) the postorbital pro-

cesses of the frontal are short and spiniform; (2) the maxilla

is antero-posteriorly expanded above and the plane of the

anterior nares is nearly upright; (3) there is a distinct

although small thickening on the malar by the preorbital

foramen ; (4) the lower carnassial has a long heel. This

combination of cranial characters, coupled with the backward

direction of the hairs on the neck, indicates, in my opinion,

affiliation between this species and forms related to /. pardi-

noides and dissociates it from the group represented by

Lf. wiedit (macroura). The interest of this view lies in the

circumstance that F’. wiedi?, until the publication of Thomas’s

paper, was always regarded as specifically identical with

fF. tigrina, the latter name standing for the species. Since [

can discover no valid reason for dissenting from Thomas’s

determination of this cat as F. tigrina, Schreb., but, on the

contrary, much that is in its favour *, it will be expedient, I

think, to adopt his proposal, and regard the specimen in the

Museum as embodying the characters of F. tigrina, thus re-

leasing wedi from the synonymy of that species.

Thus groups IL., II., 1V., and V. of Thomas’s arrange-

ment may be fused into one, and the resulting assemblage

may be amplified by the inclusion of /. jaguarondi, with its

colour-mutation eyra, an unspotted species with which Thomas

did not deal.

I have recently shown (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix.

pp. 129-132, 1917) that F. wiedi differs trom J. geoffroyt, sali-

narum, and jaguarondi in the structure of the feet, and that

fF, pardalis resembles F. wedi in that particular. In F’. par-

dalis also the hair of the nape is always reversed in direction,

as is usually, at all events, the case in /. wiedii. As living

animals these two species are often very difficult to distin-

guish except by size and the length of the tail. In my

opinion they are too closely related to be placed in different

groups, despite the differences in the skulls,

Finally, there are the two species, or subspecies, known as

F’. colocolo t+ and F. pajeros, which, as I have recently sliown

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 329, 1916), differ in the

* It is true that Buffon’s figure of the margay, reproduced by Schreber,

suggests a cat with rather a bolder pattern, a longer tail, and spots on

the middle of the forehead; but it would, I think, be hypercritical to

expect complete accuracy in an antique illustration.

+t The cranial differences between these two forms described by

Philippi do not exist. That author’s example of F. colocolo appears to

me to have been a menagerie-reared specimen, judging from the peculiar

shape of the skull.

The Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus. 47

structure of the auditory bulla from all the other Felide of

America. These cats have been affiliated with the Old-

World forms F. ocreata and sylvestris, but their affinities

appear to me to be clearly with their compatriots probably

of the F. geoffroyt group.

To sum up: the American Felid, large, small, and

medium-sized, may be relegated to the following groups :—

1. Group exemplified by F. pardalis and F. wiedii.

2. Group exemplified by #. guigna, F. pardinoides, F° sali-

narum, I, geoffroyi, Ff. tigrina, and F, jaguarondt.

Group exemplified by F’. colocolo and F. pajeros.

Group exemplified by /. canadensis and PF. ruffus.

Group exemplified by &. concolor.

Group exemplified by Panthera onca.

ook

IlIl.—The Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In his ‘ Primates’ Dr. D. G. Elliot has recognized a number

of species of the Galago crassicaudatus group, these species

being arranged practically without regard to their geographical

relationships ; 3; and an examination ‘of our specimens would

seem to show that some revision of the group is necessary.

In the first place, a study of the skulls indicates that the

East-African forms—hindet *, panganiensis, lastotis, badius,

kikuyuensis, and agisymbanus,—which Dr. Elliot has either

sandwiched between or united with the forms from Nyasa

and southwards, are really distinguishable from all the latter

by their smaller skulls.

There is a good deal of variation in East Africa as regards

skull-size, and there are probably several valid races there,

but these I have not at present material to deal with.

On the other hand, the more southern skulls—Rhodesia to

Zululand—are really very uniform in size and proportions,

when the changes and variations due to age and sex are

properly allowed for. The frequent references in Elliot to

the proportions of the muzzle are really based on characters

due to sex, the large broad-rooted canines of the male

* References to all the published names mentioned in the present

paper are given in Elliot’s ‘ Primates,’ i. pp. 54-63, and are not now

repeated.

48 Mr. O. Thomas on the

causing the muzzle in that sex to be conspicuously more

developed than in the female. ‘This difference has been

taken again and again for a racial character, but is really

only a sexual one.

As to size, those from the north of the area—Rhodesia—

average larger than the more southern ones, but the difference

is not very great; while of other cranial characters there do

not seem to be any at all, and the teeth are alike throughout.

Colour-characters are therefore the only means of sorting

the races, and.on this account I should consider all to belong

to but a single species—G. crassicaudatus—with several

local subspecies.

The type-locality of crassicaudatus itself, not known at the

time of description, has first to be settled, and on this [

should accept the first authoritative identification of specimens

and statement of locality, which were made by Peters in 1852.

He says that Geoffroy’s type-specimen “ stainmnt ohne Zweifel

ebenfals aus Mossambique her,” and identifies with it his

own specimens from various places, of which Quelimane is

the first to be mentioned. I should therefore take that as the

type-locality. :

As a consequence, Gray’s kirkii from the same place

becomes an absolute synonym of crassicaudatus, and his type-

specimen is a topotype of it.

With regard to the next name on the list, garnette of

Ogilby, commonly assigned to ‘‘ Natal,” I find that the skull

of the type—which is in the Museum, in spite of Elliot’s

assertion to the contrary—is distinctly too small for any

S.-African Galago at all, while it exactly agrees with two

from Zanzibar Island (coll. Sir J. Kirk and C. H. B. Grant),

representing G. agisymbanus, Coquerel.

As the locality of the type was nowhere recorded, and was

definitely stated in the MS. Catalogue of the Zoological

Society’s Museum to be “ unknown,” Zanzibar is as likely a

locality as Natal, and I therefore propose to accept it for the

Galago of that island. It would thus be the first of the

Hi.-African series of names, and would antedate Coquerel’s

agisymbanus.

The following are the four subspecies of crasstcaudatus

which appear to me to be recognizable, taking them from

north to south :—

1. G. crassicaudatus monteiri, Gray.

Wholly grey.

Angola (Monteiro, Ansorge), N. Rhodesia and Angoniland

(Neave, Melland, Mrs. Colville).

Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus. 49

The skull of the type-specimen is in the Museum (no.

Bo: E204).

2. G.c. crassicaudatus, Geoff.

Otogale crassicaudata, var. kirki, Gray.

Grey, but washed on crown and median dorsal area with

buffy or drabby brown. ‘Tail greyish, varying towards

buffy or “ cinnamon-buff”’—the tip generally lighter. Lower

part of limbs brown.

Zambesia—Blantyre and Chiradzula, Soxthern Nyasa

(Sir H. Johnston), Quelimane (Peters, Kirk), Gorongoza

Mts. (Rudd Exploration), Melsetter (Swynnerton).

3. -G. c. umbrosus, subsp. n.

‘Darker than other races throughout. Smoky greyish

brown (hair-brown) on body, a clearer grey patch behind

and below ears; under surface smoky greyish, the slaty

bases of the hairs more prominent than usual, and their tips

duller and more drabby. Limbs brown, the wrists, upper

side of fingers, hairy part of soles, and upper side of feet

nearly or quite black. Tail dark greyish brown, its hairs

dark at base, and its end blackish in the type, though not in

the paratype.

~ Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 310 mm.; tail 390; hind foot 86;

‘ear 62.

Skull: front of canine to back of m? 27 ; premolar-molar

series 22°3.

Northern Transvaal. Specimens from Tzaneen Estate,

Zoutpansburg District. ‘Caught on Woodbush Mt., in

Bush.”

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 9.3.2.2. ‘Original num-

ber 193. Collected 14th July, 1907, by Dr. H. Lyster

Jameson.

This is a darker and more smoky-coloured race than the

others, such as might come from an area with a heavier

rainfall. It is less grey than crassicaudatus, less brown than

the next subspecies, while its dark limbs and blackish feet are

peculiar to itself. In the general darkening it is probable

also that a majority of individuals will prove to have blackish

tail-tips, as in the type.

£6: a zuluensis, Elliot.

G. garnetti of authors referring to Natal and Zululand

specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 4

50 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Brown or buffy brown throughout above, buffy whitish

below, the tips of the belly-hairs a clearer buffy than in

umbrosus. Hands and feet more or less cinnamon-brown,

only becoming blackish on the digits. ‘Tail dull brownish,

commonly darkening to black at tip.

Zululand (Dahl, and Rudd Ezploration). Natal, fide

W. L. Sclater and others.

Readily distinguishable by its general brownish colour.

IV.—New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. By J. J.

Joicey, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., and G. Tarzor, F.E.S.

[Plates I.-IV.]

Tue species described in the present paper were collected

by Messrs. A., C., and F, Pratt in the region of the Arfak

and Wandammen Mountains in 1914.

The types are in the collection of Joicey.

Our thanks are due to Sir G. F. Hampson, of the British

Museum, to Lord Rothschild, and to Mr. G. T. Bethune-

Baker, for help kindly given in comparing specimens.

Further, Mr. L. B. Prout has examined all the Geometridz

and given us the benefit of his unrivalled knowledge of this

family,

Arctiide.

Diacrisia ochrifrons, sp. n.

(Pi. d. fig 52.)

Allied to dinawa, B. Bkr.*, but easily distinguished by

the frons being black at the sides.

2. Upperside.—Fore wing with pale ochraceous ground-

colour with markings somewhat as in dinawa; the basal

costal stripe extended below cell to inner margin, the suffu-

sion being paler below 14; the discal band narrower than

in dinawa, especially at the costa, the spot below vein 3 not

joined to the one at the base of cellule 2, and spot below

vein 1a not touching inner margin; the upper part of

post-discal band not running from apex as in dinawa, but

from the costa, where it is 5 mm. broad, and curving out-

wards below vein 6 forms a large tooth-shaped patch ; the

* Diacrisia dinawa, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xi. p. 418, pl. iv.

fig. 25 (1904) (Dinawa, Brit. N. Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 51

spot below this in cellule 4 not divided; three small spots

before the apex; traces of dots in the distal area in 3 and 4.

Hind wing with a black mark on upper discocellular, a

black anal spot, two spots on either side of vein 2, two

large ones on either side of vein 5, no apical spot.

Underside.—Fore wing with markings as above, reduced

in basal and median areas ; discal band with costal patch

separated from patch at lower angle of cell. Hind wing

with a small round spot at middle of costa, other markings

as above.

Antenne blackish brown; palpi and sides of frons

blackish brown; central part of frons and vertex pale

ochraceous ; tegulee and patagia dark ochraceous; patagia

with a blackish basal patch, represented in dinawa by a free

rounded spot and a dot at extreme base; thorax with a

blackish mesial line ; abdomen crimson above, pale ochra-

ceous below, a black dorsal stripe and lateral series of spots;

legs and pectus blackish brown, fore coxe and femora

crimson on outside ; a crimson tuft at base of thorax.

Length of fore wing 27 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtus., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Noctuide.

Subfamily AcRONYCTIN2.

CorDYLEPALPA, Nom. nov.

We substitute this name for Clavipalpa, J. & T., which is

preoccupied (Clavipalpa, Joicey & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1915 (June), p. 377).

Subfamily Nocruina.

Athyrma spilota, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 3.)

Q. Upperside—Fore wing with dark chestnut-brown

ground-colour; a waved black basal line, thickened on

costa; an antemed’an line, black, irregular, and curved

outwardly, thickened on the costa and posteriorly broadened

to a triangular patch; a lilac-grey quadrate costal patch,

bearing a black dot near its lower outer angle, forming the

upper part of an antemedian band; lower part of ante-

_ median band much broader, dark green; a yellowish stripe

on vein 2; three curved yellowish marks below the sub-

median ; a dark greenish costal patch of spots beyond the

cell, outwardly defined by a thin grey Deere line; a

52 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

lilac subterminal band, shaded with dark grey; some dark

grey shading on distal aud extreme basal areas; sparse

lilac-grey dusting over the wing. Hind wing fuscous-grey,

some sparse white scaling on outer margin ; fringe fuscous,

dusted with white.

Underside fuscous grey. Fore wing with inner half of

fringe white; an ochreous tinge on costa near apex. Hind

wing finely dusted with white.

Antenne reddish brown; palpi blackish brown; head

fuscous mixed with grey-white; thorax and abdomen

fuscous ; femora and tibie fuscous, tarsi ochreous.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March.

29? 9. A specimen in the B.M. from Mt. Goliath.

Subfamily FociLiLin &.

Mecodina prs sp. n.

aiek . fig. 5.)

Allied to eketkei, B.-Bkr.*, but darker in colour, no white

discocellular points and no ears line within the pale

post-discal band ; subterminal black dots, which are absent

in ekeiket.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing fuscous brown, proximal two-

thirds with a purplish tinge; an irregular fuscous basal

line; a black dot in the cell; two waved discal lines,

slightly outwardly curved from the costa, the space between

them without purple tinge; inner edge of darker distal

area defining a pale post-diseal band; an irregular sub-

terminal series of black dots between the velns ; termen

slightly purplish. F/ind wing fuscous-brown.

Underside paler than above. Hind wing with a faint

blackish discal band, and an indistinct subterminal line.

Antenne ciliate, fuscous-brown ; head, palpi, thorax,

abdomen, and legs fuscous-brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm,

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 @.

In B.M. a specimen from Fak-Fak, Dutch S.W. New

Guinea.

We place this species provisionally in the genus Mecodina,

but it differs from the type-form of that genus in vein 5 of

the hind wing arising above the lower angle of cell. The

antenne are of moderate length with long cilia.

* Ceromacra ekeikei, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xiii. p. 284 (1906)

(Brit. N. Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 53

We must mention here that eketkei, B.-Bkr., was placed by

its author in the genus Ceromacra, Guen., together wit

other allied species. The type of this genus is from Surinam,

and a comparison of this insect with polyscia shows that

the New Guinea species do not belong to Ceromacra.

Zethes ochreomarginata, sp. n.

(Pl. I. tig. 4.)

Allied to lilacea*, B.-Bkr., but differing in colour, aud

without a series of dark dots near the post-discal line.

3. Upperside ochraceous brown with an oblique, double,

and blackish post-discal line. Distal area beyond post-

discal line, brownish ochraceous; proximal border of post-

discal line suffused with black scaling ; basal area brownish

ochraceous. Fore wing with an irregular brown basal line ;

a reuiform spot defined by pale ochreous ; an oblique

blackish line from lower inner edge of reniform to costa; a

curved and outwardly-toothed blackish line from lower outer

edge of reniform to costa; a marginal (not admarginal)

series of black dots on the veins, the posterior two much

larger than the cthers, on both wings.

Underside greyish ochraceous, much speckled with black ;

a blackish post-discal band on both wings.

Antenne brown, bipectinate for four-fifths, the pectines

minutely ciliate and ending in a fine bristle, terminal fifth

ciliate. Palpi ochreous-brown, black at sides; head, thorax,

legs, and abdomen ochreous-brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

fTab. Wandammen Mtus., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 re

Subfamily Dexnrorpina.

Pseudaglossa bipupillata, sp. n.

(PLT. fig. 6; )

We place this provisionally in Pseudaglossa, of which it

may constitute a new section. It differs from other forms

of the genus in the antenne of the ¢ being provided with

bristles and cilia, whilst the palpi have a long third segment,

also in the fore wing having a costal fold and fringe below.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing smoky grey, darker in basal

half ; an irregular basal black line, thicker anteriorly; a

* Zethes lilacea, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xiii. p. 272 (1906) (Brit.

N. Guinea).

54 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on ‘new

strongly dentate black post-discal line; an irregular black

subterminal line, nearly parallel to post-discal line and twice

its thickness ; a marginal series of black dots between the

veins ; orbicular small, fulvous, defined by black; reniform

fulvous, defined by black and bearing two black pupils; a

black suffusion between reniform and orbicular. Hind wing

grey ; a faint discocellular mark and an indistinct sub-

terminal line.

Underside grey. Fore wing darker at apex ; a costal fold,

bearing a fringe of smoky-grey hair, extending from base to

end of cell. //ind wing with darker suffusion at apex; a -

distinct discocellular mark; an indistinct and irre:ular

post-discal line, and subterminal line, the latter angled in

cellule 5 close to margin.

Antenne black with simple bristles and cilia; palpi dark

grey, paler on inside, third segment long; head dark grey;

tegule fulvous, patagia black; abdomen grey, anal tuft pale

ochraceous; legs black, mixed with pale ochraceous, femora

with a fringe of hair on inside, fore tibiz with tuft of hair

at base on inside, mid and hind tibie with a tuft of hair at

base on outside.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

flab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. (type),

and Ninay Valley (1 ¢ in B.M.).

Llypena montana, sp. n.

(Pls. fig: 7.)

3. Upperside.—Fore wing grey-black ; an oblique black

line from apex to imner margin, thickened posteriorly and

proximally edged with ochreous, which is for the most part

shaded over; a thin black irregular post-discal line merged

posteriorly with the outer oblique line; some thin black

lines in the distal area below the obligue line, and a thin

black subterminal line; an ochreous dot on the discocellular.

Hind wing with costa and outer marginal border sooty grey,

narrowly so beyond vein 2; rest of wing white to base.

Underside.— Fore wing sooty grey, white at extreme base ;

costa, and toa less extent the outer margin, dusted with

grey-white. Hind wing as above, but marginal area irro-

rated with white ; a dark discocellular spot.

Antennze sooty grey; palpi, head, and thorax black;

abdomen sooty grey, laterally with first three segments’

white, and ventrally white at base; legs grey mixed with

black.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

flab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 4¢¢.

Fleterocera from Dutch New Gutnea. 55

Lymantriida.

Euproctis chlorospila, sp. n.

(PILL. tie S$.)

Allied to edwardsi *, Newm., and huntei +, Warr.

3. Upperside——Fore wing brownish fuscous with costal

area fuscous-grey. Outer margin broadly bright yellow,

deeply indented by ground-colour in cellule 3; a marginal

series of spots of ground-colour between the veins, each spot,

excepting the one in 2, connected by a thin stripe to the

proximal ground-colour ; a bright yellow stripe on lc; an

oblong white spot on the discocellular, edged with orange

proximally and distally. Hind wing bright yellow.

Underside pale yellow.

Antenne with comb pale rufous, shaft grey; head and

thorax pale yellow; palpi grey-black ; abdomen orange-

yellow above, pale yellow below; pectus, legs, and aual

tuft pale yellow.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 8000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 ¢¢.

Euproctis acrita, sp. n.

CPE. fiz: 10.)

Allied to dersat, Moore, but differs in the yellow colour of

the hind wings and absence of discoidal spot on fore wing.

3. Upperside orange-yellow. Fore wing with veins

whitish in distal area.

Underside as above. Fore wing with costa whitish.

The co-type is paler, especially on the underside.

Antenne with comb grey-brown, shaft pale yellow;

palpi black above, grey-white below; head and tegulz pale

yellow, patagia orange-yellow ; abdomen above orange-

yellow, terminal segments black, below pale yellow ; anal

tuft, pectus, and legs pale yellow.

Length of fore wing 17-19 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 20.

* Teara edwardst, Newm. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1856, p. 284, pl. xviii.

fies. 9, 10 (Australia).

+ Euproctis huntet, Warren, Nov. Zool. x. p. 120 (1903) (Brit. N.

Guinea).

{ Euproctis dersa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 847 (1859) (Java).

56 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Euproctis chlora, sp. n.

CPUS, fig: ay

d. Upperside with pale fawn ground-colour. Fore wing

with costa grey-white, veins broadly grey-white. Hind

wing with a pale yellow suffusion not reaching outer margin

and deeper on the inner margin.

Underside paler than upper, more cream-colour. Hind

wing pale yellow on inner margin.

Antenne with comb pale rufous, shaft white ; head and

thorax grey-white tinged with yellow; palpi grey-white,

orange on inside; abdomen with dorsum too rubbed for

description, sides yellow, mixed with grey-white, ventral

surface grey-white; legs grey- white.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.

Euproctis semirufa, sp. 0.

(PL. T-fig.-9,)

Allied to mambara*, B.-Bkr., but has the fore wing more

reddish and hind wing with black inner margin.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing with purplish-brown ground-

colour, median area reddish orange, an orange discocellular

patch, outwardly diffuse. Hind wing pale orange, inner

margin black.

Underside.—Fore wing orange ; costa dark grey, outer

margin purplish brown. Hind wing as above.

Antenne, head, thorax, and basal segment of abdomen

rufous ; palpi rufous, black on inside; abdomen black,

mesial ventral surface grey, anal tuft pale ochreous ; pectus

and legs pale ochreous.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

flab. Arfak Mtus., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.

ess

Also in Tring Museum from Ninay Valley, Nov.

Colussa odontogrammata, sp. n.

(Pl. ILI. fig. 14.)

Allied to eceicei, Bkr.+, but is smaller, with less defined

- markings and antenne white. |

* Euproctis mambara, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xy. p. 188 (1908)

(Brit. N. Guinea).

t Anthelaeketkei, Bethune-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 403; 1. c. p. 429,

pl. vi. fig. 42, as Collusa ekeiket (1904) (Brit. N, Guinea),

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 57

3. Upperside dark yellow, fore wing paler in basal part

and on costa. Fore wing with markings as in eceicei ; the

post-discal line is filled in with black, but is faintly marked;

the waved lines and series of black dots in the distal area

are indistinct ; the distal line is marked on the costa by a

black streak, a heavier black costal spot on the post-discal

line ; another black costal spot at the end of the very

indistinct discal line. Hind wing with markings as in

eceicei, but less defined, the post-discal line as on fore wing,

the series of black dots obsolete.

Underside dark yellow with only sparse blackish dusting.

Fore wing with the two discal dots white; pcst-discal line

black and sharply marked ; an indistinct outer line marked

by a black streak on costa; apico-costal edge whitish.

find wing with markings as in eceicei, but less defined ;

lower area of outer margin washed with white.

Antenne pale brown, shaft white; head black, vertex

white ; thorax pale ochraceous, abdomen darker ; palpi and

legs black, clothed with grey-white hair.

Length of fore wing 25 mm.

Hab. Wandammenu Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. One

specimen.

Imaus nepha, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 12.)

3. Upperside snow-white. ore wing finely dotted with

grey-brown, and crossed by indistinct grey-brown lines,

Basal and subbasal irregular lines; a discal dentate line; a

post-discal crenulate line, directed inwards and approximating

to discal line below vein 3; a subterminal irregular line; a

series of black marginal dots between the veins ; from 5 to 7

small dark spots on costa; a dark dot at origin of veins 4

and 5; a small round white spot in cell. Hind wing snow- ~

white.

Underside snow-white, without markings.

Antenne with comb pale rufous, shaft white; head,

thorax, and abdomen white; palpi white, black at sides ;

pectus and legs white.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. British and Dutch New Guinea.—Wandammen

Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. (type), 10g ¢; Ninay Valley,

Arfak Mtns., 3500 feet, Nov.—Jan., 1 ¢; Oetakwa River to

3500 feet, Oct.—Dec., 1g; Biagi, Mambare River, 5000 feet,

Brit. N. Guinea, Jan.—April,2¢ ¢. Alsoin Tring Museum

from Oetakwa River and Mt. Goliath.

58 - Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Near ganara*, Moore, from Java and Borneo, but markings

more distinct and fore wing thickly dotted.

Imaus basistriga, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 13.)

Allied to nepha, J. & T.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing snow-white finely dotted with

dark brown and with dark brown markings. A zig-zag

basal line, heavily marked below the cell; lower edge of

cell from base to a fourth of vein 5 outlined with dark

brown ; a faint waved antemedian line; discal and post-

discal lines very indistinct ; former defined anteriorly ; a

faint strongly dentate subterminal line ; black marginal dots

between the veins; discocellulars streaked with dark brown;

four dark costal dots before the apex ; a rounded white spot

in cell. Hind wing greyish fuscous, a white area beyond

cell,

Underside greyish fuscous. Fore wing white below the

cell. Hind wing as above. Cilia white.

Antenne with comb rufous, shaft white; head and thorax

white ; palpi white, black at sides; pectus and legs white ;

abdomen grey; anal tuft white.

Length of fore wing 12 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 8000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 2.

Dasychiroides obsoletat+, B.-Bkr. 2.

(Pl. I. fig. 14.)

This species is distinguished from other forms in the genus

by the intraneural marginal dots on the fore wing.

?. Differs from the g in the basal half of fore wing,

except extreme base, being suffused with black.

Length of fore wing 28 mm.

Hab. British and Dutch New Guinea.

In Coll. Joicey from Biagi, Mambare R., Brit. New

Guinea, 5000 feet, Jan. (2¢ ¢); Oetakwa River, 8. Dutch

New Guinea, Oct.-Dec. (2¢ 6); Fak-Fak, Dutch New

Guinea, 1700 feet, Dec. (1g); Wandammen Mtns., 3000-

4000 feet, Nov. (1g¢,192). In Trig Museum from Ninay

Valley, Arfak Mtns. (¢ @ ).

* Lymantria ganara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1.0. ii. p. 344 (1859) (Java).

+ Dasychiroides obsoleta, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool, xi. p. 406, pl. vi.

fig. 43, ¢ (1904) (Brit. N. Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 59

Notodontide.

Stauropus chloriolus, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 15.)

Near dubiosus*, B.-Bkr., and mixvtat, B.-Bkr., but distin-

guished from the former by the-black markings and green

scaling of the fore wing, and from the latter especially by

the darker fore wing and increased green irroration. This

aud other New Guinea Stauropus coustitute a section of the

genus having the antennz of 2 pectinated, the comb being

nearly as long asin the g. The hind wing with the disco-

cellular oblique and not sharply angled.

9. Upperside—Fore wing with dark reddish-brown

ground-colour, irrorated with bright green scaling, especially

at base and at distal margin. A thick black basal line and

an antemedian line nearly parallel to it; a faint and oblique

discal line, not distinct above vein 3, and nearly touching

ante-median line at inner margin; a green lunulate disco-

cellular spot; a heavy, black, irregular post-discal line,

angled at veins 5 and 4; a well-defined black subterminal

line, its lower part below vein 2 formed by two separate

lines, the lower more proximal than the upper, crossing

cellules 2 and le. Hind wing rufous-brown; costal edge

dark brown to the middle, followed by a streak and a

quadrate apical patch, as in other members of the genus, of

dark brown.

Underside rufous-brown, paler in the basal area.

Antennz with comb black, shaft rufous-brown ; palpi

rufous-brown, mixed with green on inside ; head and thorax

grey-white, mixed with brown ; abdomen, pectus, and legs

rufous-brown.

Length of fore wing 25 mm.

Hab, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 9 92.

Slauropus leucocraspedus, sp. n.

(PL. IL. fig. 2.)

Allied to mediobrunnea, B.-Bkr.{, but easily distinguished

by the broad white distal margin of the fore wing.

2. Upperside.—Fore wing with proximal two-thirds

deep reddish brown with black markings. A baso-costal

grey-white patch tinged with brown; a heavy, black, oblique

* §. dubiosus, Bethune-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 379 (1904) (Brit. N.

Guinea).

+ S. mixta, Bethune-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xvii.

p- 385 (1916) (Brit. N. Guinea).

t Stauropus mediobrunnea, Bethune-Baker, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 8, vol. xvii. p. 384 (1916) (Brit. N. Guinea),

60 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

antemedian line; a broader, black, irregular discal line,

fused with the antemedian line at inner margin and again

with it near origin of vein 2; a heavy black post-discal line,

angled at cellule 3, anteriorly with outer edge running to

near apex, interspace between it and discal line below vein 2,

suffused with black; a black costal dash behind post-discal

line; distal margin white with a thin black wavy subterminal

line; fringe brown with white dots at the veins. Hind wing

white, dusted with brown; a brownish basal shade ; a pale

brown post-discal band, broadening anteriorly, and joined to

the blackish quadrate apical patch; costa brown; fringe

brown, mixed with white.

Underside rufous-brown. Fore wing whitish on inner

margin. Hind wing whitish at base.

Antenne rufous ; palpi rufous, tipped with white; head

and thorax rufous, mixed with erey- white; abdomen pale

reddish brown above, ochreous below ; legs reddish brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 9.

Stauropus melanogramma, sp. 0.

(Pl. 1. fig/16-)

Allied to dubiosus, B.-Bkr.*, but without green scaling,

and with a prominent black post-discal line.

6. Upperside—Fore wing greyish brown; two obscure

and oblique basal lines ; a well-defined irregular black post-

discal line, angled outwards at vein 4 and thence somewhat

crenulate to inner margin ; an indistinct and waved brown

subterminal line; a deep brown curved subapical costal

_ patch or band, appearing somewhat asasmudge. Hind wing

pale rufous with a deep brown apical patch.

Underside pale rufous ; basal area ochraceous.

Antenne rufous ; palpi ochraceous, sides reddish brown ;

head and thorax grey-brown; abdomen brownish ochraceous;

legs reddish brown.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 12.

Stauropus trisospylus, sp. Nn.

CPI TT. fie; 1)

Allied to kebee, B.-Bkr.t, but smaller, paler, and fore

wing with green scaling.

* Stauropus dubiosus, Bethune-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 379, pl. vi.

fig. 39 (1904) (Brit. N. Guinea).

“} Stauropus kebee, Bethune-Baker, nese Zool. xi. p. 378, pl. v. fig. 52

(1904) (Brit. N. Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. * 61

3. Upperside—Fore wing reddish brown, thickly irro-

rated with grey-white and sparsely so by pale green. A

reddish-brown and deeply-curved basal line; a subbasal

U-shaped line not touching lower submedian, and parallel to

it an antemedian line ; a forked discal line, its upper part

formed by the discocellular, its lower part divergent from

vein 3; a double post-discal line, angled in cellule 3, the

outer line black and well defined ; an irregular subterminal

line ; at end of cell a rounded white spot centred with brown,

and white scaling above it on costa; a similar and smaller

spot outside the end of cell, and a white spot above it on

costa; a similar spot below the cell on the antemedian line;

fringe dotted with white at the veins. Hind wing with basal

two-thirds white, distal margin pale rufous ; costa scaled

with brown ; a quadrate blackish apical patch.

Underside——Fore wing reddish brown; inner margin

white. Hind wing white, some brown dusting at apex.

Antenne rufous; palpi dark reddish brown, tipped with

white ; head and thorax reddish brown, irrorated with white

scaling ; legs reddish brown marked with white; pectus

dirty white ; abdomen missing.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Ariak Mtns., Angi Lakes, Jan-Feb. 1.

Gargetia melanostlicta, sp. n.

(PIER fe; a9)

Distinguished from punctatissima, B.-Bkr.*, by the large

and blackish stigma.

3. Upperside—Fore wing ochraceous, irrorated with

blackish brown. A double waved basal line; a very in-

distinct double antemedian line, somewhat crenulate; a

post-discal row of black dots between the nervures, the

anterior two with two others placed next them, the third

below, the fourth and fifth shifted inwards, the sixth, seventh,

and eighth placed more proximal in an oblique line ; distally

of these an indistinct blackish-brown crenulate line: a

subterminal series of eight distinct black dots; a marginal

series of black dots triangularly shaped ; an oblong and

slightly rounded blackish-brown stigma edged with black ;

a triangular blackish costal shade from apex to post-discal

line. Hind wing pale rufous, ochreous at the base.

Underside ochraceous, hind wing paler.

Antenne ochraceous ; palpi ochraceous, mixed with brown

* Gargetta punctatissima, Bethune-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

ser. 8, yol, xvii. pp. 882-383 (1916) (Brit. N. Guinea),

62 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

on the outside; head and thorax reddish brown, mixed with

ochraceous; abdomen and posterior legs ochraceous ; fore

and intermediate legs ochraceous marked with blackish

brown.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtus., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 4¢¢.

Omichlis leucosticta, sp. nu.

(Pl. IL. fig. 4.)

Distinguished from other species of the genus by the white

serrate post-discal band.

3 9. Upperside—Fore wing rufous-brown ; three basal

dots black, edged with white; below the cell six curved

white marks, in two rows, with some scaling on their inner

side; a narrow white post-discal band, its proximal part

formed of rounded white spots between the veins, each with

a black dot on its inner side, and its distal part being a

serrate line which touches the spots, this line edged by black

vein-dots on its outer side; a subterminal row of indistinct

black dots with white scaling ; some black dusting in the

anterior area between post-discal band and the margin, and

also between the post-discal band and the white median

spots; a black double discocellular dot. Hind wing pale

rufous-brown with a double white aual spot placed in some

blackish scaling.

Underside pale rufous-brown, hind wing whitish.

Antennz rufous; palpi, head, and thorax rufous mixed

with white; abdomen above pale rufous, below ochraceous ;

legs ochraceous.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 20 mm., ? 22 mm. ,

Hab. Wandammen Mtus., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 3,

Boke

Omichlis plagiosa, sp. n.

(Pl. IL. fig. 3.)

Allied to transversa, B.-Bkr.*, but distinguished by a

longitudinal line from the base to the outer margin of

fore wing.

9. Upperside —Fore wing cinnamon-brown with darker

brown lines. A basal line, angled and indistinct ; a median

line, angled below the middle; a discal line, weil defined,

straight and oblique; a post-discal line, anteriorly slightly

curved, posteriorly forming an §, in the lower angle of

* Omichlis transversa, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool, xv. p. 178 (1908)

(Brit. N, Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 63

which is placed a rounded black spot divided by a grey dash;

a subterminal line, slightly crenulate; a mesial longitudina

line, thicker than the others, running from the base along

lower edge of cell and vein 4 to outer margin; reniform

small, bright_ochreous.. Hind wing pale cimnamon-brown.

Underside—Fore wing rufous-brown, paler at base and

inner margin. Hind wing ochreous, dusted with rufous; a

thick brown post-discal line, strongly curved at nervure 5.

Antenne and palpi rufous-brown ; thorax cinnamon-

brown ; abdomen greyish ochreous, dusted below with

rufous ; legs cinnamon-brown, the posterior ones ochreous

on the inside.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab, Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 2.

Lasioceros dentilinea, sp. n.

CPL: BY, ite: 'G:)

The genus Lasioceros was described by Mr. Bethune-

Baker in Nov. Zool. vol. xi. p. 380 (1904), from a single

specimen from the Aroa River, British New Guinea.

As the species we now describe differs in certain particulars

from Baker’s diagnosis of the genus, we considered it

necessary to examine the type in the Tring Museum.

Mr. L. B. Prout has very kindly undertaken to do this,

with the result that we have to amend the original diagnosis.

‘The eyesare glabrous. The antenne have the lower surface

evenly ciliated to the tip. The femora are somewhat hairy.

The hind wing has vein 8 approximating to 7 and not

anastomosing.

L. dentilinea diverges from the generic structure as seen

in aroa, B.-B., aud will constitute a new section of the genus.

As it is in secondary sexual characters that dentilinea differs

from aroa we do not feel justified in giving this a separate

generic distinction. ‘The new section of Lasioceros will be

constituted by the following structure seen in ¢ dentilinea.

The antennz with upper surface-smoothly scaled, lower

surface without concavity, pilose or thickly ciliate, with

longer hairs on the outside. Hind tibiz bearing a thick

comb of hair. Underside of wings with much hairy scaling.

6 . Upperside.—Fore wing greyish ochreous, paler in the

cell, with an apico-costal white suffusion which is also

present on the costa at a third from base; intervening space

filled in by a somewhat quadrate blackish patch from costa

to vein 8, but not well-marked below costa; a curved black

mark on discocellular, and below it a rounded dark spot ; a

64 Messrs. J. J. Joicey arid G. Talbot on new

subterminal white line, strongly dentate anteriorly, but

becoming obsolete posteriorly ; veins streaked with blackish

behind this line, these streaks separated from a post-discal

series of dark points on the veins by a series of white dots.

Hind wing fuscous with a paler basal area.

Underside paler than above; fore wing with no markings

except a blackish streak on costa,

Head and palpi ochreous mixed with brown ; antennze

brown, the simple ciliation of inner side as in aroa, but

having nothing corresponding to the black sexual comb of

aroa ; tegule blackish brown; patagia grey-brown; abdo-

men grey with black anal tuft; legs grey, mixed with black-

brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, 1 g (type).

Also in Tring Museum from Oetakwa River, Biagi, Kumusi

River, Collingwood Bay, and Goodenough Island. In B.M.

2 ¢ g from Fak-Fak, Dutch N. Guinea, 1700 feet, Dec.,

1 og, Fak-Fak, Jan.—Feb.

L. aroa is represented in the Tring Museum by the type

(Aroa River), and 2 ¢ ¢ from Rook Island and Goodenough

Island.

The systematic position of Lasioceros is not easy to place.

We retain it in the Notodontide, in which family it was

placed by Baker. Our reasons for doing so are on account

of the short third joint of palpus and the fore wing having

vein la running into1ld. This latter character is found in

most Notodontid, but is not typical of Hypside, to which

family the genus has been referred by Sir George Hampson.

The palpi are not Hypsid in character, but the position of

vein 5 of the fore wing and 8 of the hind wing would atford

some justification for regarding it as a Hypsid. Taking the

characters as a whole, we consider that the position of vein 5

of the fore wing is a divergence from the normal, just as

occurs in several Geometride.

Since these considerations were penned, it has come to

our notice that the importance of the position of vein 5 of

the fore wing was doubted by an American worker as a

result of his investigations into the structure of the basal

abdominal organ.

William J. M. Forbes, in an article ‘On the Tympanum

of certain Lepidoptera ”’ (‘ Psyche,’ xxii. n. 6, pp. 183-192,

Dec. 1916), finds a special type of the basal abdominal organ

to be characteristic of the Noétuidee and notes (p. 188) that

“ Alypia and the Notodontide show interesting variants of

this type,’ which in his scheme on pp. 189-90 he gives as

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 65

“Type 3 (parapleural fovea): Notodontide, Noctuide,

Agaristide.’” In his “Summary and Conclusions,” he

observes that “A study of the base of the abdomen....

suggests: (1) The Notodontidez are better placed near the

Noctuidz than near the Geometridze and Bombycide,” and

on p. 189 he remarks, a propos of leaving “ the Notodontide

as a solitary trifid family in a mass of Quadrifide,” that

“ possibly the importance of the position of M? (vein 5) in

the fore wing is less than it has been considered. Already

we give little weight to itin the hind wing and in certain

Hydriomenid Geometridz such as Hudule.”

Eupterotide.

Nervicompressa bakeri, sp. n.

(Pl. ILL. fig. 15.)

Nearest to Nervicompressa unistrigata, Bethune-Baker,

Nov. Zool. xi. p. 390 (1904) (Brit. New Guinea). Larger,

wings more rounded, and discal line of fore wing placed

nearer base.

6. Upperside—Fore wing yellowish brown, apex and

outer margin purplish brown, but faintly suffused below

vein 5 ; a heavy brown straight discal line from costa at its

middle to middle of inner margin ; basal area with greyish-

white scaling. Hind wing pale rufous-brown ; a thin dark

discal line ; a faint post-discal line and indications of a sub-

terminal line.

Underside darker. Fore wing with discal line faintly

showing through from above. Hind wing with markings

defined ; subterminal line crenulate and space between it

and margin scaled with brownish.

Antenne black; head and tegule rufous; _ patagia

ochreous ; abdomen, pectus, and legs rufous ; tarsi black.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 7¢ 3.

Geometride.

Subfam. Giwoczromurv2z.

Onycodes leptoctenopris, Prout, ¢ .

(Pl. ILI. fig. 8.)

O. leptoctenopris, Prout, Nov. Zool. xx. p. 891 (1918) (Mt. Goliath).

@. Upperside with pinkish-brown ground-colour. Fore

wing with an indistinct basal line; a greyish discal band

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 5

66 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

widening on costa ; a double oblique post-discal line reddish’

brown, the.inner one above vein 6 curved inwards to costa,

the outer one reaching apex, both lines curved outward and

inward below vein 2. A third post-discal line, bluish white

and strongly dentate, thicker posteriorly and edged with

blackish on inside below 3. Hind wing darker with paler

basal area, and paler narrow marginal edge.

Underside yellowish brown sparsely scaled with black.

Fore wing with oblique post-discal brown line; some greyish

sealing at apex.

Antenne yellow-brown. Head and thorax pinkish brown;

abdomen and legs yellow-brown ; pectus grey- -white.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Habs Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 9.

As the above specimen was identitied by. Mr. Prout as the

@ of his species, we therefore make it the Heautotype (H.t.).

For the use of. this term see Schuchert & Buckman, Ann.

" & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvi. p. 102 (1905).

Subfam. Heurryzery.2.

Hypodoxa pallida, sp. n.

(Plo Vs tie 1)

Near regina, Prout, Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 8 (1916) (Rook Isd.).

Paler than regina and without discal spot on hind wing

below.

d. Upperside greyish green. Fore wing with base

brownish black to near origin of vein 2 and leaving a bar of

ground-colour on the costa; outer edge of black area curved ;

a black discal dot ; a black post-diseal line becoming obsolete

posteriorly ; it is slightly waved and outwardly curved to

vein 4, whence it bends inwardly and is more irregular to

the inner margin ; a chocolate-brown post-discal band, well

marked from costa to vem 4 below which it is represented

by some sparse scaling; a waved subterminal brown line

becoming closer to the margin posteriorly ; some brown

scaling in the marginal interspace in cellules 5, 4, and 2; a

blackish marginal line which is accentuated between the

veins. Hind wing with brownish-black basal area to end of

cell; cell-tuft and part of tuft below it pale green; a blackish

thin post-diseal line, irregularly waved and edged with

whitish distally ; interspace between post-discal line and

basal area paler than rest of wing; an indistinct submarginal

line formed of whitish dots between veins ; outer margin

narrowly edged with brown ; a chocolate-brown stripe filling: -

cellule 2 from base to margin.

FTeterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 67

Underside grey-white, basal area pale chrome-yellow; a

broad bluish-black distal band on both wings with well-

defined inner edge on the fore wing touching margin in 2

and 4 and leaving a subterminal row of white dots, on the

hind wing with an irregular outer edge. Jore wing with a

well-defined black diseal spot. |

Head pale green ; tegule dark green; patagia chocolate-

brown mixed with black ; abdomen stone-grey ; dorsal tuft

brown, a pale yellow lateral stripe on first 5 segments ; legs

and underside of body stone-grey ; fore legs chocolate-brown

on outside ; palpi grey-white, first segment chocolate-

brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Anisozyga veniplaga plena, subsp. n.

V. fig. 6.)

Anisogamia veniplaga, Warr. Nov. Zool. xiv. p. 130 (1907) (Biagi).

¢&. Differs in having the apical patch on the fore wing

entire, and in the patches on the inner margin and on the

hind wing being larger.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 4¢¢.

Prasinocyma angiana, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 18.)

Probably nearest to corol/la*, Prout.

2. Colour sea-green as in bicolor, Warren t. Basal line

much more angulated, terminal dots much smaller (?), discal

dot of fore wing accompanied by a reddish mark, abdomen

with a dorsal line; the two latter points associate this form

with the corolla group. Differs from corolla, Prout, in colour

and shape, the costal margin being relatively less elongate.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 192.

Subfam. Larenrim 2.

Anapalta semiviridis, sp. 0.

(Pl. III. fig. 4.)

9. Upperside—Fore wing with black ground-colour mixed

with brown scaling and dark green markings. A thin basal

* Prasinocyma corolla, Prout, Noy. Zool. xx. p. 431 (1913) (South

Dutch N. Guinea).

+ Chlorochroma bicolor, Warr. Novy. Zool. xiv. p. 131 (1907) (Brit,

N. Guinea). ie

68 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

line. An irregular double median line from costa to inner

margin, crossing cell below vein 2,-followed by another

indistinct irregular double line crossing cell at vein 2 ; the

median vein striped with green. Beyond cell, distal area

green, lighter proximally, defined by an irregular dentate

edge. Some. thin dark scalloped lines are visible in the

green area, also a dark narrow subterminal band from the

tornus to vein 8, and becoming obsolescent beyond ; some

dark shading below apex shows up a short and strongly

dentate green line. A yellowish-green costal dash and a

stripe below it cuts off a black apical spot, and proximally

of this is a black costal bar which does not extend to the

proximal ground-colour. Hind wing rufous-brown with a

black tuft of hair across end of cell.

Underside rufous-brown. Fore wing paler in lower median

area and in outer marginal area.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-green, brownish ochreous

below. Legs rufous-brown. Antenne grey-brown.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mts., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 22 92.

Crasilogia dispar fulvitincta, subsp. un.

CPLIV fig.)

C. dispar, Warr. Noy. Zool. x. p. 874 (1903) (Aroa River).

9. The ground-colour is more tawny than yellowish.

The first discal line is less strongly dentate and the band

is narrower; the basal pale band is more constricted. On

the hind wing below the dentate lines are thicker and closer

together.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb., -

1914, One specimen. .

Sauris griseolauta arfakensis, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 9.)

S. griseolauta, Warr. Nov. Zool. xiii. p. 112 (1906) (Brit. N. Guinea).

9. Differs from griseolauta in being smaller, greener,

median band of fore wing narrowing posteriorly, and hind

wing lighter in colour.

Length of fore wing 12 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March. One

specimen.

Sauris definita, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 15.)

Near Remodes volcanica, But]. Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 247 (1887) (Shortland Island). Differs

Fleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 69

from this in the fore wing being rather less broad and more

sharply marked.

2. Upperside.—Fore wing yellowish green with black

markings consisting of irregularly waved transverse lines ;

three thick basal lines separated by a thin greenish line from

two discal lines; a discocellular spot ; two heavy post-discal

lines followed by two faint greenish lines placed close to-

gether; two greenish lines in distal area, marked irregularly

with black especially in cellules 1b, 1c, 2,4, 5,7, and at

costa; a crenulate subterminal line ; a series of black mar-

ginal spots on the veins. Hind wing greyish white with a

darker marginal area.

Underside greyish brown with a silky gloss; basal areas

paler.

Antenne missing ; head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish

green ; legs ochreous ; abdomen below ochreous.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March. One

specimen.

Subfam. Gzourrrivz.

Plutodes connexa wandammenensis, subsp. n.

CPT EV. fiz. 2.)

P. connexa, Warr. Noy. Zool, xiii. p. 187 (1906) (Brit. N. Guinea).

6. Distinguished from the allied form in the more

strongly developed silvery edgings, in the triangular-shaped

yellow costal area, and the more oblong-shaped yellow inner

marginal area on the fore wing, and in the reduced yellow

discal area on the hind wing.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Eurychoria albicosta, sp: u.

(PT ELT. fie: 9.)

Near flavirupta, Warr. Nov. Zool. x. p. 402 (1906) (Aroa), 2.

Eurychoria flavirupta, Prout, U. ¢. xiii. p. 40 (1916) (Arfak), ¢.

- 6. Differs especially from the allied species in having the

costal edge of fore wing snow-white.

Upperside rufous-brown irrorated with darker brown.

Both wings with a black discocellular dot and a post-discal

row of white dots on the veins.

Underside ochreous speckled with blackish. Fore wing

darker distally, with a faint median and post-median band.

Hind wing with a faint post-median crenulate line, outer

margin edged with purplish brown. Both wings with a

black discocellular dot.

70 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new-

Antenne yellowish brown, white at base; palpi, head,

and thorax rufons-brown ; abdomen grey-brown ; legs,

pectus, and abdomen below ‘paler ochraceous.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1.

Nadagara camura, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 14.)

&. Upperside reddish brown strongly suffused with dark

purplish brown. Fore wing with dark basal line indistinct ;

a dark discocellular dot; a dark brown post-discal line, its

upper part directed distad from centre to vein 6, where it is

strongly angled and oblique to inuer margin, its lower part

from vein 6 edged outwardly by an indistinct grey-white

line which is traversed by a dark line; an indistinct sub-

terminal grey-white wavy line interrupted between veius 4

and 6; some grey-white scaling at apex. Hind wing with

dark brown median line ; an indistinct and dark post- discal

band, dentate on the veins, and within which is a strongly

waved grey-white line; a ‘pale and indistinct waved sub-

marginal line.

Underside rufous-brown. Fore wing with a blackish

discocellular mark; discal line and two post-discal lines

indistinct. Hind wing a little paler.

Head, thorax, and abdomen above dark brown; palpi

rufous ; fore coxe rufous; legs grey ; abdomen below grey-

brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 14.

Nadagarodes sabulosus, sp. u.

(PLAY. fig. 12.)

9. Upperside ground-colour rufous-brown with grey-

white markings dusted with blackish. Both wings with a

grey-white proximal area extending beyond cell and traversed

by a narrow median band of ground-colour, An irregular

and interrupted band of grey-white ; below apex a grey-white

marginal patch invaded by ground-colour,

Underside.—Both wings rufous-brown, darker distally.

An irregular dark brown median line; a post-discal double

line strongly dentate, better defined on fore wing; outer line

ill-defined on hind wing; an indistinct waved submarginal

line; on fore wing in cellules 6-7 below apex a white

marginal spot invaded by ground-colour in lower part. A

black discocellular line on fore wing.

FHeterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 71

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown above,

rufous-brown below ; legs rufous-brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 19.

Gubaria albimedia novoguinensis, subsp. n.

(Pl. ILI. fig. 5.)

G. albimedia, Warr. Noy. Zool. iii. p. 409 (1896) (Java).

?. The white bands are narrower. The hind wing bears

a larger black post-discal patch between veins 3 and 5 and

another behind 3, narrowing to the submedian; these

patches are narrowly separated from the band by an ochre-

yellow line.

Underside with basal yellow on both wings reduced.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 9.

Pseudomiza opaca, sp. n.

(PE IV. fig..73)

2. Pale ochreous-brown with darker brown markings.

Upperside.—Fore wing with a thick median line crossing

cell below vein 2; adiscal dot; a narrow discal band slightly

curved, obsolescent near costa; a well-defined oblique post-

discal line not reaching costal edge ; outer distal area dark

brown leaving a marginal band of ground-colour below

vein 4; a series of black marginal dots, one in each cellule.

Hind wing with a broad and not well-defined discal band,

within which is a dark post-discal line; outer discal area

darker than the basal; marginal black dots, one in each

cellule.

Underside paler than upperside. Fore wing with a short

dark basal line ; an indistinct discal line ; a post-discal band

narrowing below vein 5; marginal dots between the veins

as above. Basal two-thirds of median area scaled with

metallic bluish green visible in a side light. Hind wing

with a dark discal spot, a faint post-discal curved line,

marginal dots as above.

Antenne pale brown; head and thorax dark ochreous-

brown ; abdomen grey-brown ; legs grey-brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 ?.

Polyacme punctilinea, sp. un.

CEL DV ie. 4.)

?. Upperside yellow-brown with a reddish tinge. Tore

72 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

wing with a nearly straight basal line formed of black dots ;

an indistinct and but slightly curved median line; a brown

discal spot ; an indistinct and nearly straight post-discal

line and almost parallel with it proximally a series of black

points on the veins ; post-discal line crossed in cellule 2 by

a faint grey line running from apex to inner margin below

origin of vein 3 and accentuated by black vein points; a

grey-white subterminal line interrupted by the veins, obsolete

anteriorly and posteriorly, and more defined in cellules 3-5,

the spot in 3 being well marked; discal marginal area darker

than rest of wing. Hind wing with a well-defined black

discal spot; an indistinct and straight median line ; two

post-discal rows of black vein dots, the outer formed along

a faint grey waved line; a distinct grey-white subterminal

line angled at vein 5 ; discal area below this and faint post-

discal line, darker than basal and marginal areas; a mar-

ginal row of black dots between the veins. Fringes of both

wings edged anteriorly with grey-white.

Underside paler than above with upperside markings more

or less defined. Both wings with a darker brown and wide

post-discal band, its inner edge ill-defined, the outer dentate ;

outer marginal area grey-white with a marginal row of

black dots between the veins.

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown, legs

dusted with black.

Length of fore wing 19 mm,

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 9.

Epitherapis ruptimacula, sp. un.

(Pl, III, fig. 10.)

3. Upperside.—Fore wing pale ochreous sparsely dusted

with black. A faint dark oblique line crossing cell near its

end; a black dot on discocellular at vein 5 ; a dark sub-

apical line from costa to vein 6 thence curving downwards

to below 5, its lower part accentuated by two black dots;

a thin post-discal line of-pure ground-colour, narrowly edged

posteriorly and proximally with black, and marked with a

white spot above vein 6 ; this line runs from inner margin

at nearly a third from tornus to the costa near apex, is

inwardly curved to vein 6, and thence angled outwardly to

costa ; lower part of post-discal line from vein 4 borders a

large black patch which is interrupted by the veins and

forms four spots in the interspace below 2. Hind wing pale

ochreous, sparsely speckled with black in inner and median

area; some white suffusion in median area and on inner

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 73

margin ; a dark oblique discal line showing through from

below, and joined to it at inner margin an outwardly curved

line, which joins it again at middle of cell; an irregular

post-discal line, anteriorly obsolete, defined from vein 5 and

crenulate to inner margin; this line borders two rounded

black spots in 2 and 3, and the trace of a larger spot below

them, which is not filled in with black.

Underside yellow-ochreous, sparsely speckled with black.

Fore wing paler in basal and median area, here without

black dots. Markings as above, but here defined; a dark

discal line, slightly curved. Hind wing with markings as

above, and a thin curved post-discal line which borders inner

edge of black spots ; a black diseocellular dot.

Antenne black, shaft ochreous ; head and palpi ochreous-

grey ; thorax and abdomen pale ochreous, latter with a

brownish dorsal stripe; legs pale ochreous marked with

brownish.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.

One specimen.

Hygrochroa purpurascens, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 3.)

3. Upperside purplish brown irrorated with yellow-

brown. ore wing with a pale yellow-brown discal patch

invaded by ground-colour, occupying outer two-thirds of

cell and adjacent eostal area, and proximally of discal line

reaching below cell to submedian, its upper part divided by

a narrow brown discal line which is slightly curved ; an

indistinct black post-discal line outwardly curved from costa

to vein 4 and then proximally oblique ; a small rounded

yellow-white subapical spot and a larger and more oblong

spot of similar colour below vein 2. Hind wing with a dark

brown slightly curved basal line ; basal area irrorated with

yellow-brown ; a post-discal row of 5 or 6 yellow-white

spots ; proximally of these a row of black dots, one on each

vein.

Underside paler than the upper, strongly dusted with

blackish and much irrorated with yellow-white ; markings

less distinct than above.

Head, antennz, and palpi yellow-brown; thorax rufous-

brown ; legs, abdomen, and underside of thorax pale

purplish brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab, Arfak Mtus., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 @.

74 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Cleora flaccida constricta, subsp. n.

CPL TN... fig. UGS)

Alcis flaccida, Warren, Nov. Zool. x. p. 888 (1903) (Aroa).

2. Differs from the allied form in the two discal lines of

hind wing becoming much closer together below vein 3.

Also on the underside there is no dark margin to the wings.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 19.

Cleora scripta, sp. n.

CPL iit aes.)

2. Upperside.—Ground-colour grey-white dusted strongly

with dark brown. Fore wing with a black basal line crossing

cell below vein 2 where it is slightly angled. An irregularly

curved black post-discal line which thickens posteriorly ; 1t

curves outward from costa to vein 5, then inward to 4, then

outward to below 8, and thence inward and waved to inner

margin. A marginal border slightly darker than the rest

of the wing. Hind wing with a curved black post-discal line

which is thickest below vein 6. A discocellular spot out-

lined with black. Marginal border slightly darker than the

rest of the wing.

Underside stone-grey, the dark lines showing through

from above.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white ; legs and under-

side tinged with brown.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab, Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb. 19.

Cleora discipuncta, sp. n.

(PLAY. tie-58:)

Nearest hoplogaster, Prout, Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 51 (1916)

(Cent. Dutch N. Guinea).

& . Upperside.—Fore wing with yellow-brown ground-colour

irrorated with black. Base black; a subbasal white line,

sharply angled in the cell and edged with black distally ;

two black spots in the cell, the inner one diffuse, the outer

rounded and well defined ; a black patch in the median area

reaching vein 8; an outwardly-curved post-discal white line

bordered proximally by a band of black spots; a subterminal

series of eight small white spots edged with black, the

anterior five connected, one in cellule 8, one in 2, and one

on the inner margin bordering an inner black spot; the

third auterior spot diffused proximally, forming a streak

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 75

with a black patch below it; a marginal series of black

spots between the veins; costa dusted with black points.

Hind wing grey-white with a dark discocellular spot, a

thin post-discal dark line, a marginal row of from 3+5

black dots, fringe pale brown.

Underside of fore wing paler with blackish markings as

above. Hind wing dusted with blackish, a well-defined black

discal spot, a faint post-discal line and marginal dots.

Antenne yellowish brown, marked with black; head,

abdomen, and legs pale yellowish brown ; patagia black.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—March.

SGC:

Paraleis aurantifascia latimacula, subsp. nu.

(PIE TV afig.:10:)

P. awrantifascia, Prout, Noy. Zool, xxiii. p. 67 (1916) (Mt. Goliath).

3. The pale band on fore wing is much broader and

leaves a narrower margin; the proximal edge of band is

straight below vein 3 and directed more distad; the basal

area limited by the basal line is filled in with grey-brown.

Below, the fore wing has the orange band broader, leaving

a smaller dark apical area.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.,

1914. One specimen.

Paraleis albistigma, sp. nu.

(Pi EM, fig. 2°)

9. Upperside.—Fore wing with pinkish-brown ground-

colour, much irrorated with black. An irregular black basal

line, edged with white on inside. A dark discal band, its

inner edge nearly straight and crossing cell at vein 2,

its outer edge slightly curved outwardly and crossing end

of cell and origin of vein 3. Adjacent to this is a broad

white band sparsely scaled with ground-colour, reaching

from costa to inner margin; its upper part to vein 4 is

twice as wide as lower part, and in cellule 3 it runs out to

the margin and fills the cellule; there is a dark comma-

shaped costal spot which runs out into a thin, irregular, and

indistinct line traversing the band. A waved submarginal

white line, sharply angled below vein 3. Marginal border

pinkish brown, white at apex. Hind wing grey with a faint

white irregular subterminal line which becomes obsolescent

anteriorly.

Underside with grey ground-colour. Fore wing with a

76 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

subapical band of orauge-yellow extending to inner margin,

and widest in cellule 8. In the type-specimen it is reduced

proximally, but in the co-type it slightly invades the cell and

its edges are nearly straight; in cellule 3 on the margin a

square white spot joins the band. In the co-type is a thin

waved yellow subterminal line from the costa to the white

spot. Hind wing without markings.

Head, thorax, antenne, and abdomen grey above and

below ; palpi and legs blackish, marked with grey.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—March.

Pee nee

Paralcis indistincta, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 5.)

& . Upperside.—Fore wing with smoky-black ground-colour

and grey-white markings; a faint dark basal line crossing

cell at vein 2; an indistinct dark median line, thicker

anteriorly, crossing cell at vein 3, where it is angled, the

upper part being at right angles to costa; a better-defined

and thin post-discal line, curved inwards from costa to

vein 6, then outward to 5, and thence oblique to inner

margin ; the spaces between these lines more or less filled

in with a pale and indistinct irroration of grey-white. A

nebulous grey-white submarginal band, more distinct near

the apex, and followed by a few white dots between the

veins. Hind wing smoky grey with a darker and indistinct

post-discal line ; an indistinct dark submarginal line, which

traverses a grey-white patch at inner angle; margin edged

with blackish.

Underside smoky grey. Fore wing with a dark disco-

cellular streak and some indistinct yellowish marks distally,

which form a submarginal line interrupted in the middle ;

some yellowish scaling beyond the cell and at the apex. |

Hind wing with pale spot at anal angle and no other

markings.

Thorax grey-brown; antenne, head, and abdomen smoky

grey ; legs and underside paler.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns,, Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 2.

Paralcis costimacula, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 17.)

2. Upperside.—Fore wing with yellowish-brown ground-

colour, dusted with black. A black and well-marked dentate

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. bi

basal line more heavily marked on costa and at inner margin ;

a faint median line angled outward at vein 2; a quadrate

snow-white costal patch reaching helow vein 5, and its

greater part lying within the cell; a waved post-discal line

outwardly angled at vein 4, its upper part traversing the

costal patch and more heavily marked, its lower part some-

what obscured by forming the outer edge of part of the

median black band; a blackish median band, its inner edge

below vein 2 defined by median line and its outer edge by

the post-discal line, anteriorly slightly invading cell and

filling inner two-thirds of celiule 3, and at base of vein 4

is joined to a black apical area; on inner margin at the

outer edge of the median line is a small white spot; a pale

submarginal line, irregularly dentate and white at the costa ;

below vein 2 a black apical area reaching vein 4, and leaving

a narrow band of ground-colour distally of the white costal

patch, also a narrow marginal edging; a series of black

marginal dots proximally rounded and separated by the

veins ; fringe smoky grey, at veins 3 and 4 yellow-white.

Hind wing smoky grey with a slightly darker marginal

band.

Underside smoky grey. Fore wing with a post-discal band

of pale orange with spots of ground-colour, its inner edge

not entering cell, straight, and at right angles to costa, its

outer edge rounded but invaded by ground-colour.

Head and thorax smoky grey, antennez yellowish brown ;

legs and abdomen greyish brown.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.

bo.

Paralcis lituata, sp. n.

CEbs TLS hiss Ge)

This species is strongly reminiscent of Paradromulia

ambigua, Warr.

6 . Upperside.—Fore wing brownish ochreous much irro-

rated with black. Two black basal lines; a dark discal

area, its upper part bounded by a black post-discal line ;

post-discal line at right angles to costa and curving in-

wardlypbelow vein 4, thence straight from vein 2 to inner

margin ; upper part of post-discal line separated from a dark

distal area by acostal stripe of ground-colour which is joined

to a similar stripe filling outer two-thirds of cellule 3; a

thick distal line of ground-colour nearly parallel with outer

margin, and shortly hooked anteriorly and proximally con-

tingent here with a small apical patch of ground-colour; a

78 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

thin white subterminal line, very irregular and very faint in

its middle part; a black marginal line. Hind wing grey-

white, much irrorated with brownish ochreous except in

costal area. A dark basal line; a discocellular spot ; two

crenulate post-discal lines, the outer more faintly marked ;

a thick subterminal line bordering a darker marginal area ;

a black marginal line.

Underside brownish ochreous with markings on upperside

showing through.

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen brownish ochreous ;

legs ochreous banded with brown.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Jan.-Feb.

ao Ss.

Craspedosis prouti, sp. 0.

(Pl. III. fig. 3.)

@. Wings above and below plumbagineous. Fore wing

with a pale orange discal band from vein 10 to vein 1 a or

before it, narrowing posteriorly and variable in width ; it

enters cell and inner edge is oblique, outer edge angled at

vein 4.

Thorax blue-black; head, antenne, abdomen, whole

underside, and legs grey.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 2 2.

Craspedosis scordylodes, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 18.)

2. Upperside.—Fore wing black, with a bronzy sheen.

A pale yellow discal band from the costa to close to outer

margin below vein 2, broader anteriorly above vein 4, and

passing through end of cell. Hind wing black with a bronzy

sheen at inner margin.

Underside dead black. Fore wing with yellow band as

above.

Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark

grey.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Marche One

specimen.

Aanthomima plumbeomargo, J. & T.

X. plumbeomargo, Joicey & Talbot, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916

(Aug.), p. 82 (Schouten Islands).

Mr. L. B. Prout informs us that this species must sink to

FHeterocera from Dutch New Guinea. (i)

Xanthomima (Eusemia) melanura, Kirsch. Mitth. Zool, Mus.

Dresden, il. pp. 130-131, pl. vil. fig. 3 (1877) (Kordo,

Schouten Is.).

Eucharidema arfaka, sp. n.

GPT: BETS fies 1.)

Similar to aroensis, Roth.*, and euwanthes, Proutt. Agrees

with arvensis in the white band of the hind wing, which is

absent in evanthes. Differs from ewanthes on the fore wing

in the well-marked posterior fork of the subterminal line, in

the stripein cellule 3 being perceptibly forked at its distal

end, and the orange patch below being reduced proximally.

It resembles the differently looking labyrinthodes, Prout t, in

the fork of the subterminal line, and the reduced orange

patch on the underside.

& 3. Upperside—Fore wing with ground-colour black

strongly irrorated with chocolate-brown, which is less at

base and outer margin. <A distinct thin basal line of

chocolate-brown, a subterminal irregular line which runs

parallel to margin from costa near apex to vein 4, then

curves inwards and is oblique to inner margin ; it is joined

to another line at the middle of vein 3, this line going to

the tornus, and it is sometimes connected with a curved

mark outside it in cellule 2. A white postcellular bar or

line, reduced to a pale thin line in two specimens, runs just

beyond cell from centre to vein 4 and is slightly curved.

The whole of cellule 8 is filled in with chocolate-colour, and

this extends more or less definitely as a bar across end of

cell. ‘There is a small triangular patch of chocolate-colour

on margin below apex, and this usually cuts off a black

apical patch. Hind wing plumbagineous with a narrow

white postcellular band from costa to vein 4; it narrows

posteriorly and is sometimes obsolescent to inner margin.

Underside plumbagineous. Fore wing darker in distal

half. A broad orange-yellow subapical band from costa

to vein 2, slightly invading cell, widest in cellule 3, outer

edge more irregular than the inner. Hind wing without

markings.

Head, thorax, and abdomen smoky brown above, paler

below ; antennze pale brown ; legs grey.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

* Boarmia aroensis, Roths. Nov. Zool. xi. p. 322, pl. iii. fig. 29 (1904).

t+ Eucharidema euanthes, Prout, Noy. Zool. xxiii. p. 67 (1916) (Mt.

Goliath).

{ £. labyrinthodes, Prout, 1. c. p. 68 (Mt. Goliath).

80 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—March.

8G d,29 9.

E. euanthes, Prout, and E. labyrinthodes, Prout, were taken

at the same locality.

Uraniide.

Cyphura urapteroides, sp. n.

CPL “Ee -16;)

9. Upperside.—Fore wing with distal half dark grey ;

proximal half white, traversed by a dark grey median band,

leaving a narrower white outer band ; median band broader

anteriorly with an incurved distal ‘edge and nearly straight

inner edge; costa speckled with black except at apex.

Hind wing white with a broad terminal band of dark grey,

narrowing to inner angle; margin bordered with white

ending in a fine line at apex and towards inner angle, but

in cellule 3 very broad and less so in 2, bearing in each

cellule a rounded black marginal spot; a faint greyish

patch above the inner angle, anteriorly diffused but distally

defined.

Underside.—Fore wing with blackish-grey distal half. An

anterior basal triangular patch of dark grey which fills the

cell and the base of cellule 2, its outer edge continued as a

faint line to the inner margin. Hind wing with a darker and

broader terminal band; margin thinly edged with white

except between veins 4 and 6, where it is broadly edged ;

a faint greyish inner marginal patch as above.

Antenne grey-brown, the shaft dotted with white on

upper side ; palpi black, white on the outside; head black,

frons edged with white; thorax white; abdomen grey-

white; legs grey-white, fore- and mid-tibiz dark grey.

Length of fore wing 18-21 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 292 9.

Lasiocampide.

Trabala viridana; sp. un.

(Plait fie. 41.)

Allied to irrorata, Moore*, from Java, Malay Pen., and

Borneo.

Mr. H. T. G. Watkins has kindly allowed us to examine a g

of irrorata in his collection from Malacca. It is larger than

* Trabala irrorata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1884), p. 875.

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 81

viridana, the fore wing measuring 22mm. The outer margin

of the fore wing is not crenulate ; the discal line is straight ;

the abdomen is pale buff; the antennz darker. Species

of this genus vary in colour and in development of wing-

markings,

3. Upperside dark green. Fore wing with a thin curved

brownish basal line; a brown discocellular dot; a thin and

Strongly waved brownish discal line from about middle of

costa, curved outwardly to vein 7, thence obliquely inwards

to inner margin proximally of its middle; a brown post-

discal line placed as in vishu, but more connected. Hind

wing with a curved discal line and a post-diséal zigzag line

as on fore wing ; inner margin grey-white ; cilia ochreous,

edged with brown outwardly. Both wings with fringes

crenulate.

Head and palpi greenish yellow; antenne ochreous ;

thorax green as wings ; abdomen grey-white ; pectus

yellowish green ; legs ochreous.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

flab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. One

specimen.

Taragama melanospilotus, sp. n.

(PY. EE. fis. 7)

Near purpureocastanea, Roths.*, but chiefly distinguished

by the black area of the hind wing and black upper surface

of abdomen.

3. Upperside.— Forewing chestnut-brown ; a black but in-

distinct basal and antemedian line, directed distad; a dark

post-discal line, directed proximally ; an outer post-discal line,

slightly angled at 6; a subterminal series of small black

spots dusted with grey scaling. Hind wing with posterior

area to vein 6 black, the remainder chestnut-brown ; two

black discal lines visible in the brown area, Fringes very

short and white.

Underside.—Fore wing darker brown with post-discal lines

as above. Hind wing as above ; some grey scaling on the

costal edge.

Antenne sooty grey ; palpi, head, and thorax chestnut-

brown ; abdomen above brownish black, below pale reddish

ochreous; pectus and femora ochreous ; tibiz and tarsi

chestnut-brown, the latter with grey scaling.

Length of fore wing 29-32 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nav | 29 2.

* Taragama purpureocastanea, Rothschild, Lep. B.O.U. & Woll.

Exp. pp. 105-106, pl. 2. fig. 57 (1915) (Utakwa River),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 6

82 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Taragama castanea, sp. 0.

(PLT, gieeo.)

3. Upperside dark chestnut-brown. ore wing with a

dark but indistinct basal line and a similar antemedian

line; a distinct. post-discal line, outwardly curved to vein 5

and then curved inwards, distally edged with pale ochreous

below vein 5; a subterminal row of small black spots be-

tween the veins, each spot edged proximally with ochreous ;

margin washed with ochreous near apex and the rest scaled

with greyish ochreous. Hind wing with a black, indistinct,

curved discal line ; fringe white.

Underside same colour as above. Fore wing with a post-

discal line more heavily marked. Hind wing with discal

line as above and trace of a post-discal line.

Antenne ochreous; palpi, head, thorax, abdomen, and

legs dark chestnut-brown ; eyes densely hairy.

‘Length of fore wing 25 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan-Feb.

1 id.

We place this distinct species, provisionally, in Taragama,

but it differs from typical forms of that genus in the hairy

eyes and the smaller palpi.

Opsirhina melanacra, sp. 0.

(Pl. IL. fig. 8.) 1

do. Upperside reddish brown. Fore wing with apical

area dusted with greyish black; a straight and oblique

blackish post-discal line. Mind wing with some greyish-

black dusting along the outer margin.

Underside reddish brown. Sore wing as above, but with a

trace of a subterminal blackish line; some grey dusting at

outer angle. Hind wing with a darker brown post-discal

line ; distal margin dusted with grey, formed by an admix-

ture of whitish hairs.

Antenne black ; palpi, head, and thorax rufous ; abdomen

blackish above, rufous below ; legs rufous.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 3.

Drepanide2.

Holoreta leucospila, sp. n.

(Ply El fies)

Allied to Holoreta cervina, Warr.* Differs in colouY of

» Holoreta cervina, Warren, Noy. Zool. xiv. p. 97 oe (Brit. N.

Guinea).

Hleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 83

upperside, in the fore wing having a rounded discocellular

spot, and oblique line being near the margin.

. 6. Upperside vinaceous with a faint white suffusion,

and faintly dotted with black. Fore wing with a rounded

discocellular spot, proximally outlined with white, the spot

distinct on account of absence of white scaling; oblique

thin black line, distally edged with white, from below apex -

to inner margin at middle; area distally of oblique line

more strongly irrorated with black, especially at apical

margin ; a rounded cream-coloured spot on inner margin

between tornus and post-discal line. Hind wing with a faint

yellowish basal line and an indistinct yellowish irregular

post-discal line.

Underside.— Fore wing paler than above, yellowish at inner

margin and on costa near apex. Hind wing yellowish white

with faint vinaceous irrorations.

Antenne yellowish brown; head and palpi crimson;

vertex yellowish brown; tegule vinaceous mixed with

white ; patagia and abdomen vinaceous ; abdomen laterally

yellowish brown ; legs reddish brown with yellowish-brown

hair,

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. One

specimen.

Holoreta leucospila f. flavobscura, forma n.

(Pl; TEL fig: 13.)

6. Upperside with yellow ground-colour much irrorated

and obscured by blackish brown. The hind wing is darkened

between the basal and post-discal lines; below this there

is a dark suffusion reaching vein 5, and some dark apical

markings.

Underside pale yellow, much speckled with black and

brown, less so on the hind wing. Post-discal line distinct

on both wings.

One specimen from Wandammen Mtns.

Hepialide.

The following four forms of Porina appear to be un-

described. We are uncertain of their specific distinctness

in the absence of more material from New Guinea for

comparison.

Porina nigripunctg, sp. 0.

(Pl; TT figs, 10)

3. Upperside of fore wing with ochreous-grey ground-

84 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

colour. A black spot in upper part of cell near base, @

subbasal mark in 1 6, and a dot above it in 1 ¢, an irregular

discal line of black spots, the upper one in cellule 8 near

base of cellule, the second in 7 more proximal and longer,

the third more proximal, on the discocellular and obliquely

placed, the fourth in 4, the fifth and sixth conjoined to form

a large spot in 2 and 3; a little proximal of the last spot a

thin line runs from vein 2 to the inner margin; distal half

of wing paler with some dark shading in places; a post-

median series of spots and streaks, the three anterior in 7-9

are dark and thin transverse streaks, the middle three in

4—6 are small rounded grey-white spots with a dark edging,

the posterior ones are minute, being twe dots in 3, a streak

in 2, and a dot on the margin in 1c; a second similar row

of spots of which only the one in 6 has a pale centre ;

a third row of four spots in 5-7, there being two minute

ones with pale centres in 7, the two below being heavily

marked; a fourth row of indistinct spots, of which two

minute ones with pale centres in 8 and a heavily marked one

in 7, are the most conspicuous; traces of two other rows of

markings in the subapical region ; distal half of wing paler

than proximal half; lower distal part below vein 7 paler

than the anterior area. Hind wing ochreous ; an indistinct

series of subterminal dots betweeu the veins.

Underside ochreous; fore wing markings showing

through.

Antenne pale ochreous; palpi brownish ochreous ; head

and thorax brownish ochreous above ; legs ochreous-grey ;

underside of thorax and abdomen pale ochreous.

Length of fore wing 36 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 2.

Porina nigricosta, sp. n.

(El odie flap

3. Upperside of fore wing fuscous, costa black ; basal

area of cell yellowish brown and outwardly diffused; some

terminal yellowish dusting on anterior half of outer margin;

rows of indistinct dark markings and dots with pale centres,

as in the preceding species. Hind wing ochreous, the lower

median area darkened.

Underside ochreous.

Antenne pale ochreous ; head and palpi black ; thorax

dark brown; pectus greyish ochreous ; abdomen ochreous,

darker below ; legs dark brown.

Length of fore wing 33 mm. :

Hab. Wandammen Mts., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 85

Porina subochracea, sp. n.

(Pl. II. fig. 12.)

3. Upperside of fore wing with ochreous-grey ground-

colour; basal area tinged with reddish brown, mostly

obscured in the type by pale ochreous ; costa dark brown

to within a fourth from the apex; a broad median longi-

tudinal stripe of pale ochreous from the base to outer

margin; this stripe is absent in the co-types, and one of

these possesses in its place a narrow blackish stripe; a

basal, median, three postmedian, and a subterminal row of

pale ochreous spots with blackish centres ; the median spot

in 16 is Jarger than the others and shows a larger black

centre ; the second postmedian series consists of 4 small

spots in 8-6, the subterminal series is minute, and there

is a row of indistinct marginal dots; in two specimens

the spots are more or less obsolete. Hind wing pinkish

ochraceous.

Underside pale ochreous ; spots on fore wing indistinctly

showing through.

Antenne pale ochreous; head and palpi brownish och-

reous; thorax brownish ochreous; abdomen and _ pectus

pale ochreous; posterior Jegs pale ochreous, fore- and mid-

tibiz and tarsi brownish ochreous, fore- and mid-femora

pale ochreous.

Length of fore wing 29 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 4 ¢ ¢.

Porina argentipuncta, sp. n.

(Pili: fig. £35)

do. Upperside of fore wing ochraceous and shaded with

brown, two specimens being greyish white in the inferior

basal and postmedian areas. Costa dark brown. Some

silvery spots variable in size ; a small one in cell near base,

a large quadrate spot in upper angle of cell, and a small one

above it; four smaller postcellular spots in 3-6, the one in

5 placed longitudinally ; a rounded median spot in 18;

three post-discal rows of minute dark spots and dots, with

pale edging ; the distal ones more or less silvery ; a marginal

series of dark dots. Hind wing pinkish ochreous.

Underside pale ochreous, the lighter spots of fore wing

showing through.

Antenne pale ochreous; head and palpi brownish och-

reous; thorax and abdomen ochreous; legs brownish

ochreous.

Length of fore wing 27 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 3 ¢¢.

86 On new Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea.

CO CONID CVE OO LO

wpe

CO CONT OS) Or ® CO De

D> CU 09 tO

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt I,

. Asura wandammenense, Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xvii. p. 83 (1916) (Wandammen

Mtns.).

. Diacrisia ochrifrons, p. 50.

. Athyrma spilota, p. 51.

. Zethes ochreomarginata, p. 53.

. Mecodina polyscia, p. 52.

. Pseudaglossa bipupillata, p. 53.

. Hypena montana, p. 54.

. Euproctis chlorospila, p. 55.

semirufa, p. 56.

acrita, p. 66.

chlora, p. 56.

. Imaus nepha, p. 57.

basistriga, p. 58.

. Dasychiroides obsoleta, B.-Bkr., 9, p. 58.

. Stauropus chloriolus, p. 59.

. —— melanogramma, p. 60.

Puate II,

. Stauropus trisospylus, p. 60.

—— leucocraspedus, p. 59.

. Omichlis plagiosa, p. 62.

leucosticta, p. 62.

. Gargetta melanosticta, p. 61.

. Laswceros dentilinea, p. 63.

. Taragama melanospilotus, p. 81.

. Opsirhina melanacra, p. 82.

. Taragama castanea, p. 82.

Porina ngripuncta, p. 83.

nigricosta, p. 84.

subochracea, p. 85.

argentipuncta, p. 85.

PrateE III,

. Eucharidema arfaka, p. 79.

. Paralcis albistigma, p. 75.

. Craspedosis proutt, p. 78.

. Anapalta senuviridis, p. 67.

. Gubaria.albimedia novoguinensis, p. 71.

. Paraleis lituata, p. 77.

Cleora scripta, p. 74.

- Onycodes leptoctenopris, Prout, 9, p. 65.

. Burychoria albicosta, p. 69.

. Trabala viridana, p. 80.

. Holoreta leucospila, p. 82.

Epitherapis ruptimacula, p. 72.

f, flavobscura, p. 83.

. Colussa odontogrammata, p. 56.

. Nervicompressa bakeri, p. 65.

. Cyphura urapteroides, p. 80.

On new Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 87

Puate IV.

Fig. 1. Hypodoxa pallida, p. 66.

Fig. 2. Plutodes connexa wandammenensis, p. 69.

Fig. 3. Hygrochroa purpurascens, p, 78.

Fig. 4. Polyacme punctilinea, p. 71.

Fig. 5. Paraleis indistincta, p. 76.

Fig. 6. Anisozyga veniplaga plena, p. 67.

Fig. 7. Pseudomiza opaca, p. 71.

Fig. 8. Cleora discipuncta, p. 74.

Fig. 9. Sauris griseolauta arfakensis, p. 68.

Fig. 10. Paralcis aurantifuscia latimacula, p. 75.

Fig. 11. Crasilogia dispar fulvitineta, p. 68.

Fig. 12. Nadagarodes sabulosus, p. 70.

Fig. 13. Prasinocyma angiana, p. 67.

Fig. 14. Nadagara camura, p. 70,

Fig. 15. Sauris definita, p. 68.

Fig. 16. Cleora flaccida constricta, p. 74.

Fig. 17. Paralcis costimacula, p. 76.

Fig. 18

. Craspedosis scordylodes, p. 78,

V.—New Races and Aberrations of Heliconius.

By J. J. Joicey, F.E.S., and W. J. Kays, F.E.S.

[Plates V. & VI.]

THE races and aberrations here described are all in the

collection of Mr. J. J. Joicey at Witley. It will be noted

that we have kept cydno as a species, and not treated it as a

form of melpomene as Dr. Hltringham has maintained in his

valuable paper in the Trans. Hunt. Soc. 1916, pp. 101-148.

While we think his contention is possibly sound, we prefer

for the present to keep cydno as a separate species, on account

of the constant red markings on the underside. If ultimately

cydno should be definitely proved to be conspecific with

melpomene, one would expect this red marking on the under-

side to occasionally occur in me/pomene races and forms in

other geographical areas outside Colombia and adjacent

portions of Venezuela. Southwards these forms are unknown ;

only to the north, in Central America, are they further to be

met with. ‘The two forms eratophylla and melpophylla—the

one a subspecies of erato, the other a subspecies of melpomene

—are of more than ordinary interest in the extraordinarily

close resemblance they bear to one another, although of a

complicated pattern. It is very curious to note that it is the

yellow transverse band that has displaced a portion of the

streaking in the erato form, but has filled up a vacant space

88 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on new

in the melpomene form. Thus, without the yellow band the

erato form becomes erythrea as known from French Guiana

and the Lower Amazon, and the melpomene form similarly

becomes tyche from the same regions, Yet these two, while

probably sufficiently alike on the wing, are obviously different.

Heliconius numata numata, ab. melanopors, J. & K.

(Trans. Ent. Soe. 1916).

Fore wing above sienna-brown and black. Inner margin

broadly black. Basal half of wing dark sienna-brown, with

a large black wedge-shaped mark within the cell directed

towards base. A large black discoidal patch and two smaller

patches above and below vein 3 close to cell. Transverse

band of the same colour as the basal area, but slightly paler.

Three subapical spots also of the same colour, and an indica-

tion of similar marginal dots. Hind wing above similarly

coloured to fore wing. The wffole ofthe outer marginal half

of wing black, forming a convex area on its upper edge. A

rather small! brown spot at apex within the black area.

Hab. French Guiana, Nouveau Chantier.

This is a parallel form to melanops, but of the colouring

of mavors. ‘he occurrence in French Guiana of both these

forms is of great interest, as the theory at once suggests.

itself that possibly arcuella (a subspecies of aristiona) and

with it all the forms usually associated with aristzona are all

conspecific with numata: The drawings by our friend

Dr. Eltringham of the genital clasps of nwmata torms (Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1916, pl. xin. figs. 4-6) and aristiona forms (id.

pl. xiv. figs. 3-9) are sufficiently close to offer no difficulty to

such a possibility.

Heliconius numata talboti, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above with the basal area dark ochreous. Costa

black. A large round black blotch within the cell and a

wedve-shaped black mark running to base. A very slender

curved black streak along vein 1. A narrow, yellow, trans-

verse, irregular band from within the cell to vein 2, stopping

some distance short of tornus and embracing a large roundish

black blotch between veins 2, 3. A black blotch above this

s almost merged in the black ground-colour of the apical

half of the wing. An indication of a yellow transverse

band from costa beyond cell to meet the first band at vein 2.

Two or three yellow subapical patches much suffused with

black. A trace of a row of yellowish marginal] dots.

Hind wing above dark ochreous, with a tinge of yellowish

Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 89

beyond the cell. A broad black marginal band containing

ill-defined pairs of whitish streaks ; the dots.on cilia clear

white. Across the centre of wing is a black macular band

terminating with a yellow spot enclosed by black. Some

faint yellow scaling between the black spots composing the

band.

Hab. N. Peru, Rentema Falls, Upper Maranon, 1000 ft. ;

Chinchipe River, 6000 ft., September 1912; Charape,

4000 ft. (A. & E. Pratt).

63d,1?2.

Hleliconius numata silvaniformis, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above with the basal half ochreous. A very

heavy black nail-shaped blotch within the cell. Costa black.

_A heavy black curved band along vein 1. A large, square,

black discoidal blotch joined to the black costal stripe.

Space between basal black blotch and discoidal black blotch

yellow suffused with ochreous. Beyond discoidal blotch is

a transverse yellow band much broken up on its outer edge.

Two large black blotches between veins 2, 3 and 3, 4, and

touching one another. A heavy black wedge-shaped blotch

running up from outer margin touches the upper of the two

black blotches at the lower angle. Apex black, with three

yellow spots, the two upper ones almost contiguous.

Hind wing above ochreous, with a rather narrow black

transverse band. A black marginal band almost uniting

with transverse band between veins 8,4 and thence com-

pletely to apex, containing two or three pairs of small yellow

spots. A series of marginal yellowish-white dashes.

Hab. Lower Amazon, Para, Jan.—March, 1914 (A. Hall).

This insect strongly recalls silvana diffusa, from which it

may be separated by the heavy black pointed blotch in cell,

silvana having instead a small round blotch only. Dr, El-

tringham has treated silvana and numata as conspecific, but

we cannot follow this for the present.

Sic Heliconius ignotus, J. & K., sp. n.

Fore wing above with the basal half brownish ochreous,

A large black wedge-shaped basal streak joined (or sometimes

separate) to a Jarge roundish black patch. Costa black and

a large black discoidal patch united with the black thorax,

A rather narrow discal yellow band ending quite pointedly

just beyond vein 2 close to outer margin. In the middle of

this band just beyond cell between veins 3, 4 is a rather

small black spot, and below vein 3 is a larger black spot.

90 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on new

Sometimes the yellow of the band is extended inwards into

the cell and embracing the lower black spot between veins

2,3. Apex completely black.

Hind wing above brownish ochreous, with very irregular

black marginal band, much the heaviest on the inner half.

A transverse row of rather elongated wedge-shaped black

spots, the last spot merging with the outer margin and curved

up towards costa. No yellow terminal spot.

Palpi with first and second joints white below and base of

antennee with white points.

Expanse 78-86 mm.

Hab. N. Peru, Charape, 4000 ft. (4. #. & F. Pratt,

191:)5

Heliconius aristiona pratti, J. & K., subsp. n.

A small dark race of H. aristiona resembling aristicna

aristiona.

Fore wing above with a large discal area chestnut ochreous

extending towards base along costal and median veins. A

heavy black streak along inner margin, sometimes stopping

halfway. A very heavy black wedge-shaped area within

the cell. Discoidal black spot heavy, joined to narrow costal

black stripe. A heavy black spot close to cell between veins

2,3 and a much smaller one between veins 3, 4. Chestnut-

ochreous projection of discal band above vein 3 rather narrow.

Hind wing black, with a commencement of a dark chestnut-

ochreous (or slightly reddish) marginal band. Inside this is

a triangular patch of the same colour.

Expanse 33 mm.

Hab. N. Peru, Charape, 4000 ft. (A. #. & F. Pratt,

1912). .

It is possible this is an altitudinal race, taking the place

of aristiona aristiona.

Heliconius clysonimus apicalis, ab. semirubra, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing above as in typical clysonimus apicalis.

Hind wing with a narrow transverse red band rather less

than half the width of the normal form even at its widest

between veins 2,3; thence outwardly the band is reduced

and gradually merges into the black ground-colour, From

vein 2 to inner margin the band is only traceable.

Hab. Colombia, slopes of Choco, 5200 ft., Sept. 1909.

Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 91

Heliconius aristiona indecisa, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above with the base to vein 2 brownish ochreous ;

the costa black, a large black blotch pointed towards base,

and a large black discoidal blotch joined to the black costa.

A diffuse black curved streak along vein 1 and a small

blackish suffused yellow spot at tornus. Ground-colour of

apical area of wing black. Beyond the cell is a short yellow

band ending at vein 4 and a long elongate yellow spot between

veins 3, 4. Three apical yellow patches suffused in the

interspaces with dull reddish brown.

Hind wing above brownish ochreous, with a black trans-

verse toothed band and a small yellow spot close to margin

just above vein 6. A black marginal band, with pairs of

yellowish-white dots between the veins on the margin.

Fore wing below with three pairs of white subapical

dashes lying on an ochreous narrow apical band, which is

continued down the outer margin.

Hab. Upper Orinoco.

Heliconius numata superioris, ab. translata, J. & K., ab. n.

A transitional form uniting numata superioris with numata

numata, ab. mavors.

Fore wing above with the basal half sienna-brown. A

large black discoidal blotch extended to costa and united with

an irregular black half-band from lower discocellular to outer

margin. A light brown postdiscal band. Two or three

yellow spots forming apical band and three submarginal

yellow dots.

Hind wing above sienna-brown, with a broad black trans-

verse band united at outer margin, where a yellow spot is

enclosed, with a broad black marginal band. A series of

short yellowish dashes close to margin, conspicuous at centre

and lessening towards base and apex.

Hab. Middle Amazon, Manaos, Jan.—Mar. 1914 (A. Hall).

Heliconius erato eratophylla, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above black, with a large basal area red, only

the veins showing black. A heavy red transverse discal band

from costa to near tornus, separated from the red basal area

by little more than an average of 2 mm.

Hind wing above black, with a broad transverse yellow

band and six red streaks crossing it. These are only just

92 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on new

traceable on the yellow band, but are clear and distinct at

origin, at base, and beyond the yellow band. Below there

is a seventh red streak between veins 7 and 8, this area above

being occupied with the brand.

Hab. Peru, Tarapoto.

Lee...

The resemblance between this erato race and the next

following me/pomene race is truly remarkable, and one of the

closest of the close “pairs” to be found amongst the two

divisions of the Heliconius.

Heliconius melpomene melpophylla, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above black, with a large basal area red and

only the veins showing black. A heavy red transverse discal

band from costa to near tornus, connected on the costa with

basal red area and almost united again at the median vein.

Outer margin of discal band not sharply detined as in erato

eratophylia.

Hind wing above black, with a broad transverse yellow

band, slightly scalloped on its outer margin and followed by

gix nail-headed streaks which commence close to yellow band,

but in no case touching. A small red basal area contiguous

to the yellow transverse band above and a slight indication

of a red streak along the upper edge of band, especially

towards apex.

Hab. ?, without doubt Peru.

This form doubtless flies with eratophylla and serves as its

model or mimic.

Heliconius erato erato, ab. cybelellus, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing above black, with a large red basal area which

is greatly extended along costa and within the cell. This is

followed by a sharply cut (both interiorly and exteriorly)

transverse yellow band.

Hind wing black.

Expanse 78 mm.

Hab. Lower Amazon, Serpa, Jan.—Mar. 1914 (A. Hall).

This curious form is a development out of amalfreda, in

which the group of yellow spots are compressed into a well-

defined band. .

Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. - 93

Heliconius sapho primularis, ab. deflava, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing above black, with a strong dark blue gloss on

basal half. A large subdiseal yellow band commencing

within the cell remote from discocellulars and terminating at

tornus, A narrow postdiscal band from costa to vein 4,

tapering greatly towards margin, concave on its outer edge,

and slightly indented on its inner margin,

Hind wing above black, the basal half with a strong dark

blue gloss. A broad marginal band of yellowish grey crossed

with short black lines on and between the veins.

Expanse 70 mm,

Hab, Keuador,. Paramba.

rite Vo eg ee

The § we figure is the extreme form of the three, the

other g and 9 are more intermediate, Typical primularis

occurs at Paramba, Keuador, so this darkened form is there

only as an aberration, even if it occurs as a race elsewhere,

Feliconius erato amphitrite, ab, unipuncta, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing black, with a large bright red discal patch.

Lying just outside cell, but contiguous to it along vein 6, isa

conspicuous central black spot.

Hind wing black. No blue gloss to either fore or hind wing.

Hab, 8.E. Peru, Tirapata,

Heliconius erato rubrizona, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing black, with a narrow discal red band from costa

to near tornus, where it ends rather pointedly. The outer

edge considerably broken and indented, especially at vein 4,

A small inconspicuous black discal dot.

Hind wing black, with two faint red basal dots.

Hab. Lower Amazon, Santarem.

Heliconius cydno flaveola, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing black, with a very dark blue gloss. A some-’

what rectangular-shaped yellow spot lying within the outer

half of cell and joined to a broad curved yellow band running

from costa to tornus.

Hind wing black, with a dark blue gloss ; no trace of any

marginal spots.

Hab. Venezuela, Mocotone,

ae)

94° On new Races and Aberrations of Heliconius.

This subspecies of cydno strongly recalls cydno broneus,

Stich., from Peru and Ecuador. It is practically identical on

the fore wing and only different on the hind wing by the

absence of white spots on the margin. Such a form might

easily occur with broncus as an aberration ; but, on the other

hand, it might as likely occur as a race and be comparable to

cydno zelinde, which is practically an identical form, but

white-banded instead of yellow. This latter occurs as a race

in some western valleys of Colombia, such as the Rio San

Juan and Rio Dagua.

Heliconius elevatus perchlora, subsp. n.

Fore wing above black, with a large part of the basal half

of the wing red. On inner margin a red streak detached

from the large red area, Adjoining the red area within and

above the cell is a large roundish yellow discal area extending

down beyond vein 2, where it is suffused with black scaling.

Hind wing with streaking rather heavier than in elevatus

elevatus.

Hind wing below like elevatus elevatus, except that the

peculiar streak inside the costal vein is more strongly yellow

and considerably extended.

flab. Bolivia.

The locality is very vague, but the specimen suggests that

its origin is correct, as it matches LH. melpomene penelope, a

typical Bolivian form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTeE V.

Fig. 1. Heliconius aristiona indecisa.

Fig. 2. clysonimus apicalis, ab. semirubra,

Fig. 3. numata talbott.

Fig. 4. aristiona pratti,

Fig. 5. agnotus,

Fig. 6. numata superioris, ab, transiata.

%g. 7. —— sulvaniformis.

Fig. 8. —— numata numata, ab. melanopors.

PuateE VI.

Fig. 1. Heliconius melpomene melpophylia,

Fig. 2 erato eratophylla.

Fig. 3. cydno fiaveola.

Fig. 4 erato erato, ab. cybelellus.

Fig. 5 elevatus perchlora.

Fig. 6. sapho primularis, ab. deflava.

Fy. 4%. erato rubrizona.

Fig. 8. —— amphitrite, ab. unipuncta.

On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana. 95

VI.—On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. |

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

By the kind hospitality of Cols. Knight and Porteous, and

the active help of their manager Mr. James Hunter, Mr.

Robin Kemp has been enabled to make a collection at Isla

Hilla, in the delta of the Rio Parana, at the top of the La Plata

Hstuary.

So near Buenos Ayres, and in a general region that has

been visited by numbers of collectors, one did not expect any

novelties, and it has therefore been with the greatest interest

that I have found in this little collection no less than three

forms which prove to need description, one of these repre-

senting a new genus, while there is also a fine series of the

striking water-rat Scapteromys tomentosus, hitherto wanting

in the Museum collections.

The islands where the specimens were obtained are remark-

able for the fact that they are more or less completely flooded

when a south-east wind banks up the waters of the La Plata

Hstuary, and Mr. Kemp records that he has had to wade

through the rising waters to retrieve his traps, and that then,

the water having fallen and the traps been re-set, he has

again caught numbers of specimens. This shows, of course,

that all the local species have learnt to take refuge in trees,

unless they are themselves absolutely aquatic. That such

animals as Oryzomys, Oxymycterus, Akodon, and the new

genus Deltamys, all normally terrestrial, should thus have

become arboreal on occasion, is a remarkable case of adapta-

tion to local conditions.

Neither the burrowing tuco-tuco (Ctenomys) nor the

common “‘laucha” (Hesperomys) are contained in the collec-

tion, and they have no doubt been unable to live in so

water-logged a region.

The collection consists of forty-eight specimens, and would

have been more had not one of Mr.-Kemp’s cases fallen a

victim to barbarian methods of warfare, and been sunk in

the R.M.S. ‘ Drina.’ Happily the lost box does not appear

to have contained any species unrepresented in that which

safely arrived.

In this connection I should like to express the obligation

that the National Museum is under to the authorities of the

96 Mr. O. Thomas on small Mammals

Royal Mail Steam Packet Company, who have assisted

Mr. Kemp’s exploration in various very material ways.

1. Holochilus vulpinus, Brants.

3. 2789, 2813, 2824; 9. 2832, 2835.

These and the specimens of Scapteromys tomentosus are

practically topotypes of their respective species, as Sello was

said to have collected both types on the Rio Uruguay, and

the water of that river washes the lower (eastern) end of the

islands of the Parana delta.

2. Scapteromys tomentosus, Licht.

&. 2815, 2817, 2818, 2819, 2826, 2829, 2842, 2843;

9. 2804, 2814, 2828, 2831, 2834, 2839; and one ? in

spirit.

This series forms a very valuable addition to our collections,

for although discovered on the R. Uruguay as long ago as

1827, the species has never hitherto been sent home to us.

Even the genus was only represented by the type of S. tu-

midus, Waterh.,-from Maldonado (C. Darwin), and one skin,

with imperfect skull, of the same species from Soriano,

Uruguay (0. V. Aplin).

Between the two species there does not seem to be any very

important skull-character, and S. tomentosus would appear to

be really a blackish delta representative of the greyer animal

of Uruguay.

3. Oryzomys delticola *, sp. n.

3. 2845, 2846; 9. 2812.

A middle-sized species, far larger than O. flavescens.

Size and general characters very much as in O. longi-

caudatus of Chili. Colour above lined buffy brown, the light

rings on the hairs cinnamon-buff, but the general colour not

quite like anything in Ridgway, though nearest to “ clay-

colour’? or “ buckthorn-brown.” Sides, although a clearer

tone than the back, not richly buffy. Under surface greyish

white, tinged in one specimen with buffy ; the bases of the

hairs slaty. Head greyer than back; ears, or at least the

proectote, blackish. Hands and feet dull whitish. ‘Tail long,

* This is not a hybrid word, as “delta,” although originally Greek,

was incorporated into Latin as a declinable substantive.

Jrom the Delta of the Parana, 97

slender, finely scaled, brown above, whitish below, the usual

narrow dark line perceptible along the lower side.

Skull of about the same size as in O. longicaudatus, mar-

kedly larger than in O. flavescens. The interorbital region

broader than in the first-named, its edges sharply square, but

not ridged. Zygomatic plate rather less projected forward.

Palatal foramina ending just opposite the front edge of m’.

Incisors directed backwards towards the throat, their angle

with the tooth-row about 65°. Molars rather larger than in

longicaudatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 28;

ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 27-5 ; condylo-incisive length 23:2 ;

zygomatic breadth 14:4 ; nasals 10°2 ; interorbital breadth 4;

breadth of brain-case 12°5; palatilar length 11°5; palatal

foramina 6; upper molar series 4.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 17.6.1.23. Original

number 2846. Collected 17th February, 1917.

This second species of Oryzomys is an unexpected dis-

covery, for all over Uruguay and Argentina (apart from the

far south) only one species—O. flavescens or a member of that

group—has hitherto been known, and O. delticola would seem

to be quite isolated in the present locality.

It would appear to be most nearly allied to the Chilian

O. longicaudatus, and thus bears the same geographical

relationship to that animal that the Parana coypu does to the

Chilian one.

4. Oryzomys flavescens, Waterh.

&. 2825; anda @? in spirit.

This, the only non-peculiar mouse in the delta, is widely

distributed over Uruguay and Middle Argentina. Specimens

vary very much in coloration, the under surface of some being

strongly buffy and of others white, but extremes and all inter-

mediate phases are found in the same localities.

5. Akodon arenicola hunteri, subsp. n.

6. 2821, 2822, 2833, 2837, 2841, 2847; 9. 2823, 2838;

and one @ in spirit.

Like true arenicola in colour and other characters, but

averaging decidedly larger, the hind foot 21-22 mm. in length,

while in arenicola it is ordinarily 18-19, rarely reaching 20;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 7

98 Mr. O. Thomas on small Mammals

and the skull 24-25°5 mm. in condylo-incisive length, that of

arenicola ordinarily 22°5-23°5, exceptional specimens just

surpassing 24,

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 101 mm.; tail 81; hind foot 21:5;

ear 13°5.

Skull: greatest length 27:7 ; condylo-incisive length 25:5 ;

zygomatic breadth 13°6; palatilar length 12; palatal

foramina 6°7 ; upper molar series 4:5.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 17. 6.1. 28. Original num-

ber 2841. Collected 12th February, 1917.

Named in honour of Mr. James Hunter, the Managing

Director of the Isla Ella Fruit and Forest Company, to whose

help and kindness Mr. Kemp was so greatly indebted during

his visit to the Delta.

Akodon arenicola, the commonest mouseof the Argentine,

occurs in numbers in every collection that we have received"

from the area between Goya, Corrientes, in the north, and

Bonifacio, Buenos Ayres, iu the south, in Southern Uruguay,

and Hastern Buenos Ayres, and it is everywhere of very

uniform size and coloration. Only here, almost in the centre

of its general range, but under exceptional local conditions,

there is so considerable an increase in its size as to deserve

recognition by name,

“From the osiers”; from an overgrown orchard” ;

“from the virgin jungle-growth”; “from withy beds.’”’—

pk.

6. Deltamys kempi, gen. et sp. n.

3. 2886, 2840, 2845 ; 2. 2830.

DELTAMYS, gen. nov.

External characters as in Akodon, claws and fur normal.

Eyes small. Skull remarkably narrow, both as regards the

breadth of the cranium and the lateral spread of the zygomata ;

zygomatic breadth less than half the condylo-incisive length.

Supraorbital edges rounded or with a mere trace of the

normal squaring. Zygomatic plate scarcely projected for-

wards. First upper molar with anterior notch. Second

upper molar with the small antero-external cross-ridge

obsolete.

Genotype: Deltamys kempi, sp. n. .

This genus is clearly one of the Akodont series, of which

from the Delta of the Parana. a

a general arrangement was published last year*. It is

probably most nearly allied to Akodon itself, but the remark-

able narrowness of the skull, the small zygomatic spread, the

reduction of the zygomatic plate, and the simplification of

the teeth, notably of m?, all indicate sufficient peculiarity to

prevent the species being included in that genus.

As a ready means of identification the fact that the zygo-

matic spread is less instead of more than half the condylo-

incisive length will enable Deltamys to be distinguished from

all the genera mentioned in my key.

The teeth seem to be somewhat simpler in structure than in

the known forms, but more specimens will be needed before

the value and constancy of this character can be determined,

for only one of the four specimens of J). kempz has the teeth

unworn enough to show the structure. But certainly this

specimen exhibits a very distinctive difference in the reduc-

tion, practically to nil, of the small cross-ridge at the front

outer corner of m’—a ridge present, and generally far more

_coyspicuous than in Akodon, in most S.-American Muride.

f The following is a description of the species :—

Size rather smaller than in Akodon arenicola, form de-

cidedly more slender. Fur of normal character and medium

length, hairs of back about 8-9 mm. long. General colour

above blackish brown, inconspicuously washed on head, fore-

back, and sides with drabby or olivaceous, nearly unmixed

black on the median part of the hind back. One specimen,

however, is more olivaceous throughout, and so far as body-

colour is concerned might be taken for arather dark-coloured

individual of A.arenicola. Under surface dull brownish grey,

the hairs slaty basally, their tips brownish on belly, greyer on

the chest ; a marked wholly white patch on the chin. Eyes

rather small, without lighter ring round them. Lars short,

well-haired, blackish brown. Hands and feet dark brown ;

claws normal in leneth, the pollex with a nail, Tail rather

shorter than head and body, thinly haired, finely scaled (15

rings to the em.), dark brown throughout.

Skull slender, remarkably narrow, with but slightly ex-

panded zygomata. Interorbital region smooth, convex,

unridged, its edges scarcely squared. Brain-case narrow,

smooth, and rounded. Interparietal much reduced, scarcely

perceptible at all in three of the specimens, and a mere narrow

strip in the fourth. Zygomatic plate narrow, scarcely pro-

jected forwards. Palatal foramina long, well open, not

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 336,

100 On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana.

specially narrowed behind. Mesopterygoid fossa broad, twice

as wide at its anterior end as the base of the narrow ptery-

goids on each side of it; in most members of the Akodont

group the base of each pterygoid is as broad as the fossa

between the two. Bulle small, as in Akodon.

Incisors rather thrown forward, their angle with the molar

surface 80°-83°. Molars light and slender, their structure

as already referred to.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 89 mm. ; tail 85 ;. hind foot 22; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 25°6; condylo-incisive length 24 ;

zygomatic breadth 11°7; nasals 92; interorbital breadth 4°4 ;

breadth of brain-case 10°8 ; palatal foramina 5:7 ; breadth of

mesopterygoid opening 1°5 ; upper molar series 4.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 17.6.1. 35. Original

number 2830. Collected lst February, 1917.

This little blackish mouse is a most interesting addition to

the fauna of Hastern Argentina, being so very different from

any other animal known there. Like Oxymycterus tomen-

tosus, similarly dark-coloured, it is no doubt peculiar to the

marshy and water-logged region of the Parana delta, and has

on this account escaped discovery until Mr. Kemp’s visit to

the islands.

“From neglected orchard” ; “from the jungle pajanal.”

—R. K.

7. Oxymycterus platensis, Thos.

3. 2827, 2844; 2. 2820.

8. Myocastor coypus bonariensis, Geoff.

Two skulls.

9. Cavia pamparum, Thos.

Four skulls.

10. Blastocerus diehotomus, Il.

9. 2850.

“ Presented by Mr. F. E. Welch.—Snared by a quintero.”

—Rh. K.

11. Lutreolina crassteaudata, Desm.

o. 2811, 2816.

On the Families Bethylide and Rhopalosomide. 101

VII.— Notes on the Hymenopterous Families Bethylide and

Rhopalosomide. By Rowzanp E. Turner and JAMES

WATERSTON.

Bethylide.

Pristocera subrufescens, sp. n.

3. Niger; mandibulis, antennis dimidio basali, tegulis pedibusque

brunneo-testaceis ; abdomine fusco-ferrugineo ; alis flavo-hyalinis,

venis testaceis, stigmate fusco.

Long. 5°5 mm,

3. Head subrectangular, longer than broad, slightly

rounded at the posterior angles, shining, coarsely but not

closely punctured, without a frontal sulcus. Hyes separated

from the hind margin of the head by a distance fully equal

to their own length ; posterior ocelli near together, much

nearer to each other than to the hind margin of the head.

Scape rather strongly curved, second joint of the flagellum

distinctly longer than the third or fourth, the first subglobose,

about half as long as the second. Mandibles bidentate at the

apex below, with a third tooth above forming a broad cutting-

edge. Pronotum no longer than the mesonotum and scutellum

combined, narrowed anteriorly, shining, coarsely but sparsely

punctured; mesonotum sparsely punctured, the parapsidal

furrows distinct ; the hind margin of the pronotum rather

broadly depressed ; scutellum shining, sparsely punctured.

Median segment a little*longer than broad, not margined,

rounded at the apex, finely punctured-reticulate, with a low

median carina from the base not reaching the apex and not

continued on the posterior slope, the base of the segment

coarsely reticulate; the sides of the segment very finely

obliquely striated. Abdomen elongate-fusiform, almost

smooth, with a few scattered punctures on the apical segments.

Hind tarsal ungues (fig. 1, c) strongly curved, with one

slender acute tooth at the middle of the inner margin, one

strong bristle at the base, and two externally before the

median tooth. Basal joint of the hind tarsus with a scopa of

hairs beneath intermixed with stout bristles. Submedian

cell a little longer than the median; first brachial cell ill-

defined, not closed at the apex ; radius nearly three times as

long as the basal nervure.

Hab. Natal, Durban (F. Muir).

* 102 Messrs. R. E. Turner and J. Waterston, on the

Pristocera neavei, sp. ni.

3. Niger; mandibulis, antennis dimidio basali, tegulis, tro-

chanteribus, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque brunneo-testaceis ;

alis hyalinis, venis testaceis, stigmate radioque fuscis.

Long. 5-6 mm.

6. Head a little longer than broad, shining, evenly and

rather deeply, but not closely, punctured, subrectangular,

rounded at the posterior angles, without a frontal sulcus.

Eyes separated from the posterior margin of the head by a

distance equal to about half of their own length ; posterior

ocelli a little further from the hind margin of the head than

from each other. Scape moderately curved, second joint of

Fig. 1.

Hind tarsal ungues of (a) Epyris muir, sp. n., (b) Epyris elongatula, sp. n.,

(e) Pristocera neavet, sp. n.

the flagellum equal to the third, about twice as long as the

first. Mandibles as in P. subrufescens, but with the second

tooth shorter. Pronotum scarcely as long as the mesonotum,

shining, sparsely, but not very finely, punctured, rounded

anteriorly ; mesonotum very sparsely punctured, with two

strong parapsidal furrows ; scutellum smooth, with a few

punctures on the sides. Median segment half as broad again

at the base as long, rounded at the apex, margined laterally

but not apically, very finely rugulose, with a carina from the

base reaching nearly to the middle of the segment ; on each

side of the carina at the base are a number of short longi-

tudinal strize which are separated from the rugulose portion

Families Bethylide and Rhopalosomide. 103

of the segment by a number of very fine and close oblique

strie. Abdomen witha short petiole, which is about twice as

long as the hind trochanter ; smooth and shining, with a few

punctures on the apical segments. Hind tarsal ungues

(fig. 1, e) very similar to P. subrufescens, but with the

‘median tooth longer and stouter and the basal bristle deve-

loped into a strong spine. Submedian cell scarcely longer

than the median, brachial cell absent, radius about twice as

long as the basal nervure.

Hab. Portuguese East Africa, Kola Valley, east of Mount

Chiperone, 1700 ft. (S. A. Veave), November 1913.

Epyris muirt, sp. n.

$. Niger; mandibulis, tegulis, tibiis anticis, tarsisque brunneo-

testaceis; alis subhyalinis, venis testaceis, stigmate radioque

fuscis.

Long. 5°5 mm.

3. Head distinctly broader than long; finely and rather

sparsely punctured, shining, without a frontal sulcus, Eyes

separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance

scarcely equal to half of their own length; posterior ocelli

about twice as far from each other as from the hind margin

of the head. First joint of the flagellum extremely short,

second a little shorter than the third, second and scape sub-

equal. Mandibles oblique at the apex, with five blunt teeth,

the inferior one much the largest ; elongate, subconcave on the

upper and lower edges ; behind each of the four smaller teeth

are one or two stout bristles. Pronotum as long as the meso-

notum and scutellum combined, rounded anteriorly, shining,

with sparse piliferous punctures; mesonotum with very

distinct parapsidal furrows; scutellum smooth and shining,

with a fovea on each side at the base. Median segment

margined laterally and at the apex, nearly twice as broad as

long, opaque, very minutely and closely transversely strio-

late; with an enclosed median space bounded by two con-

verging caring which are twice as far apart at the base as

at the apex, a strong median carina from base to apex, the

space between the carine longitudinally rugulose ; surface

of the apical truncation very finely and closely transversely

striolate, with a low longitudinal carina ; sides of the segment

smooth and shining at the base, finely aciculate at the apex.

Two basal dorsal segments smooth and shining, the remainder

with sparse piliferous punctures. Hind tarsal ungues

104. Messrs. R. E. Turner and J. Waterston on the

(fig. 1, a) with one large tooth at about two-thirds from the

base, sparsely clothed with stiff bristles, three of which at

one-third from the base are very long. Basal joint of hind

tarsi clothed beneath with very short hairs, among which,

near the base, are one or two spinose bristles. Submedian

cell longer than the median ; radius about twice as long as

the basal nervure.

Hab. Natal, Durban (fF. Muir).

Epyris elongatula, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis, scapo, flagello articulis quatuor basalibus,

femoribus anticis, tibiis tarsisque brunneo-testaceis ; tegulis testa-

ceis ; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis.

Long. 3°5 mm.

Fig. 2.

Thorax and propodeon of Epyris elongatula, sp. n.

?. Head longer than the greatest breadth, about half as

long again as the breadth on the hind margin, shining, finely

Families Bethylidee and Rhopalosomide. 105

and very sparsely punctured, without a frontal sulcus. Eyes

separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance

slightly exceeding half of their own length ; the posterior

ocelli situated on the hind margin of the head. First joint of

the flagellum a little longer than the third, a little more than

half as long again as the second. Thorax shining ; pronotum

distinctly longer than the greatest breadth, broadly rounded

anteriorly ; mesonotum with well-defined parapsidal furrows ;

scutellum with a fovea on each side at the base. Median

segment (fig. 2) as broad as long, the dorsal surface distinctly

margined apically and laterally, smooth at the sides and

apical angles, with a low median carina extending to the

apex, an elongate triangular area bounded at the base by

low convergent carinze which do not reach the apex finely

and irregularly reticulate ; the sides of the segment and the

surface of the apical truncation almost smooth. Abdomen

smooth and shining. Submedian cell no longer than the

median, nervulus nearly twice as long as the basal nervure ;

radius about half as long again as the nervulus and basal

nervure combined. ‘Tarsal ungues with a small tooth at

right angles to the ungues just beyond the middle, the ungues

(fig. 1, 6) behind the tooth slightly swollen.

Hab. German Kast Africa, north of Handeni (Dr. W. A.

Lamborn).

On outskirts of Glossina pallidipes area.

Rhabdepyris ethiops, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, scapo, flagello articulis duobus basalibus,

tegulis pedibusque ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus tribus

apicalibus rufo-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis ; venis

testaceis, costa, stigmate radioque nigris.

Long. 6 mm.

* 2. Clypeus subtriangular, blunt at the apex ; head longer

than broad, opaque, very closely and rather finely punctured ;

with a distinct longitudinal frontal suleus, which does not

reach to the anterior ocellus. Eyes slightly hairy, separated

from the hind margin of the head by a distance about equal

to half of their own length ; posterior ocelli a little further

from the hind margin of the head than from each other.

Scape curved, as long as the three basal joints of the fla-

gellum combined ; second joint of the flagellum a little longer

than the third or fourth, the first and second joints subequal.

Mandibles oblique at the apex, with five teeth, the outer one

large and pointed, the second blunt and fairly large, the

106 Messrs. R. EB. Turner and J. Waterston on the

remaining three very small; on the inner surface of the

mandible beginning at the second tooth is a subapical row

of bristles. Thorax opaque, with sparse and rather large

piliferous punctures ; pronotum nearly twice as long as the

mesonotum, narrowed anteriorly ; mesonotum with two well-

defined parapsidal furrows ; scutellum with a deep transverse

groove at the base. Median segment about half as broad

again as long, margined laterally and at the apex, finely and

closely transversely striolate; the enclosed median space

twice as broad at the base as at the apex, with five strong

longitudinal carinz, the space between the carine with low

transverse strie forming reticulations ; sides of the segment

very finely obliquely striolate ; the surface of the posterior

truncation subconcave, finely aciculate, with a median longi-

tudinal carina. Abdomen smooth and shining, with a few

scattered punctures on the third and fourth dorsal segments.

Hind tarsal ungues (fig. 1, d) strongly bent, produced at the

base into a strong tooth-like lobe; with one tooth which

rises at right angles ; the apical tooth very long and acute,

about twice as long as its basal breadth; on the external

surface of the ungues are three bristles—one on the dorsal

edge above the base of the median tooth, a second sub-

ventrally on the basal projection, and a third between the

two. Submedian cell longer than the median; radius at

least three times as long as the basal nervure.

Hab. Natal, Durban (Ff. Muir).

Rhabdepyris troglodytes, sp. n.

©. Nigra; mandibulis, scapo apice, flagello articulis duobus basali-

bus, tegulis, pygidio, tibiis tarsisque testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis

testaceis, stigmate fusco.

Long. 4 mm.

?. Head longer than the greatest breadth, somewhat

narrowed behind the eyes, nearly twice as long as the breadth

on the hind margin, finely shagreened, with a few scattered

piliferous punctures. Eyes separated from the hind margin

of the head by a distance scarcely exceeding one-third of their

own length ; the posterior ocelli situated close to the hind

margin of the head. No frontal suleus. Thorax subopaque ;

pronotum distinctly broader posteriorly than the greatest

length, rather strongly narrewed and rounded anteriorly,

finely -but not very closely punctured ; parapsidal furrows

not extending over the whole length of the mesonotum, the

inner furrow linear, very narrow, the outer one forming a

Families Bethylide and Rhopalosomide. 107

broad depression ; scutellum with a deep transverse sulcus

at the base. Median segment nearly half as long again as

- broad, margined at the sides and at the apex, very finely and

closely transversely striated, with five longitudinal carine,

the median one reaching the apex, the two lateral extending

beyond the middle, the two intermediate not reaching the

middle ; the sides of the segment and the surface of the apical

truncation almost smooth. Abdomen shining, the fifth and

sixth dorsal segments with scattered punctures. Fore wing

with the medius short, which causes the basal nervure and

the nervulus to meet at an acute angle, forming two sides of

an equilateral triangle ; stigma small; radius long.

Hab. British East Africa, Voi, 1800 ft. (S. A. Neave),

March 21-23, 1911.

Family Rhopalosomida.

Genus Orxon, Cam.

Olixon, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hymen. i. p. 412 (1887).

Saphobethylus, Kieff. Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, xxxv. p. 216 (1911).

Type of the genus, O. testacewm, Cam.

Saphobethylus pallidus, Kieff., is a synonym of Olixon

testaceum.

Cameron places this genus in the Braconide, expressing

strong doubt as to the true relationship of the genus, and

noticing a general resemblance to the Bethylide. Kieffer

places it in the Bethylidz without comment on the abnormal

characters. ‘The antenne are 13-jointed in the male, 12-

jointed in the female, very long and slender, agreeing well

- with Rhopalosoma, with which the genitalia of the male also

show close affinities. It differs from that genus in the entire

eyes, in the absence of ocelli, in the rudimentary wings, and

in the subsessile abdomen. The tarsi of the female do not

show strongly broadened joints asin Lhopalosoma. Though

these differences remove Olizon from very close relationship

with Rhopalosoma, it seems to be sufficiently near to be

placed in the same family. With regard to the affinities of

the family, it must be pointed out that the genitalia show

a very distinct relationship to those of the Eumenide and

differ strongly from those of all other Hymenoptera. Thus,

of the many attempts to assign a place to the group, that of

Westwood, who connects it with the Vespide, is the most

correct. It is almost certainly derived from the same stock

as the Eumenide, but strongly modified by nocturnal and

108 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

probably also by parasitic habits. The wide range of the

family points to considerable antiquity, though it seems to

be absent from Australia.

Ashmead (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 235, 1900) assigns

Olixon to the Bethylide, subfamily Emboleminz, but gives

no reason for placing it in that position, from which the very

different antennee seem to exclude it at once. It is by no

means certain that Ashmead had seen specimens.

VIIL—WNew Geometridee in the Joicey Collection.

By Louis B. Prout, F.E.S.

[Plate VII.]

In working through the Geometride in the collection of

Mr. J. J. Joitey I have already come across several novelties,

some of them of great interest, and as there is now sufficient

material for a Plate—which Mr. Joicey, with his customary

munificence, has provided in further elucidation of the species

and forms—we think it desirable to publish them without

further delay. As all the types are in his collection, it is

unnecessary to specify this in each individual case.

Subfam. @yoczrourv az.

1. Phellinodes liapicata, sp. n.

(Pl-VIR tie. .)

3 .—36 mm.

Head and body white, slightly clouded with brown and

irrorated with blackish ; palpus blackish on upper and outer

side.

Fore wing white, faintly clouded with brown and with

moderate blackish irroration, which in places (especially near

base) shows some tendency to form transverse strigule; a

slightly curved blackish mark from hind margin nearly to

M? just proximal to middle of wing; an elongate blackish

cell-mark accompanied by indications of an irregular median

line, crossed behind M? by a thick longitudinal dash which

almost reaches termen and is followed posteriorly by some

smoky shading ; a large, irregularly bounded apical brown

spot, posteriorly extending across R?, proximally in places

almost reaching the cell, at about 4 mm. from apex traversed

Geometride in the Joisey Collection. 109

by a thick, slightly curved mark from near costa about to R? ;

some small dark spots near termen ; elongate dark terminal

marks at vein-ends ; fringe weakly dark-spotted.

Hind wing without distorted venation; white, densely

irrorated with blackish, but with a broad elongate clear patch

in middle from base to at least three-fourths, bounded ante-

riorly by SC and R?, posteriorly by SM and M!, somewhat

rounded at its end; a clear apical patch.

Underside similar, but with the entire posterior region of

the fore wing smoky, the abdominal margin of the hind wing

for a width of 2 mm. mostly white, with dark irroration and

with some dark interruption about R? and the submedian

area.

Contamama, Rio Ucayali, Peruvian Amazons (J. C.

Mounsey).

Near gratiosa, Schaus ; the wings shorter, the markings

less sharply defined, but distinguished especially by the white

apical patch of hind wing.

2. Phellinodes leucoplethes, sp. n.

CPi V TE fig. 28.)

3 .—~—32 mm.

Face white, sprinkled with blackish brown. Palpus with

first joint predominantly white, second and third predominantly

blackish brown. Antenna blackish, with ciliation rather long

(exceeding diameter of shaft). ‘Thorax white, mixed with

blackish above. Abdomen above mostly blackish, beneath

white.

Fore wing in anterior and distal part blackish brown,

posteriorly to the cell and beyond white, the white area being

bounded from about the origin of M’ to anal angle by a fairly

regular curve; the blackish area irrorated with white in

proximal half and containing two large white spots distally,

one from costa to R', broadest (4 mm.) at costa, its proximal

edge reaching middle of costa, the other smaller, more distal,

from R? nearly to SC°; the white area slightly dusted with

blackish near base.

Hind wing without distorted venation; white, slightly

dusted with blackish brown near base and with a narrow

distal border, narrowest about R'-R? and at tornus, slightly

and gradually broadening between these points and apically.

Underside similar, but with the dark brown areas all

irrorated with white and with the costal edge of hind wing

dark-speckled.

110 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Rio Pastaza, E. Keuador (IZ. G. Palmer): Alpayacu,

3600 feet (type); El Rosario, 4900 feet. Also two worn

? ? from Intaj, Keuador (Buckley), rather larger, with

antennal ciliation short. All ex coll. H. Druce.

Subfam. Heurrzrrm az.

3. Mimandria cataracte, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 25.)

¢ .—34 mm,

Face black. Palpus whitish, with third joint and most of

second blackish above. Tongue present, but quite short.

Vertex and front of thorax mostly light brown; body other-

wise whitish grey, irrorated with light brown.

Fore wing broad, with termen rather less oblique than in

insularis; SC* anastomosing at a point with C and with

SC? ; whitish grey, irrorated with darker grey and with light

brown, costal margin mostly dark grey ; lines blackish grey ;

antemedian at nearly one-third, shallowly lunulate outward

-in cell and in submedian area; postmedian slender, 3-4 mm.

from termen, lunulate-dentate, a little incurved in submedian

area, the tooth on R! acute, the lunule between R*® and M*

more shallow than the adjacent ones ; an elongate dark cell-

mark, somewhat interrupted in middle ; subterminal pale line

almost obsolete, accompanied proximally by a small wedge-

shaped brown spot between R' and R? and another behind M’,

a larger and broader one between the medians, the rest of

the series almost or altogether obsolete ; triangular blackish

terminal dots ; fringe rather pale, very weakly marked.

Hind wing with first line wanting; cell-spot brown,

rounded, slightly ocellated; the rest as on fore wing.

Underside dirty pale grey, the hind wing rather more

whitish; both wings with small cell-spot on DC? and ill-

defined, somewhat interrupted, dark brown-grey submarginal

shade; terminal dots a little weaker and more elongate than

above.

Victoria Falls, Rhodesia (ZH. H. Druce).

Differently shaped from the only hitherto-known species

(insularis, Swinh., from Madagascar), more resembling an

Lypipristis ; the rows of spots distally to the postmedian line

much less complete, less brightly coloured—in insularis they

are reddish, though Swinhoe calls them “ greyish ochreous.”

Geometride: in the Joicey Collection. Tis

4, Pingasa lahayet austrina, subsp. n.

(PI. VIL. fig. 26.)

Spots beneath rather browner and more extended than in

the Palearctic race (Algeria and Morocco).

Gambia, ¢ (type) and @.

5. Aolochroma prasina spadicocampa, subsp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 1.)

3 .—42 mm.

Smaller than prastna prasina, Warr., from New Guinea

and Fergusson Island, both wings with enlarged black discal

spot, postmedian line thickened in middle.

Fore wing with median area between costal margin and

M? mostly of the ground-colour, the reddish line before the

subterminal brightened (bay, slightly inclining towards

maroon), thickened into a band, running from hind margin

to R?, then out along R? (—R?) to termen.

Find wing with the reddish subterminal spot between the

radials enlarged.

Biak, Schouten Islands, June 1914 (A. C. & F. Pratt).

6. Dysphania porphyrotdes, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 12.)

6 .—67 mm.

Face light yellowish brown, with a purplish spot in middle.

Palpus purplish, first and second joints beneath light brown.

Crown mostly purplish. Collar bright yellow. Patagia and

tegule deep purple. Thorax and abdomen above light

brown, slightly mixed with purple, especially near anus;

beneath bright yellow.

Fore wing dull purple; some slight cadmium-yellow

markings near base—namely, a short irregular line or streak

behind SC and some maculation about the fovea; the usual

Dysphania markings faint, indicated in darker colour; basal

streak apparently slight, the succeeding angulated band little

interrupted, formed more as in subrepleta than in militaris ;

discal spot rather more conspicuous, elongate outward, its

distal side tapering ; submarginal white spots small, that

between SC° and R? cut by a thick purple line along R’,

those between R? and M! more distally placed, the posterior

one the smaller, a quite small spot between M! and M?, the

rest obsolete,

113 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Hind wing with termen somewhat waved, not quite regu-

larly rounded, being slightly straighter between SC? and R?;

dull purple, with the dark markings feeble, formed about as

in subrepleta, Walk.

Underside with the ground-colour slightly paler, the

markings consequently rather more distinct ; veins somewhat

dusted with yellow; fore wing with subbasal yellow streak

better developed ; hind wing with a rather broad, rapidly

tapering yellow patch at base of costa, a small yellow spot at

origin of R14, and a sinuous. row of small interneural sub-

marginal yellow spots between R’ and fold, the second, third,

and fifth placed nearer to the termen than the first and

fourth.

Andaman Islands ( Watkins).

7. Agathia curvifiniens, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. tig. 23.)

Distinguished from cartssima, Butl., by having the proximal

edge of the marginal band of the fore wing strongly sinuous,

instead of nearly straight, a strong outward curve being

formed between the radials (deepest between R? and R?) and

a slighter one between M? and SM’, the intervening part

appreciably curved inward ; the subapical green patch is

formed, as in many carissima, of a large central and small

anterior and posterior elements, very finely separated by red-

brown dusting on SC® and R?; the small submarginal green

spot between M? and M? is almost or altogether obsolete.

Hind wing with a very minute red-brown cell-dot.

Ningpo, type g and paratype 9. Also from Gensan

(Corea) and Kiushiu, in coll. Brit. Mus.

In carissima the median band of the fore wing is usually

more oblique than in the new species, but varies somewhat.

8. Anisozyga charma, sp. n.

(Pl. Wi. hie. /9))

6 .—25 mm.

Face and palpus green above, white beneath. Vertex

broadly white ; occiput green. Thorax above green, with a

large white metathoracic spot, beneath white ; pencil beneath

base of fore wing white, rather short. Fore leg brown,

ringed with white. Hind leg mostly white; tibia without

hair-pencil or process. Abdomen largely white, the first

tergite broadly green, the succeeding ones narrowly and more

faintly, each with a white spot at posterior end.

Geometride in the Joicey Collection. 113

Fore wing opaque bright green, slightly irrorated with

white ; costal margin broadly (towards apex narrowly) white

with strong red-brown irroration ; antemedian line white,

very fine or almost obsolete, sinuous ; a small white mark on

DC?; postmedian line white, ‘almost or altogether broken into

a thick oblique mark from beyond two-thirds costa, a thick

spot between R® and M1, almost or quite connected with a

larger terminal spot between the same veins, and a large spot

on hind margin near tornus ; a white subterminal line indi-

cated by a few anterior dots; termen somewhat dotted with

white at veins ; fringe green, with a white line at base and

white spots opposite the veins.

Hind wing with a white dot on DC’, the postmedian

markings reversed, that on hind margin being small, that on

costa large, almost reaching apex ; the spot between R? and

M* smaller than on fore wing, more bracket-shaped ; mid-

terminal spot as on fore wing.

Underside much whiter, with the markings shadowy ; fore

wing with costal margin nearly as above, narrowly bordered

behind by a bright green shade.

Bidi, Sarawak, 1907-08 (C. J. Brooks), 4 3 3.

9. Spaniocentra isospania, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 22.)

9 .—32 mm.

Very similar to the forms of megaspilaria 2 in which the

tornal blotch is least darkened (reddish, largely overlaid with

lilacine scales). Hind tibia with terminal spurs only *.

Fore wing with the dark irroration at base of costa and

underlining the white costal edge stronger; tornal blotch

narrower and shorter (not crossing R*—in paratype not

crossing M*), the narrow purple distal edging, on the other

hand, better developed, forming small triangular projections

on the veins.

Hind wing with corresponding distinction in the distal

edging.

Bombay (C0. H. Druce). A paratype from the same

locality in coll. Brit. Mus.

Except for the difference in the tibial armature I should

* In my indication of this as a normal generic character for ‘“ both

sexes”? I was misled by a wrongly determined zsospania in the British

Museum collection; both in megaspilaria, Guen., which belongs here by

its ¢ armature, and in its race (?) pannosa, Moore, the Q has all four

spurs.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 8

114 Mr, L. B. Prout on new

have regarded this, and not pannosa, as the Indian race of

megaspilaria.

10. Comibena hemictenes, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 21.)

9 .— 34-35 mm.

Face green, in middle with an admixture of red, below

rather narrowly white. Palpus as in the other African

species. Crown green, with a white line in front. Antenna

pectinate, the branches very short, about equal in length to

the diameter of the shaft. ‘Thorax and abdomen above green,

beneath white; the abdomen dorsally with some red irrora-

tion, especially at the edges of the large snow-white spots of

the third and fourth tergites; a slight red-brown spot on

first abdominal. Legs white, more or less spotted (the hind

pair very weakly) with reddish brown.

Fore wing bright green, as in leucospilata, Walk., etc. ;

costal edge white, shading off to yellowish ; lines tine, white ;

antemedian from SC at 3°5 mm., slightly excurved to SM’,

then slightly oblique outward to hind margin ; postmedian

from SC at 4 mm, from termen, slightly oblique outward,

slightly bent before M!, then straightish to the proximal edge

of tornal blotch at hind margin ; cell-dot small, black, red-

mixed ; terminal line strong, red, extending 1 mm. round

apex, interrupted by white dots at the veins, beyond M?

gradually expanding into asmall tornal blotch; fringe white,

with curved or subtriangular red spots, placed so as to connect

the terminal line on the outer side of the white dots.

Hind wing without the lines; cell-dot minute; terminal

line and fringe as on fore wing, but with a small apical

blotch corresponding to the tornal of fore wing.

Underside whitish, greener in proximal and costal parts of

fore wing, especially subcostally (the costal edge itself white,

as above) ; cell-dotsand terminal markings (except the tornal

blotch of fore wing) reproduced ; fore wing with the two

lines faint gieen, the postmedian crenulate ; hind wing with

a fine, rather weak, crenulate postmedian green line, about

parallel with termen except after M’, where it runs somewhat

obliquely in the direction of the tornus.

Ivory Coast, type and another.

Distinguished from leucospilata, Walk., and its race (?) es-

meralda, Warr., by the pectinate antenna. Of rufitornus,

Prout (Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 275), from East Africa, which is,

perhaps, still nearer, the 2 is unknown; but in that species

the ground-colour is strongly strigulated with white.

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. 115

11. Racheospila penthica, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

¢é .—36 mm.

Face blackish. Palpus rather short, blackish, the first and

second joints white beneath. Crown dirty green, with a

large black spot on each side. Antenna blackish ; pectina-

tions scarcely longer than diameter of shaft. Occiput and

front of thorax green; thorax and abdomen above otherwise

black, beneath dirty white. Fore and (to a less degree)

middle leg blackened, with white spots at ends of joints ;

hind leg white, the tibial process reaching just beyond

middle of first tarsal joint.

Fore wing with SC! free, R' just separate, M! widely sepa-

rate ; black, with an interrupted green mark, oblique out-

ward, near base, slight green marks around the large but

otherwise scarcely visible black cell-mark; a small, green,

black-dotted patch at nearly three-fourths. Costaand a very -

narrow green distal border, widening slightly at apex and

containing at its proximal margin a row of rather large inter-

neural black spots; a similar terminal row, extending on to

the fringe.

Hind wing with termen slightly subcrenulate, somewhat

bent at R3; black, with a small green subbasal mark, and a

narrow green distal border, which throws a small projection

inward in front of R?; terminal spots as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath nearly as above, but rather more

brownish black and with a narrow blue-white hind-marginal

area, which broadens near base so as to touch M. Hind

wing beneath blue-white, with a blackish shade between R?

and costal margin, deepest towards apex, fading out indefi-

nitely proximally.

Huancabamba, Cerro de Pasco, E. Peru, 6800 feet.

Belongs to the evertata group (Blechroma, Méschil.), and

suggests being an aberration of some species of more normal

colour-proportions. From the rich district of Huancabamba

I know hitherto only three species of the group—nigricincta,

Warr., conspersa, Warr., and tisstigmarta scotocephala, Prout

(Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 163),—all in single specimens. I have

compared it with particular care with all the three, but also

with the rest of the group, and cannot make the wing-shape

and the position of such markings as remain agree with any.

The palpus and tibial process appear slightly shorter than in

nigricincta, the costa more arched in middle, the submarginal

dark spots nearer the termen, etc. ; the shape of the hind

wing differs from that of tvsstigmaria.

116 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

12. Racheospila inequalis, sp. n.

(PI. Vilofig. 49)

¢ .—30 mm.

Face green, mixed with reddish on outer side. Palpus

mostly reddish, with some dark admixture; base beneath

whitish. Vertex white, occiput green, a narrow red band

between. Antennal pectinations very short, scarcely equal

to diameter of shaft. ‘Thorax above green, beneath whitish.

Abdomen above greenish, the first segment with a snow-

white blackish-edged spot, the third and fourth with elongate,

white, slenderly red-edged spots, the later segments with

smaller and vaguer spots ; beneath white. (Hind legs lost.)

Fore wing with termen strongly oblique, especially in its

posterior part ; SC’ anastomosing shortly with C, M’ separate ;

bright green ; costal edge narrowly snow-white, at base red

mixed with black, apically underlined narrowly with red ;

lines dull red, incomplete ; antemedian at one-fourth, marked

chiefly by spots on SC and M, and a larger one on SM2-hind

margin, the vestiges in cell and at fold angulated outward ;

postmedian from nearly three-fourths costa to nearly two-

thirds hind margin, incurved behind middle, consisting

of distinct dashes on the veins and vague deep lunules

inward between ; cell-dot dull red, not minute ; terminal line

dull red, slightly interrupted at the veins except posteriorly,

where it gradually thickens, reaching a width of nearly 1 mm.

near tornus ; fringe proximally pure white, with triangular

dark red spots, distally with a thick dull red line.

Hind wing with termen feebly sinuate between the radials,

slightly bent at R*®; M! almost connate ; concolorous with

fore wing, antemedian line represented by a dot on M, the

rest (except costally) nearly as on fore wing ; a moderate

apical blotch reaching R’.

Fore wing beneath pale green, becoming white at distal

margin (narrowly at apex, gradually widening posteriorly) ;

a small reddish cell-dot ; tringe nearly asabove. Hind wing

beneath whitish, with dark apical blotch ; fringe nearly as

above.

Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 feet, No-

vember 1904 (G. Ockenden).

Presumably referable to my “ lafayaria group ” (Gen. Ins.

fasc. 129, p. 103), but somewhat aberrant in shape.

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. LM

13. Racheospila lugentiscripta, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 8.)

3 .—28 mm.

Closely allied to promontoria, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xi. p. 26),

differing as follows :—

Antennal pectinations shorter (rather less than twice

diameter of shaft). Abdomen above darker. Size smaller.

Fore wing in addition relatively somewhat shorter, the

termen curving so as to becomea trifle less oblique anter iorly ; 4

ground-colour rather duller green ; markings much extended,

heavily irrorated (except terminal spots at : apex, R!, M’, and

SM?) with blackish ; in particular, the tornal bloteh extends

along hind margin to 3 or 4 mm. from base, is_ broadly

bounded anteriorly by M from well before origin of M? to

well beyond M’, and is accompanied anteriorly by some smoky

clouding which nearly reaches costa and contains the enlarged

dark cell-spot.

Hind wing with both blotches broader than in promontoria,

narrowly connected along termen; cell-dot somewhat en-

larged ; coloration as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath very pale green, hind wing almost

white ; the dark markings reproduced (except the greater

part of the tornal blotch of hind wing), less reddish, the paler

spots at termen white.

San Antonio, W. Colombia, 5800 feet, December 1907

(Mf. G. Palmer), 2 3 3.

As subsp. (?) dubia, subsp. n., I describe a single ¢ from

Intaj, Ecuador (Buckley), with the ground-colour a little

brighter, the markings rather more red (though much darker

than.in promontoria), on the fore wing formed as in C, lugenti-

scripta, on the hind wing above with the anal blotch extended

on abdominal margin to one-third from base, beneath entirely

wanting, the ground-colour above reaching the terminal line

between R? and M'.

14. Phrudocentra senescens, sp. n.

(El; VEE. fie. 16.)

3 .—30-31 mm.

Face green. Palpus short, not reaching beyond frons ;

pale beneath. Vertex and antennal shaft white ; pectinations

short, scarcely exceeding diameter of shaft. Occiput green.

Thorax and abdomen above green, the latter with white dots

118 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

at the ends of the segments. Hind tibial process rather

longer than the first tarsal joint.

Fore wing moderately broad, apex not produced ; duller

and more greyish green than the allies ; costal edge very

narrowly brownish ; cell-dot rather large, black ; lines weak,

represented only by brown-blackish dots on the veins, the

postmedian nearer to the cell-dot than to the termen, gently

curved anteriorly, then almost straight ; no terminal line ;

fringe paler.

Hind wing with termen scarcely at all bent at R®; cell-dot

minute ; antemedian wanting ; postmedian dots almost

parallel with termen.

Underside paler, greenest in central part of fore wing, both

wings becoming whitish distally ; costal edge of fore wing

proximally more broadly brownish than above; both wings

with -a small discal dot and a very feeble but continuous

postmedian line, slightly darker grey-green than the ground-

colour.

Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith),

33¢.

Possibly nearest nvetceps, Prout (Gen. Ins. fase. 129,

p. 122), except in shape, which more associates it with mar-

cida, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xvi. p. 79), an evident Phrudocentra,

by lack of $*frenulum and general affinity with pupilluta,

Warr.

15. Oospila etreumdata striolata, subsp. n.

(Pl. VI. fig. 24.)

3S .—Abdomen above much darker than in name-typical

circumdata, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xiv. p. 202). Both wings

with cell-dot slightly enlarged; all the marginal rufous

markings somewhat extended, heavily irrorated and striolated

with blackish, leaving free only some small spots or patches

at the wing-margins. . .

Rio Ampiyacu, Putumayo, Peruvian Amazons (J. C.

Mounsey) .

Ina ¢ from Codajas, Upper Amazons, April 1907 (S. J/.

Klages), in coll. Tring Mus., the tornal patches do not, as in

the Putumayo specimen, cross M’, but it is certainly referable

to this race.

As the wings appear somewhat narrower than in ¢ circum-

data, this may possibly prove a distinet species. The

colouring must be nearly that of quinquemaculata, Warr.

(Proe, U.S. Nat. Mus. xxx. p. 416), from French-Guiana,

Geometride in the Joicey Collection. 119

which I have not seen; but in that species the termen of

fore wing is bent in the middle, the tornal spot of fore wing

rounded, terminal line interrupted, etc.

16. Oospila circumsessa, sp. N.

(PIL V Ti. fie.) 13,)

& .—24 mm.

Face reddish. Palpus reddish above, white beneath.

Vertex and base of antenna reddish ; occiput green. ‘Thorax

above green, beneath whitish (abdomen lost). Hind tibia

slender.

Fore wing with termen rather more oblique posteriorly

than anteriorly ; DC* rather deeply inbent, SC* touching C

at a point, R' not stalked, M* well stalked; pale green, with

costal edge narrowly reddish; a very minute dark cell-dot ;

distal border variegated, light red and more purple-red, the

latter shade prevailing proximally, its proximal edge olive-

brown, commencing at costa close to apex, forming (except

for slight indentations at the veins, that at SC° the most

noticeable) a fairly regular-curve to the middie of M’, running

inward for a short distance along M"', then approximately

vertical (slightly curved) to hind margin ; a dark terminal

line, interrupted at the veins ; fringe reddish, with a yellower

line at base. |

Hind wing elongate, with strong toothed projection at end

of R* ; DC scarcely angled at origin of R?, M' rather long-

stalked ; concolorous with fore wing, abdominal margin

narrowly red nearly to base; cell-dot minute ; the red border

widening at costa and at abdominal margin, the ground-colour

forming a strong projection into it between R* and M'; a

very narrow yellow-green patch at distal] margin between tlie

radials ; terminal line thickening, with darkening at the tail ;

fringe longest and darkest at the tail.

Underside whitish green, with the borders vaguely reddish

proximally, only faintly tinged with reddish distally ; terminal

line. obsolescent ; fringe of hind wing dark reddish at the

tail.

- Contamama, Rio Ucayali, Peruvian Amazons, November—

December 1912 (J. C. Mounsey).

Near latimargo, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xi. p. 20), but smaller,

and with the border of the fore wing and that of the hind

wing posteriorly quite different in shape.

120 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

17. Bathycolpodes torniflorata, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 29.)

3 .—33 mm.

Face green above, orange-brown (possibly faded ?) below.

Palpus reaching beyond face; reddish, with some dark

admixture, Antenna simple. Crown whitish, somewhat

mixed with green. Thorax above green, Abdomen whitish,

dorsally with brown and pink suffusions and some blackish

irroration ; crests strongly mixed with blackish.

Fore wing dark green; costal edge ochreous, heavily

spotted with blackish ; cell-dot blackish red; a postmedian

row of white vein-dots, incurved between SC® and R3, then

excurved, from M* expanding into a tornal blotch, of which

the proximal part is white, rounded to SM’, here deeply

indented, the distal part mostly pinkish with dark irroration,

at termen whitish with dark irroration ; terminal line thick,

blackish red, slightly interrupted at the veins; fringe whitish

ochreous, broadly and heavily dark-spotted opposite the veins,

Hind wing with termen very deeply excised between the

radials, somewhat prolonged posteriorly to the excision ; dark

green, with small blackish cell-dot and postmedian white

vein-dots, more deeply inbent at R? than on fore wing;

termen and fringe as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath pale green, at hind margin whitish ;

costal edge ochreous, with some large blackish dots; cell-dot

redder than above; terminal line nearly as above, but ex-

panding into a small blotch at tornus; fringe as above.

Hind wing beneath whitish, with dark terminal line expanding

into a very small blotch at apex ; fringe as above.

Bitji, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet, June-July 1909,

dry season (G. LZ. Bates).

18. Antharmostes simplicimargo, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 20.)

3 .—33 mm.

Face and palpus brown-red, the latter whitish beneath.

Antennal pectinations little longer than diameter of shaft.

Vertex whitish ; occiput green. Thorax abovegreen. Abdo-

men brown-whitish, the vestigial crests dull reddish. Hind

tibia not or scarcely dilated.

Fore wing with termen almost straight; green, without

markings except the faint indication of a darker green cell-

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. 121

dot; costal edge and terminal line rosy, coarsely irrorated

with blackish fuscous; fringe proximally rosy.

Hind wing with tail shorter than in the other species; as

fore wing, except costal edge. __

Underside whitish green, the borderings fainter and duller

than above.

Udamba, Kuila River, 8.W. Congo State (J. S. Bousfield).

19. Thalassodes floccosa, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 4.)

3 .—44 mm.

Face green. Palpus with third joint elongate. Vertex

and base of antennal shaft white. Thorax and abdomen

green ; abdomen beneath strongly pilose. Hind tibia densely

clothed with long, golden-brown, floccous hair; tarsus not

shortened, with similar clothing on the first joint, becoming

progressively shorter on the second and third joints.

Fore wing green (faded), with the usual white postmedian

line almost straight, placed at about 6 mm. from termen,

chiefly marked as dots on the veins ; termen with a fine dark

line, darker-dotted on the veins; fringe whitish (defective).

Hind wing elongate, with the angle at R® well marked ; a

somewhat raised white cell-mark on DC*, nearly as pro-

nounced as in Hretmopus marinaria, Guen., more elongate ;

postmedian line of the normal form, chiefly marked as white

vein-dots; termen as on fore wing; beneath clothed to

beyond middle with floccous light brown hair.

Prov. Wellesley, Malay Peninsula (Distant).

Probably near lewcospilota, Moore, suggesting an interesting

transition towards Hretmopus marinaria, Guen.

20. Prasinocyma rhodocycla, sp. n.

(PI. VII. fig. 6.)

9 —37 mm.

Palpus slightly over twice as long as diameter of shaft,

second joint reaching beyond frons, third joint longer than

second. Like oculata, Prout (Nov. Zool. xxii. p. 316), from

Uganda, but with the face reddish, somewhat mixed with

green, the wings broader, with rather more rounded termen,

the white strigulation less strongly developed, a small white

spot beyond middle of hind margin of fore wing. The fringe

—green in the proximal part—is greyer and rather paler in

the distal.

122 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Ivory Coast.

Has already been mentioned from Kumasi (Coomassie) in

the description of ocu/ata, but I think it should be regarded

as a distinct species—at the least, it will be a West-Atrican

race.

21. Hemithea notospila, sp. n.

(Pl. Yi. fig. 27.)

3 .—36 mm.

Like subfavida, Warr., but with third joint of palpus still

shorter, abdomen with second and third tergites and their

crests red, heavily mixed with black, the crest of the third

tergite strong.

Wings with distal margins rather more noticeably waved

than in subjflavida, fringes more strongly chequered; fore

wing beneath nearly as in subflavida reducta, Warr., but with

some slight additional shading subterminally, especially

between SC* and SC’; hind wing beneath with the terminal

dark band well developed from apex to R? and again from

SM? to tornus, shadowy between.

Borneo ?

It is unfortunate that the type has not better data; but

according to some MS. notes a specimen from North Borneo

(? Kina Balu), in coll. Sarawak Mus., which Mr. Moulton

showed me some years ago, and which I took to be subflavida,

Warr., certainly belongs here.

22. Hemithea antigrapha, sp. n.

(PLVit. tig tt)

3 2? —21-26 mm.

Face green. Palpus in ¢ at least one-and-a-half times, in

? over twice as long as diameter of eye; third joint in g

moderate, in ? long; reddish, blackening distally, beneath

white. Antennal joints scarcely projecting ; ciliation in ¢

somewhat longer than diameter of shaft. Vertex narrowly

white ; occiput green. Thorax and base of abdomen above

green ; third and fourth abdominal tergites red, much mixed

with black. Hind tibia in g¢ long, moderately dilated, the

spurs very unequal, tarsus scarcely one-fourth as long as

tibia.

Fore wing dull grey-green ; costal edge narrowly ochreous,

black-dotted ; lines white ; antemedian indistinct, slightly

interrupted, deeply bent outward in cell, angled inward on M

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. 123

and SM?, outward at fold, oblique outward to hind margin ;

postmedian strongest as dots on the veins and a dash on hind

margin, formed as in the rest of the group (tritonaria, Walk.,

etc.) ; faint indications of a dark green cell-mark; terminal

line blackish, interrupted by conspicuous dirty white dots at

the veins; fringe dark grey, paler distally, and with a fine

pale line at its base.

Hind wing rather long and narrow, with the tail at R®

rather well developed; as fore wing, but without costal

markings or first line, the cell-mark rather more noticeable.

Fore wing beneath whitish green; costal edge as above,

but more weakly dotted ; terminal line blackish, interrupted

at the veins; a small grey spot at tornus; fringe dark grey,

pale at base. Hind wing beneath whitish, with a dark grey

Llotch between apex and R’, darkest in its anterior halt ;

termen and fringe as on fore wing.

Khasis, in various collections. Also from Penang and

Mount Tahan, Malay Peninsula, in coll. Tring Mus.

Darker than tritonaria, Walk.; further distinguished by

ihe greener face (in ¢tritonaria nondescript olivaceous to

reddish), more black-mixed patch on the abdomen, presence

of dark blotches on the wings beneath, and structurally by

the longer palpus.

23. Hemithea distinctaria leta, subsp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 18.)

3 ¢.—Abdomen almost entirely without the rosy and

black dorsal ornamentation of segments 2-4. Wings brighter

green, the colour resembling that of nigropunctata, Warr. ~

Khasis.

The costal edge of the fore wing is not or scarcely dotted

with fuscous, but this is also sometimes the ease with

d, distinctaria.

24, Neromia enotes, sp. n.

(Pl... VIL. fig. 15.)

36 .—23 mm.

Face deep red, heavily mixed, except at edges, with black.

Palpus minute, dull reddish. ‘Tongue vestigial. Antenna

dentate, with short ciliation. Crown green, mixed with

ochreous. ‘Thorax above green, narrowly orange-ochreous in

front. Abdomen whitish ochreous, whiter beneath. Fore

coxa deep red in front ; fore and middle femora and tibize

partly reddish.

124 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Fore wing rather short and broad; very pale green, the

costal edge pale ochreous, more broadly at base ; antemedian

line wanting ; postmedian slender, ochreous white, from hind

margin at about three-fourths, obsolescent from R? forward ;

terminal line and fringe whiter.

Hind wing with abdominal margin relatively long, termen

strongly rounded in posterior part; line of fore wing con-

tinued, farther from termen, weak at abdominal margin.

Fore wing beneath nearly as above, the line weaker ; hind

wing somewhat whiter, the line weakly indicated.

Gambia (A. Moloney).

Closely similar to V. carnifrons, Butl., the only non-

African species of the genus.

25. Neurotoca insolens, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 19.)

3 .—33 mm.

Face red. Palpus extremely minute, red. A short tongue

present. Vertex and proximal part of antennal shaft red;

occiput green. Antennal pectinations about twice as long as

diameter of shaft. Thorax above green; abdomen dirty

whitish ochreous, with dark belts (possibly discoloured), crests

slight. Underside whitish. Fore leg marked with red on

upper and inner side.

Fore wing less pointed than in the typical species ; M!

connate; green, as in Heterorachis simplex, Warr. (haploa,

Prout) ; costal margin red at base; cell-mark faintly darker

green; fringe white.

Hind wing more rounded than in the typical species; C

anastomosing with SC at a point near the base, then diver-

ging, M' shortly stalked; as fore wing, except costal margin.

Underside almost uniform whitish green ; fore wing with

costal margin ochreous, at base reddish, the costal and apical

regions slightly greener than the rest of the wing.

Victoria Falls, Rhodesia (L. H. Druce), type and another.

Placed provisionally in Vewrotoca, as it would fall there by

my keys (Gen. Ins. fase. 129, p. 14; Nov. Zool. xx. p. 434),

but probably requiring a new genus. ‘There can be little

doubt it is a direct development of Heterorachis, with the.

median spurs of the hind tibia wanting.

26. Prohydata ignita, sp. n.

(Pi. Vil. figs 10:)

? .—23 mm.

Face white, with a tinge of yellow, the upper part light

Geometride in the Joicey Collection. 125

red. Palpus nearly three times as long as diameter of eye ;

white, the first and second joints shaded with red on outer

side. Vertex white, occiput green, a slight red line between.

Antenna thick, lamellate, the scaled surface white. Thorax

and abdomen above green, brighter than on the wings.

Fore wing with a light red, yellow-mixed costal area,

broadening from base to beyond cell, where it reaches R?,

then narrowing to a point at apex; the rest of the wing pale

olivaceous, mostly translucent behind the cell and R? from

base to postmedian line, otherwise darkened with slaty grey,

only becoming pale ereen at extreme termen and on fringe ;

lines dark grey, rather thick but only defined on the red costal

pateh, where the postmedian is accompanied distally by some

yellow spots ; a long-oval yellow spot near apex; an ill-

defined oblique blackish dash from apex, deepest on fringe ;

some ill-defined slaty-grey patches on hind margin in tie

translucent area, the most prominent enclosing a pale space.

Hind wing strongly angled at R’; C approximated to SC

for a short distance near base, including anastomosis at a

point only ; nearly all grey, the basal and distal areas more

brownish, the median more slaty ; cell-mark and curved (near

abdominal margin sinuate inward) postmedian line indicated

in darker grey ; a green spot on abdominal margin proximal

to median area and slighter green shades distally on the same

margin ; distal margin very narrowly green ; fringe green.

Underside paler greenish, similarly but more vaguely

marked.

Cachi, Costa Rica.

In spite of the great differences it is conceivable that this

may bea 2 form of busa, Druce (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Lep.

Het. i. p. 92), of which the unique type (from Chiriqui,

Panama) is a @ in Coll. Staudinger and unknown to me.

That there is sometimes strong sexual dimorphism in this

genus is shown by latifusciata, Warr., and others, in which

the 2 has complete and broad distal border to the tore wing,

while that of the ¢ is broken.

27. Berta chrysolineata philippina, subsp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 14.).

3 .—22 mm.

Smaller and greener than the name-type, the white

markings narrowed; particularly noticeable is the slender

but almost uninterrupted postmedian line of the fore wing.

Palawan (Doherty), 2 § g in Coll. Joicey, another in

Coll. Tring Mus.

126 Mr. Te B. Prout on new

Subfam. Growerriv Zz.

28. Macaria laguatia, sp. n.

(PL. Vil. fig: 32)

9 .—33-35 mm.

Frontal tuft very small. Palpus one-and-a-half times as

long as diameter of eye. Head and body concolorous with

wings.

Fore wing with termen waved, a scarcely noticeable sinus

between R1 and R?; SC! arising from C ; SC? free; white,

shaded almost throughout with violaceous fuscous and with

some coarse dark fuscous irroration; an ill-defined ochreous-

brown admixture in the region of the lines, especially post-

medially ; costal margin indefinitely dark-spotted basally ;

jines thick and strongly oblique outward at costa (at approxi-

mately one-fifth, two-fifths, and three-fifths), otherwise ill-

defined and oblique inward, the antemedian inbent behind M,

the median forming a sinuous shade in the region of the

somewhat elongate, obliquely placed, dark cell-mark, the

postmedian forming a marked inward curve between R! and

M?, accentuated by a long blackish mark on its proximal

side, which is swollen in the middle and gradually tapers

posteriorly ; the blackish marks between the radials beyond

the postmedian line (characteristic of many of the genus)

unusually elongate—nearly or quite 2 mm. in length ; a large

dark ferruginous spot from nearly four-fifths costa almost to

the subcostal angle of postmedian line; an oblique darker

mark from tornus to fold; the space between median shade

and postmedian, a small patch distal to the ferruginous one,

and another at mid-termen mainly whitish, the second of

these patches usually culminating in a clearer white spot

between SC® and R'; termen with shallow elongate dark

lunules, which are sometimes almost confluent; a slight

interrupted white line at base of fringe, extending minutely

on to the wing distally to the lunules; fringe otherwise

violet-fuscous, quite weakly dark-spotted opposite the’ veins.

Hind wing with median shade curving inward proximally

to the cell-spot, which is rounder (less elongate) than on fore

wing; distal area more weakly marked than on fore wing,

wanting the characteristic dark markings.

Both wings beneath purer white, though with coarse strigu-

late irroration ; costal edge and veins more or less strongly

ochreous; cell-marks strong; median shade present, but

ill-defined; area distally to postmedian line dark, ferruginous-

mixed, enclosing on the fore wing white patches corresponding

Geometridse in the Joicey Collection. 127

to the whitish ones of upper surface and on the hind wing a

triangular white patch from tornus about to R? and some ill-

defined white apical shading ; termen as above ; the white at

base of fringe broader on posterior half of fore wing and

most of hind wing, the dark spots at vein-ends strengthened.

Ivory Coast, type and another; Coomassie, 3 2 ? in Coll.

Brit. Mus.

Characterized by the strongly incurved postmedian line and

the length of the dark marks distally to it.

29. Milionia anisochrysa, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 7.)

2 .—46 mm.

Face black. Palpus short, blackish. Vertex blackish.

brown; occiput black. Collar, front of thorax, and fore

coxa yellowish white. Thorax and abdomen above black, the

latter with some yellow scales at the ends of the segments;

sides of abdomen bright yellow, venter much paler and duller.

Fore wing rather long and narrow ; SC*~? coincident, free ;

black, with a transverse oblique white patch of 1-2 mm,

width from SC#~* (and basal part of SC’ after its separation)

to M’, constricted in middle, its proximal edge being nearly

straight, its distal projecting at R', sinuate inward between

this and R?.

Hind wing rather elongate; black, with a few yellow

scales in places and a small patch of the same colour between

Ri? and M}, about halfway between cell and termen.

Fore wing beneath as above, the white band slightly

widened. Hind wing beneath yellow, with a black border

and_an interrupted black band joining the border at costa and

towards tornus, Just entering the anterior corner of the cell,

suddenly narrowed at cell-fold by a projection of the proximal

ground-colour, widening again gradually from M! ; the distal

black border is rather broad on apical region, with slight

indentations of the ground-colour, narrower (scarcely 2 mm.)

from R? to behind M!.

Biak, Schouten Islands, June 1914 (A. C. and F. Prait).

The upper surface rather recalls bicolorata, Warr. (Nov.

Zoo). iii. p. 398), but the under shows affinity with trzcolor,

Warr. (Nov. Zool. iii. p. 130). I cannot see that the group

(Pseudeusemia, Weym., in Lep. Niepelt. i. p. 10) is separable

structurally from Milionza.

128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Holochroma prasina spadicocampa, g, p. 111.

Fig. 2. Racheospila penthica, 3, p. 115.

Fig. 3. Macaria laguatia, 9, p. 126.

Fig. 4. Thalassodes floccosa, $, p. 121.

Fig. 5. Phellinodes biapicata, 3, p. 108.

Fig. 6. Prasinocyma rhodocycla, 2, p. 121.

Fig. 7. Milionia anisochrysa, 2, p. 127.

Fig. 8. Racheospila lugentiscripta, 3, p. 117.

Fig. 9. Anisozyga charma, 3, p. 112.

Fig. 10. Prohydata ignita, 9, p. 124.

Fig. 11. Hemithea antigrapha, 3, p. 122.

Fig. 12. Dysphania porphyroides, 3, p. 111.

Fig. 13. Oospila circumsessa, 3, p. 119.

Fig. 14. Berta chrysolineata philippina, 3, p. 125.

Fig. 15. Neromia enotes, 3, p. 128.

Fig. 16. Phrudocentra senescens, 3, p. 117.

Fig. 17. Racheospila inequalis, 3, p. 116.

Fig. 18. Hemithea distinctaria leta, 3, p. 128.

Fig. 19. Neurotoca insolens, 3, p. 124.

Fig. 20. Antharmostes simplicimargo, 3, p. 120,

Fig. 21. Comibena hemictenes, 2, p. 114.

Fig. 22. Spaniocentra isospania, 9, p. 113.

Fig. 23. Agathia curvifiniens, 3, p. 112.

Fig. 24. Oospila circumdata striolata, 3, p. 118.

Fig. 25. Mimandria cataracte, 3, p. 110.

Fig. 26. Pingasa lahayei austrina, 3, p. 111.

Fig. 27. Hemitheu notospila, 3, p. 122.

Fig. 28. Phellinodes leucoplethes, 3, p. 109.

Fig. 29. Bathycolpodes torniflorata, 3, p. 120.

TX.—A new Genus of Urside.

By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

In 1914 (P.Z.S. p. 940) I pointed out that mainly by the

structure of the feet the existing species of bears might be

referred to the following genera :—Thalarctos, Ursus, Tre-

marctos, Helarctos, and Melursus. On the evidence supplied

by the feet, two species were assigned to Tremarctos—

namely, ornatus, the type of the genus, from the Andes of

South America and thibetanus from Central Asia. The latter

has been previously and universally referred to the genus

Ursus, and was the only well-marked species of the family

to escape the gift of a special generic or subgeneric title.

Subsequent comparison between the skulls of the two

species in question convinces me that they cannot con-

sistently be ascribed to the same genus. I propose, there-

new Genus of Urside. 129

fore, to sever thibetanus from Tremarctos, and to name and

define it as follows :—

Genus Arcticonus *, nov.

Type, Ursus thibetanus, Cuv.

Fore foot with digital pads separated almost to their

proximal extremities and capable of wide divarication ;

digital pad of the pollex set far back, behind that of the

second digit. Area between the digital pads and plantar

pad overgrown with hair, except behind the pads of the

pollex and fifth digit. Carpal pad as wide as the plantar

pad and elongately piriform, being broad externally and

narrowed towards the inner, or pollical, side of the foot,

where it touches the plantar pad. Elsewhere the carpal pad

is separated from the plantar pad by a depressed hairless

area of grooved and thickened skin. The wrist above the

carpal pad is thickly hairy.

Hind foot resembling the fore foot in the separation

of the digital pads, and the hairiness of the area between

them and the plantar pad ; digital pad of the first and fifth

digits set behind those of the second and fourth, so that the

series is strongly curved, Plantar pad forming a continuous

shield with only a feebly-marked depression, devoid of hairs,

on the inner or hallucal margin.

Ears large. Rhinarium normal ; ; upper lip hairy, except

for a narrow naked strip of skin extending from the rhina-

rium in the middle line.

The only species of bears which combine in their fore feet

free digital pads with an immense carpal pad as wide as the

plantar pad, aud merely defined from it by a groove of naked

skin, are Helarctosmalayanus and Tremarctos ornatus and their

allies. Apart from the characters supplied by the subrhinarial

tract of the upper lip aud the ears, Helarctos may be distin-

guished by the shortness of the skull in front of the post-orbital

processes, involving reduction in length of the post-canine

space, suppression of one of the anterior upper premolars,

and other features requiring analysis with considerable

material. Tremarctos also has a very short skull, much

shorter than in Arcticonus thibetanus. In one point at

least it differs from the skull of all other bears. In the

mandible the hollow of the coronoid process is defined

below by a strong ridge passing downwards and backwards

* dpxros, a bear, éuedy, -ovos, an image. Hence the second syllable of

the generic name is long, and the third short.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 9

130 Mr. S. Maulik on the

from a point just behind the last molar towards the inferior

edge some distance in advance of the angular process.

Below and in front of this ridge there is another large

depression, Jn all other bears the hollow of the coronoid

is bounded inferiorly by a crest running horizontally for-

wards from the angular and curving upwards on a level with,

or in front of, the anterior edge of the root of the coronoid

process, aud the adjoining surface of the mandibular ramus

has no depression. Perhaps in Jremarctos the depression

of the coronoid (masseteric fossa) may be described as very

large and completely divided by a bony ridge into an upper

and a lower portion by the above- mentioned crest of bone,

but the musculature of this region requires, | believe,

working out.

X.—WNote on the Subgenus Paradownesia, Gestro.

By 8. Mavuix, B.A. (Cantab.), F.E.S.

In the ‘Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di

Genova’ (serie 2a, vol. xx. (xl.), 3 Nov., 1899, p. 220),

Dr. Gestro has published a note on the genus Downesia,

founding Paradownesia as a subgenus of it. The characters

on which he establishes the subgenus are stated as follows: —

“(1) Una facies molto diversa, dipendente della forma pit

allungatae pit stretta; (2) dagli elitri convessi, pit stretti all’

apice che alla base, non pit larghi del protorace e con scultura

leggera; (3) I] capo é troncato in avanti e si avanza alquanto

al di 1A degh occhi con una sporgenza larga rettangolare

che in parte copre il primo articolo delle antenne.” Then

Dr. Gestro goes on to remark that this conformation of the

head is not found in any species of true Downesia, including,

of course, the type. I agree with him that D. longipennis,

Gestro (the type of Paradownesia) and other forms which he

has described under it ought to be separated from Downesia,

with which they have no ‘affinity, But I see no reason why

they should formasubgenus of Downesia at all. Judging from

the figure and description of D. longipennis (Ann. Mus. Civ.

Stor. Nat. Genova, vol. x. (xxx.), Nov. 1890, p. 244, and Nov.

1899, p. 220), and examining Paradownesia fruhstorferi,

Gestro, of which a cotype exists in the British Museum, and

also another specimen which bears a label in Dr. Gestro’s

handwriting, determining it generically as Paradownesia, I

am of opinion that this subgenus should be a synonym

of Leptispa. My first reason is that the characters that

Dr. Gestro selects for erecting Paradownesia are found in

Subgenus Paradownesia, Gestro. 131

Leptispa. 'o illustrate this, I add figures of the heads of

Leptispa filiformis, Germar (type of the genus), L. natalensis,

Baly, L. pygmea, Baly, and ZL. godwini, Baly. Comparing

these figures with that of J). /ong/pennis, there can be no

doubt that the characters of Paradownesia are identical

with those of Leptispa. In L. natalensis it will be noticed

that the truncate nature of the front of the head and the

4, 5,

4. Leptispa natalensis, Baly.

5. L. filiformis, Germar.

6. Downesia insignis, Baly.

1, Paradownesia longipennis, Gestro,

2. Leptispa godwini, Baly.

3, L. pygmea, Baly.

pointedness of the apex of the first joint of the antenne are

accentuated. Dr. Gestro has laid stress on these two

characters. A figure of the head and prothorax of Downeria

insignis, Baly (type of the genus), is also given to show the

difference, viz., the entire absence of these important

characters. My second reason is that the forms of

Paradownesia I have had occasion to examine possess a

short scutellar row of punctures, ‘This is an important

OF. TASSART.

132 Mr. S. Hirst on a Pseudoparasitic Mite

character, because it is quite constant and is not found in

the groups Ceelenomenoderini, Promecothecini, Exothispini,

and Gonophorini; therefore, Paradownesia cannot come

under Gonophorini at all. I mention one or two more

characters to add weight to my conclusion: (1) Each

elytron of the species of Downesia generally has eight to ten

rows of punctures, and they run parallel right up to the

apex; in Paradownesia there are more than ten rows, and

they converge towards the apex and meet in pairs. (2) In

Leptispa towards the apex, the margins of the elytra have

become gently reflexed, a character which is also found in

Paradownesia.

Of the eighteen species of Leptispa, Dr. Gestro has

described only two. ‘This-may show that he has not had

the occasion to examine many Leptispas, otherwise, | am

sure, this note would not have been necessary.

Examining the cotype of Paradownesia fruhstorferi, Gestro,

and the type of Ledispa godwini, Baly, I find that they are

the same species. LP. fruhstorferi becomes a synonym of

L. godwini. The former. has been taken at Tonkin, and the

latter at Shanghai.

XI.—On the Occurrence of a Pseudoparasitic Mite (Chele-

tiella parasitivorax, Mégnin) on the Domestic Cat. By

STANLEY Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue mite dealt with in this short note normally lives in the

fur of the rabbit and hare, and is said to feed on the minute

Acari (Listrophorus, ete.) found on these rodents. Whilst

examining a freshly-killed cat affected with mange, | found

numerous specimens of Cheletiella parasitivoraz on various

parts of the body. A few isolated eggs, each fixed toa hair,

were also discovered ; they were elongated, resembling the

egg of a louse in general appearance, but minute, and with

a very delicate cuticle. Presumably in this case the Chele-

tiella fed on the Acarus (Notedrus cati) which is the cause

of the mange, but all the examples of the pseudoparasite

were found on the body, whereas only the ears and face were

affected by the mange. As this pseudoparasite has not

previously been found on the cat, I think its occurrence on

that host worthy of record. The mangy cat on which the

specimens were discovered was given me by the Superinten-

dent of the Fulham Cat Shelter, and was not known to have

come in contact with rabbits. Five other London cats were

examined, but the Cheletiella did not occur on them.

on the Domestic Cat. 133

Tn the genus Cheletiella the palp«is stout, ending in a short

prehensile claw, which is used to grasp the hairs or feathers

of the host. Several species of Cheletiella have been found

on birds or in their nests, but apparently C. pardsitivorar

is the only one that lives on mammals ; it can be readily

distinguished from the other species of the genus by

the absence of the claws, which have entirely disappeared.

Perhaps the best figure of C. parasitivorax is Canestrini’s

(Prosp. Acarof. 11. pl. xi. fig. 3), but it is not quite accurate

in all the details ; for instance, the scutum is not shown,

Heghley del

Dorsal view of Cheletiella parasitivorax, Mégnin.

and one of the pairs of short plumose hairs at the anterior

end of the body is also omitted ; moreover, the hairs of the

outer pair in the middle of the body are depicted as being

plain instead of plumose. Specimens of the Cheletiella from

the cat have been carefully compared with others from

rabbits, and apparently there is no structural difference

between them. The new figure accompanying the present

note has been carefully drawn by Mr. Percy Highley with

the aid of a camera lucida.

134 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 14th, 1917.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Carboniferous Limestone bordering the Leicestershire

Coalfield.’ By Leonard Miles Parsons, D.I.C., B.Se., F.G.S.

The inliers of Carboniferous Limestone situated along the

northern border of the Leicestershire Coalfield crop out in two

well-defined series : i

zontal beds exposed by stream-erosion, and an Eastern series in

which the limestone is highly inclined and complicated by faulting.

The thinly-bedded limestones, shales, and dolomites of the

Western inliers are of a slightly-higher horizon than that of

the uppermost beds of the more massive dolomites seen at Breedon

and Breedon Cloud farther eastwards. In no part of the district

is the base of the Carboniferous seen, although borings have

shown that the limestone rests upon pre-Cambrian rocks in the

neighbourhood of Charnwood Forest.

The dolomites of the area yield evidence of two distinct periods

of dolomitization—one pre-Triassic, the other subsequent to the

Trias. During the former period the bulk of the rock was

dolomitized.

The fauna of the limestones and dolomites indicates the presence

of paleontological harizons ranging from D, to D,—D, inclusive.

The D, portion of the sequence, consisting of thickly-bedded

dolomites without chert, contains a fauna similar to that of

the Caldon-Low facies of the south-western part of the Main

Midland Province, the rare species Productus humerosus being

found at Breedon and Breedon Cloud.

Unlike the rocks of the D, subzone of Derbyshire, the corre-

sponding beds in Leicestershire contain no igneous rocks equivalent

to the ‘'Toadstones.’ Higher dolomites with chert, equivalent to

the cherty limestones of Derbyshire, yield a D, fauna, which

somewhat resembles that of the localized development of the

Lonsdaleia Subzone in the south-western part of the Midland

area, in the region of Waterhouses.

A typical D, development is not present in Leicestershire,

although the upper barren dolomites of Ticknall may represent

part of the Cyathaxonia Subzone of other districts.

The Pendleside Beds are poorly represented by about 30 feet of

blue shales, which are succeeded conformably by the Millstone

Grit.

Geological Society. 135

April 18th, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Marker, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Development and Morphology of the Ammonite Septum.’

By Prof. Henry, Hurd Swinnerton, D.Sc., F.G.S., and Arthur

Elijah Trueman, M.Sc.

Two methods of studying the septum (not merely the suture)

were used :—

(1) Cleaning the face of the septum completely.

(2) Filing away the surface of the whorl in successive layers, and thus

making a series of sections—called septal sections—of the septum

parallel to its periphery.

An instrument was designed for measuring accurately the varia-

tions in level of the face of the septum in relation to a definite

datum-plane; and also the thickness of the layers filed off from

the whorl.

Dactylioceras commune, Spheroceras brongniarti, and Trago-

phylloceras loscombi were chosen as types with normally shaped,

greatly depressed, and greatly elevated whorls respectively.

A contoured plan, of the adult septum of Dactylioceras, shows

that half the septum lies approximately in one plane; and that the

posterior folds or lobes occupy a greater area than the anterior

folds or saddles. It also confirms the view that the septum is, on

the whole, convex forwards. In all three types the axes of the

folds remain approximately at right angles to the periphery

through all the changes in shape of the whorl. Incompletely formed

septa indicate that secretion commences at the umbilical angle and

at a definite distance from the preceding septum.

The examination of adult sutures of various species of Dacty-

lioceras shows that the major frillings alone are of systematic

importance for that genus. ‘The variations in the minor frillings,

and in the eaturedine as a whole, throw light on the changes

which accompany senile decline.

The second septum is remarkably like the central portion of the

adult septum; but the flattened portion is relatively less extensive,

the folds are sharper, and the whole septum tends to be concave

rather than convex. As development advances the successive septa

possess a similar resemblance to an increasing area of the adult

septum. The outcome of this is, that a series oe septal sections of

the adult septum closely resembles the developmental series of the

suture-line. The same is true also for Spheroceras and Trago-

phylloceras.

In no case do the septal sections show a stage comparable with

the first suture-line. In Tragophylloceras the similarity starts

not later than the seventh septum. With these exceptions, septal

sections reproduce the main features in the development of the

sutures with sufficient accuracy to justify their use for the same

purpose, especially when the material for the study of the early

stages is inaccessible,

136 Geological Society.

It is possible that septal sections may also furnish the clue to

the probable lines along which simplification of the suture pro-

ceeds in the retrogressive members of any stock.

Asymmetry of the septum, and of the suture-line, in ammonites

is more common than is usually supposed. It may arise in one of

two ways, namely :—

(1) By the different development of the elements of opposite sides,

(2) In association with the lateral displacement of the siphuncle.

Asymmetry of the latter type has been considered as of systematic

importance. Nevertheless, while it does arise more frequently

in certain genera, as, for instance, in Pszloceras and Hoplites,

it occurs not uncommonly in many other unkeeled ammonites. ;

May 2nd, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read:—

‘Supplementary Notes on Aclisina De Koninck, and Acli-

soides Donald, with Descriptions of New Species. By Jane

Longstaff (wée Donald), F.L.S.

Since the publication of a paper by the Geological Society on

Aclisina in 1898, a much larger amount of material has come to

hand, which has not only added to the knowledge of the species

there described, but has also led to the discovery of six others new

to science. The diagnoses of these are now given, and a species

named by Mr. H. Bolton Loxvonema ashtonensis is referred to

this genus, as several specimens show the characteristic lines of

growth.

The total number of species of Aclistna is now brought up to

twenty-two, and there are besides several varieties. The genus is

best represented in Scotland, where the specimens are ‘generally

remarkably well preserved, no less than thirteen having the proto-

conch intact, drawings of which show its somewhat irregular

character. A table is appended giving—so far as known—the

range and localities in the British Isles and Belgium. <A small

variety of Aclisina pulchra De Koninck appears to have continued

for the greatest length of time, commencing in the Calciferous

Sandstone Series, existing throughout the Lower and Upper

Limestone Series and on into the Millstone Grit of Scotland.

Additional observations are also made on Aclisotdes striatula

(De Koninck), showing its variation in size and ornamentation,

as well as its range throughout the Lower and Upper Carboniferous

Series of Scotland, its occurrence at Settle and Poolvash, and at

Tournai as wellas Visé. New drawings are given of De Koninck’s

type-forms. One of these, as also a Scottish example, has the

characteristic sinus preserved. The holotypes of the first described

species were not originally selected: that omission is now rectified,

with references to the collections in which they are deposited.

Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

EA ee | Published the First Day of ever. y Month.—2s. 6d.

ao wears be 5 8 :

eC “LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, OM, M.A, Se.D., E.RS.,

‘JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Sc., ERS, E.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A. Tip. E.RBS., and

- WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

Published the First Day of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE

ARNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

including Zoology, Botany, and Geuleay:

Conducted by

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G. S.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Se.D., E.R. Sc: Z. S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, FLAS.

Founded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subscription

(‘ Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 18s.

THE OBSERVATORY,

A MONTELY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

_ . Edited by.

pe S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., F.R:S.,

Brats; F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., and

Mes H. 8. JONES, M.A., B.Sc.

: Ita Contributors include most of the leading English-speaking Astronomers,

-. and its Articles Ete an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical

: thought and achievement.

E: age “aida anes Price 1s. 8d. Annual Subscription,

Be NE 8. 16s. post free.

pts THE 3 :

a5 OURNAL OF BOTAN Y

_ BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

ie Edited by 3

ay AMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.,

/ LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM

Astisles 2 by prent Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries; Reviews

Bota: tanical News and Notes, &e., &e.

Lan Court: Fleet Street, London.

CON TENTS OF NUMBER 115 —Bighth Series. te oi

I. A Revision of the Wasps of the fo the

Page pre

Ethiopian Region. By Rowiayp E. Tonyen, F.28, : BES. oe ot Sos oy 7

II. The Groups of the small saa medium- sized ‘South-American

i edides “By BL Powe, FBGL 8 SO nee ac ck ee ee

Ii, ‘The Geographical Races of Galago er 5 Sg woe oad By Otp- :

PURE PROMAB i vee a oo eee eae ee Mas ene St pee Sees

Ty. New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea, By J.J. J OICEY, ©

ELS, F.28., F.E8., and @. Tarsor, FES. (Plates I-IV.) .... 50°

V. New Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. By 4 ee Jorcey, Dee

F.E.S., and W. J. Kayz, F.E.S. (Plates V. & VI). sie eae gs ef ui eT.

VI. On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana: By Otp- hy

WIRED UROMAS thats os ters eso Maia Mtn ene ee rye tae ; a ee 95

_ VII. Notes on the Hymenopterous Families Bethylidee and Rho-

palosomide. By Rownayp E, Turner and James Warerston...... 101.

VIII. New Geometride in the Joicey Collection. By Lovis B.

Provr, FES. (Plate VIL) .............. tio a ee

IX. A new Genus of Urside, By R. I. Pocock, F.RS......... 198

X. Note on the Subgenus Puradownesia, Gestro. By S. Mavs,

ByA CUaIAD. yy EOB Rts fs Seep as aie en gene 130

XI. On the Occurrence of a Pseudoparasitic Mite (Cheletiela para-

sitivoraw, Mégnin) on the Domestic Cat, By Srannuy Hirsr

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

pea hi seca ;

Geological Pomere Rr ekoieiaes isin ss ee ser gases pina eesti bs 184-136 aoe

+43 It is requested that all Cihitnuniancione: for this Work may be adliected:

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and F rancis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet eh London,

‘WITH SEVEN PLATES. ae

pe ©) Yl. 20. BIGHTH SERIES. No. 116.

THE ANNALS

‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, any GEOLOGY.

No. 116.

AUG. 1917.

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,.

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8

AND

Abexcciage FRANCIS, F.L.S.

“BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘* ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

_ MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESW ORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,”

LONDON:

TAYLOR. AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Bold by Simpkin, “Marshall, aiiton; Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

Sea EO and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin,

<= = = 5

WATKINS & DONCASTER

Raturalists, # .

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eyys, &c.

Full Oatalozue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

Price 4d.; Post Free, 43d.

LIST OF BRITISH HON-MARINE MOLLUSGA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C. 4.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and map.

A HISTORY

OF THE

BIRDS OF CEYLON.

Col. Vincent Legge, R.A., F.Z.S., Gc.

Yaytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4.

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books

in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals

of Learned Societies, etc,, in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

‘ Libraries or small parcels purchased for cash.

SPECIAL CATALOGUES: Botanical, Ornithological, Entomological, Geological,

Microscopical, Gardening, Agricultural, Chemical, ete., gratis on application. |

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY, LONDON, W.C. 2.

Telephone : Gerrard

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(EIGHTH SERLES.] ec onian inet);

Vy" Eg

finn

No. 116. AUGUST 1917./.. AUG 21

XII.—A Systematic Revision of the African Species of the

Coleopterous Family Erotylide. By Gitserr J. Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Havine been asked by Professor Thaxter, of Harvard, to

determine for him several species of African Erotylidee upon

which he has discovered parasitic growths of Laboulbeniaceve,

two of the hosts being here described as new species, it has

become necessary to look closely into the comparative cha-

racters of the recognized genera. This has revealed a state

of confusion in the nomenclature which, so long as it remains,

renders the description of additional species a positive dis-

service to systematic entomology, as increasing the difficulties

of those who come after. In naming these new forms I have

therefore felt myself under the obligation of attempting to

bring into some better order the genera concerned. ‘The

recent work upon the group contributed by Kuhnt to Wyts-

man’s ‘Genera Insectorum’ fails in any way to dissipate

the prevailing confusion. In his tables of genera sections

are actually made to which no characters of any kind are

assigned, the supposed geographical range of the genera

being substituted. It is evident that the materials upon

which the work is based were altogether inadequate for the

purpose; but it is difficult to understand what value exists

in compilations produced under such conditions,

Kuhnt has catalogued seventy-four African species under

fifteen generic names ; but seven of the latter names prove

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 10

138 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

superfluous, and a critical examination shows that a con-

siderable number of the specific names are synonyms. At

the end of this paper I have given a revised list of the African

species, distributed, so far as available materials permit (and

I have fortunately been able to determine the large majority

of described species), under their correct generic names. A

number of hitherto unknown species are added. The genera

will no doubt be increased as our knowledge of the species

grows ; but the Jatter are not numerous, so far as at present

recorded, and the creation of new genera, in the present un-

satisfactory state of classification of the family, appears very

undesirable.

Either by oversight or intention the genus Lucestus

has been omitted by Kuhnt both from the ‘ Genera’ and

his since-published Catalogue, although allied genera like

Hypodacne and Eidoreus are included. The African species

of Euxestus here described forms an interesting link with

Hypodacne and helps to render the position of the former

genus less enigmatical. This is the second species known

to me, all the non-African specimens TI have seen, although

bearing many names, being conspecific. Huxestus parki,

Woll., was first discovered in Madeira; but I have seen

specimens from China, Burma, the Malay Peninsula,

Philippine Is., Java, Hawaian Is., Haiti, Central America,

etc. E. minor, Sharp, and E. piciceps, Gorh., are certainly

identical with it (see Champion, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1913,

p- 79); and Neoplotera peregrina, Belon, and Tritomidea

translucida, Motsch., I believe to be also synonymous both

as genera and species. It is not possible to decide whether

Motschulsky’s names basalis and oblonga also belong to the

same insect ; but the 7ritomidea rubripes of Reitter, although

related, is not congeneric, and the two Malayan species

referred to Tritomidea by Gorham have evidently neither

affinity nor resemblance to it.

M. Bedel has recently formed a new genus, Mimodacne,

for certain species previously included in Megalodacne but

in which the club of the antenna is very large and markedly

asymmetrical. The genus is a little difficult to define, as

the shape of the club is gradually developed through a series

of transitions : but it may be convenient to retain it for those

species which exhibit the most pronounced asymmetry. One

of these, M/. magnifica, Har., has been transferred to Lino-

desmus by Kuhnt, in spite of the fact that Harold stated its

resemblance to ZL. cawcus to be purely superficial. It has also

been redescribed by Kuhnt as Megalodacne kolbei.

I have found myself, like Harold (Coleopt, Hefte, xvi.

African Species of Erotylide. 139

1879, p. 219), unable to discover any feature of generic

value by which it is possible to distinguish Crotch’s genera

Megalodacne and Episcaphula, and I therefore regard the

latter, which is of later date, as a synonym of the former.

All the African species retained in Kpiscapha in Kuhnt’s

Catalogue have an elongate third joint to tiie antenna, and

must therefore be referred to Megalodacne.

The sexes of many species of this genus are strongly

differentiated by the curvature of the tibize and the dilatation

of the tarsi in the male. Hpiscaphula dubia, Crotch, is the

female of E. aulacochiloides, Crotch, the punctured pro-

sternum noticed in the latter by Crotch being also a male

character.

Episcapha schweitzeri, Dohrn, is synonymous with Megalo-

dacne obliquata, Lacord.; E. rectesignata, Crotch, isa barely

distinguishable form of it ; and E.neutra, Dohrn, is evidently

very closely related. Megalodacne scenica, Gerst., has also

been redescribed as Lpiscaphula picturata, Gorh. The

species described by Lacordaire as Episcapha repanda is

probably not the true M. repanda, but the one later named

£. piciventris by Gorham. Lpiscaphula subcostata, Schenk.,

appears to belong to the genus Plagiopisthen, which is best

retained for the present as a separate genus, on account of

its distinctive shape. Platydacne is a synonym of it.

The paper by Gorham describing Erotylid from South

and West Africa (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. 1900) is so

astonishing an example of confused nomenclature, and has

resulted in complicating the synonymy of the genera con-

cerhed to such a degree, that the mind rather recoils from

the Augean task of clearing the ground. Gorham’s genera

are usually exceedingly unsatisfactory, and his own con-

ception of them is often geographical rather than morpho-

Jogical, as shown by such remarks as “‘ Had this species been

an African insect, I should have referred it to my genus

Amblyscelis”’ (1. c. p. 90) and “Ihave taken an African

insect for the type of Ambdlyscelis, otherwise I should have

regarded this species and A. nigrinus as belonging to my

genus Peéaloscelis’’ (1. c. p. 89). It is evident from these

passages that the genus Amblyscelis was a shadowy one, even

in the mind of its author. Gorham has not, as a matter of

fact, cited its type at all, but states that it is formed for the

African species placed in Amblyopus by Lacordaire and

Crotch. Of these he mentions only A. senegalensis, Lacord.,

which may therefore be considered the type of Amblyscelis.

This species I do not know, but it possesses the very large

aud coarsely-facetted eyes and the narrow, loosely-jointed

140 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

antennal club characteristic of Amblyopus, whilst others

associated with it by Gorham have small, finely facetted eyes

and very short, broad, and closely articulated club-joints, as

in Petaloscelis. It is true that they all agree in inhabiting

Africa, but, in spite of that, their structural diversity pre-

cludes their association in a single genus.

The type of Petaloscelis is a Burmese insect, P. instabilis,

Gorh. Kuhnt has joined with it a very different species,

Krotylus rubens, Hope, although I had already stated that

to be a Nestriplaz, With P. instabilis “* Amblyscehs”’

pallidus and hemorrhous of Gorham may be associated,

and A. kelleni and brunneus, Gorh. (and perhaps A. gorhami,

Gestro), are synonyms of the last. Another species is

“ Zythonia”’ anthracina, Gorh., incomprehensibly referred

to a genus to which it has no resemblance. Equally mys-

terious is Gorham’s simultaneous redescription of the true

Zythonia (Z. fulva, Westw.), a striking and unmistakable

insect, as Lophocrotaphus guinecnsis.

To the genus Amblyopus I refer “ Amblyscelis” ferru-

gineus and vittipennis, Gorh., the latter name, as well as

Triplax dorsalis, Kolbe, being synonymous with Triplax

marginata, Qued. A. nigripennis, Arr., I am now satisfied

is the same as Amblyopus natalensis, Crotch.

I do not know the species for which Gorham has made the

genus Pycnogeusteria, but, as he has indicated no features of

any generic significance by which it can be distinguished from

Petaloscelis, 1 think it will be best to regard it as synonymous

with that.

In ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ 1888, p.147, Gorham

has changed the name Cyrtotriplax (Tritoma) senegalensis,

Crotch, to Amblyopus rotundatus (omitted from Kuhnt’s

Catalogue), but without reason, for Crotch’s species agrees

well with Tritoma. Petaloscelis nigrinus, Gorh., and several

other African species are now added to this genus. They

differ considerably in the form of the tibiz and antennee, but

the transition is gradual from species to species, and I have

found nothing to justify adding to the already too numerous

genera.

Closely related to Tritoma is the peculiar genus Paleolybas,

which has never been adequately described, although various

species have been named by Crotch and Gorham. It has

been quite unnaturally placed with South-American forms

on account of its globose shape. In reality, it differs from

Yritoma only in minor details, viz. the shape of thé body,

short legs, feeble antenne, and broadly bilobed prosternum.

An important feature hitherto overlooked is the marked

African Species of Erotylide. 141

sexual dimorphism of some at least of the species. The

males are .characterised by greatly dilated tarsi; but, in

several species, they have a more remarkable peculiarity

in a conspicuous opaque area upon the posterior part of the

elytra. Analogy would lead us to consider this distinctive

of the females, as in Water-beetles, various Lamellicornia,

and other groups in which a similar phenomenon occurs ;

but this is not the case, The dilated tarsi are not by them-

selves sufficient to determine the sex, for, although almost

invariably indicative of the male, in certain genera of

Languriing, a closely related group, it is the female in which

the tarsi are most dilated. In these and other cases the

determination of the sex from external indications only has

led to totally wrong conclusions, and dissection is essential

to absolute certainty.

As is frequently found -with secondary sexual characters,

the opaque dorsal area is not found in all the species of the

genus. I have found it in three, in one only of which

(P. andree, Crotch) both sexes are known, but in all it is

confined to male specimens. In P. coccinelloides, Crotch,

P. dorsalis, Gorh., and P. bizonatus, sp. n., both sexes are

equally smooth. Although it has not hitherto been recorded,

this curious phenomenon is also found in the genus Neo-

triplae—in a strongly marked form in N. atrata, Lewis, and

to a less extent in N. lewisi, Crotch, both Japanese species.

Dacne (Engis) equinoctialis, Thoms., is almost certainly

the species later described by Crotch as D. capensis, which

has an exceedingly wide range in Africa.

The only known African representatives of the Encaustes

group.are here described. Gorham described in 1883

a species, Micrencaustes torquata, the habitat of which

he stated to be Old Calabar ; but in 1901 he expressed

himself doubtful of its African’ origin. In the British

Museum there is a specimen of this “species, derived, like

Gorham’s type, from Andrew Murray’s collection, and

labelled “ Malay Peninsula.”

The true systematic position of this group has never been

recognized, The monographer of the Erotylidze, Lacordaire,

in his Synopsis of the genera, divided them into two series,

at the head of each of which he placed an isolated genus as

to the actual affinities of which he was evidently uncertain.

The first of these, Hncaustes, on account of its large size and

elongate shape, is, not unnaturally, generally associated

- with the other large Old World species represented by those

now called by M. Bedel Mimodacne ; but Chapuis has

pointed out that Lacordaire, in adopting this view, was

142 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

misled by an incorrect observation of the form of its

maxille, and has removed it from the first series. He has

not, however, transferred it to the second series, but

has made for it a special group, of which the distinguishing

features have little value. The projecting shoulders, which

are chiefly relied upon, disappear in the species now called

Micrencaustes.

The second series (Erotylini genuini) of Lacordaire (the

Jrotylites of Chapuis) consists entirely of Neotropical

genera, with the addition of the single Old World genus

Aulacochilus. A comparison between this genus and

Micrencaustes will reveal the interesting fact that they

are really very closely allied—and indeed identical—in all

essential points of structure, differing only in the shorter

and more ovate form, shorter antennz, and less dilated

tarsi of Aulacochilus. The peculiar form of the antennal

club, the coarsely facetted eyes, strongly transverse last joint

of the maxillary palpus, and the general conformation of the

mouth are the same. Most important of all is a peculiar

development of the gene, which distinguishes this group of

genera from all others. These are sharply elevated at the

sides of the mouth, walling-in the latter im continuation of

the mandibles, and forming a rest against which the delicate

sensory surface of the last joint of the maxillary palpus

is applied when in repose. ‘his conformation I consider

most essentially distinctive of the Encaustini, consisting of

the four genera Aulacochilus, Micrencaustes, Encaustes, and

Asmonax. As showing the closeness of the relationship

between the first two of these, I may mention that the

Philippine species described by M. Bedel as Aulacochilus

maximus would, in my opinion, be better placed in Jficren-

caustes. It is nearly related to M. 6-gutiata, Gorh.

For the purpose of the present revision, I have examined

the African types of Crotch in the Cambridge Museum, but

these do not include the species described by him from

Andrew Murray’s collection, the location of which is

unknown to me.

The following Synopsis gives briefly the differential

characters of all the genera of Erotylide which can, in

my opinion, be admitted as African :—

Club of the antenna articulated.

Ath joint of the tarsus reduced.

Last joint of the maxillary palpus longitudinal.

Antenne very slender, with the club very

NOLTOWS Toot eee Oe eee Oe, Le Linodesmus.

African Species of Erotylide. 143 ¢

Antenne not very slender, with the club well-

marked.

Joints of the antennal club strongly oblique. Mimodaene.

Joints of the antennal club not strongly

oblique.

Body strongly tapering behind, prothorax

relatively broad .<.......+..8 ..... Plagiopisthen.

Body not strongly tapering behind, pro-

thorax not very broad ............ Megalodacne.

Last joint of the maxillary palpus transverse.

Genz sharply elevated at the sides of the

mouth.

Body and antennz long; tarsi more dilated.

Prosternum not pointed in front ........ Encaustes.

Prosternum pointed in front ............ Micrencaustes.

Body and antenne short; tarsi less dilated , _Avlacochilus.

Gene flat.

Head not dilated.

Club of the antenna very broad and

COUNDMC AT nae tes ci a aceyca ch cie De Xe Petaloscelis,

Club of the antenna not very broad and

compact.

Eyes very large and coarsely facetted.. -Amblyopus.

Eyes not very large and coarsely

facetted.

Prosternum not bilobed behind .... Tritoma.

Prosternum bilobed behind ........ Paleolybas.

Head greatly dilated 2.06. .....ccceee teas Lythonia.

4th joint of the tarsus not reduced .............. Dacene.

Dnt OF the antenna Solid) wp 7. aisvenlc na nies delet ace» hs Euxvestus.

At the end of this paper I have given a revised syno-

nymical list of the African species,

Megalodacne leta, sp. u.

Nigra, nitidissima, singulo elytro bis rufo-fasciato, fasciis valde

undulatis, ad suturam haud attingentibus, prima post-humerali,

secunda post-mediana, obliqua; elongato-ovalis, convexa, capite

et pronoto sat fortiter et crebre, sed hujus medio levius, punctatis,

pronoti lateribus leviter arcuatis, distincte marginatis; elytris

leviter punctato-striatis, subtilissime punctulatis :

d, tibiis omnibus valde arcuatis, abdomine subtus medio dense

flayo-pubescenti.

Long. 10-11 mm.; lat. max. 4-5-5 mm,

Nyasatanp: Mlanje.

A series was taken by Mr. 8S. A. Neave in November and

December.

It is a species of similar size, shape, and markings to

M. (Episcaphula) repanda, K1., and piciventris, Gorh., but

is not red beneath and is much more smooth and shining

2144, Mr. G. J. Arrow on.

than the latter and rather broader. The anterior red band

sends a branch almost to the basal margin of the elytron,

and the posterior band is very wavy and oblique, not

arched, as in M. piciventris, nor simply transverse, as in

M. repanda, The third joint of the antenna is as long as

the two following.

In addition to the strongly curved tibiz, the male has a

patch of thick pubescence on each ventral segment, the

patches gradually increasing from the basal segment, where

the hairs are few, to the terminal one, which is almost

covered by them.

Megalodacne pubescens, sp. n.

Nigra, elytrorum macula basali angulata, ad basin et marginem

externam producta, aliaque ante-apicali undulata ad margines

haud attingenti, flavis; valde elongata, angusta, supra sat crebre

et fortiter punctata, undique equaliter minute pubescens, capite

et pronoto fortiter punctatis, hoc lateraliter densius, marginibus

antice arcuatis, postice fere rectis; scutello late transverso ;

elytris confuse haud fortiter punctatis, sine lineis distinctis ;

pedibus simplicibus ; antennarum clava elongata, stipitis articulo

tertio quam quartum parum longiori.

Long. 6°5 mm.; lat. max. 2°6 mm.

N.E. Ruopesia: Fort Jameson, 3800 ft. (S. A. Neave,

June).

This little species is easily recognizable from its long

and narrow form and the close pubescence with which it is

entirely clothed. The two red elytral marks on each side

are far apart and not broad, the basal one a little waved

behind and having in front a straight branch which extends

to the basal margin, the posterior one toothed in front and

arched behind.

The legs are simple in both sexes, but the male has

patches of longer hairs upon the ventral segments, increasing

in extent from the base to the extremity.

Encaustes africana, sp. 1.

Nigra, parum nitida, elytrorum annulo humerali, ad laterem

paulo retrorsum producto, lunula obliqua post-mediana, a

sutura remota aliaque subapicali uncinata, pallide flavis;

elongata, angusta, clypeo fortiter punctato, fronte fere levi ;

pronoto paulo latiori quam longiori, irregulariter disperse

punctato, lateribus bene marginatis, antice et postice fere

rectis, angulis anticis paulo productis, posticis fere rectangulis ;

African Species of Krotylide. 145

sentello lato; elytris subtiliter seriato-punctatis; pedibus gra-

cilibus.

Long. 21 mm.; lat. max. 8 mm.

Urrrr Conco: Kasongo to Stanley Falls.

A single specimen was found by Mr. A. F. R. Wollaston.

This, the first discovered African species of the genus, is

unlike any other. It is very smooth above, but not shining,

and the pale markings are of a bright yellow colour, quite

different from the orange and red of the Oriental species.

It is long and narrow, with slender legs, not very strongly

_ dilated tarsi,and delicate but not long antenne, with the

club very small. The pale skoulder-patch is almost square

in shape, with a round black spot in the centre ; the post-

median lunule is remote from it and curves forward parallel

to, but at a distance from, the suture ; and the apical mark

is V-shaped, with its outer limb produced forward until it

almost touches the postmedian one.

Micrencaustes spinipes, sp. n.

Flava, capite, pronoti medio, scutello, elytrorum marginibus,

abdomine (medio excepto), pedibus antennisque rufis, pronoti

maculis 5, elytrorum plagis duabus communibus, punctis 3

basalibus, una laterali ante medium posita unaque ante-apicali

majori nigris; modice elongata, parum nitida, capite parce

punctato, clypeo autem crebre et fortiter, pronoto minute et

parce, basin versus fortius punctato; elytris leviter striato-

punctatis; pedibus validis, tibiis omnibus apice extus acute

spinosis; antennarum clava parva.

Long. 19 mm.; lat. max. 7°5 mm.

Beteran Coneo: Bakuba Country.

The single specimen in the British Museum was found by

Mr. T. A. Joyce.

This also is like no other species yet known. The ground-

colour is rust-red, with the sides of the pronotum and the

elytra bright yellow edged with red, and the sternum, the

middle of the abdomen, and rather complicated markings

on the upper surface black. The black markings consist of

an oblique inner dumb-bell shaped bar and outer spot on each

side of the pronotum, and, upon the elytra, three small basal —

spots on each (the two outer ones elongate), a common trans-

verse patch just behind the scutellum and another larger and

broader one behind the former, a small lateral spot between

the two large patches, and a larger spot near the apex of each

elytron.

The insect is moderately elongate, smooth and shining,

146 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

with the clypeus closely and coarsely punctured, the fore-

head finely and sparsely, the eyes rather large and coarsely

facetted, the pronotum finely punctured, coarsely near the

base, without basal fovee, the sides feebly curved, slightly

convergent, the front angles slightly produced, the hind

angles nearly right-angles, and the elytra rather feebly

seriate-punctate. The legs are rather slender, all the tibie

sharply spinose externally near the end. The club of the

antenna is small, compact, and finely pubescent.

Petaloscelis fulvus, sp. u.

Omnino fulvus, nitidus, haud longe ovatus, sat convexus, capite et

pronoto subtiliter punctatis, pronoto lateraliter modice crebre,

lateribus parum arcuatis, angulis fere rectis, basi leviter lobato,

scutello brevi, elytris distincte sed subtiliter punctato-striatis,

intervallis subtilius punctulatis; pedibus brevibus, tibiarum

extremitutibus latissimis; antennarum articulis tribus ultimis

valde dilatatis, conjunctim vix longioribus quam latioribus.

Long. 4 mm.; lat, max. 2°25 mm. .

S. Ruopesia: Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall, Dec. 1897).

This is shorter, more ovate and convex than P. hemorrhous,

but a little more elongate than P. nigrinus, and is entirely

tawny yellow in colour, with the legs and antenne very short

and stout and the upper surface finely and moderately closely

punctured, but rather shining.

Petaloscelis hilaris, sp. 0.

Omnino lete rufus, antennis (articulis tribus basalibus exceptis)

nigris; ovatus, convexus, capite et pronoto ubique fortiter

et crebre punctatis, oculis parvis, subtiliter granulatis, pro-

noto haud conyvexo, lateribus vix arcuatis, antrorsum fortiter

convergentibus, angulis posticis acutis; elytris leviter striato-

punctatis, intervallis subtiliter punctulatis; tibiis leviter

dilatantibus ; antennis sat crassis, articulis tribus ultimis late

dilatatis.

Long. 7-8 mm.; lat. max. 4-4°5 mm.

Gotp Coast: Tamsoo, near Tarkwa (G. A. Higleit) ;

S.E. Cameroon ; Ucanpa: Chagwe, Mabira Forest, 3500-

3800 ft. (S. A. Neave, July).

The above localities represent a very extensive area of

distribution, but the insect is a very well-marked and un-

mistakable one. It was, without reason, identified by

Mr. Gorham as Zythonia fulva of Westwood, and is nearly

allied to Petaloscelis (“« Zythonia’’) anthracinus, Gorh. Lis

African Species of Krotylide. 147

size and shape are similar, but it is a little broader, more

convex, and less shining, the upper surface being closely

punctured, the head and pronotum deeply and strongly.

The abdomen is punctured and pubescent beneath.

Petaloscelis monommoides, sp. 0.

Niger, nitidus, abdomine pedibusque rufis, antennis piceis, basi et

apice rufescentibus; sat longe ovalis, parum convexus, capite

fortiter punctato, oculis grosse granulatis, haud magnis; pronoto

subtiliter punctato, lateribus paulo fortius, marginibus lateralibus

fere rectis, angulis omnibus acutis; scutello fere semicircular ;

elytris subtiliter punctato-striatis; pedibus sat validis, tibiis

apicem versus paulo dilatantibus; antennis validis, articulis

tribus ultimis fortiter transversis.

Long. 5 mm.; lat. max. 2°75 mm.

Cameroon (G. Schwab).

The single specimen has been presented to the British

Museum by Professor R. Thaxter. It resembles P. anthra-

cinus, but is smaller, with longer and stouter legs and

antennee, which are also paler in colour. It is very smooth

and shining above, with the elytra very lightly punctate-

striate; but the head and the sides of the pronotum are

much more strongly punctured than in P. anthracina, and

the eyes are larger and more coarsely facetted. The third

joint of the antenna is as long as the two succeeding ones

together, the fourth to the seventh are round and bead-like,

and the last three more than twice as broad as they are long.

The prosternum is carinate anteriorly and dilates from the

middle to the posterior edge, the lateral striz almost

meeting in the middle. Tle mesosternum bears an incised

semicircular line.

Amblyopus pulchellus, sp. n.

Lete rufus, elytrorum macula rotundata basali, alia laterali ante

medium tertiaque communi post medium, femoribus tibiis

clavaque antennali nigris; elongatus, oculis magnis, grosse

reticulatis, pronoto subiliter sat crebre punctato, lateribus

convergentibus, vix arcuatis, angulis posticis rotundatis; elytris

punctato-striatis, intervaliis subtiliter sat crebre punctulatis ;

pedibus haud brevibus, tibiis ad extremitates modice dilatatis ;

antennarum clava angusta, laxe articulata,

Long. 7-8°5 mm. ; lat. max. 3°5-4 mm.

Cameroon (G. Schwad).

148 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

Two specimens in the British Museum have been sent by

Professor R. Thaxter.

The striking pattern upon the elytra, consisting of five

large round black spots placed in a circle upon their basal

part, together with the black femora and tibiz and pale

tarsi, render this species very easy of recognition. The

second, and smaller, specimen is without the spots ; but

this is apparently owing to immaturity, the red ground-

colour being paler. The eyes are very large and pro-

minent, the diameter of each scarcely less than that of

the space between them. The club of the antenna is

long, narrow, and loosely articulated, the last jomt small

and globular and the two preceding ones triangular.

Amblyopus lateralis, sp. n.

Niger, elytris, abdominoe, tarsis, antennarumque apicibus rufo-

fulvis, elytris extus nigro-cinctis, margine antica pone scutellum

triangulariter dilatata; elongatus, angustus, oculis magnis,

grosse granulatis ; pronoto undique subtiliter punctato, lateribus

fere rectis, angulis omnibus paulo obtusis, basi medio leviter

lobato; scutello transverse pentagonali; elytris subtiliter punc-

tato-striatis, intervallis subtilissime punctulatis; pedibus sat

longis, tibiis ad extremitates modice dilatatis; antennarum

articulis 3-8 plus minusve elongatis, 9-11 transversis, laxe

articulatis. :

Long. 7-8°5 mm.; lat. max. 3°5-4 mm.

Ucanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey, May).

The coloration of this species also is quite distinctive and

peculiar, the elytra, abdomen, and tarsi being orange-yellow,

the elytra completely encircled with black, which embraces

the scutellum and extends behind it a short distance down

the suture. It is of similar size to A. pulchellus, but less

convex and rather more finely punctured, with the elytra

more elongate, more straight-sided and tapering. ‘The

legs are a little longer and the antenne rather more slender.

The prosternum is triangular, broad and slightly emarginate

behind, and the mesosternum is almost square.

Amblyopus tristis, sp. 0.

Nigro-piceus, clypeo, scutello, corporeque subtus rufo-piccis,

pedibus et antennis lete rufis; modice elongatus, parum

nitidus, capite leviter punctato, oculis magnis, grosse granu-

latis; pronoto minute sat crebre punctato, lateribus leviter

arcuatis; scutello lato, punctulato; elytris fortiter punctato-

African Species of Erotylide. 149

striatis, intervallis subtiliter crebre punctulatis; tibiis apice

latissimis, acute angulatis; antennis crassis, clava lata, haud

truncata.

Long. 5:5 mm.; lat. max. 2°75 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Dec., Jan.).

This species and Tritoma nigrina, Gorh., were found

together in the above locality, but the latter was far more

numerous. A. fristis bears considerable resemblance to

that species, but is rather larger and more elongate, with

larger and more coarsely-facetted eyes. The antenne are

stout, the third joint only slightly elongate, the club compact

and broadly oval in shape, not abruptly truncate at the end.

The prosternum and abdomen are very densely punctured,

and the entire lower surface is finely pubescent.

This is rather less elongate in form and a little smaller than

the other African species which I refer to Amblyopus.

Tritoma soror, sp. n.

Omnino ferrugineo-rufa, pedibus paulo pallidioribus, antennarumque

clava nigra ; late ovalis, convexa, nitida, capite et pronoto sub-

tiliter punctatis, oculis minute granulatis, pronoti lateribus

leviter arcuatis, elytris minute striato-punctatis, intervallis sub-

tilissime punctulatis ; pedibus robustis, tibiis 4 posterioribus ad

extremitates late dilatatis, antennarum clava anguste ovata:

3, pedibus validioribus, femoribus incrassatis, tibiisque longioribus

atque magis dilatatis.

Long. 4 mm.; lat. max. 3 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Jan.).

This is closely related to 7. senegalensis, Crotch, and of

the same form and colour, but more finely punctured, espe-

cially upon the pronotum. The last five joints of the antenna

(not three only) are black. The size and general shape are

almost those of the familiar European species, 7. bipustulata,

but the colour is brick-red, the legs are stouter, and the club,

of the antenna is long and narrow.

: Tritoma spilota, sp. nu.

Lete sanguineo-rufa, pronoti punctis 2 basalibus, elytrorum punctis

4 ante medium transverse positis, antennarumque clava nigris ;

ovalis, convexa, nitida, supra ubique sat fortiter et crebre

punctata, oculis parvis, minute granulatis, pronoti lateribus

eequaliter subtiliter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis; elytris

striato - punctatis, intervallis modice crebre, parum minute

150 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

punctatis; pedibus robustis, tibiis ad extremitates modice

dilatatis; antennarum articulis tribus ultimis transversis, sat

magnis.

Long. 5 mm, ; lat. max. 3 mm.

Ucanpa: Daro Forest, Toro, 4000-4500 ft. (S. A. Neave,

Oct.).

I know only a single specimen of this beautiful little

species, which is quite unlike any other. It is bright scarlet,

with a black spot on each side of the pronotum at the base

and two upon each elytron, one behind the shoulder and

another opposite to it near the suture, neither quite touching

the margin. It is rather strongly and closely punctured, the

tibiz are moderately dilated, and the club of the antenna is

large and black.

Tritoma partita, sp. 0.

Sanguineo-rufa, elytrorum dimidio postico, femoribus, tibiis, an-

tennarumque clava nigris; ovalis, convexa, nitida; capite sat

erebre punctato, oculis sat parvis et minute granulatis ; pronoto

subtiliter punctato, lateribus paulo fortius, marginibus lateralibus

leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, basi fortiter lobato ;

scutello lato, fere levi; elytris antice sat fortiter seriato-

punctatis, lineis posticis fere obliteratis, intervallis minute

inequaliter punctulatis; tibiis late triangulariter dilatatis ;

antennis brevibus, articulis tribus ultimis minutis, transversis,

parum compactis.

Long. 5-5°5 mm.; lat. max. 3-3°5 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Jan.).

Two specimens.

T. partita approaches the genus Paleolybas in structure

as well as in appearance, but the prosternum is not bilobed

behind. Its coloration is remarkable. It is deep red ante-

riorly, with rather less than half the body posteriorly (2. e.,

the hinder two-thirds of the elytra), together with the femora

and tibie, jet-black.. It is regularly oval, highly convex, and

very smooth and shining, and the elytra exhibit at the base

well-marked lines of punctures which become gradually

fainter and are indistinct behind.

Tritoma alternans, sp. 0.

Rufa, elytrorum basi et apice antennarumque clava nigris;

elongato-ovalis, modice convexa, nitida, capite et pronoto sat

fortiter et crebre puuctatis, hujus lateribus subtiliter arcuatis,

angulis omnibus obtusis; scutello leviter punctato; elytris

African Species of Erotylide. 151

leviter striato-punctatis, intervallis parum minute sat crebre

punctatis; pedibus modice validis, tibiis apice parum dilatatis ;

antennarum articulo tertio ad tria sequentia longitudine equali,

tribus ultimis transversis.

Long. 5 mm.; lat. max. 3 mm.

Ucanpva: Unyoro, Budongo Forest, 3400 ft. (S. A. Neave,

Dec.)

A single specimen.

The coloration of this species is also highly distinctive. It

is deep red, with about one-sixth of the elytra from the base

(not including the scutellum, which is red) and about one-

fourth from the posterior end black, and the last four or five

joints of the antenne of the same colour. It is smooth and

shining, rather elongate and not very convex, with the upper

surface closely and distinctly punctured, but the elytral

striz feeble.

Tritoma tibialis, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, antennis tibiis tarsisque flavis, elytrorumque macula

magna basali ab humero ad scutellum pertinenti rufa; haud

longe ovalis, parum convexa, capite crebre et subtiliter punctato,

oculis parvis, minute granulatis; pronoto lato, similiter sed

minus crebre punctato, lateribus anguste marginatis, antice

valde arcuatis, postice rectis, angulis omnibus obtusis; scutello

levi, angulato; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, interstitiis

subtilissime punctulatis; tibiarum extremitatibus fortiter di-

latatis, antennarum clava late ovali, parum compacta.

Long. 3-4 mm.; lat. max. 2-2°5 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Jan.).

This appears to resemble 7. liberiana, Gorh. It is more

elongate and less convex than 7. dipustulata, the red elytral

spot is large, extending the whole width of the basal margin,

eveuly rounded and generally more than one-third as long as

the elytra, and finally the antenna, tibiz, and tarsi are wholly

pale. The tibia are very strongly dilated at the end.

Tritoma flaviventris, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, corpore subtus, antennis, pedibus elytrorumque

macula magna basali communi scutellum amplectenti, ad

humeros haud attingenti, fulvis; haud longe ovalis, parum

convexa, capite et pronoto sat fortiter et crebre punctatis,

oculis prominentibus, modice granulatis ; pronoto lato, lateribus

marginatis, antice valde arcuatis, postice fere rectis, elytris

fortiter punctato-striatis, intervallis subtiliter punctulatis ; tibiis

152 Mr, G. J. Arrow on

ad extremitates paulo dilatatis; antennarum clava laxe arti-

culata.

Long. 4°5 mm.; lat. max. 2°65 mm.

_Ucanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey, May).

There are two specimens in the British Museum.

T. flaviventris is closely similar to T. tibialis, but the

lower surface, as well as the legs and antenne, is pale,

and the pale basal patches of the elytra unite at the suture

and do not extend to the shoulders. It is rather larger,

relatively broader, with the pronotum more strongly punc-

tured, the tibiz much less dilated at the ends, the antennal

club more loosely jointed and less short and broad, and the

eyes not very small or very finely facetted.

Paleolybas nigrocinctus, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, elytrorum dimidio anteriori nigro, hujus partis

margine posteriori dentata; breviter ovalis, convexus, nitidus,

capite et pronoto sat crebre et equaliter punctatis, elytris

subtiliter punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis ;

antennis exiguis, articulis tribus ultimis minutis: ;

dg, elytrorum dimidii postici parte media subopaca,

Long. 8 mm.; lat. max. 5° mm.

Oxp Caxapar (A. Murray).

The two specimens from which this is described formerly

belonged to the late Alexander Fry, who obtained them from

Murray’s collection, from which also P. andree and hume-

ralis were described by Crotch. Whether all were actually

collected in Old Calabar is perhaps a little doubtful, for

P. coccinelloides, Crotch, and P. dorsalis, Gorh., were also

attributed by Murray to the same locality, and the former

at least certainly does not occur there, belonging to South-

Eastern Africa (Nyasaland, Portuguese East Africa, Trans--

vaal, Natal, etc.). Specimens in the British Museum which

I have identified as P. andree are from the French Congo.

The male has in that species a conspicuous round area of an

opaque texture upon the posterior half of the elytra. The

two specimens of P. nigrocinctus are both males, and the

hinder part of the elytra is less shining than the remaining _

surface, but the area is not definitely circumscribed nor con-

spicuous, The red colour is much brighter than in the other

species, and the black band is much wider, occupying more

than a third of their length.

African Species of Erotylide. 153

Paleolybas apicalis, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, elytrorum humeris, marginibus externis parteque

tertia apicali, antennarumque clava nigris; late ovalis, convexus,

nitidus, capite et pronoto subtilissime haud crebre punctatis,

hujus lateribus bene arcuatis, angulis anticis haud acutis, elytris

vix perspicue striato-punctatis; antennarum articulis tribus

ultimis minutis :

3, elytrorum dimidio postico medio opaco, velut sericeo.

Long. 8-9 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm.

Ucanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey, Aug., Nov.).

Three practically identical specimens are all males, and the

opaque round area common to the two elytra upon their

posterior half is very distinct. The species closely resembles

P. cychramoides, Gorh., of which I have seen only a single

female ; but, besides a considerable extension of the black

colour at the apex of the elytra, it is larger and relatively

broader, with the puncturation finer, the sides of the pro-

thorax more rounded, and the front angles blunter. The

antenne are very delicate, with joints 4 to.8 rather elongate.

Paleolybas bizonatus, sp. u.

Sanguineo-rufus, pronoto maculis tribus rotundis (una mediana

majori, unaque utrinque versus angulos anticos sita), elytris

zonis duabus (prima basali, secunda paulo post medium) undu-

latis lateraliter anguste connexis, pedibus antennarumque clava

nigris; ovalis, convexus, capite pronotoque minute sat crebre

punctatis, elytris minutissime punctato-striatis; antennarum

articulis tribus ultimis haud minutis,

Long. 5°5-8 mm. ; lat. max. 4°6-5 mm.

Ucanpns: Tero Forest (C. C. Gowdey, July), Southern

Toro, Mbarara, 8800-4200 ft. (S. 4. Neave, Oct.).

This is rather less broadly oval than the two preceding

species and rather less shining, the puncturation being rather

less fine than in P. apicalis, but more so than in P. nigro-

cinctus. The antenne are a little shorter and stouter.

The sexes differ only in the more dilated tarsi of the

male.

Palaolybas letus, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, pronoto utrinque minute nigro-punctato, elytris

extus bimaculatis (macula humerali aliaque paulo post medium

' intus leviter hamata, maculis duabus ad marginem connexis),

pedibus (tarsis exceptis) antennarumque claya nigra; ovalis,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xx. hk

154 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

convexus, nitidus, capite et pronoto minute sat crebre punctatis ;

antennis brevibus, articulis tribus ultimis transversis.

Long. 8 mm.; lat. max. 5 mm.

Ucanpva: Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley, 2300-2800 ft.

(S. A. Neave, Nov.).

The single specimen is a male and is without an opaque

area upon the elytra.

It is a closely related species to P. bizonatus, the shape

and sculpture being the same ; but the large median thoracic

spot is absent and the two black bands of the elytra are

reduced to two large spots at each outer margin, united

externally, the first placed at the shoulder and the second

behind the middle and a little produced internally.

Paleolybas rufocinctus, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, elytris antennarumque clava nigris, illorum fascia”

mediana communi ad margines externas haud attingenti apici-

busque extremis sanguineo-rufis ; late ovatus, convexus, nitidus,

capite et pronoto subtiliter sat crebre punctatis, elytris subtiliter

punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis, antennarum

articulis tribus ultimis transversis :

3, elytrorum dimidii postici parte mediana opaca.

Long. 8°5 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm.

_ N. Ruoprsta: Katanga, 150-200 miles W. of Kambove,

3500-4500 ft. (S. A. Neave, Oct.).

A single male specimen.

This is rather larger and relatively broader than P. bv-

zonatus, but not quite so large or so broad as P. apicalis,

and besides the different coloration is distinguished by a

puncturation of the upper surface which is stronger than

in P, apicalis, while that of the pronotum is more scattered

than in P. bizonatus. The antennez also are a little shorter

and more compact.

Paleolybas ferrugineus, sp. n.

Owunino ferrugineus, antennarum clava solum nigra; ovalis, con-

vexus, capite crebre punctato, pronoto nitido, distinete sed

minus crebre punctato, lateribus vix arcuatis, elytris parum

nitidis, subtiliter punctato-striatis, interstitiis haud sparse aut

subtilissime punctulatis; antennis brevibus, clava elongata,

paulo dilatata, haud compacta.

Long. 6°5 mm.; lat. max. 4.5 mm.

MJeanpa: Tero Forest, S.E. Buddu, 3800 ft. (S. A. Neave,

Sept.; C. C. Gowdey, July).

African Species of Hrotylide. 155

Only a single male was found by each collector. Unlike

the other species, this is uniformly rusty-brown instead of

blood-red, and the club of the antenna alone is black. The

pronotum is very smooth and shining, but the head and

elytra are scarcely shining (in the male at least), their

puncturation being less fine and scanty than usual. The

antenne are very delicate and the club is rather elongate,

with moderately broad but loosely articulated joints.

EKuzestus angustus, sp. n.

Rufo-piceus, antennis pedibusque pallidioribus; anguste ovatus,

convexus, nitidus, corpore supra ubique eequaliter sat fortiter et

crebre punctato; antennis indistincte 11-articulatis, clava solida,

triangulari, apice late truncata.

Long. 2°5 mm.; lat. max. 1 mm.

Narat: Durban (F. Muir), Malvern (G. A. K. Marshall,

Sept.); Ruopusta: Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall, Dec.).

Although closely related to E. parki, Woll., this is very

distinctly different. It is of practically the same size and

colour, but considerably more elongate and more strongly,

closely and evenly punctured on the head, pronotum and

elytra. The antenne have the same peculiar conformation,

but are rather less highly modified, the eleven joints com-

posing each being distinguishable, although the articulations

are not all perfect. The basal joint is large, but rather less

so than in the typical species ; the second smaller, but well

marked ; the third elongate; the fourth to the sixth very

small and imperfectly articulated ; the seventh to the ninth

progressively widening, the ninth twice as wide as it is long

and closely applied to the base of the club, which forms a

flattened sphere, its broad terminal part plainly formed by

the eleventh joint, which appears as though almost sunk

into the tenth.

List of African Erotylide.

LinopEsmvs, Bedel, ante, p. 138. magnifica, Har., p. 138.

kolber, Kuhnt.

coeecus, F. : :

aetna rhodesiaca, Bedel.

stuhlmanni, Kolbe.

ee PLAGIOPISTHEN, Thoms., p. 189.

Platydacne, Fairm,

ferrugineus, Arr.

leevistriatus, 477.

MimopacngE, Bedel, p. 138.

abnormalis, Crotch.

belgarum, Bedel. paradoxus, Thoms,

grandipennis, Fairm. rufovittatus, Har.

imperutrix, Gorh. subcostatus, Schenkl., p. 139,

longiuscula, Fazm, vittulatus, Fairm.

156 On African Species of Erotylide.

MEGALODACNE, Crotch, p. 139.

Episcaphula, Orvtch.

africana, Crotch.

annulata, Kwhnt.

aulacochiloides, Crotch, p. 189.

2 dubia, Crotch.

bellopicta, Kuhnt.

cordata, Gorh.

eurvipes, Fairm.

furcata, Gorh.

erandis, 2.

-var. natalensis, Fairm,

leta, sp. n., p. 148,

neutra, Dohrn, p. 159.

nigropygialis, Kwhnt.

opacicollis, Pairm.

obliquata, Lac., p. 139.

schweitzer?, Dohrn.

var. rectesignata, Crotch.

piciventris, Gorh., p. 139.

pubescens, sp. n., p. 144.

repanda, Klug.

savagei, Crotch.

scenica, Gerst., p. 159,

picturata, Gorh.

senegalensis, Cast.

subseriata, Kolbe.

substriata, Favm.

terminalis, Kuhnt.

trichroa, Crotch.

tricolor, Duv.

EncavstTEs, Lac., p. 141.

africana, sp. n., p. 144.

MicrencatsTEs, Crotch, p. 142.°

spinipes, sp. n., p. 145.

AULACOCHILUS, Lac., p. 142.

capensis, Lac. _

PETALOSCELTIS, Gorh., p. 140.

Amblyscelis, Gorh., part.

Pycnogeusteria, Gorh.

anthracinus, G'orh. (Zythonia),

fulvus, sp. n., p. 146. [p. 140.

grandis, Schenkl. (Amblyscelis).

hemorrhous, Gorh. (Amblyscelis),

kellent, Gorh. [p. 140.

brunneus, Gorh.

? Gorhamt, Gestro.

hilaris, sp. n., p. 146.

kraatzi, Gorh. (Pycnogeusteria),

monommoides, sp. n., p. 147.

pallidus,GorA,(Amblyscelis),p.140.

AmB.iyopws, Lac., p. 140.

Amblyscelis, Gorh., part.

ferrugineus, Gorh. (Amblyscelis),

lateralis, sp. n., p. 148. _ [p. 140.

longulus, Schenkl. (Amblyscelis).

marginatus, Qued., p. 140,

vittipennis, Gorh.

dorsalis, Kolbe.

murrayi, Crotch.

natalensis, Crotch, p. 140.

nigripennis, Arrow.

pulchellus, sp. n., p. 147.

senegalensis, Lac., p. 139.

tristis, sp. n., p. 148.

Tritoma, &., p. 140.

Amblyscelis, Gorh., part.

alternans, sp. n., p. 150.

conradti, Gorh. (Amblyscelis).

flaviventris, sp. n., p. 151.

liberiana, Gorh,

nigrina, Gork., p. 140.

partita, sp. n., p. 150.

senegalensis, Crotch, p. 140.

rotundatus, Gorh.

soror, sp. n., p. 149.

spilota, sp. n., p. 149.

tibialis, sp. n., p. 151.

PALZOLYBAS, Crotch, p. 140.

andres, Crotch, p. 141.

apicalis, sp. n., p. 153.

bizonatus, sp. n., p. 153.

eoccinelloides, Crotch, p. 141.

cychramoides, Gorh.

dorsalis, Gorh., p. 141.

ferrugineus, sp. n., p. 154.

humeralis, Crotch.

leetus, sp. n., p. 153.

nigripennis, Crotch.

nigrocinctus, sp. n., p. 152.

rufocinctus, sp. n., p. 154.

ZyTuHonts, Westw., p. 140,

Lophocrotaphus, Gorh.

fulva, Westw., p. 140,

guineensis, Gorh,

Dacng, Latr., p. 141.

sequinoctialis, Thoms., p. 141.

capensis, Crotch.

Evxestus, Woll., p. 138,

Tritomidea, Motsch.

Neoplotera, Belon,

angustus, sp. n., p. 155.

On new Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 157

XIIT.—New Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera.

By Colonel C. Swinnos, M.A., F.L.S., Ke.

Family Limniine.

Salatura afinis olga, nov.

6. Blackish brown with a slight bronzy tinge, markings

white: fore wing with a slight streak beyond the middle of

the cell, a spot on the middle of the discocellulars, two sub-

costal spots above it, the lower one linear ; a subapical series

of spots as in affinis, but all very small, the three near the

costa quite minute; ashort white bar at the base of interspace 2,

a long one below it as in affints, a small round spot beyond

the upper bar, and a double row of small round submarginal

spots, some of the upper and lower ones more or less obso-

lete: hind wing with the white middle band divided by the

veins much as in affinis, but with the outer ends rounded; a

double submarginal row of spots, the lower abdominal area

pale brownish grey. Underside differs materially from that

of affinis: fore wing with the markings as on the upperside:

hind wing without any of the orange spots which are present

in affinis; the markings as on the upperside, a V-shaped

dislocated mark below the costa near the base, and no

markings whatever between the central white part and the

submarginal double series of white spots.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 3 inches.

Hab. New Britain.

The underside much resembles the underside of S. decen-

tralis, Fruhstorfer, from Bangkei (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1899,

p: 69).

Salatura affints nora, nov.

9. General pattern and colour very similar to that of

olga; the palpi, head above and below, and the thorax

beneath prominently white-spotted, the wings with all the

white bands and spots much larger and more extended: fore

wing with a white spot on the centre of the costa, the white

spot outside the upper white bar not present. On the under-

side the basal portion of the fore wing is suffused with a

bronzy tinge, the underside of the hind wing as in olga and

also without any orange markings.

Expanse of wings, 9, 34%; inches.

Hab, Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

158 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Family Nymphalidae.

Dracenura arfakalis, nov.

S$ @. Frons, head, and thorax dark brown: fore wing

dark copper-brown, shining, uniform in colour ; an indistinct

black spot in the cell and another at the end, no other

markings: hind wing pure white, with an all-round marginal

band of the colour of the fore wing, well defined, thickest at

the apex, slightly suffused on its inner margin; cilia of both

wings white. Antennz grey, with pure white points on the

joints; abdomen with the basal half white, outer half

blackish ; anal tuft white. Underside: wings as above, fore

wing paler in colour ; palpi brown; face, pectus, body, and

legs white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 9, 1;%5 inch.

_ Hab. Arfak Mountains, North New Guinea, 4000’, 6000!

(Pratt).

Family Lycenida.

Rapala francesca.

Rapala francesca, Swinhoe, Lep. Ind. ix. p. 52, pl. 716. figs. 4,4 a, d

(1911),

9. Upperside paler purplish black than in the male and

without the gloss; underside bright ochreous yellow ; all the

markings above and below (except, of course, the sexual

patch) exactly as in the male.

Expanse of wings, 2, 145-1; inch.

ffab. Khasia Hills.

Two examples received with two males from my native

collector in Cherra Punji.

Loxura atymnus luzonica, nov.

3. Upperside much as in L. arcuata, Moore, from Ceylon,

but the outer marginal black band of the fore wing is more

attenuated towards the hinder angle; the outer marginal

brown line of the hind wing is a mere thread and the cilia are

pale yellowish. Underside differently coloured to any of the

other forms of this group, being of a very clear and pure and

uniform dark orange-ochreous tint, the markings almost

obliterated, the two outer transverse lines only slightly

visible on either wing and straighter and nearer to each other

than usual.

?. Paler than in the male, the outer marginal black band

broader, the outer margin of the hind wing rather broadly

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 159

shaded with grey atoms in the interspaces ; the underside

much paler, and consequently the outer transverse lines on

both wings somewhat more distinct.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2,14 inch.

Hab. Luzon, Philippines.

‘l'wo males and one female.

Mentioned by Fruhstorfer in Stett. ent. Zeit. lvi. p. 221

(OTT).

Family Deilemeride.

Deilemera kiriwina, nov.

9. Palpi, frons, head, and thorax deep black, frons with

a white streak on each side ; a white spot between the bases

of the antenne, a pink line behind each eye, white spots on

the collar, shoulders, and thorax (three on each side) ; abdo-

men greyish white, three large grey spots on the first seg-

ment, with a row of white spots above them, a very large

black spot on the anal segment, the rest of the abdomen

without any markings : fore wing very deep black, an oblique

discal band of very large, conjoined, white spots from the

costa to vein 2, the vein-markings very lightly separating

them ; cilia black, with a white streak below the apex and

another at the anal angle, the upper part of this streak

extending very shortly into the wing: hind wing white, a

broad deep black marginal band, its inner edge slightly

sinuous ; cilia black, with a short white streak in the middle.

Underside: wings as above; fore wing with white basal

streaks on the subcostal and median veins; thorax black,

with some white marks and some pink streaks in front and

at the sides ; abdomen and legs white.

Expanse of wings, 9, 2 inches.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

Not allied to any form known to me.

Deilemera latera, nov.

?. Belongs to the dawlus group. Palpi white, last joint

black ; head luteous, a large black spot on the frons, one

at the base of each antenna, and another behind; collar,

thorax, and abdomen white, two spots on the collar, three

stripes on the thorax, three spots at the base of the abdomen,

and a thin black band on each segment: fore wing black, the

veins not pale as is usual in this group; the discal macular

band as in baulus, but there are only five spots, all much

smaller and well separated from each other: hind wing white,

160 Colonel ©. Swinhoe on new

with black marginal band as in baulus. On the underside the

body and legs are pure white, with some black spots on the

thorax and a double row of black spots on each side of the

abdomen.

Expanse of wings, 2, 1,/ inch.

Hab. Kiayih, Central Formosa.

Its pure white body separates it from all the other species

of this group known to me.

Deilemera everettt, nov.

& 2. Palpi with the first joint yellow, the rest black ;

frons yellow, with a black medial spot, yellow round the eyes,

collar, and thorax, black between the bases of the antennee

and a black line behind; neck with a black spot on each

side ; thorax with a broad black band down the middle and

a narrower band on each side; abdomen black, with thin

yellow segmental bands: fore wing deep black, the veins not

marked, the usual discal white band of the bau/us group, but

narrow and less oblique, the spot in the third interspace well

separated from the others, the spot in the second the largest

of all: hind wing white, with some black suffusion at the

base and a deep black broad marginal border running thin]

up the abdominal margin for a short distance, slightly angled

inwards on the veins; a larger angle at vein 2; cilia of both

wings uniformly deep black. Underside as on the upperside,

the colour deep black ; thorax and abdomen yellow, with

black medial and lateral spots; legs black streaked with

yellow.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 2 inches.

Hab. Flores (Everett).

Family Lymantriide.

~ Dasychira multilineata, nov.

g. Palpi black at sides, white in front; frons white ; fore

part of thorax white with grey hairs, hind part dark grey with

white hairs on each side; abdomen ochreous grey without

markings ; antennz ochreous grey, shaft pure white: fore

wing with the ground-colour white, densely irrorated with

grey atoms, transverse lines dark brown, mostly highly

dentate—one subbasal, acutely angled, with some white on its

outer side, three close together, antemedial, one closing the

cell and extending to the costa, one postmedial with indica-

tions of another close beyond it, one submarginal with some

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 161

streaks on the veins running from the margin to the post-

medial line ; cilia brown: hind wing ochreous grey, with a

suffused brownish border, broad on the costa and at the apex,

narrowing hindwards, where it becomes submarginal. Under-

side ochreous grey ; fore wing with all but the costa, outer

and hinder margins suffused with brown, a darker brown

suffused mark at the end of the cell: hind wing with a

brown lunular mark at the end of the cell ; body and legs

ochreous grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,9; inch.

Alab. Au-San, Central Formosa.

Of the shape of D. strigata, Moore (Lep. Atk. p. 56, 1879).

Family Noctuidae.

Subfamily Noorviwa.

Pleurona simillima, nov.

&. Of a uniform ochreous-fawn colour ; markings above

and below similar to those of P. falcata, Walker, of which I

have a good series from India and Java ; but the fore wing

is not falcate, it is slightly arched towards the apex, which is

not produced, and the outer margin is evenly rounded, not

excurved before the middle as in falcata, and the cilia is

uniformly dark brown, without any white below the apex.

Expanse of wings, 3, 1,3) inch.

Hab. Rangoon, Andamans.

Subfamily Foornrrz.

Zethes limbalis, nov.

3. Wings shaped as in Z. invrnata, Walker, xxxiii. p. 848

(1865), described without locality. I have examples, how-

ever, that are identical with Walker’s type from Simla and

Assam ; the fore wings are longer and the outer margins of

both wings are crenulate, in inornata they are smooth ; colour

throughout of a uniform glaucous-ferruginous, as in dnornata,

but paler; the underside is very pale glaucous-grey, very

uniform in colour, and without any markings; on the upper-

side there is a black dentated line beyond the middle across

both wings, outwardly curved from the costa of the fore wing

to vein 2, then nearly straight down to the hinder margin,

and on the hind wing bent inwards on the internal vein; this

line is edged with pale grey on both wings and has a broad

162 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

dark shade on each side of it; the abdomen is longer than

usual and there is a large anal tuft.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢, 23% inches.

Hab. Su-tcheu-shan, N. China.

Zethes sidonalis, nov.

3. Of a uniform very pale ochreous-grey colour; thorax

covered with black dots ; abdomen with indistinct greyish

segmental bands, anal tuft rather large: fore wing with a

small black round spot in the cell ; transverse lines brown,

three zigzag lines at the base at equal distances apart, a

sinuous line at the middle with a somewhat square outward

protrusion below the costa, a lunular line at the end of the

cell ; a discal slightly sinuous line with a deep outward curve

from the costa, then obliquely inwards to the hinder margin

at two-thirds from the base ; an obscure submarginal diffused

band or shade, which contains a brown spot above the hinder

angle : hind wing with a small black round spot in the eell,

the discal line of the fore wing continued to the anal angle,

and a brown spot outside its end; indications of the sub-

marginal shade, but much paler than it is on the fore wing ;

ie wings with submarginal brown dots and fine marginal

ine.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 14 inch.

Hiab. Goping, Perak.

Capnodes gillolensis, nov.

3 2. Somewhat resembling C. ceylonica, Moore,=C. ca-

duca, Swinhoe, from Ceylon and South India. Fore wing

with a black spot in the cell, another below it, and three in

the form of a triangle at the end; a straight black oblique

postmedial solid line in the male extending across both wings

from vein 7, where it is acutely bent inwards to the costa,

to the abdominal margin before the middle; in the female

there are no traces of this prominent character, and there is

no pale spot on the costa before the apex in either sex as in

ceylonica, there is a thin dark shade from the apex of this

line to the apex of the wing, and a highly crenulate line

outside the straight line outwardly curved from its acute apex

to near the hinder margin, then straight to the hind margin:

on the hind wing there is a similar outwardly curved crenu-

late line and black marginal dots on both wings. Underside

paler, no signs of the straight line; a blurred mark at the

end of each cell, a narrow dark shade from the cell-mark of

the fore wing to the middle of the abdominal margin of the

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 163

hind wing ; a postmedial outwardly curved crenulate line

from the costa of fore wing to the middle of the abdominal

margin of the hind wing ; except for the straight black line

in the male the markings in both sexes are identical.

Expanse of wings, g 17, 2 14 inch.

Hab. Gilolo Island (Doherty).

Family Hypenide.

Genus FOLKA, nom. nov.

Anepa, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. p. 502 (1905).

Type, Hypena oxydata, Hampson, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist.

Soc. xi. (4) p. 707 (1898).

I had overlooked the fact that Anepa is preoccupied by

myself in my monograph of the family Lymantriidee in Trans.

nt. Soc. 1903, p. 478.

Folka bhagha, nov.

?. Ochreous-fawn colour, paler than ovydata: fore wing

with the colour of a pure uniform tint, indications of a trans-

verse sinuous subbasal line, a white dot in the cell, an in-

distinct lunular mark at the end; an erect, rigid, and thick

chocolate line or thin band from the costa one-fourth from

the apex, straight down to the hinder margin one-fifth

from the hinder angle ; a very indistinct crenulate transverse

line just beyond it ; a brown subapical spot; two indistinct

spots at the hinder angle ; cilia chocolate-brown : hind wing

much paler, with an indistinct, outwardly curved, discal

greyish line. _

lixpanse of wings, 2, 1,2-1,°, inch.

Hab, Khasia Hills.

Fore wing rather prominently angled in the middle, as in

ovydata and glaucescens, Hampson, of which I have several

examples of both sexes.

Bomolocha disualis, nov.

go. Somewhat resembles in markings on the upperside

B. argialis, Snellen*, from the Celebes, but is a larger

insect : upperside olive-brown, a white dot at the base of each

antenna ; palpi, head, and body without markings: fore wing

with an antemedial, indistinct, transverse brown sinuous line,

the basal half of the wing much darker than the outer half,

* Tijd. voor Ent, xxiii. p. 118, and xxiy. pl. v. fig. 4 @ (1881).

164 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

limited by a prominent, sinuous, transverse white line with

broad black shading on its inner side ; halfway between this

and the outer margin is an indistinct line of black and white

points, the upper two subapical, with a curved blackish mark

below them ; some white costal dots towards the apex of the

wing: hind wing without markings; both wings with a

black marginal line. Underside paler: fore wing with two

or three subapical white dots, the hinder marginal space

broadly whitish : hind wing with a discoidal brown spot ; an

outwardly curved, thin, median brown band, the outer margin

rather broadly suffused with brown: body and legs dark

brown without markings.

Expanse of wings 1,2, inch.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

Bomolocha tanis, nov.

3. Head, body, and wings grey: fore wing with a black

triangular patch from the base to the middle, where it is

limited by a black transverse line from the costa to the hinder

margin, with a rather acute outward angle at its middle,

edged outwardly with white on its upper half; the black

becomes diffuse towards the costa, showing a black spot in

the cell ;-a curved black subapical mark edged with white on

its upper side ; two small black spots outwardly pricked with

white immediately above it: hind wings grey without any

markings. Underside: body, legs, and wings of a uniform

pale grey colour; fore wing with a white costal spot one-

fourth from the apex; three white costal dots at the apex and

a subapical white spot.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 38 inch.

Hab. Kulu.

Like a diminutive B. colombana, Moore (Lep. Ceylon, iii.

p: 223, pl. 176. fig. 8).

Family Boarmiide.

Abraxas mosaria, nov.

g. With narrow elongated fore wing as in A. untsinuata,

Warren * ; frons white, head white, collar ochreous, thorax -

and abdomen white ; a black spot on the hinder part of the

thorax; a row of black spots down the middle of the abdo-

men and a similar row on each side: wings white ; fore wing

mostly covered with pale black spots and patches ; a cluster

* Noy. Zool. iy. p. 180 (1897).

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 165

of spots at the base ; a patch on the costa before the middle,

an angulated large costal patch beyond the middle, and two

towards the apex, the first two patches more or less connected

with macular bands running outwards, the subapical spot

connected with a macular band curving inwards; many con-

nected spots and patches on the outer third of the wing, all

these marks very difficult to describe: hind wing with a discal

outwardly curved row of well-separated small spots, three

short bands of conjoined spots on the lower part of the abdo-

minal margin, and a series of marginal spots—all these

marks pale black ; the wings are very lightly clothed, and

consequently the markings of the underside are identical with

the markings on the upperside.

Expanse of wings, g, 13 inch.

Hab. Kiayih, Central Formosa.

Family Pyralida.

Subfamily Prravsriwx.

Trichoptychodes delicata.

Trichoptychodes delicata, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.

p- 207 (1894),

Macaretera hesperis, Hampson (nec Meyrick), Moths of India, iv.

p- 296 (fig.) (1896).

flab, Assam.

A common species in the Khasia Hills. I have received

many examples from my native collector, all males. Sir

George Hampson has sunk my genus and species to Meyrick’s

genus and species from Fiji, the unique type of which is a

female, but he has described and figured the Assam male.

It is impossible to believe that the two forms so many

thousands of miles apart can have any connection with each

other, and it is not scientifically justifiable to jump to such a

conclusion on account of a similarity of pattern.

Heterocnephes ceegialis, nov.

36. Allied to H. scapulalis, Led., of which I have a long

series from New Guinea and from Goodenough Island, but is

much larger; palpi and top of head pale ochreous ; head,

body, and wings chocolate-brown, much as in 7. scapulalis

and H. lymphatalis, Swinhoe, from Assam, of which I have

also a long series; thorax with four longitudinal whitish

stripes ; abdomen with ill-defined whitish segmental bands,

anal tuft large, black: fore wing with a small, triangular,

pale ochreous costal patch before the middle and another

166 Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea.

twice as large beyond the middle; a pale, outwardly oblique,

transverse line across the wing, passing just inside the first

costal patch ; a duplex, inwardly oblique, brown discal line

across the wing passing along the outer margin of the second

costal patch, with two pale ochreous-white marks on its outer

edge below the costa: hind wing with a large pale ochreous

spot in the centre above the middle; two outwardly curved,

brown, discal lines, all the veins dark, the abdominal portion

of the wing somewhat paler than the rest of the wing.

Underside: wings paler in colour, the patches as on the

upperside ; no transverse lines; the basal part of the fore

wing and the basal aud abdominal portions of the hind wing

suffused with pale ochreous ; body and legs pale ochreous.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,4 inch.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

XIV.— Notes on Asteroidea. By Watter K. FIsHer,

Stanford University, California.

Poraniomorpha versus Rhegaster.— Professor A. KE. Verrill,

in the ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 8,

vol. xiv. p. 17 (July 1914), states that the name LRhegaster,

Sladen, 1883, has priority over Poraniomorpha, Danielssen &

Koren, and should therefore be used if Poraniomorpha, Ihe-

gaster, and Lasiaster constitute a single genus. ‘This is an

error. The genera date as follows :—

(1) Poraniomorpha, Danielssen & Koren, “ Fra den Norske

Nordhavs-expedition,” Nyt. Mag. for Naturvidensk-

aberne, vol. xxvi. 1880 (1881), p. 189. Type, P. rosea,

monotypic.

(2) Rhegaster, Sladen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh,

vol, xxxii. 1883, p. 155. Type, R. murray, Sladen,

by designation (‘ Challenger’ Asteroidea, 1889,

. 367).

(3) ae ee Sladen, ‘Challenger’ Asteroidea, 1889,

p. 371. Type, L. villosus, monotypic.

In ‘ Asteroidea of the North Pacific,’ 1911, p. 248, I used

Poraniomorpha in the sense advocated by Dr. Grieg, to

include Rhegaster and Lasiaster. Iagree with Professor Verrill

that it is better to include Porania, Poraniomorpha, and

some of their allies in a family distinct from the Asteropide

—namely, in the Poraniide of Perrier.

Mediaster and Nectria—Dr. Hubert Lyman Clark has

Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea. 167

recently described, in an important paper * on Australian

echinoderms a species called Mediaster monacanthus which he

considers to stand between the Goniasterid genera Mediaster

and Nectria. I have had the privilege of dissecting a speci-

men of this species, and it seems to me to belong unquestionably

to Nectria.

In Nectria the gonads form 4 or 5 to 9 tufts attached to

the dorsal integument in a line parallel to the margin of the

ray. In Nectria monacantha these tufts are 4 or 5 in number

on either side of each ray, and extend as far as the fourth

superomarginal plate. In Nectria ocellata (Lamarck) the

gonads form 9 tufts, beginning with two good-sized ones

next to the rather solid interbrachial septum, and they extend

in a series close to the superomarginals as far as the sixth

superomarginal plate, or a trifle over one-third the length of

ray measured on side. In Mediaster the gonads are in series,

but do not extend so far as in Nectria ocellata. This distri-

bution of the gonads is a good character to separate Rosaster,

Mediaster, and Nectria from Ceramaster and Nymphaster.

Nectria may be distinguished from Mediaster by its

calcified interbrachial septa (these being entirely membranous

in Mediaster), by the conspicuously larger, fewer, more widely

spaced, tabulate abactinal plates, and by the relatively large,

triangular, papular areas of the disk, with upwards of 10 or

even more (as high as 18 in ocellata) papule. Nectria has

supplementary internal actinal intermediate plates. -

The intermarginal papule which I described in ‘ North

Pacific Asteroidea,’ p. 164, in a species of Nectria from

Victoria are not characteristic of all species, nor apparently

of all specimens even, of ocellata, while in ocellifera they are

absent. The subfamily Nectriinee, Perrier, which I resusci-

tated on the basis of these papule, should therefore be

discarded. If Verrill’s subfamily Mediasterine is recognized,

it would seem that the older name of Perrier’s should be

used for it, because Nectria and Mediaster are so close.

Nymphaster, Sladen.—In his diagnosis of the genus in the

** Narrative of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,” 1885, p. 612,

Sladen mentioned no species, so that the genus really dates

from 1889 (‘ Challenger’ Asteroidea, p. 294). Here no type

is designated. The following species are described :—sym-

bolicus, bipunctus, protentus, albidus, basilicus. In 1899,

* “Report on the Sea-Lilies, Brittle-Stars, and Sea-Urchins obtained

by the F.L.S. ‘Endeavour’ on the Coasts of Queensland, New South

Wales, Tasmania, Victoria, South Australia, and Western Australia,”

123 pp., 42 pls. Sydney, June 2, 1916.

168 Mr, W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea.

Verrill * set aside symbolicus and bipunctus under the name

Nereidaster, which is synonymous with Rosaster, Perrier

1894. The type of WVymphaster must be chosen from the

three remaining species, and for this purpose Nymphaster

protentus is best adapted. It may therefore serve as the type

of Nymphaster. The use of the name Dorigona for this

group is, of course, quite indefensible, since Dorigona is a

pure synonym of Ogmaster. Nor can the name Nymphaster

be restricted to symbolicus and allies, as Dr. Kcehler suggested

in 1910, since the species in question was made the type of

Nereidaster in 1899.

~ Iconaster versus Dorigona.—In the paper on Australian

echinoderms already referred to, Dr. H. L. Clark, on page 36,

argues that the sea-star known as Lconaster longimanus

(Mobius) should be called Dorigona longimana for the

following reasons :—Dorigona, as diagnosed by Gray in

1866, included two species—D. reevesii and D. longimana

(= Astrogonium longimanum, Mobius). The first species is

held, without dissent, to be synonymous with Goniodiscus

capella, Miiller & Troschel, 1842, which in 1865 had been

made the type of Ogmaster by von Martens. In 1889

Sladen made the second species—namely, D. longimana—the

type of Iconaster. Dr. Clark states that Gray designated no

type, and that since D. reevesii is invalidated by having been

made, under another name, the type of Ogmaster, “ Dorigona

longimana (Mébius) must be the type of Dorigona, and I am

uite unable to see why Sladen should have deliberately

replaced Gray’s name with one of his own coining—ZJconaster.

So far as I can see, Jconaster is a pure synonym of Dorigona,

which is a monotypic genus with Astrogonium longimanum as -

its type.”

Let me quote Gray’s characteristically brief diagnosis { :—

“V. Dortcona. Body depressed, 5-rayed, smooth ; the

dorsal and oral disk covered with many smooth, flat, polygonal

squares ; the marginal ossicules without any mobile spine.

“1, Dorigona Reevesit (t. 7. f. 3). Inhab. China or

Japan ; common in boxes of insects brought from China and

Japan.

“ See a. Dorigona longimana= Astrogonium longimanum,

Mobius, Abhandl. iv. (1860) 7, t. 1. f. 5, 6.”

* Trans. Connecticut Acad. vol. x. 1899, p. 186. ;

+ «An Account of the Shallow-water-. Asteroidea (Echinoderma of the

Indian Museum),’ Calcutta, 1910, p. 60.

{ ‘Synopsis of the Species of Starfish in the British Museum,’ by

“

John Edward Gray, 1866, p. 7. ;

Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea. 169

The only species in the British Museum, and hence formally

listed, is D. reevesi?, which is automatically the type. The

reference to D). longimana is casual, an “aside’’ such as Gray

frequently indulged in—as, for example, on the same page

under Stellaster. Here we find “1. Stellaster Childreni,”

followed by “See a, Asterias eqnestris, Retz... b. Stellaster

gracilis, Mébius.”’ We know that the first species is the

type, since the genus was described, with only one species,

in 1840. Gray naturally chose a species with which he was

personally acquainted.

The following observations are pertinent in judging thie

merits of this case :—

1. A species doubtfully referred to a genus cannot subse-

quently be made its type, especially in place of a figured or

described species upon which the generic name appears to be

based (J), reevesic).

2. The first reviser of a genus cannot revise the genus

before it is described. In other words, what von Martens in

1865 did with Goniodiscus capella does not have a revisional

effect on Dorigona reevesit (the same species) in 1866.

Whoever comes after Gray must choose the type of Dorigona

upon the data submitted by Gray, not upon what von Martens

thought or did before Gray’s genus was published. This

answers Dr. Clark’s statement that D. reevesz is invalidated

for the type-species of Dorigona by having already been

made the type of Ogmaster.

3. Since Sladen eliminated D. longimana by making it the

type of Iconaster, he became the first reviser, and automati-

cally fixed the type of Dorigona as D. reevesit. No one is at

liberty to change this type. The type of Dorigona is

D. reevesii, tirst, because it is the only species listed formally

** without doubt,” and, second, because the first reviser go

fixed it by the simple process of removing the second species

from the genus.

Dorigona is therefore a straight synonym of Ogmaster, and

Iconaster is a tenable name for Astrogonium longimanum.

Dr. David Starr Jordan concurs in this view.

Lonchotaster and Dipsacaster—Dr. H. L. Clark has

recently described (loc. cit. p. 30) a large Astropectinid as

Lonchotaster magnificus, which almost unquestionably belongs

to Dipsacaster and is related to D. ¢mperialis, Fisher (Philip-

pines), D. sladeni, Alcock (Andaman Sea), and D. grandis-

simus, Goto (Japan). The type of Lonchotaster has never

been fixed. The genus dates from Sladen, ‘ Challenger’

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 12

170 Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea.

Asteroidea, 1889, p. 192, as the first diagnosis in the ‘* Narra-

tive of the ‘Challenger’? Expedition” (vol. i. p. 609) con-

tained no specific names. The first species, and only adult

form, is L. tartareus, and this may serve as type. The other

species, L. forcipifer, seems to be founded upon immature, or,

at least, very small specimens, and whether the adult is like

tartareus or a species of Dipszcaster is not known. L. tar-

tareus has a small spine on each marginal plate, rather small

actinal interradial areas, and seems to me to be near Dytaster.

I have seen the type in the British Museum.

Metrodira, Gray,and its Systematic Pusition.—This puzzling

genus was placed in the Linckiidee by Sladen (* Challenger ’

Asteroidea, 1889, p. 415), and other writers have followed

him.

Metrodira shows an outward resemblance to the Asteropide,

harring the single feature of the slender rays. De Loriol *

described a very young specimen as Scaphaster humberti,

which he placed in the Gymnasteriida (=Asteropide) near

Asteropsts (= Petricia, Gray).

Sladen (loc. cit.) stated that “its external facies and

general structure appear to indicate an intermediate position

between the Linckiide and HKchinasteride.”

Unfortunately the specimens at my disposal are small.

The characters which would lead one to place this genus in

the Asteropide (restricted to Astervpe and Petricia) are as

follows ;—The thin skin which covers the plates and spines ;

the conspicuous marginals, not unlike those of Petricia; the

loosely tessellate abactinal skeleton, bearing skin-covered

spinelets. The characters which are adverse, so to speak,

are:—The conspicuous series of intermarginal plates, the

absence of actinal intermediate plates, except a single plate

back of the moutlh-plates; the rudimentary interbrachial

septum without.a calcareous pillar (perhaps due to small size

of disk) ; the single ampulla to each tube-foot.

The teatures which seem to ally Aletrodira to the Echin-

asteride are :—The single ampullee, spinose abactinal plates,

and the adambulacral armature. The intermarginal plates

and the very reduced actinal intermediate areas are entirely

consistent with this family, but the very conspicuous mar-

ginal plates arenot. ‘The interbrachial septa are rudimentary,

practically absent, although it is not possible in the small

specimens at my disposal to be certain of this point.

eres soc. phys. et d’hist. natur. Genéve, vol. xxxiii. pt. 2, no. 1,

p26 .

SNe Ve

Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea. — 171

Beyond a certain similarity due to the outward form,

particularly to the slender rays, the Linckiide have little

claim to this genus.

The presence of intermarginal plates and of single am-

pulle, and the absence of actinal intermediate plates, and of

interbrachial septa with calcified pillar, will debar Metrodira

from the Asteropide, Ganeriide, and Poraniide, while

additional differences in the abactinal skeleton make the last

two families unsuitable homes.

Even the Echinasteride appear to be incompatible. The

abactinal plates of Metrodira are tessellated, not at all reticu-

late, while the marginal plates are large, compact, and form

a vertical side to the ray. The interbrachial septa are almost

lacking.

It seems better to place this genus in a separate family

rather than to enlarge the Echinasteridz and, in a measure,

spoil its homogeneity. The case of Metrodira is much like

that of Acanthaster, Mithrodia, and Valvaster, which have at

one time or another been in the Echinasteride.

Metrodiride, new family.

Characters.— Whole skeleton overlaid by a rather thin skin

partially obscuring the outlines of the plates ; rays slender ;

abactinal plates tessellate, partly imbricated, with small

spines; marginal plates large, forming side-wall of ray, there

being one or more series of intermarginal plates on the

proximal part of ray ; actinal intermediate plates reduced to

one, between mouth-plates and inferomarginals; papule

isolated, strictly abactinal; tube-feet with sucking-disk

devoid of calcareous deposits ; ampulle single ; interbrachial

septa rudimentary, practically absent.

Priamaster, Keehler*.—This genus, founded on Priam-

aster magnificus, Koeller, is very close to (Gephyreaster,

Fisher f, type Mcmaster swift’, Fisher, North Pacific Ocean.

Priamaster has much wider ambulacral furrows, quadriserial

and very large tube-feet, and small actinal intermediate areas.

The arrangement of spines on the mouth-plates of Gephyre-

aster is very characteristic, and is figured (loc. cit. pl. lvil.

fig. 2), The abactinal paxilliform plates of Przamaster, the.

* Zool. Anz., Feb. 18, 1912, p. 157; Deuziéme Exp, Antarctique

Francaise, Echinodermes, 1912, p. 91, pl. viii. figs. 1, 3, 8.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. v., Feb. 1910, p. 171; Asteroidea

of the North Pacific ete., 1911, p. 175, pl. xxx. figs, 1-4, pl. lvu, figs, 2,

2a-c, pl. lix, figs. 5, 5 a.

Lae

172 Mr. W. K. Fisher on a new Sea-Star.

marginal plates, actinal intermediate armature, and especially

the armature of the adambulacral plates, is very similar

to that of Gephyreaster. Dr. Koehler had much the difficulty

in placing Priamaster in the system that I encountered in

dealing with Gephyreaster. Both are related to Radiaster,

Perrier (olim Mimaster, Sladen), and also, I think, more

remotely to Pseudarchaster. Dr. Keehler proposes a new

family, ‘‘ Priamastéridées.” Professor Verrill has recently

made Mimaster, Sladen (i. e., Radiaster, Perrier), the type

of a family, the Mimasteride (=Radiasteride, Fisher).

Whether Gephyreaster and Priamaster belong here or in a

separate family, Priamasteride, I do not now feel at all

certain. But, as something of acompromise, I would suggest

placing them in a special subfamily, Priamasterine, under

the Radiasteride.

XV.—A new Genus and Subgenus of East-Indian Sea-Stars*.

By Wa rer K. FisHer, Stanford University, California.

THE following new genus is based upon a curious Asterina-

like species from 206 fathoms, Buton Strait, Celebes, which

will be figured, along with the other form herein described,

in a report on the Asteroidea taken by the U.S. Fisheries

steamer ‘ Albatross’ in the Philippines, Celebes, and the

Moluccas during her cruise of 1907-1910.

PARANEPANTHIA, gen. nov.

Characters.—Similar to Asterina in form, but with the

adambulacral armature of Wepanthia; actinal intermediate

plates in transverse series, and bearing a tuft of spinelets

which becomes compressed and pectinate towards the margin

of disk; bases of these spinelets webbed ; abactinal plates

imbricated, divided into two areas. On centre of disk and

along a radial band they are rather crescentic, with a few

small plates intermingled (usually placed adorad to the

hollow of the crescent), while between this area and the

ambitus the plates lack the crescentic form and are arranged

in transverse series. Superficially the plates resemble low

parapaxille, as they bear truncate groups of slender spinelets.

* Published with permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries.

On the Midwife Toad. 173

Type of genus, Nepanthia platydisca, Fisher, Proc. U.S.

Nat. Mus. vol. xlvi. p. 214, Sept. 30, 1913.

This genus is distinguished from Asterina, in the wider

sense, by the sharp differentiation of the plates of the centre

of disk and the radial area from those of the lateral portion of

the abactinal surface, by having an adambulacral armature

of the Nepanthia type, though less extreme than that of

maculata, and by the arrangement of the actinal intermediate

plates, which are not in chevrons, in the ordinary sense, but

form transverse series, separated by shallow grooves, pro-

ceeding from the adambulacrals to the ambitus. The first

few series do not reach the ambitus, but end rather irregu-

larly on the inner half of the interradial line.

_Paranepanthia probably includes Nepanthia brachiata,

Keehler, a six-rayed species from the Andaman Islands,

The type of the following subgenus departs sufficiently

from the type of its genus to warrant separation :—

GLYPHODISCUS, subgen. nov.

Characters.—Differing from Iconaster, Sladen, s. s., in

having conspicuously elevated and rough superomarginal

plates; a complete series of peripheral granules on the

abactinal plates, which, moreover, are perfectly smooth,

lacking the tiny blister-like bosses of Jconaster; a less

compact adambulacral armature.

Type, Jconaster perierctus, Fisher (“‘ Four new Genera

and Fifty-eight new Species of Starfishes from the Philippine

Islands, Celebes, and the Moluccas,” Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xlili. p. 642, Feb, 5, 1913. Tawi Tawi Group, 97 fathoms).

XVI.—Remarks on the Midwife Toad (Alytes obstetricans),

with reference to Dr. P. Kammerer’s Publications*. By

G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

HAVING recently felt bound to recommend caution in

accepting the results of the experiments conducted in Vienna

by Dr. Kammerer within the last fifteen years, and to express

* 1, “Experimentelle Veriinderung der Fortpflanzungstatigkeit bei

Geburtshelferkrote (Alytes obstetricans) und Laubfrosch (Hyla arborea),”

Arch, f. Entwicklmech. xxii. 1906, p. 48.

2. ‘“ Vererburg erzwungener Fortpflanzungsanpassungen,— Die Nach-

”

174 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

doubts as to certain alleged facts which it seems almost

impossible to control, I now propose to contrast some of that

author’s statements on the breeding-habits of Alytes with my

own observations on this remarkable batrachian, of which I

think I may claim’ to have some experience. ‘There are so

many points in Kammerer’s accounts which conflict with

what I have myself repeatedly observed that it may be well

to draw attention to some at least, and to submit them to the

consideration of biologists who might wish to form their own

opinion, such cases being selected as may be tested without

spending years in experiments—a condition which, as in the

well-known instance of the spotted salamander, must surely

deter almost anyone from attempting to take up the subject.

Kammerer has already observed, in reply to criticisms,

that specimens compelled to behave under highly abnormal

conditions, such as he has devised, and such as very few will

ever havethe skill and patience or find the time to repeat,

cannot be expected to conform to the rule in the natural

state; but I think most of the discrepancies I have pointed

out in this paper do not admit of such an explanation. The

facts on which I rely are derived from observations made in

France and in Belgium, but I cannot believe for a moment

that Westphalian and Swiss specimens, on which Kammerer’s ~

statements are based, should have habits so different as to

account for these discrepancies.

From the days of Demours*, who first observed part of

the parturition of the midwife toad, and gave a very incom-

plete and incorrect account of the operation, up to Kammerer’s

observations, only A. de l’Isle tT, whom I have been able to

confirm on all important points}, and Héron Royer§ have

described this complicated.and wonderful act without recourse

kommen der nicht brutpflegenden Alytes obstetricans,” op. cit. xxviii.

1909, p. 447.

3. ‘ Die Abstammungslehre ’ (Jena, 1911), p. 93.

4, “Mendelsche Regen und Vererburg erworbener Eigenschaften,”

Verh. Naturf. Ver. Briinn, xlix. 1911, p. 73.

5. “ Bemerkungen zum Laichgeschaift und der Brutpflege bei der

Geburtshelferkrote,” Bl. Aq. Terr. K. xxv. 1914, p. 250.

These contributions are referred to under the above numbers.

* Hist. Ac, Se. 1741, p. 28, and Mém. Ac. Sc, 1778, p. 18.

+ Ann. Se. Nat. (3) xx. 1876, no. 7.

¢ Bull. Ac. Belg. 1912, p. 570, pl. —.. Since the publication of this

paper I have observed the breeding of Alytes four times, from beginning

to end.

§ Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xi, 1886, p. 675.

the Mitiauke. Toad: 175

to the imagination, which has evidently played greater or less

a part in the very numerous other accounts which have

appeared and to which I need not refer here. As _ to

Kammerer himself, I feel sure he has never once carefully

observed the whole operation, otherwise he would certainly

have thought it worth while to allude in some way to the

discrepancies between his own observations and those of

de l’Isle. By not endeavouring to unravel the truth through

checking the latter’s account he has laid himself open to tle

reproach made by Spallanzani to Demours :—% Une observa-

tion si intéressante méritait bien d’étre répétée, et elle me

paraissait plus propre & irriter la curiosité du philosophe qu’a

la satisfaire.”’

Close upon forty-five years’ experience has shown me that,

in the adult condition, males of all European Discoglossids,

Pelobatids, Hylids, and Bafonids are much more numerous

than females. ‘This anyone can test by collecting specimens

or by ordering large numbers from dealers who do not

discriminate between the sexes.

The fact has long been known. I will quote the words of

a herpetologist for whom I have a great respect and whose

experience was, at the time he wrote, unsurpassed :-—

“ Je tiens 4 signaler un fait que tous les herpétologues ont

pu vérifier dans leurs excursions, mais que je ne trouve

consigné nulle part: c’est le trés petit nombre des femelle-,

] ar rapport A celui des males, chez tous les Batraciens anoures.

Une proportion exacte serait difficile & établir, et d’aillcurs

je n’en vois pas bien l’utilité. Je me bornerai ici & exposer

quelques chiffres. Le 22 Février (1877), une excursion aux

environs de Bordeaux me rapportait 49 anoures adultes,

appartenant aux espéces Bufo vulgaris, B. calamita, Liana

agilis, Pelodytes punctatus, Hyla viridis. Sur ces 49 individus,

il y avait seulement 3 femelles. Dans toutes les excursions

que j’ai faites ce printemps, jusqu’au 9 Avril, dans la

Gironde, jai recueilli environ 150 Pélodytes, 90 Pélobates

cultripédes et 80 Rainettes; et sur ces chiffres il y avait envi-

ron 20 femelles pour. la premiére espéce, une douzaine pour

la seconde, 10 pour la troisitme. Quant aux Calamites, je

rejetais les males pour ne recueillir que les femeiles. Or,

pour 7 ou 8 de ces derniéres que j’ai pu prendre, j’estime

bien & 150 le nombre des individus que j’aiexaminds. Et jai

toujours observé une semblable disproportion dans mes excur-

sions diurnes comme nocturnes, et soit que je m’emparasse des

batraciens & Veau, soit que je les prisse chez eux, en les

déterrant ” (I. Lataste, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p.2¢0).

176 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

And further (t. c. p. 281), alluding to Alytes, “ Les males

sont, chez cette espéce comme chez les autres, bien plus

nombreux que les femelles.”

1 know that contradictory statements on this subject have

been made, by Leydig among others, but I can only say that

my experience coincides entirely with Lataste’s *, and parti-

cularly in the case of A/ytes, of which I have come across

hundreds of specimens in France and in Belgium f. This is

corroborated by the fact, which anyone may verify, that if, in

spring or early summer, a large number are caught at random

in the open or pulled out of their retreats, a much greater

proportion of males without eggs will be found than of

nursing individuals, notwithstanding the well-known ability

of the male to attend to two or even three females in

succession.

It is therefore surprising to me that Kammerer (4, pp. 101—

104), in his Mendelian experiments, should find an equal or

not very unequal number of mature individuals of either

seX :—

1st generation: 29 reared to the adult condition, 12 3,17 9.

2nd sy, 44 ” ” ” 22 ,, 22 ,,

ord ” 72 ” ” ” 43, 29 ,,

At the outset of his experiments he operated on a number

of specimens sent to him by Dr. C. Hartmann, a dentist in

Munster, Westphalia, and this lot consisted of 14 males and

21 females (1, p. 69; 2, p. 455), a remarkable fact con-

sidering that Hartmann himself t says that he is unable to

distinguish surely the sexes externally ; the explanation may

be, however, that the largest specimens were chosen in

preference. A further surprising statement (1, p. 69; 2,

. 454) in connection with the Hartmann specimens is. that

all the males «should have bred three nights after their

* As Lataste has not mentioned Bombinator, I may add that, out of

five small series of L. pachypus in the British Museum from France, Italy,

Roumania, and Greece, collected at random, there are 26 males and only

7 temales. I do not mention other series of the same species in the

Museum because, collected by myself, they are to be considered as a

selection in which the sexes have not been overlooked.

+ Just after writing these lines I have received (June 21) six Alytes

collected without discrimination of the sexes in a garden in Bedford,

where they have established themselves for some years, and five are males,

two carrying eggs,

t ‘Natural Science,’ viii. 1896, p. 894. Also an article in ‘Natur und

Haus,’ reproduced in Brehw’s ‘ Tierleben,’ 4th ed. (1912), i. p. 1938.

the Midwife Toad. 177

arrival (April 21). On many occasions Kammerer has

appealed to the highly perfected installation of his terrarium *

to account for the marvellous way in which breeding experi-

ments succeed under his care, and I am quite ready to concede

him this point to some extent; but he surely cannot make

such a claim in this case. Knowing by experience how

Alytes behaves under the circumstances, I cannot imagine

this shy and highly impressionable batrachian, which, in

common with.many others, is able to withhold parturition,

setting down to breed with such promptitude after a long

journey. Considering the protracted breeding-season of

the species (usually from April to August, each female ovi-

positing two or three times), how can as many females as

there were males have been ready to lay almost at the same

time ?

De l’Isle was, as I have said before, the first to give a full

and true account of the breeding operations in Brittany,

which, having been so fortunate as to witness several times

myself in Belgium, I have verified in all essential points,

whilst I cannot confirm Hartmann’s and Kammerer’s state-

ments. Is it possible to think that specimens from West-

phalia and Switzerland should behave in a manner so

different? The Zoological Society received some years ago

a number of Westphalian Alytes purchased from the same

Dr. Hartmann. Contrary to what happened when sent to

Kammerer, they did not breed with us; but I saw them

at the time, and they.did not strike me asin any way different

from the French and Belgian. , Yet Kammerer’s account of

the manner in which the eggs are laid differs entirely from

what de I’Isle has witnessed twenty-three times, Héron Royer

once, and I seven times. Nowhere can I find a circum-

stantiated note of Kammerer’s observations on the breeding,

or how many times he has seen it, or on how many occasions

he Las spent part of the night at the Versuchsanstalt—the

latter a subject worth enquiring into, considering that

Kammerer tells us himself fT that he does not reside at the

Versuchsanstalt, but at Hiitteldorf, two miles from Vienna,

whilst the extent of his multifarious experiments on

salamanders, Proteus, Alytes, Hyla, &c., would, it seems to

me, have required his almost constant watch, especially after

* Tn using the term in the singular, I do not mean to convey the idea

that Kammerer keeps all his batrachians in a single case, any more than

when speaking of an aquarium I have in mind a single tank,

+ Arch. Entwicklmech. xxxvi, 1913, p, 168,

178 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

sunset, during the spring and summer. Salamanders and

Alytes never pair in the daytime.

I should have thought that de l’Isle’s publication had

disposed once for all of the old story, which originated with

Demours, that the male pulls out the strings of eggs from

the female and thus performs obstetric functions. As

de l’Isle has told us, the ova are expelled suddenly, in a

second or two, forming a ball-like mass, between the extended

hind limbs of the couple, and the male does not attempt to

disentangle the strings until after about ten minutes’ res’.

Yet here are Kammerer’s own words, taken from his first

paper (1, p. 53) :—

“Das Mannchen umarmt sein Weibchen um die Lenden

und presst ihm die Laichmasse, die aus auffallend grossen

Hiern besteht, heraus, wobei es mit den Hinterbeinen nachi-

_ hilft, indem sie die Laichmasse eintauchen und diese durch

abwechselnde Anziehen und Ausstrecken aus der weiblichen

Cloake hervorziehen.”

It the reader will refer to the accounts of the parturition

given by de l’Isle and myself, he will see that there are two

quite distinct phases in this operation—the first, ending with

the extrusion of the eggs, up to which moment the male

clasps the female at the waist (“ Lenden’’), the second, during

which the female is clung to at the neck whilst the male

proceeds with the fertilization and the movements of the hind

limbs by means of which the strings of eggs become entwined

round them. The ‘“ Anziehen und Ausstrecken’”’ cannot

coincide with the lumbar amplexation; this would be, as

de l’Isle has observed, a material impossibility, for the eggs

would be under the male instead of behind it, and could not

be managed in the lading operations.

My conclusion is that Kammerer can only have had

glimpses at the act of parturition, either before the publication

of his first paper or after, as his latest version (4, p. 97) is as

follows :—

“ Sie legt nur 18-83 verhiltnissmiissig sehr grasse, weil

dotterreiche Hier, deren Gallerthiille sich zu einer Schnur

verbindet, auf dem Lande ab, wo die Gallerthiille nicht

quellen kann. Das viterliche Tier leistet seinem Weibchen

Geburtshilfe, indem es ihm die Hierschnur aus der Kloake

zieht.”

A little further (4, p. 97) Kammerer goes on to say,

referring to oviposition in water :—

“In dem Augenblicke aber, als die Gallerthiille jetzt mit

Wasser in Beriihrung trift, quellt sie auf, verliert dadurch ihre

the Midwife Toad. 102

Klebrigkeit und selbstredent ihre Eigenschaft, sich spiter

beim Eimtrocknen, welches hier nicht statthat, um die

Schenkel des Minnchens fest zusammenzuziehen ; macht es

also unméglich die Laichschnur auf seinen Hintergliedmassen

zu befestigen. Die Laichschnur bleibt desshalb im Wasser

liegen, wo sich trotzdem etliche Hier zu entwickeln vermégen.”

It is thus stated that normally, on land, there is no swelling

out, rather a desiccation, of the egg-capsules, which helps the

male to fasten the strings round its legs, whilst such a

swelling of the same capsules takes place after a few minutes

immersion that it becomes impossible for it to do so.

My experience is contrary to both these statements. During

the act of fecundation the eggs receive a considerable amount

of soaking through a copious discharge of liquid from the

male's bladder. I have seen the ground quite wet below the

eggs, and the capsules, instead of shrinking, swell out to a

slight extent, measuring 3 to 4 mm. in diameter when the

pair separate. On the other hand, I have found eges which

shortly after having been laid were placed in water for about

two hours to measure 4 to 5 mm. The toughness and

viscosity of the capsules are preserved, and there should be

no obstacle to the male in very shallow water dealing with

the eggs in the normal way if it felt so disposed.

The notion that water affects the egg-envelopes to the

extent mentioned by Kammerer, who represents the water-

egos of the later generations as 10 mm. in diasneter (2, pl. xvi.

fig. 2), is surely contrary to analogy in the case of other

batrachians, such as Ppa and the Urodeles. In the former,

which is thoroughly aquatic, and of course spawns in the

water, the eggs are much of the same kind as those of normal

Alytes, and it is a’ well-established fact that they stick to the

back of the female after oviposition. Among the aquatic

forms of the latter we find feebly swollen and viscous cap-

sules, adhering readily to weeds or stones, in our common

Inglish newts, and others which swell out to the same extent

as in the typical frogs, such being the Pleurodele newt and the

‘Amblystomes. I therefore refuse to believe that the mere

fact of being laid in water can transform the eggs, as is stated

to happen in Alytes, and I may add that the high temperature

of 25-30° C. (4, p. 97) has recently been shown* not neces-

sarily to prevent it from breeding in the normal way.

But the amusing thing is that, after having been assured

(4, p. 97) that it is “unmoglich”’ for the strings of eggs to

* Dihne, Bl. Aq. Terr. K. xxv. 1914, p. 229.

180 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

become attached to the hind limbs of the males after they

have been a few minutes in water, which is absurd, we are

told a few pages further (4, p. 101), when the feat is required

for the sake of establishing the Mendelian segregation, that

it can be done :—“ Die Schnur enthielt die fiir A/ytes enorme

Menge von 112 solcher Hier. Es zeigte sich, dass sie, die ja

eigentlich fiir "Wasser bestimmt waren (wo die Kopulation

auch stattgefunden hatte, aber das Minnchen war sogleich

mit seiner Biirde herausgeklettert), tatsichlich in der Luft

nicht mehr so gut fortkamen.”

A further remark concerning the desiccation of the egg-

capsules, which is stated to take place when the eggs are

nursed on land. I have observed two cases of males already

laden taking charge of a second burden, and in the operation

the strings of the first brood, at least a day or two old,

stretched out with the same facility as the others.

Now as to the oviposition and development in water. This

is what we are told (1, p. 70) happened in the case of some

specimens received from Westphalia in April 1905 :—“ Die

herausbeforderten Hierschniire lagen dann... .im Wasser-

becken. Ich iiberraschte die Tiere auch etliche Male*, wie sie

hier die Copulation vollzogen. Das Wasserbecken war nur

drei Zentimeter hoch angefiillt, so dass sie nicht, wie es z. B.

die Frésche in der Natur freiwillig tun, wiihrend der Begat-

tung zu schwimmen brauchten. Der Vorgang stimmte, was

Stellungen und Bewegungen anbetrifft, gut mit der genauen

Beschreibung dé l’Isle’s tiberein, nur aber, wie bemerkt, mit

der wesentlichen Abweichung, dass hier kein Aufladen der

Hier seitens des Minnchens stattfand, sondern dass die dicke,

aus zwei miteinander verschmolzenen Schniiren entstandene

Laichmasse ohne weiteres liegen blieb.” And these eggs laid

in the water developed quite well, and much quicker than

those on land (1, p. 75) :—Schon nach 13 bis 15 Tagen,

vom Tag der Besamung an gerechnet, scliwiirmen aus den im

Wasser liegenden A/ytes-Hiern die Larven hervor.”

I could hardly, at the time I first read it, believe such a

statement, having, as have others, repeatedly tried to rear

Alytes eggs in water, but without success. In order to satisfy

myself once more, I made a further experiment in Belgium

in 1912, under what I thought the best conditions, bearing in

mind what Kammerer had written, taking the eggs from

* A few times is strange, considering that there were only fourteen

males altogether, two of which took charge of eggs (see above, P. 176),

whilst other broods lay scattered “ iiberall im Behialter herum,” on the

earth, above and under moss, sticking to stones, or in the water.

the Midwife Toad. 181

males immediately after they bad been fertilized, and placing

them in water drawn from the little pond in which they

would have ultimately hatched had they been left to the care

of the parent; but development stopped on the fifth or sixth

day, at the period when the embryo produces its external gills.

I may add that the eggs so treated did not show the extra-

ordinary “‘ Aufquellen der Gallerthiille, genau wie dies bei

anderen Anuren-Hiern der Fall ist ” (1, p. 74).

I fully expected some reason would be forthcoming on the

part of Kammerer to explain the failure of my experiment,

and so it was; but I should never have thought him capable

of making a new statement so contrary to the plain wording

of the sentence quoted above, which is to the effect that, after

lying thirteen to fifteen days in water 3 cm. deep, no

manipulations being mentioned, the larvee (all or most of

them, as anyone would understand) swarmed out (“ senwiarm-

ten aus”) of the egg-capsules. I was therefore, I think,

fully justified in saying * “Il en serait autrement des Alytes

de Westphalie, appartenant pourtant 4 la méme espéce, puis-

que Kammerer, opérant avec ceux-ci, ne semble avoir aucune

difficulté & contrarier ainsi l’ordre de la nature.”

Now this is what Kammerer, replying to my criticism,

tells us (5, p. 260) really happened on that occasion :—

* Junge A/ytes-Kier befinden sich, unter Wasser liegend,

an sich schon nicht unter ‘natiirlichen’? Bedingungen, und,

um diese zu kompensiren bedarf es ebenso ‘ unnatiirlicher ”

Gegenbedingungen.....in peinlicher Sterilhaltung des

Laiches: in ausgekochtem, dann kiinstlich durchliiftetem

Wasser. ‘Trotzdem dringen noch Schimmelkeime ein, und

jedes befallene Ei muss sorgfiltig entfernt werden. Bei

Kinhaltung dieser Vorsichtsmassregeln mussten immerhin

zahlreichere Hiballen abgestorben in den Kiibel wandern, als

Herr Boulenger wohl sie zu seinen Versuchen verwendet hat,

bis ich endlich an einigen wenigen Hier einiger weniger

Hierballen mit der submersen Hutwicklung Gliick hatte.”

Why, it may be asked, was all this not mentioned at first,

instead of letting the reader believe that the embryos under-

went the whole of their development without any intervention

on the part of the experimentator.

From this sample of the levity with which Kammerer

relates his experiments, is it surprising if some of his state-

ments should be challenged by those who, like myself, do not

place implicit confidence in them ?

* Bull. Ac. Belg. 1912, p. 579.

182 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

There is another criticism—one of the most important—

which Kammerer has not yet answered. ;

Having bred the “ water-form ” to a fourth generation, this

is what he claims to have observed :—

“Es zeigt sich aber an den geschlechtsreifen Mainnchen

vierter Generation eine weitere morphologische Variation...

waren die briinftig gewordenen Manncehen alle mit schwarzen

verfiirbten Schwielen an der Oberseite des Daumens und am

Daumenballen versehen und ebenso zeigt sich an ihnen eine

Hypertrophie der Vorderarmmuskulatur ” (2, p. 516, fig. 26).

When I first saw the figure of the male Adytes with black

nuptial callosities on the “ Daumen” or inner finger I con-

cluded that such a disposition was highly improbable, if not

impossible, basing my opinion on the small size and the

shape of this finger in normal individuals, and I have since

satisfied myself, by handling a pair im ampleau, that, if

callosities should ever develop on the fingers, they would

be on the two inner fingers, both being in contact with

the inguinal region of the female—a correlation to which I

know of no exception. It is true that Kammerer appears to

_have been under the erroneous impression that the thumb

lone plays a réle in the amplexus in all European Anura :—

“ Bekanntlich steigt das Anurenmiinnchen seinem Weibchen

auf den Riicken und umklammert es, indem es seine Daumen

bald in die Lenden bald in die Achselgrube des Weibchens

einstemmt ” (4, p. 100).

As I told Prof. Bateson at the time, if a specimen such as

is figured could be produced, I would cease to doubt any of

Kammerer’s statements. This is how the matter now stands,

according to Bateson * :—

“Regarding the Alyées bred in this way ” [alleged atavistic

reversion to aquatic breeding-habits] ‘“ Kammerer makes the

very striking statement that the males in the third generation

have roughened swellings on their thumbs and that in the

fourth generation these swellings develop black pigment.

Together with the appearance of this secondary sexual

character there is hypertrophy of the muscles of the fore arm.

To my mind this is the critical observation. Ifit can be

substantiated it would go far towards proving Kammerer’s

case. Alytes, among toads and frogs, is peculiar in that the

males do not develop these lumps in the breeding-season, and

the fact may no doubt be taken to be correlated with the

breeding-habits, copulation occurring on land, and not in

* ¢ Problems of Genetics’ (New Haven and London, 1913), p. 201.

the Midwife Toad. 183

water as is usual with batrachians. It is to be expressly

noticed that these lumps on the thumbs or arms of male toads

and frogs are not merely pigmented swellings, but are pads

bearing numerous minute horny black spines, which are used

in holding the female in the water. The figures which

Kammerer gives are quite inadequate, and as they merely

indicate a dark patch on the thumbs it is not possible to form

any opinion as to the nature of the structure they represent.

“The systematists who have made a special study of

Batrachia appear to be agreed that Alytes in nature does not

have these structures ; and when individuals possessing them

can be produced for inspection it will, I think, be time to

examine the evidence for the inheritance of acquired characters

more seriously. I wrote to Dr. Kammerer in July 1910,

asking him for the loan of such a specimen *, and on visiting

the Biologische Versuchsanstalt in September of the same

year I made the same request; but hitherto none has been

produced. In matters of this kind much generally depends

on interpretations made at the time of observation; here,

howeyer, is an example which could readily be attested by

preserved material. I notice with some surprise that in a

Jater publication [Kammerer, 4] on the same subject no

reference to the development of these structures is made,

As these. ... would be of special value in such a diagnosis,

the omission of any allusion to them calls for explanation.

Kammerer claims the evidence as proof of Mendelian segre-

gation in regard to an acquired character, the first example

recorded. Pending a repetition of the experiment, there is no

more to be said.”

A last remark, Kammerer takes it for granted that the

aquatic parturition, resulting in a strong reduction in the size

of the vitelline sphere, such as he claims to have artificially

induced in Alytes, is a case of atavistic reversion (1, p. 70;

4, pp."96, 105). Has he given sufficient thought to this

important question? Is he aware of how great a number of

batrachians, not necessarily with direct development and quite

irrespective of their systematic position, produce eggs with

large vitellus, so that, when our knowledge of tropical forms

-is more advanced, such a type of eggs may no longer have to

* “Tn reply to my letter, Dr. Kammerer, who was then away from

home, very kindly replied that he was not quite sure whether he had

killed specimens of Alytes with ‘ Bruntfischwielen’ or whether he oul

had living males of the fourth generation, but that he would send illus-

trative material.”

184 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Batrachian.

be regardéd as the great exception among Anura taken as a

whole ? ,

If it be permissible to speculate on the phylogeny of

Alytes, I would suggest that it is the large size of the eggs

that has enabled its direct ancestors to take to oviposition on

land, and not that the character of the eggs has been modified

to that effect*. I have already expressed the opinion +,

based on the assumption that batrachians were derived from

fishes related to the Crossopterygians and Dipnoans, which

produce eggs of a type similar to those of Cryptobranchus

and Alytes, viz., intermediate between the meroblastic and

holoblastic, that Bufo (extreme reduction of the food-yoik)

and Hylodes (suppression of the larval life) are extreme and

divergent examples evolved out of a condition such as we

still find in the thoroughly aquatic Urodeles Cryptobranchus

and Megalobatrachus.

XVII.—On a Second Species of the Batrachian Genus

Amphodus. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE remarkable genus Amphodus was proposed by Peters ¢

for a small tree-frog from Bahia which, being provided with

teeth in the lower jaw and having cylindrical diapophyses to

the sacral vertebra, has been referred to the family Hemi-

phractide, from the other genera of which it is separated by

the presence of teeth on the parasphenoid. Peters suggested

at the time that his Amphodus wuchereri might be closely

related to, if not the same as, Hyla luteola, described by Wied

- from specimens observed on the east coast of Brazil living

mostly between the leaves of Bromelias. *

I am now able to add a second species to the genus, which

was previously only known to me from the description and

figure. This species is so near to A. wuchereri that when

* As one might feel inclined to adduce, in opposition to my argument,

the case of the Solomon Islands frog# which, deprived of suitable water

for larval existence, dispense with the metamorphoses, I may mention

that I have recently described a frog from Siam— Rana pileata—which in

all probability breeds in water, the female of which measures 52 mm. in

length and the uterine eggs 3 mm. in diameter, exactly as in Alytes

obstetricans. :

+ ‘Les Batraciens’ (Paris, 1910), p. 49.

t Mon. Berl. Ac. 1872, p. 768.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Batrachian. 185

Mr. R. R. Mole submitted to me three specimens obtained

from Bromelias in Trinidad by his friend Capt. F. W. Urich,

I at once thought of Amphodus, and this guess at the genus

was confirmed on opening the mouth of the frog, which

showed large widely spaced teeth in the lower jaw, decreasing

in size from the symphysis, and small teeth on the para-

sphenoid bone. This little frog, measuring only 32 mm. from

snout to vent, is specifically different from 4. wucherert, the

tympanum being completely hidden ; but as it agrees tolerably

well with the rather unsatisfactory description and figure of

Hyla aurata, Wied *, from Bahia, stated to live in the same

surroundings as /. luteola, I am disposed to refer it, provi-

sionally at least, to the species so named, on account of the

golden-yellow colour of the three stripes on the back. Should,

however, Hyla aurata, Wied, prove to be a Hyla, the name

Amphodus auratus, Blgr., would nevertheless stand for the

Trinidad frog.

Capt. Urich intends to give an account of the habits of this

frog, as observed by him, and in the meantime he has

requested me to draw up a definition of the species.

Amphodus auratus.

Head much depressed, a little broader than long; snout

truncate, as long as the orbit, with distinct canthus and

nearly vertical loreal region; nostril near the tip of the snout ;

interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum

hidden ; a strong ridge above the temple. Fingers and toes

moderately long, the tips dilated into well-developed disks,

the subarticular tubercles very feeble ; fingers free, first

shorter than second; toes slightly webbed at the base. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye ; tibia half the length

of head and body, longer than the foot. Skin smooth, coarsely

granular on the belly and under the thighs. Brown above,

with three golden-yellow longitudinal streaks on the back,

the outer bifurcating on the head, the branches ending

between and behind the upper eyelids ; or head yellow, with

brown spots and three brown streaks, the outer following the

-canthus rostralis and the supratemporal ridge.

The three specimens described were obtained on Mount

Tucutche, a little above 3000 feet altitude.

* Reise Bras. ii. p. 249 (1821), Naturg. Bras, i. p, 531 (1825), and

Abbild. pl. —. fig. 3 (1831). :

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 13

186 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

XVITI.—Deseriptions of some Ethiopian and Australian

Homoptera. By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Fulgoride.

Subfam. TzerrrgoMETRInz.

Hilda welwitschi, sp. n.

Vertex of head and pronotum pale dull ochraceous, poste-

rior margin of pronotum paler; scutellum dull castaneous

brown, its extreme apex pale dull ochraceous ; face pale

ochraceous, with a curved transverse testaceous fascia between

the eyes; body beneath and legs more or less ochraceous,

femora castaneous, tibiz and tarsi spotted with fuscous

brown; tegmina dull pale violaceous, the claval area vires-

cent, margined inwardly and outwardly with pale purplish

brown, three irregularly transverse, more or less broken,

greyish linear fascie—one near base (outside claval area),

one near middle, the third (much angulated) near apex, some

small darker spots on costal margin; vertex of head con-

cavely excavate, almost as long as broad; scutellum mode-

rately convex, antenne black.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.

Hab. Angola (Dr. Welwitsch).

T'EMBANDUMBA, gen. nov.

Vertex of head longer than breadth between eyes, more or

less triangular, acutely narrowed anteriorly, discally foveately,

laminately depressed, eyes at bases of lateral margins, basal

margin truncate ; face almost as broad as long, centrally

carinate for about half its length, medially depressed ; clypeus

about as broad as long, moderately convex ; antenne passing

eyes, robust; pronotum much shorter than vertex, basal

margin truncate but centrally slightly sinuate, laterally sub-

angulate, centrally longitudinally carinate; scutellum large,

convex, almost as broad at base as long, the apex a little

acutely longitudinally produced; tegmina about twice as

broad as long, costal margin a little depressed near middle,

apices subconically rounded ; legs somewhat short and strong ;

posterior tibia unarmed.

Allied to the genus Hilda, Kirk (n. nom.), incl. Zsthmia,

Walk., and /gropa, Melich.

Ethiopian and Australian Homoptera. 187

Tembandumba buarana, sp. n.

Vertex of head, pronotum, and scutellum dark ochraceous ;

lateral margins of pronotum (narrowly), narrow margins of

scutellum, and a large angulated spot at each basal angle

black ; face ochraceous ; : clypeus black ; sternum and legs

black ; coxe and frochantars Gahrateous ; abdomen beneath

pale sanguineous or ochraceous; tegmina sanguineous ;

outer and inner margins (narrowly), anterior claval margin

(broadly), claval apex, two broad transverse fasciz extending

from inner claval margin to costal margin, and the apical

marginal area shining black ; two spots in claval area, one

about middle of inner claval margin, and the other preceding

and attached to the apical claval ‘spot, the anterior margins of _

the two black transverse fascize to tegmina, and a small costal

spot at inner margin of the black apical area creamy white ;

other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm., 8-9 mm.

Hab. W. Africa ; Cameroons, Buar.

Subfam. HoryreracHyDIna@.

Dardus erebus, sp. n

Black; tegmina with a prominent transverse, slightly

oblique, pale ochraceous or greyish-white spot before middle

of costal area; vertex of head broad, short, very slightly

concavely depressed on anterior margin, a central dull casta-

neous ridge and a slight foveation before each eye ; pronotum

with the lateral areas of the anterior margin and three discal

carinations—one central and straight, the other two oblique

—dull castaneous ; scutellum pale dull castaneous; tegmina

with the venation very obscurely dull castaneous ; abdomen

beneath sanguineous ; posterior tibize more or less brownish

ochraceous.

Long., incl. tegm., 53-6 mm.

Hab. Australia; Queensland; Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).

New South Wales; Leura (Froggatt).

Subfam. Rrceawirw 7.

Privesa pronotalis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum pale ochraceous, with

small, somewhat obscure, darker mottlings; pronotum with a

large spot occupying each lateral area and sometimes the

anterior margin black; scutellum with a small black spot

near each basal angle; abdomen above brownish olivaceous,

133

188 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

the basal segment greyish or very pale ochraceous ; body

beneath and legs pale ochraceous, with some very small and

obscure darker mottlings, those on the face sometimes

forming a dark central spot; facial lateral marginal areas

with a series of small dark spots ; tegmina pale dull ochra-

ceous, with dark mottlings, of which the largest are on the

apical halves of costal areas, many of the discal longitudinal

veins prominently blackish ; wings subhyaline, the venation

pale ochraceous ; head (including eyes) about as broad as

pronotum, anterior margin slightly rounded in front of eyes,

and with a transverse subconvex ridge between eyes, and a

central longitudinal carination, on posterior area two small

subexcavate dark spots.

Long., excl. tegm., 43-53 mm. ; exp. tegm. 13-16 mm.

Hab. New South Wales; Hay (J. Little). On salt-bush.

Fam. Jasside.

Eurymeloides moruyana, sp. n.

Vertex of head and pronotum bronzy brown; eyes dull

ochraceous; face and body beneath black ; legs dark casta-

neous ; scutellum and tegmina shining black, the latter with

a small cluster of greyish-white spots near apex of costal area ;

vertex of head roundly, a little subangularly produced, thickly

punctate; pronotum transversely, a little obliquely striate,

with two small dark central fovez on anterior margin; scu-

tellum finely punctate on basal half, after which it is suddenly

depressed to apex and is finely transversely striate ; posterior

tibice shortly coarsely spinose.

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm.

Hab. Australia; New South Wales, Moruya (Murray).

Subfam. Lzprrmv7.

Ledropsis crocina, sp. n.

Vertex of head ochraceous mottled with testaceous ; pro-

notum paler ochraceous mottled with testaceous, which on

disk forms a more or less complete central longitudinal

fascia and two spots near basal margin ; scutellum ochra-

ceous ; body beneath and legs ochraceous, marginal areas of

head beneath before eyes more or less testaceous, margins

of face distinctly darker, tibiae and tarsi spotted and marked

with sanguineous; tegmina ochraceous, more or less suffused

with purplish brown and irregularly but somewhat thickly

spotted with greyish white ; vertex of head longer than pro-

notum, apically conically rounded and moderately upturned,

Ethiopian and Australian Homoptera. 189

centrally longitudinally carinate, and from the latitude of

eyes a shorter carination on each side of central one, the whole

of its surface more or less rugose, facial area strongly con-

cave ; pronotum declivous, moderately gibbous at base.

Long., incl. tegm., 12 mm.

Hab, New South Wales ; Tamworth (Lea).

Allied to L. froggatt?, Dist., but vertex of head apically

broader and less acuminate, tegmina palely spotted, &c.

Ledropsis acuminata, sp. n

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs more

or leas fuscous brown; tibia obscurely palely annulated ;

tegmina dull pale greyish brown, the venation, basal area, and

three or four spots in oblique series before “middle fuscous

brown ; basal margin of pronotum black; vertex of head

much longer than pronotum, very strongly, centrally, longi-

tudinally — earinate, on each side of which it is very de-

clivous, near middle it distinctly narrows to apex, which is

acute ; pronotum centrally longitudinally carinate ; scutellum

coarsely tricarinate.

Long., incl. tegm., 14 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Gayndah (Godeffroy Exped.).

A very distinct species by the long and apically acute

vertex of the head.

GUDWANA, gen. nov.

Vertex of head (in type) about as long as broad, above

centrally longitudinally carinate, and in general as in Le-

dropsis ; head beneath concave, face narrow, a little raised,

and margined on each side by prominent and robust longi-

tudinal ridges ; pronotum with the basal area gibbous and

armed on each side with a very robust spine directed obliquely

upwards, the basal margin concave; tegmina about three

times longer than broad, not quite passing the abdominal

apex ; legs robust.

Allied to Ledropsis, but differing principally by the long

and robustly spined pronotum.

Gudwana typica, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath ochraceous ;

tegmina and legs pale ochraceous ; face between eyes centrally

longitudinally black ; apices of the pronotal lateral spines

castaneous ; tegmina with three pale ochraceous linear spots

on veins above the middle of claval area ; vertex of head and

190 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

the pronotum thickly and somewhat coarsely punctate, the

pronotal basal spines robust, obliquely upwardly raised, their

apices slightly recurved and subacute; scutellum thickly

punctate; tegmina finely wrinkled and punctate, the veins

somewhat prominent.

Long., incl. tegm., 13 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 4 mm.

Hab. New South Wales ; Sydney.

Subfam. VerrreonretrtinZe.

Tettigoniella nigrifrons, sp. n.

“Vertex of head pale greenish yellow, a small spot at apex,

a large marginal spot on each side before middle, a central

transverse fascia which is medially maculate and centrally

connected with base, and a central median basal line black ;

face wholly black, with a small semicircular ochraceous fascia

on middle of anterior margin; clypeus pale ochraceous, with

a dark central longitudinal fascia; pronotum olivaceous

green, its anterior area pale greenish yellow, with three

central black longitudinal lines, transversely connected before

reaching anterior margin, and a small oblique black spot on

each lateral margin; scutellum pale ochraceous, the basal

angles, lateral margins, and a narrow transverse central line

connected with a medial spot black; legs pale ochraceous ;

tegmina olivaceous green, the nervures and inner margins of

apical area black. ‘ace moderately convex; vertex of head

alittle more than half as long as breadth between eyes.

Long., incl. tegm., 9 mm.

Hab. W. Africa ; Cameroons, Buar.

Allied to 7. nigrinervis, Stal, from which it is distinguished

by the black face &c. The two allied species— 7’. cosmopolita,

Sign., and Z. nigrinervis, Stil, are also found in the

Cameroons.

Tettigoniella latomarginata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous; vertex with

five black spots, three anterior and submarginal and two

basal ; pronotum with a transverse central basal spot, some-

times broken centrally, and a small spot near each anterior

angle black ; scutellum unspotted; body beneath and legs

ochraceous; tegmina olivaceous green, with a broad pale

ochraceous costal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 7-8 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Upper North Pine (Froggatt) ; Tam-

bourine Mt., Moreton Bay.

Allied to 7. albomarginata, Sign., but with the vertex of

Ethiopian and Australian Homoptera. 191

the head a little longer and more conically produced, markings

of the pronotum different, scutellum unspotted, and the pale

costal margin to the tegmina very much broader.

Tettigoniella richmondensis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous ; vertex of head

with a sinuated anterior marginal fascia and two large longitu-

dinal spots at base black; pronotum with the lateral marginal

areas, and a large triangular spot at base, its apex more nar-

rowly connected with the anterior margin, black ; scutellum

with two large discal black spots extending from the anterior

margin to the transverse incision ; body beneath and legs

ochraceous, face with a central longitudinal. black line ;

tegmina dark indigo-blue, with a narrow subcostal pale

ochraceous margin ; vertex of head broad, moderately ante-

riorly conically produced; scutellum very strongly trans-

versely incised near middle.

Long., incl. tegm., 84 mm.

Hab, New South Wales ; Richmond River.

Subfam. Jassrvz.

Hecalus parvipicta, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous ornamented

with some small black spots, of which two are on apical

margin and three on basal margin of vertex, four on anterior

area of pronotum—arranged longitudinally in pairs—one on

each lateral margin of scutellum, and one on each side of

face near eyes; body beneath and legs ochraceous, a some-

what large spot on lateral margins of sternum, an apical spot

to femora, margins of posterior tibiae (sometimes broken into

a continuous series of small spots) black; tegmina more or

less ochraceous, on disk darker by reflecting the abdomen

beneath, a small black spot at apex of clavus ; vertex of head

broader than long, moderately concave and upwardly directed

anteriorly ; pronotum moderately convex; face moderately

longitudinally convex.

Long., incl. tegm., 9-10 mm.

Hab. Egypt; Sobat River (Ph. C. Zaphiro). Abyssinia;

Kog, Gilo River (Ph. C. Zaphiro).

192 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

XIX.—On the Arrangement of the South American Rats allied

to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. By Orprietp THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

WHEN writing some years ago * on the relation of Oryzomys

and Rhipidomys to each other and the allied forms 7homas-

omys and Cicomys, with lists of the forms belonging to each,

I indicated certain species as of doubtful position, and I

have now had anopportunity to re-examine these in the light

of further material.

As then explained, all these rats are divisible into two

groups, those with the structure of the palate as in Oryzomys

(Oryzomys and Gicomys) and those with it as described and

figured by Bangs + in his “ Erioryzomys” (Rhipidomys and

Thomasomys). Of the first of these groups only one species,

“ Hesneromys’’ rufescens, was referred to as doubtful, and

of this animal an additional example, without locality, has

lately been found among some old specimens put aside as

duplicates, and I have therefore been able to make a further

study of it. .

The second specimen, ‘although its skull is very dilapidated,

happens to show the posterior palate, and is also much

younger than the type, with almost unworn teeth, so that

an opinion can be formed as to its systematic position.

On studying the characters observable on the two

specimens I find that the animal, while belonging to the

Oryzomys—Cicomys series, certainly represents a genus dis-

tinct from any of its allies, its molar structure being indeed

quite unique in the group.

It may be called :—

Ruacomys, gen. nov.

General facies about asin Gicomys. Feet modified for

an arboreal life, with large plantar and digital pads. Mamme

apparently 1—2=6, as in Rhipidomys.

Skull broad and low, with broad, smooth, rounded brain-

case; supraorbital edges square, not ridged. Zygomatic

* Ann, Mag. N. H. (7) xviii. p. 442 (1906).

+ P. New Engl. Zool. Club, i. p. 96, pl. i. fig. 3 (1900).

Rats allied to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. 193

plate little projected forward. Palatal foramina short and

little open. Posterior palate of the general structure of

that of Oryzomys and Cicomys, not as in Rhipidomys and

Thomasomys.

Upper incisors approaching the vertical, angle with tooth-

row abont 80°, deep antero-posteriorly, their front surface

flattened and inclined inwards, so that the resulting relations

of the two teeth and the shapes of their tips are about as

in the Dormice, not as in any of the genera above mentioned.

Lower incisors of corresponding form, anteriorly, their roots

extended backwards much beyond the normal, forming a

prominent capsule outside the jaw, halfway between the

coronoid and the condyle. Both the shape and implant-

ation of the incisors therefore indicate unusual gnawing

powers.

Molars showing a remarkable modification of the structure

found in Gicomys and Oryzomys, for while the number

and positions of the cusps are the same, the various foldings

and ridges between and connecting the cusps are almost

entirely obsolete. The teeth are therefore almost as in

certain Phyllostomid bats, with smooth glossy surface and

simple conical cusps, which are evenly spaced, slightly

slanted backwards, 6, 4, and 2 in number on the three

teeth. Below the teeth are similarly modified, the cusps

slanting forwards.

Genotype. Khagomys rufescens (Hesperomys rufescens,

Thos.).

Without a much greater knowledge than I possess of the

structural modifications of the molars of this group, and the

systematic value that should be attached to their simpli-

fication in Rhagomys, I should not venture to express a

definite opinion as to its affinities, but I should suppose it

to be, on the whole, most nearly allied to Gcomys, with

which it agrees in general facies and palatal structure, but

from which, as from every other genus of the group, it may

be readily distinguished by the remarkable modification of

both incisors and molars above described.

Still younger specimens of Rhagomys will be very welcome

to show what trace of the normial foldings and ridges is

exhibited by the molars when absolutely unworn; but it

is evident there cannot be much.

Of the second group, those with the mesopterygoid fossa

continued forward between the posterior molars (Rhipidomys,

Thomasomys, &c.), the doubtful species are more numerous,

and I find the whole group needs revision, owing to the

194 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

diverse characters of some of the forms included in it. In

this revision, by removing some of the most diverse into

special genera, the groups that remain are rendered more

clear-cut and definable, to the great advantage of students

of the subject.

There would appear to be five genera of this group that

might be recognized, as shown in the following key :—

A. Molars of normal Oryzomys structure, with

brachyodont crowns.

a. Anterior zygomatic plate not projecting for-

wards enough to be visible from above.

a’, Without raised supraorbital beading con-

tinued across brain-case. MM?’ of evenly

oblong shape, its antero-internal tubercle

not or little reduced. Mamma 1—2=6.

a’, Interorbital region flat, its edges forming

overhanging divergent ledges. Feet

broad, with flattened pads ; claws short,

strongly curved, broad at base ........ 1. Rhipidomys.

b*. Interorbital region without ledges, though

in the larger species the edges may be

sharpened. Feet narrow, with high

pads; claws longer, less curved, nar-

DOWEL Mak stay 74 xi Wargo bie Oe ecg ee 2. Thomasomys.

b?, With raised supraorbital beading continued

across brain-case. MMZ' not evenly oblong,

the antero-internal cusp reduced. Mamme

Seuss spate Ce poe eae ath wig ee Ree 3. Phenomys.

6, Anterior zygomatic plate projecting forwards,

visible from above. Skull with long heavy

muzzle and small brain-case.............. 4, Delomys.

B. Molars of less typical Oryzomys structure, the

crowns slightly hypsodont. Build of skull

suggesting Oxymycterus or Microxus........ 5. Inomys.

The removal of the species ferrugineus, dorsalis, and sub-

lineatus from Thomasomys simplifies the definition and

reduces the range of that genus, as these three were out-

lying Brazilian forms with a different mammary formula, as

compared with the true Thomasomys, which inhabits the

northern part of the Andean area, with extension eastwards

to British Guiana.

One Andean species also, inmcanus, shows such marked

special characters that I have formed a peculiar genus for

its reception.

The following are short diagnoses of the genera now

recognized, with lists of the species included in them.

Rats allied to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. 195

1. Rurprpomys, Tschudi.

Form modified for arboreal life. Tail heavily pencilled.

Feet broad, the pads broad and low. Claws short, strongly

curved, their breadth at base equalling or exceeding their

Jength on their concave edge. Mamme 1—2=6.

Skull with large rounded brain-case. Interorbital region

broad and flat, its edges sharpened into ledges more or less

overhanging the orbits, but without any upwardly projecting

beading.

Antero-internal cusp of m’ slightly reduced, but not

sufficiently so to affect the general oblong shape of the

tooth.

Genotype. R. leucodactylus, Tschudi (Hesperomys leuco-

dactylus, Tsch.).

Species and subspecies :—

bovallii, Thos. microtis, Thos.

caucensis, All.

cearanus, Thos,

cocalensis, All.

couest, All.

elatturus, Osg.

eqguatoris, Thos.

Servidus, Thos.

Ffulviventer, Thos.

goodfellowt, Thos.

latimanus, Tomes.

lucullus, Thos.

macrurus, Gerv.

mastacalis, Lund.

milleri, All.

mollissimus, All.

nitela, Thos,

ochrogaster, All.

pictor, Thos.

quindianus, All.

scandens, Goldm.

sclateri, Thos.

similis, All.

yuruanus, All,

venezuele, Thos.

venustus, ‘Thos.

2. Tuomasomys, Coues.

Syn. Erioryzomys, Bangs.

Form not specially modified. Tail well haired. Feet of

normal proportions, the pads high, not broadened. Claws

comparatively jong and slender, not unusually curved.

Mamme 1—2=6.

Skull of medium proportions. Interorbital region nar-

rower than in Rhipidomys, sometimes concave, its edges

generally rounded, but sometimes, in the larger species,

raised .and sharpened, but never forming overhanging ledges

or distinct beading.

M* of normal oblong shape.

Genotype. 7. cinereus, Thos. (Hesperomys cinereus, Thos.).

196 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

Species and subspecies :—

altorum, All.

aureus, Tomes,

twops, Thos.

cinereiventer, All,

daphne, Thos.

gracilis, Thos.

hylophilus, Osg.

ischyrus, Osg.

kalinowsku, Thos.

monochromos, Bangs.

niveipes, Thos.

notatus, Thos.

paramorum, Thos.

popayanus, All.

pretor, Thos.

princeps, Thos.

pyrrhonotus, Thos.

rhoadsi, Stone.

laniger, Thos. taczanowsku, Thos.

macconnelli, de Wint. vestitus, Thos.

3. PH#NomMyYs, gen. nov.

Form normal, ‘Tail short-haired. Claws slender, not

specially curved. Mamme 2—2=8.

Skull slender, of normal proportions. Interorbital region

slightly concave, its edges forming definite raised beadings,

continued backwards across the parietals.

Incisors rather heavy. M/* not so evenly oblong as in the

other genera, the antero-internal cusp more definitely

reduced.

Range. South-eastern Brazil (Bahia, Rio Janeiro).

Genotype and only species. Phenomys ferrugineus, Thos.

(Oryzomys ferrugineus, 'Thos.).

4, DrLomys, gen. nov.

Form normal. ‘Tail quite short-haired, about as in

Oryzomys. Clawsnormal. Mammez 2—2=8 in two speci-

mens of D. dorsalis from Rio Grande do Sul, 1—2=6 in one,

believed to represent a new subspecies, from Rio Janeiro.

The latter number may be an abnormality.

Skull long, with long heavy muzzle and small brain-case.

Tnterorbital region rather broad, smooth, its edges rounded,

or slightly squared, not ridged or beaded. Zygomatic plate

projected forwards above far enough to be seen from above,

that of all the other forms mentioned in the present paper

absolutely without projection.

Molars rather narrow. M"* evenly oblong.

Range. South-eastern Brazil, from Espiritu Santo to Rio

Grande do Sul.

Genotype. Delomys dorsalis Hens. (Hesperomys dorsalis,

Hens.).

Other forms :—“* Oryzomys” sublineatus, Thos, and a new

subspecies of dorsalis described below.

Rats allied to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. 197

5. [nomys, gen. nov.

External characters as in Thomasomys; mamme not

known.

Skull recalling in shape that of Oxymycturus or Microxus,

with broad low rounded brain-case and long narrow snout.

Interorbital region smoothly rounded. Incisors small aud

delicate.

Molars rather narrow, their crowns higher than in any

other of the genera now dealt with. Their foldings, how-

ever, essentially as in Oryzomys and all the present group of

genera, not as in Oxymycturus.

Range. Central Peru. (Only known from Vitoc.y

Genotype and only species. Inomys incanus, ‘Vhos. (Ory-

zomys incunus, Vhos.).

The distinction of this genus rests mainly on the peculiar

shape of the skull, which, with its broad low brain-case,

long narrow snout, rounded’ interorbital region, and small

incisors curiously recalls that of an Ozymycturus or Microxus.

Its molars, however, show the typical structure of the

molars of the present group, and its interparietal is of full

normal size. Its removal from Thomasomys renders far

more uniform the skull-shape of the species to be referred

to that genus, as it was the one outstanding species in this

respect,

The following is the description of a new subspecies of

Delomys :—

Delomys dorsalis collinus, subsp. n.

General characters of true dorsalis of Rio Grande do Sul,

the colour approximately the same, and the fur similarly

soft and rich, and so equally differmg from the harsh-furred

D. sublineatus of Espiritu Santo. But the size, and especially

the size of the teeth, averages greater, the molar tooth-row

measuring 5°0 mm. in length, while in a considerable series

of true dorsalis this measurement is only 4°5 to 4:7 mm.,

the teeth of collinus being also perceptibly broader. No

doubt the two forms will be found to intergrade, but the

difference is so constant locally that it should be recognized

by name. In the series available the belly is rather more

whitish and less buffy, and the underside of the tail is less

decidedly whiter than the upper than is the case in dorsalis.

Mamme in the only female 1—2=6, instead of 2—2=8

198 Mr. O. Thomas on

as in D. dorsalis, but this may possibly be an individual

aberration.

Dimensions of the type, measured on a spirit-specimen :—

Head and body 130 mm. ; tail 132; hind foot 30; ear 21.

Skull, greatest length 33°8; condylo-incisive length 29°5;

zygomatic breadth 16°3; interorbital breadth 5 ; palatilar

length 13°3; palatal foramina 6°8; upper molar series 5:0.

Hab. N.E. Sio Paulo and neighbouring parts of Rio

Janeiro. Type from Itatiaya, Rio Janeiro, 4800 ft.; other

specimens from Piquete, SAo Paulo, 2500 ft. (A. Robert),

and Alto da Serra, Sio Paulo (Sao Paulo Museum).

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 14.2.23.12. Collected

22 August 1913 and presented by Prof. J. P. Hill, F.R.S.

Six specimens examined.

Our series of D. dorsalis consists of four spirit-specimens

from Rio Grande do Sul, the type-locality of the species,

collected by Dr. H. von Ihering, and a nice set of skins

from Roca Nova, Parana, obtained by Alphonse Robert i

1903.

XX.—Two new Rats of the Rattus confucianus Group.

By Ouprietp THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

My attention having been drawn to some rats referred to

Rattus confucianus from Formosa presented by Mr. Good-

fellow, I have made an examination of them and find that

not only do they represent a new species allied to the large

Sze-chwan R. excelsior, but that the specimens of “ R. con-

fucianus”’ from the Imperial Tombs, E. of Pekin, collected

by Mr. Malcolm Anderson, also need description.

Rattus culturatus, sp. 1.

Size of R. excelsior; skull with supraorbital beading.

General appearance about as in R. eacelsior, that is, very

like R. confucianus but larger. Fur long and shaggy.

Colour varying from mouse-grey to hair-brown, more

‘saturate ’’-looking than in R. confucianus and excelsior,

the latter especially being a much browner animal. Under

surface as usual sharply contrasted creamy white, the white

Two new Rats. 199

area perhaps a little more limited in extent than usual,

especially behind. Hands white. Feet greyish brown with

white digits. Tail as long as in ewcelsior, well haired,

blackish above for three-fourths its length, white below and

for its terminal two or three inches above.

Skull decidedly larger than that of confucianus, about

equalling that of exceisior, from which it differs by having

well-developed supraorbital ridges, as in the first-named

species. Palatal foramina long and well open.

Dimensions of the type, measured on skin :—

Head and body 186 mm. ; tail 216; hind foot 34.

Skull, greatest length 42; condylo-incisive length 37:2;

zygomatic breadth 18°6; nasals 16; interorbital breath 6 ;

breadth of brain-case 16; palatilar length 18; palatal

foramina 8°4; post-foraminal palate 7; molar series 7:2.

Hab. Mt. Arizan, Formosa. Alt. 8000 ft.

Type. Adult male. B.M. 12.11.23.21. Collected Feb.

1912 and presented by Walter Goodfellow, Esq. Seven

specimens.

Whether this is a Formosan representative of R. excelsior

of the Western Chinese Highlands or simply a larger island

form of R. confucianus it is not easy to say, but on account

of its highland habitat, and the curious relationship that

Formosan animals often have to Tibetan forms, I am rather

in favour of the former view. But in any case it needs a

distinctive name.

Rattus confucianus chihliensis, subsp. nu.

A greyish north-eastern form of confucianus, with com-

paratively short tail.

General colour of summer skins greyish-brown approxi-

mately as in the true Sze-chwan confucianus, not strongly

buffy clay colour as in sacer, canorus, and luticolor, which in

Shantung, Kansu, and the Ordos region make a line of pale

forms separating the present darker, or at least greyer,

animal from the Sze-chwan race. Under surface white,

sharply defined, the white of considerable extent, with the

line of demarcation high up. Hands and feet white, with

slight metatarsal darkening. Tail comparatively short, 144,

146, and 158 mm. in three examples as compared with

lengths of 155-180, usually about 170, mm. in the other

forms ; well haired, slightly pencilled, the terminal 2-3

inches white all round.

Skull as in R. c. sacer, except that the palatal foramina

200 Bibliographical Notice.

average decidedly shorter. In seven skulls of sacer the

foramina are 6°7 mm. in length or more, while in three

specimens of chihliensis they are 6'1 mm. or less. Molars

smaller.

Dimensions of the type, measured in flesh :—

Head and body 135 mm. ; tail 146 ; hind foot 26°5 ; ear 22.

Skull, greatest length 38; condylo-incisive length 35 ;

zygomatic breadth 17:3; nasals 13:2; interorbital breadth

5'4; breadth of brain-case 15; palatilar length 16; palatal

foramina 6:1; upper molar series (much worn) 5°6—of a

younger specimen, unworn, 5°3.

Hab. Imperial Tombs, 65 miles E. of Peking. Alt. 1000 ft.

Type. Old male. B.M. No. 8.8.7.31. Original number

1551. Collected 17 September, 1907, by M. P. Anderson.

Presented by the Duke of Bedford, K.G.

Even if the greyer colour is, as it may be, largely due to

the specimens being all in the spinous summer coat, this

subspecies deserves recognition by its shorter tail, shorter

palatine foramina and smaller teeth. It is the farthest to

the north-east of the races of R. confucianus.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14, under Sir Douglas

Mawson. Scientific Reports. Series C. Zoology and Botany.

Vol. IV. part 1. Mollusca. By C. Huptey, F.L.S. &. Pp. 80,

9 pls.

Tu1s is the second part of the series published so far, the first

(vol. iii. pt. 1) being on the Fishes by E. R. Waite; and both do

great credit to their begetters, being both well done and well got up.

Mr. Hedley describes some 125 species of Mollusca, obtained

from the twelve dredging-stations on Adelie Land and from Mac-

quarie Island, including 41 new species and 2 new genera, All

these new forms are most excellently illustrated, though one could

wish that the degree of magnification or reduction had been indi-

cated on the plates, or at least given in their explanations. No

general deductions are given, all such, we believe, being reserved

for special treatment when all the branches of zoology have been

dealt with. Mr. Hedley, however, does point out that ‘ about a

third of the Mollusca reported from Macquarie Island extend to

Kerguelen, and some range round the pole to the Falkland Islands

and New Georgia,” whilst he considers that probably some of the

forms here described as new will be eventually traced to other

subantarctic lands.

~ Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the First Day of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE

-LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, O.M., M.A., Sc.D., F.B.S.,

JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., F.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS,

Published the First Day of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE

ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

Conducted by

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

ARTHUR KE. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

Founded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subscription

(¢ Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 18s.

THE OBSERVATORY,

A MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

Edited by

A. S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M-Sc., F.R.S.,

F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., and

H. 8. JONES, M.A., B.Se.

Its Contributors include most of the leading English-speaking Astronomers,

and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical

thought and achievement.

(Sabie ear Monthly. Price 1s. 8d. Annual Subscription,

16s. post free.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

_ BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

. Edited by

- JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.LS.,

LATE SENIOR. ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM,

ebelicles by prominent Botanists ; Announcements of stake Reviews

Botanical News and Notes, &e., &e.

Samoa Tick Court, Fleet Street, London.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 116.—Eighth Series,

) aH ey! Oi ; Page

XII. A Systematic Revision of the African Species of the Coleo-

pterous Family Hrotylide. By Giipert J. ARRow .............. 137 ; ee ‘

XIII. New Indo-Maiayan Species of Bicsig aie By Colonel (.

Swinnor, MA, PLS, Be, io. areceetisdene es ee

XIV. Notes on Asteroidea. By Water K. Fisuer, Stanford

University, California........ Le phen a Soe aan ees Ae aA tee 166

~ XV. A new Genus and Subgenus of East-Indian Sea-Btars. By

Watrer K. Fisner, Stanford University, Californias.) ipa eats page

XVI. Remarks on the Midwife Toad (Alytes obstetricans), with

reference to Dr. P. Kammerer’s Publications. By G. A. Bovrencer,

ON Ve arene heer oe RAN 8 RC 18 eae

XVII. Ona » Second scans of the Batrachian ets Amphodus, 2

By G. A. Boutunesr, F.R.S. ........26.-. Teog® hsalh 5 ate ats ap ON TaN ek 184

XVIII. Descriptions of some Ethiopian end Snap Homo-

pipra’’; By WL Tsramr 6 Pat is aag ap eet ie Mele ka echt care oe 186288

XIX. On the Arrangement of the South-American Rats allied to :

Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. By Otprretp Tuomas ..... ek Pad se. 192

XX. Two new Rats of the Rattus confuctanus Group. By Oxp-

HIRED CLHOMAS c kceeieele ees el Cheha e eee mane Soule eas, eae wae COS

BIBLIOGRAPHIOAL NOTICE.

Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14, under Sir i ee

Mawson. Scientific Reports. Series C. Zoology and Boteny. ”

Vol. IV. part 1. Mollusca. By C. Hupuey, F.LS. &. ...... 200 peek

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, J

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. ‘l'aylor and Francis, Printing ORCS», ish ara

Red Lion iat, Fleet Street, London. : |

Vol. 20. EIGHTH SERIES. No. 117.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

No. 117.

SEPT, 1917.

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., BiGS.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., PRS, F.28,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’s “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,”

WITH TWO PLATES,

Tinsieslive of Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye’s Paper on new Species and

new Genus of Sphingide, and Mr. S. Hirst’s on certain Species of the Genus

Demodex, Owen.

LONDON:

“TAYLOR: AND FRANCIS, RED LION COETT FLEET STREET.

Sold by eke, ‘Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliéte, Paris:

ia and | Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin,

WATKINS & DONCASTER —

Raturalists,

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS > ay aa

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &c.

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

Price 4d.; Post Free, 43d.

LIST OF BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA

A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C, 4.

Price £7 net, Royal 4to, pp. xlvi, 1237, 33 coloured plates and map.

A HISTORY

OF THE

BIRDS OF CEYLON.

Col. Vincent Legge, R.A., F.Z.S., &c.

Tavror and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4.

Just Published.

Super-Royal 8vo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Text-figures.

Price 12s. 6d.

A CONTRIBUTION

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA.

L. S. GIBBS, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.

Taynor AND FRANCIS. Red Lion Court. Fleet Street. ~

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERLES.]

No. 117. SEPTEMBER 1917.

XXI.—Deseriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies

Hydrocampine, Scopariane, &c. By Sir Georee F.

Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &c.

[Continued from vol, xix. p. 473. ]

(27a) Aulacodes mesoscialis, sp. n.

Head and front part of thorax white with some dark red-brown

on shoulders and tegulw, the hinder part of thorax yellow; abdo-

men white at base, then yellow; antenne yellow; palpi yellow,

white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,

the legs tinged with yellow, the fore femora above and tibie at

extremities dark brown. Fore wing golden yellow ; a white patch

in end of cell; a red-brown fascia on costal area to beyond middle,

where it is conjoined to a deeper red-brown patch beyond the cell

confluent with a red-brown fascia on medial area extending from

the cell to above the inner margin, which is white below it; a

triangular silvery-white postmedial patch beyond the red-brown

area from below costa to vein 4; an obliquely curved silvery white

subterminal band from costa to vein 1, defined on inner side by a

rather diffused red-brown line and on outer by a fine black line; a

terminal series of black points ; cilia white tinged with red-brown.

Hind wing white, the inner area and terminal area broadly golden

yellow, the white area defined by an oblique black postmedial line

between vein 4 and the submedian fold; an oblique silvery white

line from costa before apex to termen at discal fold; minute

ocellate white spots defined by black and with black points on their

outer edges before termen above and below vein 4, then a small

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 14

202 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

black spot on termen below vein 3 and striga below vein 2, each

with a small black subterminal mark before them; cilia white

tinged with red-brown and with a brown line near base beyond the

spots.

Hab. Dutcn N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 13, 1 Q type.

Hzp., 6 20, 9 22 mm.

27b) Aulacodes hemithermalis, sp. n.

> ST

¢. Head and thorax golden yellow, the base of tegul, shoulders,

tips of patagia, and metathorax red-brown; abdomen golden yellow

with some white at base, the anal tuft brown; palpi white with

red-brown band near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen white; legs yellow, the fore femora above and

tibize on inner side and at extremity dark brown, the tuft of hair

in fold of mid tibia brown. Fore wing with the costal area and

cell to beyond its extremity deep red-brown, the inner area obliquely

deep red-brown to origin of vein 2 with the inner margin below it

except towards base white; some yellow in base of cell and the

fold in end of cell white ; the rest of wing orange-yellow ; a wedge-

shaped silvery white postmedial patch from below costa to vein 4

beyond the brown area, defined on outer side by a brown line; an

obliquely curved silvery white subterminal band from below costa

to above vein 1, defined on inner side by a rather diffused brown

line and on outer by a fine black line; a terminal series of black

points; cilia silvery white tinged with red-brown. Hind wing

silvery white, the inner and terminal areas broadly golden yellow;

some red-brown at base; an oblique sinuous black postmedial line

from vein 6 to submedian fold defining the white area ; an obliquely

curved silvery white line from costa before apex to termen at discal

fold; minute oeellate white spots defined by black and with black

points on their outer edges before termen above and below vein 4,

then. minute black spots on termen with minute white lunules

defined by black before them above and below vein 2, the termen

between them orange-red and with a black point above vein 5; cilia

silvery white tinged with red-brown at apex and with a brown line

at base beyond the spots.

2. Fore wing with oblique white bar across end of cell.

Hab. Durcu N. Guinea, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 3,2 2

type, Snow Mts., Setekwa R. (Week), 3 9. Hxp. 20-24 mm.

(27d) Aulacodes chrysoxantha, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen golden yellow, the dorsum of

thorax tinged with red-brown; antenne ringed with red-brown

towards base ; lower part of frons and palpi red-brown, the latter

white towards base; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white ;

legs yellow, the fore femora above and tibie at extremities dark

brown, the tarsi white ringed with red-brown. Fore wing golden

Pyralide: of the Subfamily Hydrocampinee. 203

yellow; the costal area red-brown to well beyond the cell, where it

expands into a triangular patch extending to vein 2, the red-brown

on basal area extending to just below the cell; some red-brown at

middle of inner margin; a wedge-shaped silvery white postmedial

patch from below costa to vein 3 beyond the red-brown area; a

narrow obliquely curved silvery white subterminal band from costa

to vein 1, defined on outer side by a fine black line; a terminal

series of black points; cilia silvery white tinged with red-brown

and with a brown line near base. Hind wing with the base, inner

area, and the terminal area broadly golden yellow, the rest of wing

white extending on costa from near base to near apexand narrowing

to vein 1; a minute brown spot in the cell near base and a brown

striga defining the yellow area in and just below the cell; an

oblique sinuous black postmedial line between discal and submedian

folds defining the white area ; a small metallic silver subapical spot

defined on outer side by blackish ; a small metallic silver ocellate

spot defined by black and with black point on its outer edge below

vein 5 before termen, then black points on termen below veins 4

and 3 and a striga below vein 2 with minute black lunules before

them ; cilia silvery white, tinged with red-brown at apex and with

brown line at base towards apex and beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcn N. Gurxea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 3 2, Snow

Mts., Setekwa R. (Meek), 19. Exp. 18-22 mm.

(27h) Aulacodes metazonalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white, the tegule at middle and sides, the

patagia at tips, and the metathorax yellow ; abdomen white with

dorsal yellow fascia, the anal tuft yellow; antenne yellow; palpi

rufous, white at base and in front, the 3rd joint white at base and

tips ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs

tinged with yellow, the fore femora above and tibize on inner side

red-brown, the tarsi ringed with red-brown. Fore wing rufous to

submedian fold and to the subterminal band and on basal part of

inner area, the rest of inner area and the terminal area golden

yellow; a silvery white fascia below the cell and basal half of

vein 2; a triangular silvery white postmedial patch from below

costa to vein 4, the costa above it yellow; an obliquely curved

silvery white subterminal band from costa to above vein 1, where

it ends in a point, defined on outer side by black points ; a terminal

series of black points and striga at submedian interspace; cilia

silvery white, tinged with rufous except at base. Hind wing

silvery white, extending on costa to near apex, the terminal half

golden yellow extending on inner area to near base; a red-brown

subbasal spot in the cell; an oblique dark brown postmedial line

from below costa to submedian fold, defining the white area; a

silvery white subterminal band between discal and submedian folds,

defined on inner edge by fuscous and on outer by a black line;

minute silvery white ocellate spots defined by black and with black

points on their outer edges before termen above and below vein 4, a

14*

204 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

black point on termen below vein 3, then a fine line to submedian

fold ; cilia white tinged with utfotis and with red-brown line near

base between discal and submedian folds.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 3 Q type. Huxp.

24: mm.

(277) Aulacodes aurantipennis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright orange; palpi rufous

towards tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white

tinged with yellow, the fore femora above and tibize on inner side

suffused with brown. Fore wing bright orange, the costa suffused

with rufous to beyond the cell, where it expands into an oblique

wedge-shaped rufous patch to vein 3; some rufous on middle of

inner margin ; the fold in end of cell whitish ; a triangular silvery

whitish postmedial patch from below costa to vein 3 beyond the

rufous patch, defined on outer side by brown; an obliquely curved

silvery white subterminal band from costa to above vein 1, defined

on inner side by brownish and on outer by a fine blackish line; a

terminal series of black points and striga at submedian interspace ;

cilia silvery white with a brown line near base. Hind wing bright

orange ; a whitish patch suffused with red-brown in, below, and

beyond end of cell, defined on outer side by an oblique sinuous red-

brown line; an oblique silvery white subapical bar tinged with red-

brown; minute silvery white ocellate spots defined by black and

with black points on their outer edges betore termen above and

below vein 4, and black points on termen above and below vein 2,

with black striz before them ; cilia silvery white, red-brown at base

towards apex and dark brown beyond the spots.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guryea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

22 mm.

(277) Aulacodes argenteopicta, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen bright orange; palpi with brown

rings on 2nd and 3rd joints; fore femora above and tibiz on inner

side dark brown, the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing bright

orange ; a brown streak below base of costa; an oblique black

streak above middle of inner margin; the fold in end of cell

whitish; an ineurved black line beyond the cell between veins 7

and 4 defining the inner side of an oblique triangular pale orange

patch; a narrow obliquely curved metallic silver subterminal band

from below costa to above vein 1 where it is bent inwards, defined

on outer side by a fine black line; a terminal series of black points

and striga at submedian interspace; cilia silvery white tinged with

brown. Hind wing bright orange ; an oblique sinuous black post-

medial line between the discal and submedian folds ; an obliquely

curved metallic silver subapical bar defined on outer side by a

blackish line ; minute metallic silver ocellate spots defined by black

and with black points on their outer edges before termen above and

below vein 4, a minute black spot on termen below vein 3 and bar

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hy drocampine. 205

below vein 2, and a minute black point on termen above vein 5 ;

cilia metallic silver.

Hab. Durcu N. Gutyea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 2 3, Snow

Mts., Up. Setekwa R. (Meek), 1 35,3 2 type. Hap. 20-24 mm.

(28a) Aulacodes mediofascialis, sp. n.

2. Head whitish ; thorax whitish tinged with yellow in front,

red-brown behind; abdomen white, suffused with yellow except

towards base, the anal tuft rufous at extremity; antenne yellow;

palpi red-brown ringed with white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white, the legs tinged with yellow, the fore femora

above and tibiz on inner side red-brown, the tarsi ringed with

brown. Fore wing with the costal area yellow irrorated with red-

brown ; a broad red-brown fascia from base of inner margin through

the end of cell to the subterminal band, before which it expands to

just below costa and to vein 2, its lower edge oblique and sinuous to

origin of vein 2, then downcurved, the area below it silvery white ;

a conical silvery white postmedial patch between veins 7 and 4; a

narrow oblique silvery white subterminal band from below costa to

submedian fold, defined on outer side by minute black lunules ; the

terminal area yellow, bent inwards on inner margin to near middle ;

a terminal series of black points; cilia silvery white. Hind wing

silvery white, the terminal area broadly and inner area to near base

yellow, the base red-brown; an oblique sinuous dark brown post-

medial line between discal and submedian folds defining the white

area; an oblique wedge-shaped silvery white mark from costa

before apex, defined by fine black lines; minute ocellate silvery-

white spots defined by black and with their outer edges produced to

black points before termen above and below vein 4, a black point

on termen below vein 3, and striga below vein 2, with minute black

bars well before them, some orange on termen between the ocellate

spots; cilia silvery white, brown at base towards apex and beyond

the spots.

Hab. Durcu N. Gutnea, Mimika R. ( Wollaston), 2 2, Wata-

ikwa R. (Wollaston), 3 2 type, Snow Mts., Up. Setekwa R.

(Meek), 3 2. Hap. 18-22 mm.

(30e) Aulacodes thermichrysia, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen golden yellow tinged with

rufous ; antenne white tinged with rufous; palpi with the base

white, defined above by an oblique deep rufous line; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs tinged with yellow,

the fore tibize black-brown at extremities. Fore wing grey-white

tinged with brown, the costal area rufous to end of cell; a curved

yellowish rufous fascia from inner margin before middle to tornus,

leaving some grey on inner margin beyond middle; a triangular

deep rufous postmedial patch from below costa to vein 4, its lower

extremity connected by an oblique yellowish rufous- bar with the

206 Sir G. F. Wampson on new

curved yellowish subterminal band tinged with and defined by

rufous from costa to vein 2, with a silvery grey band beyond it

before the golden yellow terminal band defined on inner side by a

black line from costa to vein 1; a terminal series of black points ;

cilia silvery white tinged with brown. Hind wing with the basal

area grey-white tinged with brown, extending on costa to well

beyond middle and on inner area to tornus, its outer edge defined

by an oblique sinuous dark brown postmedial line between discal

and submedian folds; the postmedial area golden yellow from

below costa to above inner margin, its outer edge produced to

termen at discal fold; the apical area and a subterminal band from

vein 5 to inner margin grey-white tinged with brown ; a terminal

golden yellow band between discal and submedian folds with a

series of minute ocellate silvery white spots defined by black and

with black points on their outer edges before termen, paired below

veins 5, 4, 38, and single below vein 2; cilia silvery white tinged

with brown and with brown line near base.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 4 3 type. Exp.

28 mm.

(809) Aulacodes coniferalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the last suffused with

brownish ochreous towards extremity ; palpi with brown band near

extremity of 2nd joint; legs tinged with yellow, the fore femora

above and tibiz on inner side and at extremities dark brow n, the

tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing silvery white; the costal area

cupreous rufous to beyond the cell, ‘where it expands into a trian-

gular reddish yellow patch before a conical silvery white postmedial

patch from below costa to vein 4, defined by black except above ;

the terminal area broadly golden yellow, emitting a fascia below

the cell to middle with an oblique black mark “before its lower

extremity above inner margin; a narrow oblique metallic silver

subterminal band from below costa to above inner margin, where

it is slightly angled inwards, defined on outer side by a slight

blackish line ; a terminal series of black points; cilia silvery white

tinged with rufous. Hind wing silvery white, the terminal area

broadly pale yellow except towards tornus, defined on inner side by

an oblique black postmedial line from vein 5 to submedian fold ; an

oblique silvery white line from costa before apex to termen at discal

fold ; minute ocellate silvery spots defined by black and with black

points on their outer edges before termen above and below vein 4,

a black point on termen below vein 3 with a striga before it and a

striga on termen below vein 2, some orange on termen between the

spots ; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous towards apex and with

brown line at base beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryka, Snow Mts., Up. Setekwa R. (Meek),

13,1 9 type. Exp. 16 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subjamily Hydrocampine. 207

(80h) Aulacodes flavifascialis, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white ; antenne with dark rings

at middle ; palpi yellow, the 3rd joint white ; fore tibize yellow with

a brown band at extremities, the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore

wing silvery white ; the costal area tinged with red-brown to end of

cell; a yellow fascia above inner margin from near base to the

subterminal band; an oblique dark brown bar beyond the cell from

below costa to vein 4 with some reddish brown before it beyond

the cell; an oblique golden yellow band from costa to vein 2 before

the silvery white subterminal band; a yellow terminal band defined

on inner side by a black line; a terminal series of black points ;

cilia silvery white tinged with red-brown at tips. Hind wing

silvery white, the terminal area broadly pale yellow; an oblique

black postmedial line between discal and submedian folds defining

the white area; an oblique silvery white line from costa before

apex to termen at discal fold; small ocellate silvery white spots

defined by black and with minute black spots on their outer edges

before termen above and below vein 4, a minute black spot on

termen below vein 3 and striga below vein 2, each with a black

striga before it, some orange on termen between the spots; cilia

silvery white with a brown line near base beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 15 2 type.

Exp. 18-20 mm.

(3807) Aulacodes argentimaculalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the shoulders

cupreous rufous, the tips of patagia and metathorax golden, the

abdomen with golden bands except at base; antenne golden

yellow; palpi rufous, white in front towards base ; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the fore coxe yellow in

front, the femora above and tibiz on inner side, the tibize on outer

side, and tarsi yellow, the latter brown at extremities, the mid

tibize yellow, brown at base. Fore wing cupreous rufous; an

orange fascia below costa ; a silvery white patch on inner basal area

with oblique outer edge, a quadrate medial patch with elongate

spot above it in end of cell; a rounded postmedial patch from

below costa to vein 4, defined by browm except above and with its

upper extremity somewhat produced; a curved subterminal band

from below costa to inner margin, expanding on inner side between

veins 7 and 4 and in submedian interspace into a rather wedge-

shaped patch; a golden yellow terminal band defined on inner side

by a fine black line; a terminal series of black points ; cilia silvery

white tinged with rufous. Hind wing silvery white; a reddish-

brown antemedial line from cell to vein 1 with some yellow before

it above vein 1; a reddish brown postmedial line from vein 6 to

submedian fold with the area beyond it golden yellow; some

golden yellow at apex and on termen below vein 1; three small

208 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

rather elongate silvery white spots defined by black before termen

between veins 5 and 2, with eight black points beyond them on

termen ; cilia silvery white with a brown line at base, at apex, and

beyond the spots.

Q@. Fore wing yellower and less tinged with rufous.

Hab. Br. N. Gurnna, Mambare, R. Biagi (Meek), 3 S$, 1 9

type. Hap., d 22, 9 24 mm.

(81d) Aulacodes longiplagialis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the shoulders red-

brown, the patagia tinged with yellow at tips, the metathorax with

red-brown, the anal segment of abdomen yellow; antennz tinged

with rufous; palpi rufous; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the legs tinged with rufous, the fore coxe yellow

in front. Fore wing silvery white; the costal area red-brown to

well beyond the cell, expanding into an oblique triangular patch to

lower angle of cell; the terminal area broadly bright yellow, joined

below the angle of cell by a curved yellow fascia from inner margin

before middle, the yellow terminal area defined on inner side by a

slight obliquely curved red-brown line from costa to the fascia at

lower angle of cell; a narrow curved metallic silvery subterminal

band from below costa to above vein 1 where it is slightly angled

inwards, defined at sides by slight black lines ; a terminal series of

black points ; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous towards apex.

Hind wing silvery white, the terminal area broadly pale yellow,

defined on inner side by an oblique black postmedial line from

vein 5 to submedian fold; a curved silvery white line from costa

before apex to termen at discal fold defined at sides by some brown

scales ; small ocellate silver spots defined by red-brown and black

and with minute black spots on their outer edges before termen

above and below vein 4, and minute black spots on termen above

and below vein 2 with small silvery lunules defined by red-brown

before them and a black point on termen above the spots, the

termen between the spots orange ; cilia silvery white, tinged with

rufous towards apex and with brown line at base beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcn N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 2 type. xp.

22 mm.

(82a) Aulacodes obliquivitta, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; antenne tinged with

rufous ; palpi rufous; fore legs tinged with rufous and with brown

band at extremity of tibiz. Fore wing silvery white; the costa

cupreous rufous to near apex, expanding into a small patch at end

of cell; an oblique cupreous red-brown antemedial bar from sub-

median fold to inner margin; the terminal area broadly pale

yellow, emitting a wedge-shaped fascia to lower angle of cell, the

inner edge of the yellow area defined by a fine red-brown line from

costa to lower angle of cell; a narrow metallic silver subterminal

Pyralide of the Subfamily HWydrocampinee. 209

band from below costa to above vein 1 where it is slightly angled

inwards, defined at sides by red-brown lines; a terminal series of

black points; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous towards apex.

Hind wing silvery white, the terminal area broadly pale yellow,

defined on inner side by an oblique black postmedial line from

vein 5 to submedian fold; a curved silvery white line from costa

before apex to termen at discal fold, defined on outer side by some

red-brown scales ; small ocellate silver y spots defined by blackish

and with black points on their outer edges before termen above and

below vein 4 and black points on termen above and below vein 2

with smali silvery lunules defined on outer side by black betore

them, the termen between the spots orange, a black point on termen

above the spots; cilia silvery white, tinged with rutous at apex

and with brown line at base towards apex and beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 2 type.

Exp. 18 mm.

(8c) Parthenodes melanicalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown with a cupreous

gloss, the shoulders and patagia with white bars, the abdomen with

white segmental lines; antennze with some white on basal joint;

frons with white lines at sides ; palpi white towards base, at extre-

mity of 2nd joint, and on the 8rd joint below; pectus and legs

white suffused with brown. Fore wing black-brown with a

cupreous gloss; oblique antemedial and medial white lines; an

oblique wedge-shaped postmedial patch from costa to vein 3 defined

by white lines; a narrow white subterminal band from below costa

to vein 2, its inner edge slightly incurved at middle, a small wedge-

shaped white spot below it below vein 2; a white terminal line.

Hind wing black-brown with a cupreous g gloss ; ; some white at base ;

a curved white subbasal line from cell to inner margin; a slightly

sinuous white medial line; postmedial line white, excurved below

costa and above inner margin and incurved at vein 2, defined

on each side by darker brown; a whitish subterminal line defined on

each side by darker brown, incurved at submedian fold, then bent

outwards to join the whitish terminal line 5 cilia whitish at tips.

Hab. Cotompta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 Q type.

Ep. 14 mm.

(8f) Parthenodes mesoleucalis, sp. n.

©. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with dark

brown, the last with blackish segmental lines; antenne dark

brown; frons white at sides; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white suffused with cupreous brown. Fore wing ochreous

suffused with black-brown; an oblique white antemedial bar on

inner area ; a curved white medial line from subcostal nervure to

vein 1, followed by a white band from costa to vein 1, then a white

line excurved below vein 2; an oblique conical postmedial patch

210 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

from costa to vein 8, defined by white’ lines and with white patch

in it at costa; a subterminal white band defined by black from

below costa to vein 4, its inner edge incurved, then triangular white

marks below veins 4, 8, 2, the last larger; a terminal ochreous

band; cilia dark brown, whitish at tips. Hind wing ochreous

suffused with black-brown; the base white; an oblique white

antemedial line, followed by a white medial band, its outer edge

excurved beyond lower angle of cell, then a white postmedial line

exeurved beyond the cell; a subterminal white band from below

costa to vein 4 defined by black-brown, its inner edge incurved,

then white spots below veins 4 and 3 and a band in submedian

interspace ; an ochreous terminal band ; cilia black-brown at base,

whitish at tips.

Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden), 1 9 type. Exp.

20 mim.

(89) Parthenodes parallelalis, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax rufous ; abdomen ochreous whitish suffused

with rufous; fore tibiz and tarsi with some darker brown ; pectus,

hind legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous whitish tinged

with rufous. Fore wing rufous; a very oblique dark brown ante-

medial line from costa to vein 1; a short dark streak in middle of

cell and oblique dark discoidal bar ; postmedial line dark brown,

strongly dentate, acutely angled inwards below costa and vein 3,

and ending at the antemedial line on vein 1; a dark streak on

terminal part of inner margin and a dark terminal line. Hind

wing ochreous white tinged with rufous; a dark discoidal point and

terminal rather punctiform line.

Hab. Perv, Chanchamayo, 1 9 type. xp. 26 mm.

(87) Parthenodes rufalis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax white mixed with fulvous brown; (abdo-

men wanting) ; antenne white ringed with black ; palpi with some

black ; pectus and legs white, the fore femora and tibie fuscous

above, the tarsi ringed with black, the hind tibie tinged with

cupreous brown towards extremity. Fore wing fulvous brown

mixed with some white and slightly irrorated with dark brown ;

a faint rufous antemedial line, angled outwards below costa,

then oblique; medial line red-brown defined on inner side by white,

oblique to discal fold, angled outwards at submedian fold, then

oblique, a rather triangular white patch beyond it from costa to

lower angle of cell, diffused outwardly ; postmedial line indistinct,

brown slightly defined on outer side by white, angled outwards

below costa, then rather inwardly oblique, a black streak beyond it

on vein 7 to the subterminal line, which is white, excurved below

costa, then erect; cilia white tinged with fulvous brown at base

and with black line near base, the tips chequered with black at

veins 7,6 and at middle. Hind wing white with a wedge-shaped

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydiocampine. 211

pateh of fulvous brown suffusion from median nervure before

middle to termen between discal and submedian folds; a diffused

brownish antemedial spot above inner margin; a blackish bar

beyond lower angle of cell and bar at tornus; postmedial line

brown, obsolete on costal area, excurved below discal and sub-

median folds; cilia white tinged with brown, a black line near

base, less distinct below submedian fold, and some dark brown at

tips at vein 6 and middle.

Hab. Cotompta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 1 2 type.

Exp. 18 mm.

(186) Parthenodes albiceps, sp. n.

@. Head white; thorax and abdomen whitish mixed with red-

brown; antenne reddish brown; sides of frons and palpi red-

brown, the palpi white at base, the maxillary palpi white at tips ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with

red-brown. Fore wing white thickly irrorated with red-brown

especially on terminal half; antemedial line red-brown, oblique to

just below the cell, then inwardly oblique ; a short white fascia on

costa before the postmedial line which is dark red-brown, excurved

between veins 7 and 4, then very oblique ; cilia dark brown with

a fine white line at base and white tips. Hind wing white irrorated

with red-brown except in the cell and on costal area, the terminal

area more suffused with red-brown; a curved brown postmedial

line, ineurved at submedian fold ; a fine deep rufous terminal line ;

cilia dark brown with a fine white line at base and white tips.

Hab, Transvaat, Lemana (Janse), 1 2 type. Exp. 16 mm.

(4) Perisyntrocha flavalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax fulvous yellow; abdomen whitish suffused with

fulvous yellow. Fore wing yellow, the costal area tinged with

fulvous ; antemedial line red-brown, oblique to median nervure,

then erect ; an oblique black-brown discoidal bar; postmedial line

‘yed-brown, incurved; a terminal series of black-brown striz; cilia

yellow at base, then pale glossy grey-brown. Hind wing yellow;

an oblique black-brown discoidal bar; postmedial line rather

diffused, brown, arising below costa, slightly excurved at vein 3,

and ending on termen at submedian fold; a terminal series of black-

brown striz from apex to submedian fold; cilia white, the bases

yellow, followed by a brown line to submedian fold.

Hab. CamEnoons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 1 3,1 2 type. Kup.

22 mm

(26) Dracenura metaleuca, sp. n.

3. Head, teguleat middle, and thorax pale red-brown, the shoulders

dark brown, the metathorax yellowish white; abdomen yellowish white,

tinged with rufous towards extremity; antenne white ringed with

brown; frons and palpi deep chocolate-brown, the latter white in front

212 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

obliquely from base to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore legs cupreous brown

in front. Fore wing dark glossy brown, the inner margin white to

beyond middle; a curved dark antemedial line; a small black-

brown spot in middle of cell and discoidal bar; postmedial line

dark brown, excurved below costa, then oblique; cilia with a fine

pale line at base and white tips. Hind wing creamy white with a

terminal brown band; cilia black-brown with white tips.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mt. Kebea (Pratt), 1 db type. xp.

30 min.

(21a) Bradina wxanthalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdomen

white, dorsally dark brown except at base; antenne whitish

slightly ringed with brown; frons dark red-brown ; palpi black-

brown, obliquely white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore tibiz at extremities and mid tibiz at base

brown. Fore wing pale yellow with a broad dark red-brown costal

fascia; a brown discoidal striga. Hind wing white, tinged with

yellow towards termen.

Q@. Fore wing with the costal fascia narrower, expanding into a

patch at apex, the termen tinged with brown except towards tornus ;

hind wing with the cilia brown at apex.

Hab. Lovistane Is., St. Aignan I. (Meek), 1 g type; ApMrI-

Rrauty Is. (Meek), 19. Hap. 22 mm.

(25a) Bradina albigenitalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax glossy dark brown tinged with grey; abdo-

men grey-brown ringed with white, the extremity and anal tutft

dark brown, the genital tufts pure white; antenne grey-brown

ringed with black; palpi white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore tibie brown at extremities.

Fore wing dark grey-brown with a purple gloss; antemedial line

black-brown glossed with blue, oblique; a black-brown spot in

middle of cell and elliptical discoidal spot glossed with blue; post-

medial line black-brown glossed with blue, expanding into a small

spot at costa, with some whitish before and beyond it, excurved to

vein 2 and at vein 1; cilia black-brown at base, gréy-brown at tips.

Hind wing dark grey-brown with a cupreous gloss; an indistinct

curved brown postmedial line; cilia black-brown with the tips

white.

Hab. Souomon Is., Bougainville I. (dleek), 2 3 type. Exp.

382 mm.

(2a) Celorhyneidia flammealis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax purplish pink mixed with some whitish ;

abdomen whitish suffused with rufous and with dorsal dark brown

stripe ; antenne red-brown ringed with dark brown; palpi purplish

Pyralida of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 213

pink, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white, the fore legs and mid tibize above suffused with rufous.

Fore wing purplish pink; an oblique sinuous yellow antemedial

line ; a yellow fascia on medial part of costa conjoined to a small

triangular yellowish-white patch in end of cell with the small

deeper pink discoidal lunule on its outer edge ; postmedial line

yellow, dilated at costa, excurved to vein 3 near termen, then bent

inwards and obliquely excurved from vein 2 to inner margin ; cilia

white with some brownish yellow at base. Hind wing purplish

pink, the costal area white to the subterminal line, which is yellow,

curved, from the costal area to termen at submedian fold; cilia

white, yellow at base to vein 2.

Hab. Kcuavor, R. Pastaza, Alpayacu (Palmer), 1 3 type.

Exp. 380 mm.

(6) Celorhyncidia cuprescens, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax dark red-brown with a cupreous gloss;

abdomen paler red-brown glossed with grey; palpi with the 2nd

joint whitish in front and at extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing

dark red-brown with a cupreous gloss; a faint diffused obliquely

eurved dark line from costa beyond ania to middle of inner

margin; the costa greyish towards apex. Hind wing reddish

brown glossed with grey.

Hab. Duron N. Guryea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),

1 ¢ type. Exp. 50 mm.

(la) Diathrausta griseifusa, sp. n.

3d. Head and thorax red-brown tinged with grey ; abdomen pale

red-brown tinged with grey and. with slight whitish segmental

lines; antenne ringed with whitish; palpi dark grey- ~brow mh

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale red-brown tinged

with grey. Fore wing red-brown suffused with grey-white, the

terminal area whiter except towards costa; an oblique sinuous

brown antemedial line ; postmedial line brown with an ochreous-

white triangular mark on its inner side at costa, rather inwardly

oblique and sinuous, a red-brown shade on its outer side from costa

to vein 2 and a whitish point at costa; a terminal series of dark

bars ; cilia white with a dark line near base interrupted at vein 2,

the tips brown at apex and middle. Hind wing whitish tinged

with brown; a slight dark terminal line; cilia w vith a white line

at base followed by a dark line.

Hab. Braziu, Sta. Catherina (Michaelis), 2 S$ type. Hzxp.

14 mm.

(4a) Diathrausta leucographa, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some white ;

abdomen dark red-brown with white segmental lines; antennze

O14 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

ringed with white; frons with white lines at sides; palpi white in

front to extremity ‘of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white suffused with red-brown. Fore wing dark reddish

brown with a cupreous gloss; a rather maculate white antemedial

line from subcostal nervure to inner margin; a quadrate white

patch in the cell towards its extremity conjoined to a spot below

the cell; postmedial line white, dilated at costa, slightly excurved

below costa and with minute white spots before it above and below

vein 7, then slightly sinuous to vein 3 where it is interrupted and

retracted to the lower extremity of the patch in the cell, then

sinuous to inner margin; a minute white spot just below ies

“before apex and terminal spots above and below veins 6 and 2

cilia with white patches above and below middle. Hind wing dar “:

brown with a cupreous gloss; the costal area white to beyond

middle ; a whitish bar at middle of cell; a white postmedial band

from the costal area to vein 2 with a curved whitish line from it to

inner margin, an incurved white line just beyond it from below

costa to vein 2; cilia white with a dark line near base, the tips

brown at vein 3 and towards tornus.

Hab. D’EnrrecastrEacx Is., Goodenough I. (Meek), 1 2 type.

Exp. 16 mm.

(4¢) Diathrausta fulviceps, sp. n.

Head and tegule except at sides fulvous yellow, the rest of

thorax and abdomen glossy dark brown, the latter with the four

basal segments dorsally fulvous; frons dark brown at sides; palpi

dark brown, fulvous yellow in front to extremity of 2nd joint;

pectus and legs whitish suffused with brown, the fore femora and

tibie dark brown in front. Fore wing dark brown with a leaden-

grey gloss; an indistinct curved dark antemedial line ; postmedial

line blackish with a yellowish-white spot on its inner aide at costa,

oblique to vein 4, excurved to vein 2, then incurved; cilia dark

brown at base, the tips silvery white tinged with brown towards

tornus. Hind wing dark brown with a leaden grey gloss; an

indistinct dark postmedial line, exeurved to vein 2, then incurved ;

eilia dark brown at base, the tips silvery white tinged with brown

towards tornus.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 6 ¢ type, Luchenya

R. (Weave), 13,5 ¢. Hep. 14-18 mm.

(3) Deuterophysa grisealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with pale grey-

brown, the anal tuft white; antenne white ringed with brown ;

palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged

with reddish brown. Fore wing grey-white tinged and irrorated

with reddish brown ; a brown antemedial line, oblique to below the

cell and angled inwards at vein 1; a brown discoidal bar; post-

medial line Brown with a white spot on its inner side at cones in-

eurved below vein 8; cilia with a fine ochreous line at base followed

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 215

by a blackish line, the tips pure white. Hind wing grey-white

tinged and irrorated with reddish brown, the costa white to beyond

middle; slight brown bars before and beyond the discocellulars ;

postmedial line indistinct, brown, bent inwards at. vein 2; cilia

with a fine ochreous line at base followed by a black line, the tips

pure white.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1d type. Exp.

10 mm.

(4) Deuterophysa furvitermen, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with red-brown, the

anal tuft white ; antennz white ringed with brown ; sides of frons

and palpi grey-brown, the latter white at base and tips; pectus

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown.

Fore wing grey-white tinged and thickly irrorated with red-brown ;

antemedial line red-brown, black at costa, curved; the medial area

with the costa pale yellow; postmedial line red-brown, black at

costa, curved; the termen fiery rufous; cilia white with a black

line at middle. Hind wing grey-white tinged and thickly irrorated

with red-brown ; a brown discoidal bar ; postmedial line red-brown,

arising below the costa, bent inwards and almost obsolete at vein 2 ;

the termen fiery rufous ; cilia white with a blackish line at middle.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 3b, 2 & type.

Exp., 3 16, 9 18 mm.

Genus MItcRoPHYSETICA, nov.

Type, M. peperita.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi porrect, about twice the length

of head and fringed with hair above and below; maxillary palpi

triangularly dilated with hair; frons with small pointed conical

prominence ; antennz of male laminate and annulated, ciliated.

Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced; veins 8, 4 from

angle of cell; 5 from just above angle; 6 from below upper angle ;

7 from angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell; a costal fold on

underside to beyond middle. Hind wing with vein 38 from just

before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle ;

7 anastomosing with 8.

Microphysetica peperita, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with blackish

and some whitish, the abdomen blackish towards extremity; an-

tenn whitish ringed with black; palpi brown, whitish in front to

extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-

men towards base whitish tinged with red-brown, the fore legs

dark brown, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing whitish

suffused with red-brown and irrorated with blackish, the terminal

area darker; a fine blackish subbasal line, excurved below costa ;

216 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

antemedial line black, oblique towards costa, retracted in the cell,

then sinuous; a small black spot at lower angle of cell; postmedial

line black, oblique, sinuous, and defined on each side by white to

vein 2, then retracted and almost obsolete to lower angle of cell and

excurved above inner margin; a blackish subterminal shade; a

maculate blackish terminal line ; cilia white mixed with brown and

with black line.at middle. Hind wing whitish suffused with

reddish brown and irrorated with blackish; a small black spot at

lower angle of cell; postmedial line indistinct blackish slightly

defined on outer side by whitish, oblique and slightly waved to

vein 4, then retracted and with black spot on it at submedian fold,

then almost obsolete; cilia white and brown with a black line at

middle.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero, Omilteme (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type,

Godman-Salvin Coll. xp. 14 mm.

(La) Stenia retractalis, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with black-

brown and some white ; antenne pale red-brown ; palpi red-brown,

white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,

the legs slightly tinged with rufous. Fore wing whitish suffused

with red-brown and irrorated with black-brown ; antemedial line

black defined on inner side by white, oblique towards costa, then

straight and erect; a black spot in middle of cell and small white

discoidal lunule defined by black; postmedial line black defined on

outer side by white, incurved at discal fold, at vein 2 retracted to

below angle of cell, then excurved to inner margin; a terminal

series of black points; cilia white mixed with brown. Hind wing

whitish tinged with red-brown and irrorated with blackish; post-

medial line white defined on inner side by blackish, straight and

erect to termen at vein 2, then retracted and obsolescent to lower

angle of cell, then erect to tornus; a blackish terminal line ; cilia

white with a black line through them.

Hab. Br. Gutana, Bartica (Parish), 1 2 type. Exp. 16 mm.

[Te be continued.]

XXII.—New Lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch New Guinea,

and Biak. By J.J. Joicey, F.L.S8., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and

G. Tausot, F.E.S.

THE species described in this paper were all collected by

Messrs. A., (., and F. Pratt, and the types are in the

collection of Joicey at the Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey.

Figures of all these will be published after the War.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea, 217

Papilionida.

Papilio (Troides) goliath, Ob.

Ornithoptera goliath, Oberthiir, Et. d’Ent. xix. p. 1, pl. iv. fig. 19

(1894). @.

The ¢ of this species, which we now describe, was taken

by Messrs. A., C., and F. Pratt during their expedition to

Waigeu in 1915, and is unique.

Compared with allied forms, it is distinguished by reduc-

tion of the green areas on the fore wing. In size and general

appearance it is close to samson, Niep.*, from the Arfak.

The green costal band is indented below vein 7 as in

supremus, Rob. ‘The posterior green patch is much invaded

by black, leaving a narrow distal portion, and inner marginal

stripe, and green dusting in the area below vein 2. The

hind wing is like samson, with the same relatively broad.

green outer margin to the yellow area, and absence of black

scaling on the three discal spots.

The underside of the fore wing shows increased black in

cellule 7 as compared with other forms. The small and

separate black submarginal spots areasin samson. The hind

wing is like the figured samson, except that whereas this

form shows the whole base of cellule 8 scaled with green, in

goliath there is but a trace of green at the extreme base.

In the Tring Museum there is a g from the New Guinea

coast opposite Waigeu, which, though not identical with the

goliath here described, very closely approaches it and samson.

More material is necessary to establish the racial distinctions

of these forms. We have found that many butterflies from

Waigeu are not racially different from specimens inhabiting

the Arfak and north coast districts when a good series is

compared. It is therefore probable, considering the greater

powers of flight possessed by these Papilio, that goliath as a

race extends over a wider range than the island of Waigeu.

It is curious that the ? of goliath figured by Oberthiir is

much nearer the supremus form from German New Guinea

than it is to samson from the Arfak.

Pieridae.”

Delias ladas watgeuensis, subsp. n.

go 2. Differs from typical form in the reduced apical

* Ornithoptera samson, Niepelt, Int. Ent. Zeit. vi. p. 281 (1913) (Arfak

Mtns.); Lep. Niep. p. 54, pl. iii. fig. 1, d, pl. vi. fig. 1, 2 (1918),

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx, 15

218 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

black on the fore wing; this is more apparent below, where

the black margin does not continue below vein 2, except very

slightly in the ¢, and the white spot in 4 is much larger.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb—May. 73 2,5 2 9.

Terias candida octogesia, Fruh.

? -forma biakensis, f. n.

We propose the above name for the ¢ specimens of octo-

gesia from Biak, all of which are darker yellow than ¢? ?

from Waigea.

We can find no difference between ¢ ¢ of octogesia from

Waigeu and Biak (Schouten Is.).

Nymphalide.

Hypolimnas deois waigeuensis, subsp. n.

This form, especially the ?, is near a race from Dampier

Island.

The @ is distinguished from typical deois, Hew., in the

strongly violet discal patch of the hind wing, which bears

only some scattered white scales.

2 is distinguished by the absence of white on the hind

wing, the basal half being black-brown to beyond the cell,

with a broad brown distal band bearing the usual ocelli.

The white baud of the fore wing is sprinkled with black-

brown scales, and is ill-defined distally, being thus darker and

less distinct than in other 2 forms.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 1 6,12. Also a f and 9

in the ‘Tring Museum.

Apaturina erminea octavia, Fruh., ?.

The ¢ of this form departs from the 2 colouring of

erminea and resembles the ¢.

The spots of the subapical band are larger, and below the

wings are paler.

Length of fore wing 47 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, 1 ¢, Feb—March; 2 ¢ 6, April-May.

Satyride.

Hypocysta osyris watgeuensis, subsp. n.

This is the first form of Hypocysta as yet discovered on

Waigeu.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 219

The fore wing above shows a more distinct and better-

defined pale ecal band than in osyris from Aru, and the

veins are not scaled with brownish black. The hited wing

has a more extended basal area.

On the underside the white area of the hind wing is only

separated from the silvery edging of the ocelli by a thin

brown line.

? with broader white band on fore wing, extending to

vein 4. Hind wing with extended white, filling the Basal

part of cellule 2.

Hab. Waigeu, 3 § 3,2 2 2, March—May.

Mycalesis arabella, Fruh., 2.

Upperside of fore wing with brown area extended to the

submarginal line in the area below vein 3 and also extending

above this vein. ‘The two ocelli below are reproduced above,

as also is the heavy submarginal line. Hind wing paler than

in the ¢.

Underside paler than in the ¢; abdomen grey-brown

above, pale ochreous below.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab, Waigeu, 1 3, 1 ¢, April-May.

Subfamily Nemzozirvz.

Pretaxila wallacei arfakensis, subsp. n.

Near the form theodosva, Frub., from Dorey, but differs

from this chiefly in the shorter white patch on the hind wing.

3d. Upperside of fore wing with three small white sub

apical spots. Hind wing with the white patch reaching

vein 4 as in wallacer, but reaching below vein 2 nearly to

the submedian, inner edge indented in 2 and 3, distal edge

toothed,

Underside of fore wing as in wallacet. Hind wing with a

faint discal curved line, not broken up as in wallace; sub-

terminal orange band narrower and bordering the row of five

rounded black spots.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March 1914

CAG, del’. Pratt yl 3.

Lycenide.

Arhopala fulla babsi, subsp. n.

3. Upperside as in fulla, Hew., from Amboina.

Underside with darker ground-colour and a purplish sheen

15*

220 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

which is absent in fud/a. The markings are similar, but the

discal band of the hind wing is much broader.

9. This sex of fulla does not appear to be known.

Fore wing above with costa and outer margin broadly

black. Hind wing with broad costal and apical black

margin reaching to below vein 6.

Underside as in the ?.

Hab. Waigeu, 6 6 3,2 ? 9, Feb—Mareh.

Deudorix concolor, sp. 0.

Allied to woodfordi, Druce*, from the Solomons, and not

easily to be distinguished from it on the upperside.

3. Underside as in eprjarbas, Moore, but the lines in the

anal area of the hind wing do not form an angle, and the

outer part of the V-shaped mark normally present is separated

in 1c to form an oblong closed spot. Some slight metallic

blue scaling at the anal angle.

Upperside differs from the figure of woodfordi in the

brown not extending above vein 2 on fore wing. Hind wing

with brown area having basal edge incurved and not straight.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 1 @.

Candalides philotas cineraceus, subsp. n.

Compared with philotas, Feld., from Amboina, of which

we examined the type, this race is darker blue above and

darker grey below. ‘The blue patch on the fore wing of the

? is duller blue, and there is increased blue scaling in the

cell of the hind wing.

Hab. Waigeu, 2 6 o, April-May; 3 2 9, Feb.—March.

There is a specimen of this form in the B.M.

Pepliphorus hylas waigeuensis, subsp. n.

36. Distinguished from hylas, Cram., from the Moluccas,

especially by the broad white band of the fore wing; this

band reaches vein 4.

Underside of fore wing with white band extending above

vein 4, its distal edge incised between the veins. Hind wing

with subterminal line thinner and more strongly dentate :

black anal spot not edged with a white line anteriorly, the

white line at each side joined to the double V-shaped white

line above it.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 2 3 3.

* Deudorix woodfordi, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p, 571, pl. xxxii.

figs. 18, 14 (Guadalcanar).

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea.

Lampides pactolus waigeuensis, subsp. n.

Compared with pactolus, Feld., from Amboina, of which

we have examined the type, this race has the ground-colour

of the underside dull grey instead of brownish grey. The

bands of the fore wing are straighter. On the hind wing the

sixth line of white bars not joined to the fourth line of the

discal band. The anal spot is very faintly edged with

orange.

2 with reduced blue on both wings and no subterminal

spots. ore wing with blue patch extending but slightly

above vein 5 and filling basal half of cellules 2-4; a sub-

terminal line from vein 4 to submedian formed of three blue

lunules and cutting off three spots of ground-colour in cellules

1 b-c, 2, and 3.

On the underside the subterminal lines on both wings are

thinner than in paetolus.

Hab. Waigeu, g 2, Feb.—March.

Hesperidz.

Subfamily Hzspzrrm a.

Casyapa swinhoei, sp. n.

Allied to corvus, Feld., but differs from all the previously

known species in having a white line behind the eyes.

3. Upperside rufous brown. Underside with dark brown

ground-colour. Fore wing with costa rufous brown to the

middle ; basal area sparsely scaled with rufous brown. J/ind

wing with dark brown ground-colour and basal three-fourths

scaled with rufous brown, leaving a dark marginal border,

Fringes orange-yellow.

Antennee, head, thorax, and abdomen as in corvus.

Length of fore wing 32 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.-March, 1 g.

Casyapa critomedia waigeuensis, subsp. n.

Casyapa critomedia subspec., Fruh, Iris, xxiv. p. 103 (1910) (Waigeu).

Distinguished from eritomedia, Guér., from Papua, by the

narrower orange-yellow bands.

3 %. Upperside of fore wing with discal band reaching

the submedian, narrowing from vein 4 and not projecting

distad in cellule 3; a black dot within the band at base of 3

or no dot at all. Hind wing with a marginal black border

narrowing posteriorly to 1b or before it.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 4 ¢ 6,3 2 2.

222 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Subfamily Zsuzvrwz.

Flasora latifaseia, sp. n.

Allied to discolor, Feld., and lugubris, Bdv., but larger and

with fore wing more produced apically.

3. Upperside deep brown with a slight purplish sheen.

Fore wing as in lugubris, without streaks of androconia.

Hind wing as in lugubris, but with basal hair greenish.

Underside of fore wing similar to lugubris ; dark blue gloss

less extended below vein 4 ; subapical green line thicker and

nearly straight. Hind wing similar to discolor, but ground-

colour more bluish green and darker at the distal margin ;

the discal band white, its outer edge straight, its inner edge

but slightly curved ; marginal line obsolete.

?. Underside of fore wing with an indistinct bluish-white

median patch. Hind wing with band broader than in the @.

Antenne black ; palpi black-brown mixed with yellow;

head dark brown, frons green; thorax dark green ; abdomen

above deep purplish brown, clothed with dark green hair at

base, below black-brown ; segments and anal tuft marked

with grey-white ; thorax below dark green; legs greyish

brown, with dark green hair.

Length of fore wing 26 mm.

Hab. Biak, Schouten Islands, May and June, 2 gg, 1 2

(types) ; Waigeu, April-May, 1 ¢@.

Hasora chalybeata, sp. n.

Allied to latifascia, J. & T., but without the white band,

and possessing in the g two stripes of androconia on the sub-

median, 2, 3, and 4 of the fore wing.

3. Underside of fore wing with more steel-blue than in

latifascia, leaving the brown ground-colour only proximally

below vein 2 and along the inner margin. Hind wing steel-

blue with a greenish tinge ; a trace of a pale and very narrow

discal band.

?. Upperside with a strong purple sheen over the costa

and outer margin of fore wing and along outer margin of

hind wing.

Length of fore wing 26 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.-March, 5 3 g,1 ?.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 22

Subfamily Pawparzrrvx.

Flesperilla arfakensis, sp. n.

Allied to maykora, Plétz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 225

(Aru).

3. Differs below in the much paler brown colour, with

purple and green reflections ; the fore wing with grey-white

scaling in the median area below vein 2.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March, 1 @.

Sabera fusca, sp. n.

Allied to fuliginosa, Misk.*, from Australia, and chiefly

distinguished by the shorter brand and the absence of spots

on hind wing below.

3. Upperside blackish brown. Fore wing with a line of

androconia from the submedian to vein 4, widened in cellule 3

to fill the base of the cellule ; at the distal edge of this brand

are some scattered pale yellow scales occurring from the inner

margin to vein 6, but variable in number; above this in‘6, 7,

and 8 are some faint streaks of darker yellow scaling, also

some scattered yellow scaling along the costa and in the cell ;

slight yellowish hair along basal part of inner margin; fringe

white at outer angle. Hind wing without markings; fringe

white from anal angle to vein 6,

Underside dark chestnut-brown. Fore wing with basal

and median area dark brown, Hind wing unicolorous except

for some more distinctly reddish sealing below vein 2.

Antenne black, club pale yellow beneath. Head and palpi

black mixed with yellow-brown ; abdomen black with some

yellow or grey-white scaling laterally and ventrally ; legs

black-brown, more or less scaled with yellow.

Length of fore wing 16 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nov. 1914,6 oo.

Sabera albicilla, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species.

3. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with a line of

androconia as in fusca, but placed at nearly right angles with

the inner margin and composed of raised scales; a white dot

at base of cellule 3 ; three subapical white dots placed close

* Proc, Royal Soc. Queensland, 1889, p. 147.

224 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

together in cellules 6,7, and 8. Hind wing without markings ;

fringe white to vein 6 or before it; outer margin more or

less narrowly edged with white from anal angle to vein 2,

this being most marked in the specimens from the Wan-

dammen Mountains.

Underside of fore wing dark chestnut-brown along costa

and over apical area, remainder black-brown ; some bluish-

white scaling along outer margin and the dots of the upperside

showing through. Hind wing dark chestnut-brown; a large

oval creamy-white spot below the cell, touching vein 2 and

the submedian ; below this a small white spot near the outer

margin.

Antenne black, club pale yellow beneath; palpi black

above, white below and at the sides; head, thorax, and

abdomen black, the abdomen with some grey-white hair on

the ventral surface ; pectus grey-white ; legs black-brown,

slightly scaled with yellow, femora with a fringe of grey-

white hair.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000 feet, Nov., 1 ¢ (type) ;

Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb., 2 ¢ ¢.

Acerbas albimedia, sp. n.

Distinct from the other species of the genus.

3. Upperside black-brown. ore wing with a yellow

inner marginal streak, slightly curved from near the base to

above the submedian, this vein separating the spot above it ;

above this in one specimen is seen a faint yellow dot in 2.

Hind wing with a narrow transverse discal band of five small

spots placed in le, 2, 3, and 4.

Underside of fore wing black-brown, costa and apical area

paler and with a greenish sheen ; three small pale yellow

median spots, one above vein 2, the others below it. Hind

wing with base and distal margin grey-brown with a greenish

sheen ; a broad white discal band from the costa to inner

margin, much broader below the submedian, so that nearly

all the inner margin is white.

Antenne black, club yellow below posteriorly ; palpi and

frons greenish yellow, vertex black ; thorax and abdomen

above black, some dark greenish hair on patagia and base of

abdomen ; abdomen below sulphur-yellow, with a thin mesial

line of whitish hair; legs black and more or less scaled with

yellow, femora with a fringe of grey-white hair.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 225

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-6000 feet, Nov., 2 ¢ 3g.

We place this provisionally in Acerbas. The fore wing

has vein 2 from near the base, 3, 4, and 5 all near together.

BIAKA, gen. nov.

Allied to Pirdana, Dist. Antenne about three-fourths

length of fore wing. Fore wing with vein 5 from below

middle of discocellular, 3 close to 4 near angle of cell, 2 from

below middle of cell; upper discoceliular obsolescent, farther

from 10 than in Pirdana. Hind wing with vein 5 from

below middle of discocellular, its proximal half obsolescent,

4 from the angle, 3 from just below the angle, 2 opposite 6

and farther from 3 than in Pirdana.

Type, albidiscus, J. & T.

Biaka albidiscus, sp. n.

?. Upperside black-brown with a strong purple sheen.

Fore wing with a pale discal suffusion in areas 1 6, Le, 2, and

3, formed by a reduction of scales; some yellowish-brown

hair below cell and on inner margin. Hind wing with some

yellowish-brown hair in cell and in Le, and at the bases of 2,

3, and 4; a pale postcellular suffusion formed by reduced

scaling.

Underside bronzy green. Fore wing with a small white

discal patch formed of three spots in 1b, 1c, and 2; basal

aud median area bluish purple. Hind wing with a large

bluish-white discal patch, extending from base along lower

half of cell, anteriorly to vein 6 and posteriorly to the inner

margin, its distal edge curved parallel to the outer margin.

Antenne black, club with white scaling below. Head and

palpi black-brown mixed with yellow, first and second palpal

segments yellow at the side; thorax black-brown clothed

with yellowish-brown hair ; abdomen black-brown, with some

greyish-brown hair on basal segment, laterally and ventrally

with segments edged with white; legs black-brown on out-

side, ochreous on inside, femora whitish on inside.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab, Biak, Schouten Islands, June, 1 specimen.

We are indebted to Col. C. Swinhoe for kindly giving us

his opinion on this very interesting species.

. MIMENE, nom. nov.

Mimas, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. ix.

226 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

p- 391 (1895), is preoccupied by AZimas, Hiibner, Verzeichniss,

p. 142 (1822).

We therefore propose the name MMimene for this genus.

Beside the species here described, the following two are

known, but are not mentioned by Mabille in the ‘Genera

Insectorum ’ :—

Mimene (Ismene) miltias, Kirsch, Mitth. K. Zool. Mus.

Dresden, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 128, pl. vii. fig. 6, 9 (1877)

(Jobi Island). Type of genus.

Mimene (Mimas) militias, de Nicév., J. B. N. H. Soc.

vol. ix. p. 393, ¢ (1895) (Humboldt Bay).

Mimene (Mimas) melie, de Nicéy., J. B. N. H. Soc. vol. ix.

p- 394, pl. Q, fig. 55, 9 (1895) (Humboldt Bay).

Mimene basalis, J. & T., 3g.

Mimas basalis, Joicey & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916, p. 80

(Schouten Is,), 2.

3. Upperside with metallic bluish-green scaling in the

basal areas. Lore wing with basal patch extended but

slightly into the cell. ind wing with basal patch extended

beyond ceil between veins 4 and 5, and mostly covered with

white hair.

Underside as in ? and with a blue spot on vein 5. Hind

wing asin 2 and with a brown discal spot and a quadrate

blue postcellular spot in 4.

Fore and hind tibia with a fringe of hair, black on the

former, and on the latter black anteriorly and white poste-

riorly.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 2 ¢ ¢.

Mimene biakensis, sp. n.

3. Upperside with stigma not wavy, but straighter than

in waigeuensis ; yellow discal band much reduced and scarcely

indicated below vein 2.

Underside of fore wing unicolorous, without median yellow

patch which is present in watgeuensis.

?. Upperside with only faint yellow scaling in the median

and basal areas of fore wing. Hind wing without discal

spots.

Sit eey of fore wing with a small yellow discal patch

below vein 2.

Hab. Biak, Schouten Is., June, 3 6 6,3 2 2.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 227

Mimene wandammenensis, sp. n.

Allied to béakensis, but has not in the ¢ the sex-brand of

the fore wing complete.

3. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with sex-brand

limited to a small stripe on the anterior sides of the sub-

median and vein 2, and on both sides of 3; an indistinct

band formed of scattered yellow scaling on the line of the

androconia; a thin yellow basal stripe on inner margin ;

some yellowish hair below the cell. And wing witha very

indistinctly yellowish basal stripe extending to beyond the

cel]. Cilia pale yellow from anal angle to vein 4.

Underside deep purplish brown with a greenish reflection,

and no markings.

Head and palpi black with sparse yellow scaling ; antenn

lost ; thorax and abdomen black, some blackish-brown hair

at the base of latter ; legs and pectus black-brown.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov., 1 ¢.

Mimene waigeuensis, sp. n.

3. Upperside with blackish-brown ground-colour. Fore

wing with a thin yellow-brown discal band from the sub-

median to vein 4, crossed by the dark veins, and edged

proximally by a line of androconia ; ; the androconia form a

wavy continuous line which becomes thickened in the base of

cellule 3 to fill the interspace ; below the cell in 2, Le, 14,

and la some yellow-brown basal scaling. Fringe black-

brown, yellowish at outer angle. Hind wing with a yellow-

brown transverse band interrupted by the veins to form four

spots, the two middle ones being the larger; some dark

yellow-brown hair in the cell and along inner margin; fringe

black-brown, yellow-brown between anal angle aha voit a:

Underside black-brown with a deep purplish sheen, fore

wing paler than the hind wing. Fore wing with a yellow

discal patch placed between submedian and vein 3, its inner

edge better defined than the outer. Hind wing without

markings.

Antenne black, with some grey-white scaling on the

lower surface of the club. Head and palpi black-brown

mixed with yellow ; thorax black-brown, clothed with dark

yellow-brown hair ; abdomen black, with dark yellow-brown

hair at base, segments edged basally with dark grey above

228 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

and yellow-brown below ; legs black-brown, mid and poste-

oh femora grey-white on inside.

. Upperside of fore wing with narrow pale yellow discal

ia of three spots between submedian and vein 2; some

pale yellow scaling along proximal half of inner margin.

Hind wing with paler markings than in the g, and with a

shorter discal band,

Underside of fore wing with a broader discal patch than in

the ¢.

Head and palpi with yellowish-white markings. Fringes

black-brown.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 20, ¢ 21 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—May,639 9,19.

Mimene viridicincta, sp. n.

Distinguished from other species of the genus by the

metallic green head.

$. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour. Fore

wing with the basal area to origin of vein 3 yellow-brown

divided by the dark veins and with the cell but sparsely

scaled with this colour. Hind wing with some yellow-brown

hair at the base.

Underside of fore wing with a yellow-brown spot at the

base of cellule 2 and some scaling of similar colour above it in

the cell. Hind wing darker than the fore wing, deep brown

and without markings.

Antenne black, club greyish below with yellow scaling ;

head, palpi, tegule, and base of patagia metallic green with

cupreous reflections ; thorax and base of abdomen clothed

with yellow-brown hair ; abdomen deep purplish brown with

slight yellow lateral scaling; anal tuft white below; legs

black-brown.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—-March, 1 @.

We place this provisionally in A/imene, but it differs from

the typical ¢ of that genus in veins 3 and 4 of the fore wing

originating close together and 3 and 4 of the hind wing being

closer together than 2 and 3.

Notocrypta angiana, sp. ui.

Allied to wokana, Plétz*, from Aru, but differs in having

the spot in 2 on the fore wing reduced proximally so that

its inner edge is not in line with the cell-spot ; the band is

* Berl. Ent. Zeit. xxix. p. 225 (1885).

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 229

narrower than in wokana, of which there is a good series in

the Hill Museum from Aru.

flab, Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March, 1 ¢.

Geometridea.

Celerena perithea waigeuensis, subsp. n.

Nearest the race kezensis, Prout.

6 2. Palpus above with second segment scaled with

yellow to near the apex. Sore wing with distal edge of

yellow basal area nearly straight; below, this area is diffuse

below the cell, the inner margin in the ¢ being but narrowly

edged with yellow.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb—May,5 ¢ 3,9 2 3.

Craspedosis cyanodes, sp. n.

Nearest to cyanauges, Prout, Nov. Zool. vol. xxiii. p. 72

(1916) (Mount Goliath, Cent. Dutch New Guinea).

6. Larger than cyanauges and with a duller blue colour.

The white stripe on the fore wing is longer and extends from

vein 9 to below 2. On the underside the colour is scarcely

different from cyanauges.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nov., 1 ¢.

Craspedosis cyanophanes, sp. n.

Allied to eyanauges, Prout, but the blue not extended to

the margins. Fore wing with white stripe reduced, thinner,

and extending from vein 6 to below 3. On the underside the

blue reflections are brighter than in cyanauges.

Length of fore wing 16 mm,

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov., 19.

Uraniide.

Urapteroides swinhoet, sp. n.

Near approximans, Swinh., from Shortland Island, but the

dark margin of the fore wing is broader, especially at the

apex, and on the hind wing the outer band is broader, its

pale posterior part being nearly merged into the discal band.

Length of fore wing 30 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Jan.,1 g; Feb.-March, 2 3 ae

230 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

XXIII.— Two new Species and new Genus of Sphingide.

By J. J. Joicny, F.E.S., and W. J. Kaye, F.E.S.

[Plate VIII. ]

Polyptychus lapidatus, J. & K.

3. Differs from P. murinus, Roths. (1904), in the

following points :—

Smaller; distal margin of fore wing’ a little less incurved

and darker brown than in P. murinus, the ante- and post-

median lines less irregular, the antemedian ones ending at

hind margin, with a conspicuous brown spot composed of two

arcs ; the postmedian lines, which in P. murtnus are crenate

or dentate in front of the hind margin, being strongly marked

in this area, are in dapidatus feebly marked, not contrasting

much with the ground, a somewhat diffuse brown spot at

hind margin near angle being the most conspicuous marking

in this area, Anal angle of hind wing less produced than in

P. murinus, the apex of hind wing broader, the brown anal

submarginal spot continued forward.

Underside : costal margin of fore wing and the hind wing

with the exception of the distal and abdominal marginal areas

laved with ferruginous, almost as in P. murinus; fore wing

with a somewhat dentate postdiscal line, and further towards

margin two rows of minute dots, the inner dots being connected

with one another by a very faint brown line. On hind wing

three brown lines.

Genitalia similar to those of P. murinus, but anal tergite

slenderer and comparatively larger. The clasper (fig. 2) with

a small, well-defined patch of small yellowish scales on the -

outside near apex; the upper process of the harpe (P?)

directed obliquely downwards, very much shorter than the

corresponding process of P. murinus ; moreover, in P. murinus

P! is almost horizontal, being directed towards the apex of

the clasper, which it reaches ; process P? is denticulate and

touches P* apically ; below P* there is a short lobe L. The

penis-funnel is armed below the penis-sheath with two conical

thorn-like teeth which are curved upwards ; in P. murinus

the two prongs of this fork are almost divaricate, while in

lapidatus they are divergent. (For the meaning of these

termini see Lacordaire, Genera Coléopt. ix. 2, p. 412, 1872.)

The genitalia of two ¢ g of P. murinus have been compared,

one from the Congo, the other from the Gold Coast.

Hab. W. Africa, Coomassie.

Ios

Expanse 64 mm.

new Species and a new Genus of Sphingide. 231

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Weare greatly indebted to Dr. Jordan for his diagnosis

and drawing of the genitalia of Polyptychus lapidatus.

THIBETIA, gen. nov.

Head large, projecting, with a mesial crest. Antennze of

3 long and heavy, with short pectinations, ending in a long

gradually tapering tip. Palpi large, projecting considerably,

the second joint much larger than the first. Two pairs of

spurs on hind tibia of nearly equal length, long. Mid and

hind tarsus with comb. Curved spur of fore tibia very

strong. Wings short. Apex of fore wing very obtusely

pointed and sharply curved before apex. Outer margin

strongly convex before middle and concave before vein 3,

and again but less so at vein 5. Lower angle of cell nearly

aright angle with median. Hind wing without lobe at anal

angle. .

Type, 7. niphaphylla.

This genus is close to Angonya, from which it chiefly

differs in having spurs of nearly equal length on the hind

tibia, a short body, and a mesial crest on the head.

Thibetia niphaphylla, sp. n.

Above: Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing dirty

blackish brown. Fore wing with the first three transverse

lines pointing basad, the outer one double the width of the

two nearer ones. Discal line nearly straight, passing just

beyond end of cell. Two waved postdiscal lines. A sub-

apical shade of reddish ochreous. A dark brown shade

cutting off a large apical area. Hind wing dirty blackish

brown or reddish brown, with a darker border, widest between

veins 4, 5.

Below: Base of palpi, breast, abdomen, and large discal

area of both fore and hind wing dull reddish. A very irre-

gular brown marginal band, widest at vein 5, on both fore

and hind wing. A pair of ill-defined curved lines across the

disc of hind wing,

Hixpanse 52 mm.

Hab. Thibet.

13,323.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Polyptychus laydatus.

tg. 2. Ditto. Clasp of genital armature.

Fig. 3. Thibetia niphaphylla.

232 Mr. S. Hirst on certain Species of

XXIV.—Remarks on certain Species of the Genus Demodex,

Owen (the Demodex of Man, the Horse, Dog, Rat, and

Mouse). By STANLEY Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate IX.]

Demodex folliculorum, Simon.

Elongated specimens of Demodex folliculorum (from human

beings) are from five and a half to over six and a half times

as long as the width of the cephalothorax *, the latter (in-

cluding capitulum) being about a quarter of the total length

in large specimens. Capitulum short, being much wider

than long; the two spines on its dorsal surface are very

short and inconspicuous.

This species is apparently the longest of the genus, adult

females sometimes measuring up to 390 w in length.

Demodex caninus, Tulk.

D. caninus is an elongated species, being usually more

than six (sometimes up to seven) times as longaswide. The

cephalothorax (not including capitulum) is a little less than

half the length of the abdominal part of the body and is of

moderate width. Abdomen long and slender, gradually

tapering to the posterior end, which is bluntly pointed.

Capitulum of moderate width, being widest at the base,

where it about equals its length ; the two spines on its dorsal

surface are very short and pointed.

Measurements.—Length of body 225 » ; width of cephalo-

thorax 40 pw.

Material_—Numerous specimens from a dog suffering from

the disease induced by this species of Demodea.

Note.——My adult females of D. caninus do not measure

more than 225 w, whereas Canestrini states that his examples

of this sex measure up to 302 w; from this it would seem

that this species varies considerably in length when adult.

* The word “cephalothorax” is used here to indicate the anterior

part of the body bearing all the four pairs.of legs. It is, perhaps, neces-

sary to make this point clear, for the last pair of legs in the genus

Demodex sometimes has the appearance of being placed on the “abdo-

men”; this is due to the fact that the transverse striations (or annulations)

characteristic of the posterior region of the body extend dorsally beyond

this pair of legs (or even further forwards in some species).

the Genus Demodex, Owen. 233

Demodex ratti, Hahn.

2 .—This species is long and slender, being about seven

and a half to eight and a half times as long as the width of

the cephalothorax. Capitulum narrow, being longer than

wide. Cephalothorax also characteristically narrow and

much shorter than the abdomen; the latter is wider, but

fairly long and vermiform. The two spines on the dorsal

surface of the capitulum are well developed and fairly long ;

they are curved near the base and pointed at the end.

Measurements.—Length of body (including capitulum)

237 «; width of cephalothorax 27 jz, of abdomen 36 [Le

Demodex ratti, Hahn. Dorsal view of capitulum.

Material—I have examined two adult female specimens

collected by Leslie Linzell froma wild rat (Rattus norvegicus) .

Mr. Linzell informs me that the parasites were very abundant

in the skin of this rat.

Demodex musculi, Oudms.

The adults of this species are rather short. Cephalothorax

+capitulum a little shorter than abdominal part of body.

Capitulum of moderate width, being widest at the base, where

it is about equal to the length. Distal end of capitulum

(palp) with the outer angle strongly salient laterally and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 16

234 On certain Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen.

pointed. Spines on dorsal surface of capitulum quite long

and pointed at the end. Cephalothorax fairly wide. There

is an internal chitinous structure in one of the specimens

which seems to be a penis; it is shaped as figured (text-

fig. 2a).

Besides a few adult specimens, I have been able to mount

and examine two examples of a much more elongated form,

which is apparently a nymph (although very much larger

than any adults of this species so far collected, no traces of

the genital opening can be detected). The body (including

capitulum) of this nymphal form is about seven and a half

times as long as the width of the cephalothorax. Its abdo-

men is rather more than two and a half times the length of

Fig. 2.

Demodex musculi, Oudms. a, penis; 6, dorsal view of capitulum.

the cephalothorax+the capitulum. Pl. IX. fig. 2, gives a

good idea of the appearance of this elongated form, but the

length is shown a little too short. The legs are rudimentary

in this nymph, and their structure is difficult to ascertain

with certainty; there are also four pairs of small rounded

structures near the middle line, which are, perhaps, the basal

segments of the developing legs of the adult.

Measurements.— 2. Length of body (including capitulum)

150 »; width of cephalothorax 22-38 w. Length of body

of g 125, of large nymphal form 235 «4; width of cephalo-

thorax 30 pw.

Material—Four tame mice were examined, and the Demo-

dex was discovered in three of them, but the parasites were

very few in number.

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 235

Demodex equi, Raill.

? .—This species is much wider than is usually the case

in the genus, the width (in mounted specimens) being about

a third of the total length of the body. Cephalothorax +

eapitulum longer than abdomen; the latter has the posterior

end widely rounded off or else bluntly pointed. Capitulum

distinctly wider than long; the two rods on its dorsal surface

are not very long, but stout and blunt at the end.

Measurements——Length of body (including capitulum)

200-220 yw, its width 68-70 pw.

Material.—I have examined two adult female examples of

this species from English horses (Leslie Linzell’s collection).

This Demodex causes a definite skin disease in horses.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig.1. Demodex ratti?, Hahn. Ventral aspect.

Fig. 2. muscult, Oudms., nymph. Ventral aspect.

Tig. 3, —— , female. Ventral aspect.

XXV.— Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVI.

By T. D. A. CockerELL, University of Colorado.

LToplitis anodontura, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 10 mm.; anterior wing 7,

Robust, black, with mostly white hair, but on vertex, disc

of mesothorax, and abdominal segments 2 to 4 (except the

apical bands) it is pale ochreous; facial quadrangle longer

than broad, face densely covered with white hair; antenne

short, looking like those of a female, the flagellum red beneath

except at base ; vertex and cheeks with strong dense punc-

tures, but shining between the punctures ; mesothorax and

scutellum very densely punctured ; area of metathorax polished

and shining; tegule shining black. Wings strongly infus-

cated, brownish, the b.n. meeting t.-m., and second s,m,

long. Legs black, punctured, with glittering white hair;

inner side of tarsi with pale reddish hair. Abdomen shining,

but very well punctured; segments 1 to 5 with entire,

narrow, white hair-bands; sixth segment very broadly

rounded and at sides obtusely angulate, but not toothed.

Mexico (G. F. Baker Collection, 2499).

Compared with H. adunca, the type of a eo this

236 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

species differs principally as follows:—Sixth abdominal

seement without lateral teeth; flagellum normal, not espe-

cially thickened ; mesothorax more coarsely and densely

punctured; hind femora and tibiz stouter. There is no

material difference in the venation. The species is more like

the European H. adunca than the species of the United

States.

Pasiphaé cyanea melanura, subsp. n.

2 .—No red hair at end of abdomen, that on each side of

apical plate greyish black (sooty); tegule shining black.

Wings quite dusky.

Chubut, Patagonia (from W. F. H. Rosenberg). U.S.

National Museum. The typical form is from Tierra del

Fuego, about 600 miles southward.

Nomada carearanensis, sp. n.

g .—Length 10 mm.

Robust, with white pubescence in supraclypeal region, on

sides and posterior part of thorax, and underside of abdomen.

Head bright ferruginous, with the clypeus, very large cunei-

form lateral marks, malar space, and base of mandibles light

lemon-yellow ; face broad, inner orbits practically parallel;

mandibles simple ; labrum red, very hairy ; eyes pale reddish

grey ; face and front with coarse punctures, but a smooth line

down middle of clypeus; scape bright ferruginous; flagellum

ferruginous, strongly suffused with blackish above, except

at base; third antennal joint much longer than fourth, but

not quite solong as fourth and fifth combined; region of

ocelli blackened ; mesothorax red, with a strong median

channel, which is blackish ; surface of mesothorax shining,

with very large, irregular, partly confluent punctures; Axillee

and the bilobed scutellum brighter red than mesothorax ;

yellow band on prothorax, and the tubercles, two spots on

pleura, and line on postscutellum also pale yellow ; sides of

thorax blackened, but middle of mesopleura red ; metathorax

red, with the basal area black ; tegule bright ferruginous,

with scattered punctures. Wings brown, with a median

hyaline area; nervures dark fuscous, stigma ferruginous;

b.n. meeting t.-m.; second s.m. large, quadrate, receiving

first r.n. slightly beyond middle. Abdomen shining, finely

punctured ; first segment basally red, then reddish black, and

the margin with a yellow band ; remaining segments reddish

black, the second with a pale yellow band, broad at sides and

narrow in middle, the third with only a slight mark on each

Records of Bees. 237

side, the fourth to sixth with pale bands, on fourth slightly

interrupted, on fifth entire, on sixth widely interrupted, and

emarginate on each side anteriorly ; apical plate broad, trun-

cate, finely longitudinally striate ; venter without yellow

markings,

Carcarana, Argentina (LZ. Bruner, 66).

Related to V. pampicola, Holmbg., but much larger, with

red head and thorax. The type is in U.S. National Museum.

Nomada barcelonensts, nom. nov.

Nomada excellens, Pérez, 1913 (not Ck. 1903).

Barcelona, Spain.

Augochlora (Odontochlora) thetis (Schrottky).

San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. Fiebrig). Collected

Nov. 2. ;

Dnadasia imitatrie (Schrottky).

San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. Fiebrig).

Megachile stomatura, sp. 0.

3 .—Length about 85 mm.

Rather narrow, with nearly parallel-sided but not much

elongated abdomen. Black, the small joints of tarsi ferrugi-

nous, and anterior femora with a large, polished, shining,

ferruginous surface on inner side, occupying about the apical

two-thirds. Head broader than thorax; face (except upper

part of clypeus) and cheeks covered with white hair, that on

face faintly yellowish; clypeus with rather large punctures on

a shining ground; maxillary palpi very short; antennze long

and slender, reaching extreme base of abdomen; flagellum

obscurely brown beneath; metathorax and sides of thorax

with long white hair, dorsal surface with little hair, on meso-

thorax short, thin, and brown, but there is a band of white

hair on postscutellum, a thin band in scutello-mesothoracic

suture, and a conspicuous white tuft on each side of meso-

thorax posteriorly ; mesothorax aud scutellum dullish, the

former with small weak punctures, distinctly separate on

disc ; tegule piceous, reddened posteriorly. Wings brownish

hyaline, with a dark cloud from region of stigma along mar-

ginal cell to apex, darkest at end of marginal cell. Anterior

coxze without spines; anterior tarsi simple ; lind tibia poste-

riorly covered with white tomentum, conspicuous in an.

238 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

oblique light. Abdomen shining, basal transverse depressions

of second and third segments very deep; segments 1 to 5

with narrow, entire, white hair-bands; fifth segment with

short but coarse black hair before the band; sixth segment

dorsally rugose, not tomentose, but with erect black hairs, the

apical keel strongly bilobed, the large subtriangular lobes

convex on outer margin and slightly concave within, the

whole suggesting the opened mouth of some bird or fish; no

subapical ventral armature.

Trinidad, West Indies, June 6 (Aug. Busck). U.S.

National Museum.

A very distinct little species, superficially like M/. multidens,

Fox, from. Jamaica, but structurally quite different. The

obscure reddish stigma is quite well developed, whereas that

of multidens is obsolete. The real affinity seems to be with

such species as MM. disparipennis, Ckll., from Texas, and

M. perpunctata, Ckll., from Mexico. These latter have the

darkening of the marginal cell and adjacent parts much more

intense, :

Megachile holomelena, sp. n.

@ —Length 12 mm. ; anterior wing 8 mm.

Black, robust, the body and pubescence entirely black, the

flagellum very fap sinh brownish beneath ; mandibles

broad, obtusely quadridentate ; clypeus short and broad,

densely punctured but clistening, the lower margin in middle

smooth and polished, the edge straight and without any

denticle ; supraclypeal area smooth and shining in middle;

mesothorax very finely and closely punctured, not shining ;

scutellum shining on dise, but well punctured ; tegule black.

Wings brownish hyaline, a dark shade along costal side of

marginal cell. Spurs of anterior tibize red. Abdomen.

shining, last ventral segment truncate-subemarginate..

Chubut, Patagonia (from W. F. H. Rosenberg). U.S.

National Museum.

The hair on inner side of tarsi is black, not red as in

M. chubutana, Schrottky. The insect is smaller than

M. melancholica, Joerg., the wings are not yellowish, and

the abdomen is much more hairy dorsally, especially toward

the base.

Megachile atramentata, sp. n.

? —Length 12 mm. ; anterior wing 9 mm,

Black, ree the body, antennze, and tegule wholly

black ; the pubescence black, very obscurely reddish on innér

Records of Bees. 239

side of tarsi; appearance exactly like MM. holomelena, but

differing thus :—Lower margin of clypeus slightly crenulate;

median line of clypeus in middle shining, more or less free

from punctures ; punctures of clypeus more distinct ; meso-

thorax with much larger punctures, well separated on dise

posteriorly. Wings darker, especially the upper part of

marginal cell ; second s.m. larger ; ; .b.n, almost meeting t.-m.

Bahia Blanca, Argentina (ZL. Bruner, 4). U.S. National

Museum.

The abdominal scopa is pure black, not brown-black as in

M. chubutana.

The following key separates five black species which look

very much alike :—

Hair of face (male) pure white except at

sides ; abdomen closely punctured .... piwrensis, Ckll, (Peru.)

Hair of face (females only known) without

BNA MILT odis iio ve # eee SR ES Kas os kK,

1. Ventral scopa light orange-fuly ous except

Pi OM Pee a farsi a carpieds inset <cehad wisi a Lidl huaseari, Ckll. (Peru.)

Ventral scopa black, whitish in middle; ;

mesothorax entirely 0 9 eae enn gale, Ckll. (Peru.)

Ventral scopa wholly black ..............

2, Mesothorax with dense very fine punctures. UiGnion Ckll.

Mesothorax with large well-separated punc-

tures on disc posteriorly ..........., atramentata, Ckll.

Megachile bruneriella, sp. n.

fo .—Length 10°5 mm.

Rather broad, but parallel-sided ; black, including the legs

and the long slender antennee ; face densely covered with

cream-coloured hair; underside of head with long white

hair; vertex with black hair ; mesothorax mostly dull, but

shining on dise, closely but rather weakly punctured ; scu-

-tellum closely punctured, but glistening; mesothorax above

with long hair, mostly white, but black on dise of mesothorax

and most of scutellum ; pleura with black hair, but venter

with white, and a tuft of white close to base of wings ; meta-

thorax with black hair, but postscutellum with white ;_ tegulze

piceous. Wings strongly suffused with brown. Anterior

femora with a red area on inner surface; anterior tibie

reddened behind; anterior tarsi obscurely reddish, rather

robust, not modified, with a posterior white fringe a little

longer than width of tarsi; anterior coxze with very short

pointed spines; middle tarsi with shining creamy-white hair

on outer side and long hairs behind ; hind tarsi with red hair

on inner side. Abdomen short, the sixth segment vertical ;

first segment with long whitish hair, the others with ochreous

240 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

hair (no black), the second with pale ochreous bands at sides,

the third with similar bands less widely interrupted, the

fourth with an entire pale band, the fifth covered with pale

reddish hair, the sixth with creamy appressed hair; keel of

sixth segment broadly rounded, the margin irregularly sub-

crenate but not dentate, the central emargination moderate ;

no ventral spines.

Carcarana, Argentina (Z. Bruner, 44). U.S. National

Museum.

In the tables of Jérgensen and Schrottky it runs nearest to

M. parsonsie, from which it differs by the small coxal spines,

non-dentate end of abdomen, &c. It runs out at 13 in

Vachal’s table, and in Friese’s Argentine table it goes to

“M. simillima” =parsonsie. It is related to M. para-

cxanthura, Ckll., but differs in the distribution of the hair on

the abdomen and the dark spurs. Other species of Megachile

taken by Bruner at Carcarana are JZ. infima, Vachal (69) ;

M. ctenophora, Holmbg., apparently (70); JZ. gomphrene,

Holmbg., apparently (45) ; JZ. vagata, Vachal (43) ; J. men-

dozana, Ckll. (63). The Megachile fauna of Argentina is

very large, and as many of the species have been briefly

described and many are known only from one sex, the deter-

mination of the species is more or less difficult and uncertain.

The species must be quite local in many cases; thus, Vachal

described nine species from the Province of Mendoza, and

Jérgensen subsequently reported twenty species from that

province, but did not meet with any of Vachal’s.

Xylocopa frontalis nitens (Lepeletier).

Apis morio, Fabr., 1793, is preoccupied by Apis morio,

Swed., 1787 ; the insect consequently takes the name nitens

(Xylocopa nitens, Lep., 1841).

Agapostemon heterurus, sp. 0.

? .—Length about 10 mm. ; anterior wing 7°8 mm.

Head and thorax a rather bluish green, the strongly striate

cheeks steel-blue ; face broad, eyes emarginate; mandibles

pale yellow basally; clypeus black except basally, convex,

punctured, with a deep median sulcus; supraclypeal area

varying from brassy to bluish ; flagellum ferruginous

beneath ; mesothorax and scutellum covered with short, felt-

like, ferruginous hair; base of metathorax coarsely wrinkled, —

the triangular area distinguishable ; posterior face coarsely

transversely grooved ; tegule reddish brown. Wings dusky,

especially at apex; first r.n. joining second s.m, about

On the Braconides in the British Museum. 241

beginning of last third. Legs black, the anterior and middle

knees and anterior tibize in front pallid ; hind tibie and tarsi

with dark fuscous hair on outer side and shining pale yellowish

on inner ; hind spur with two lamelliform teeth, the first very

large. Abdomen honey-colour, with transverse black bands

across middle of segments, that on first sometimes incomplete,

the first also with two dusky spots anteriorly and a dark

mark on each side; apical part of segments 2 to 4 with

appressed orange hair ; caudal rima yellowish, but black hair

on each side of it,

Palcazu, Peru (from Rosenberg). U.S. National Museum.

Related to A. vulpicolor, Crawt., but the abdomen is quite

differently coloured and the base of metathorax is much more

coarsely sculptured.

Agapostemon tyleri, sp. n.

Almost exactly like A. viridulus, Fabr., in nearly all

characters, and running to that in published tables, but

distinct in the following characters :—

? (type).—Tegule black, with a yellow mark in front ;

scutellum finely and closely punctured all over; base of

metathorax behind sides of enclosure without distinct grooves

or striz directed meso-caudad.

¢.—Tegule chestnut-red, with a yellow spot ; yellow band

on first abdominal segment broadly interrupted; hind femora

and tibize on upper (inner) side broadly banded with black

for their whole length ; anterior tibiee mainly black behind.

San Juan Allende, Mexico, Noy. 29 (C. H. 7’, Townsend).

U.S. National Museum.

a ee

XXVI.—WNotes on the Braconide: in the British M useum.—lI.

By Row.anp K.“lurner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Subfamily Braconrz.

Chavilta decorata, Szép.

Blastomorpha decorata, Szép. Term. Fiizetek, xxiii. p- 50 (1900),

Chaoulta decorata, Szép. Wytsman’s Genera Insect. xxii. p- 17 (1904).

This species was originally described from Dutch New

Guinea. I took a specimen at Cooktown in November 1904.

242 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

Genus CRATOBRACON, Cam.

Cratobracon, Cam. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 226 (1901). ;

Hybrothorax, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iy. p. 556 (1906) (nec

(Ratsb.).

Szépligeti places Cameron’s genus in the Doryctine, merely

quoting Cameron’s description, not having seen the type. I

have recently examined the type-specimen of C. ruficeps,

Cam., and find that it is congeneric with Hybothorax caudatus,

Szép.

Ceratobracon caudatus, Szép.

Iphiaulax caudatus, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek. xxiv. p. 375 (901) 9.

Iphiaulaz reticulatus, Cam, Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. xxxix.

p- 105 (1908). 9.

Hybothorax caudatus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungav. iv. p- 556 (1906).

Szépligeti places his genus Hybothorax in the Braconine,

and does not notice that the nervulus is not interstitial with

the basal nervure, but received distinctly beyond it, according

to which character the genus should be placed in the Exo-

thecine according to his own tables. I do not think that a

character which is so variable in degree can be used as the

sole character for a subfamily, and therefore retain the genus

in the Braconinw. Cameron states that the transverse basal

nervure is interstitial, but this is incorrect.

Ipobracon insidiator, Fabr.

Ichnewmon insidiator, Faby. Spec. Insect. i. p. 429 (1781).

Bracon insidiator, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 108 (1804).

Iphiaulax speciosissimus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iii. p. 31 (1905),

Lpobracon speciosissimus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iv. p. 562

(1906).

flab. Sierra Leone ; Ashanti.

The type is in the Banksian collection. Dalla Torre gives

the locality erroneously as Europe.

Bathyaulax plumosus, Kirby.

Bracon plumosus, W. F. Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii.

p- 262 (1896),

Iphiaulax cristatus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iii. p. 80 (1906).

Lathyaulax cristatus, Szép. Ann. Mus, Nat. Hungar. iy. p. 959 (1906),

Iphiaulax fastidiator, Fabr.

Ichneumon fastidiator, Fabr. Spec. Insect. p. 428 (1781).

Bracon fastidiator, Faby. Syst. Piez. p- 105 (1804).

Bracon corallinus, Rits. Tijdschr, y. Kntom, xvii. p. 179 (1874).

Braconidse in the British Museum. 243

‘The type in the Banksian collection is headless, but the

description gives the head as red with a black mark on the

vertex. Dalla ‘Torre is probably correct in giving coccineus,

Brullé, as a synonym, but I am not sure that the North-

African form identified by Marshall as fastidiator is really

this species. Specimens in the British Museum are from the

Gambia and Sierra Leone, from the latter of which localities

some of the African species in the Banksian collection seem

to have been received. |

Iphiaulax plurimacula, Brullé.

Bracon plurimacula, Brullé, Hist. Nat. Insect. Hymen. iv. p. 429 (1846).

Iphiaulax coceineomaculatus, Cam. Ann. 8, Afric. Mus. y. p. 46 (1906).

-Iphiaulax permutans, sp. n.

Q. Fusco-rufa ; capite flavo, antennis, pedibus, terebraque nigris;

alis nigris, dimidio apicali flavo late bivittatis; stigmate flavo,

apice extremo nigro,

Long. 13, terebra 9 mm,

?. Front below the antenne punctured-rugulose, with a

small, smooth, semicircular area above the clypeus. An-

tenn as long as the whole insect, the scape less than twice

as long as broad ; hind margin of the head widely emargi-

nate. Thorax smooth, the parapsidal furrows distinct. First

. tergite as broad at the apex as long; the elevated median

portion longitudinally striated, with a strong median carina ;

second tergite transverse, more than twice as broad at the

apex as long, longitudinally striate, with three small smooth

spaces on the anterior margin, but without a raised basal

area. ‘Third and fourth tergites longitudinally striate-rugose,

the anterior angles raised and smooth, the remaining tergites

smooth. Recurrent nervure received a little before the first

transverse cubital nervure; cubitus sharply bent near the

base.

Hab, Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), November to

January.

This is very near J. calopterus, Szép. (Sjistedt, Kilimand-

jaro-Meru Exp. ii. p. 33), and will probably prove to be a

subspecies ; but in that insect the fourth tergite is smooth

and the sculpture of the third tergite confined to the middle.

The two yellow bands of the fore wing are united in calo-

_ pterus, but in some specimens of permutans the black area

between the yellow bands is more or less broadly interrupted.

244 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

Iphiaulax grenadensis, Ashm.

Iphiaulax grenadensis, Ashm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 294 (1900).

dé.

Iphiaulax harperi, Cam. Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc, xxxi. p, 383 (1905).

Iphiaulac medianus, Cam. Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. Demerara, i. p. 310

(1911) (nec Szép. 1901). @.

Iphiaulax villosus, Cam. Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. Demerara, i. p. 310

(1911). ¢.

This has considerable economic importance as a parasite on

the larva of the moth Diatrea saccharalis, the well- known

sugar-cane pest.

The type-specimens of all the above-quoted names are in

the British Museum.

Subfamily Hxorzzcrvz.

Spinaria alicie, sp. n.

2. Rufo-ferruginea; abdomine pallide flavo; flagello, macula

inter ocellos, segmentis dorsalibus primo secundoque in medio

latissime, tertio quartoque omnino spinis lateralibus exceptis,

unguiculis anticis, tarsis intermediis articulo apicali, tibiis tarsis-

que posticis nigris; coxis trochanteribusque posticis fusco-

ferrugineis ; femoribus posticis basi nigris, apice fusco-testaceis ;

alis fusco-hyalinis.

Long. 9 mm.

@. Front shining, almost smooth; eyes very large, very

distinctly emarginate near the base of the antenne ; posterior

ocelli almost touching the eyes, situated very close to the

hind margin of the head. Pronotum with a straight erect

spine which does not reach the level of the mesonotum ;

parapsidal furrows well defined. Median segment rather

indistinctly rugulose, with distinct lateral carinze and a stout

blunt spine on each side at the apical angles, the median

third of the segment forming an area separated from the rest

by a curved longitudinal carina on each side. Dorsal surface

of the abdomen coarsely longitudinally striated; each seg-

ment with a low longitudinal carina in the middle, which is

not produced into a spine on the third or fourth segments,

both of which have a stout but rather short spine at the apical

angles; fifth tergite very broad at the apex, produced into a

Jong acute spine in the middle of the apical margin. Second

abscissa of the radius not quite as long as the first transverse

cubital nervure, but a little longer than the second.

Hab. North Queensland, Kuranda (Turner), July 1913.

' Braconidie zn the British Museum. 245

Easily distinguished from curvispina, Cam., luzonensis,

Enderl., and other Malayan species with somewhat similar

colouring by the very large emarginate eyes and by the

shorter and straight spine of the pronotum, also by the shorter

second cubital cell. The second tergite is twice as broad as

long.

Genus MEsoBracon, Szép.

Mesobracon, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek, xxv. p. 46 (1902).

Telerda, Cam. Ann. 8. Afric. Mus. v. p. 75 (1906).

Mesobracon maculiceps, Cam.

Telerda maculiceps, Cam, Ann. 8. Afric. Mus. v. p. 75 (1906).

Mesobracon concolor, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iv. p. 579 (1906)

(Dec. 25). .

The localities in the British Museum range from Mombasa

to Salisbury.

Subfamily Dorrerrmz.

Genus ‘T’RICHIOBRACON, Cam.

Trichiobracon, Cam. Journ, Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. xliv. p. 104

(1905),

Trichodoryctes, Szép. Aun. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iv. p. 599 (1906).

Trichiobracon striolatus, Szép.

Acanthobracon striolatus, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek. xxv. p. 48 (1902).

Lrichiobracon pilosus, Cam. Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. xliy.

p. 104 (1905).

Neotrimorus luteus, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 161 (1905).

Subfamily Czeroviwz.

Spheropyx conjugator, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; abdomine rufo-ferrugineo; mandibulis apice testaceis ;

femoribus anticis, tibiis anticis, tarsisque anticis basi extremo

rufo-testaceis ; alis dimidio basali hyalinis, dimidio apicali fuscis,

venis nigris.

Long. 8 mm.

¢. Clypeus short and broad, shining and finely punc-

tured ; front finely punctured, with a longitudinal groove on

each: side nearly reaching the base of the antenne; vertex

smooth and shining, the head widely emarginate posteriorly,

the ocellar region somewhat raised. Second joint of the

flagellum very distinctly longer than the third, the first very

short and almost concealed in the apex of the scape, length

246 On the Braconide in the British Museum.

of the antenne 8 mm. ‘Thorax smooth and shining, the

scutellum finely punctured, the basal half of the scutellum

occupied by a deep depression in which are three longitudinal

carine, the apex and sides of the scutellum strongly longi-

tudinally striated. Median segment smooth at the base,

coarsely rugose-striate at the apex. Abdomen longitudinally

rugose-striate, with only three visible tergites ; second tergite

with a distinct longitudinal carina; the first broader at the

‘apex than long, not much narrowed to the base; the second

a little shorter than the first, twice as broad at the apex as

long; the third very little longer than the second, without

teeth at the apex beneath. Recurrent nervure received

before the first transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. S.W. Australia, Yallingup (Zurner), November and

December ; three specimens.

The tergites are less strongly curved downwards both late-

rally and apically than in the European S. irrorator, from

_ which it also differs in the absence of apical spines and in the

broader and less elongate abdomen. It approaches the

North-American S. bicolor much more closely in these points,

but is a larger and more robust species. The colour of the

fore femora and tarsi seems to vary, one specimen having the

femora black and two having the tarsi except the apical joint

testaceous red.

Spheropyx neavet, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra; palpis, mandibulis apice, abdomine, pedibus tegulisque

rufo-testaceis; femoribus posticis apice, tibiis posticis apice,

tarsisque posticis, basi extremo excepto, nigris; alis venisque

fuscis.

Long. 7 mm.

@. Front and clypeus closely punctured and sparsely

clothed with fuscous pubescence ; vertex and thorax shining,

finely punctured ; a, broad transverse groove at the base of

the scutellum divided by a longitudinal carina; median

segment punctured-rugose, the sides rugose-striate. Abdomen

rugose ; the first segment with two longitudinal carine con-

verging at the apex, a little longer than the apical breadth,

half as broad again at the apex as at the base; second tergite

a little longer than the first, not as long as the apical breadth ;

third tergite no longer than the second, without apical teeth.

Recurrent nervure received before the first transverse cubital

nervure.

Hab. N.E. Rhodesia, Serenje District, 4500 feet (S. A.

Neave), December. :

On the Genera of Hapalide. 247

A smaller and less robust species than the last, but

agreeing with it in the absence of apical abdominal spines.

Phanerotoma nova-guineensis, Szép.

Phanerotoma nova-guineensis, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek, xxiii. p. 59

(1900). @.

A single specimen from Mackay, Queensland, taken in

August 1900, answers well to the brief description of this

species.

Phanerotoma leeuwinensis, sp. n.

do. Brunneo-ochraceus ; mesonoto lateribus, mesopleuris, segmento

mediano, segmentisque dorsalibus lateribus nigris; segmento

dorsali tertio fusco, pedibus pallide testaceis; tibiis posticis basi

albids apice pallide brunneis; alis hyaliuis, venis fuscis,

pie

wung, 2°5 mm.

3. Antennze 23-jointed, a little longer than the insect ;

the whole surface finely granulate, clothed on the head and

thorax with very short and delicate white pubescence ;

sutures between the tergites finely crenulated, the third

tergite distinctly longer than the second. Recurrent nervure

interstitial with the first transverse cubital nervure; first

abscissa of the radius as long as the second, but distinctly

shorter than the second transverse cubital nervure. Median

segment without a carina. Posterior ocelli a little further

from the lind margin of the head than from each other,

Hab. 8.W. Australia, Yallingup (Zurner), November

1913.

Hasily distinguished from nova-guineensis by the very

different shape of the second cubital cell ; in that species, as

in most of the species of the genus, the second abscissa of the

radius is much longer than the second transverse cubital

nervure. ‘The colour is probably variable as to the extent of

the dark markings.

yiP XXVII.—The Genera of Hapalide (Marmozets).

By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Introduction.

MANy attempts have been made in the past to classify the

marmozets generically, notably by Wagner, Lesson, Reichen-

bach, and Gray; but the distinctive characters employed

have appealed so little to the judgment of modern zoologists

248 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

that of late years two genera only have been admitted—

namely, Hapale, which has abnormal lower incisor teeth, and

Leontocebus or Midas, in which these teeth are normal.

In 1912, however, Elliot (‘A Review of the Primates,’ i.

pp: 179-233) grouped the species as follows :—

1. Genus Seniocebus, Gray, for bicolor (type), martins:,

meticulosus.

2. Genus Cercopithecus, Gronov., for midas (type), ursulus,

rufimanus.

3. Genus Leontocebus, Wagn. (type, chrysomelas).

Subgen. a. Marikina, Reich., for chrysomelas, rosalia,

“leonina,

Subgen. b. Tamarinus, Trt., for labiatus, mystaz,

devillei, illigert, imperator, apiculatus, pileatus,

etc.

4, Genus Gidipomidas, Reich., for wdipus (type), geoffroyi.

5. Genus Callithriz, Erxl. , for jacchus, penicillata, argen-

tata, leucopus, aurita, pygmea, and many others

usually referred to the genus Hapale.

With a few modifications in the arrangement of the species

and in nomenclature, this classification is a compromise

between Gray’s, published in. 1870, and Trouessart’s, pub-

lished in 1899. In the matter of nomenclature, the chief

points to notice are the use of Cercopithecus, Gronov., for

midas, of Callithrix for jacchus, and the selection of chryso-

melas as the type of Leontocebus. The characters used for

differentiating the genera and subgenera are those supplied

principally by the degree of hairiness of the face, head, and

neck ; but no characters are cited for distinguishing Senio-

cebus from Gidipomidas* or Cercopithecus from Leontocebus. ’

Hence it may be inferred that the genera, as defined, have no

secure basis, and it cannot be admitted that the classification

* In spite of one’s personal liking and respect for Dr. Elliot, it is

necessary to explain as a warning to the unwar y that he was quite unequal

to the task of monographing the Primates, or of making even a present-

able attempt at it. That he had no real acquaintance with the genera

and species of the order is shown in the present instance by his describing

the very well-known Pinché marmozet (Gdipomidas wdipus, Linn.) as a

new species named Seniocebus meticulosus—that is to say, he diagnosed

the same species under two different names and referred it to two distinct

genera within a few pages of his monograph. Moreover, the figure of

the skull he published to illustrate the dental characters of Callithrix

(Hapale) contradicts the generic diagnosis—which, by the way, is itself

wrong,—because the species leucopus is not a Callithriv at all, but,

according to Elliot’s system, should have been referred to Seniocebus or

Cer copithecus or Leontocebus, I know not which.

the Genera 0) Hapalidee. 249

is any improvement upon that of Gray, who in some parti-

culars showed his usual instinctive, if unintelligent, anticipa-

tion of modern views in the matter of generic subdivisions,

Trouessart’s classification was a mere list of names.

With regard to two of the generic names I adopt in this

paper—namely, Hapale and Mystax—the following explana-

tion must be given. By the rules of nomenclature the

correct name for the group of marmozets typified by jacchus

is Callithriz, as Thomas has shown, ‘The latter title,

however, has for many years been used for the “Titis »

(Callicebus) of the family Cebides ; and jacchus and its allies

in all anatomical treatises and natural histories, popular and

scientific, are universally assigned to Hapale. Similarly, if

Gronovius be admitted as a binominalist—a question on

which opinions are divided,—the oldest name for the genus

typified by midas, Linn., is Cercopithecus, a title invariably

associated with one of the African Catarhine Primates until

Elliot published his monograph. The confusion created by

the adoption of Callithrix and Cercopithecus for two

marmozets, involving, as it does, even familiar family-names,

will be great and regettable. They have therefore been

added to the list of generic terms recommended for exemption

from the strict rule of priority and for permission to stand for

the genera to which for half a century or so they have been

affixed. Pending the decision of the “ Fiat Committee,”

which now has these cases under consideration, I have

adopted Hapale instead of Callithriz and the next available

name for the genus called Cercopithecus by Elliot, in the hope

that the verdict of the Committee will endorse these decisions.

The Hands, Feet, and Ears of Marmozets.

Examination of fresh material of some of the commoner

species of marmozets has revealed one or two external

characters surpassing in systematic value those employed by

Gray and Hlliot for distinguishing genera.

The Hands and Feet.—In Hapale jacchus the five digits of

the hand are tolerably evenly spaced, and are separated | down

to a point almost or quite on a level with the anterior border of

the plantar pad, so that from the plantar aspect scarcely any

- webbing is visible. ‘he pollex is tolerably long and is set

low down a little behind the first digit, and reaches es OxI-

mately to the distal end of its first “phalanx when the digits

are placed together. The palm of the hand is short and wide,

its width across we plantar pads considerably exceeding half

its length.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 17

250 Mr, R. I. Pocock on

Fig. 1.

A. Right hand of Hapale jacchus, nat. size.

B. Right foot of the same.

C. Right hand of Leontocebus rosalia, nat. size.

D. Right foot of the same.

the Genera of Hapalidee. 251

In Cdipomidas edipus the hand is to all intents and

purposes like that of Hapale jacchus. But in Leontocebus

rosalia it is very different. Both the digits and the palm are

exceedingly long. The pollex is set higher up, so that, when

closed against the second digit, its tip falls considerably short

of the distal end of the first phalanx of the digit. The third

and fourth digits are closely tied together by a very narrow

web nearly up to the distal end of the first phalanx, and a

similar but wider and shallower web ties the third to the

second digit. The fourth and fifth, on the other hand, are

separated as in Callithrix and Cdipomidas. The palm is

very long behind the plantar pad, its width across that pad

being less than one-third of its total length. Finally, the

second digit is considerably longer than the fifth, the two

being subequal in Hapale jacchus and Uidipomidas edipus.

The feet in the three species are very much alike, though

varying in length, the elongation affecting the area behind

‘the point of insertion of the hallux. The digits are separated

practically down to the plantar pad, so that from the plantar

aspect a very shallow web shows beyond the anterior edge of

the pad. The hallux, inserted well behind the second digit,

reaches when stretched forward approximately the posterior

border of the plantar pad. As regards the length of the foot,

in Hapale jacchus the sole is about three times as long as its

width across the plantar pad. In Cdipomidas adipus and

Leontocebus rosalia the corresponding comparative dimensions

are respectively three and a half and four times. Thus,

Leontocebus rosalia has a very long foot as compared with

Hapale jacchus, and Gidipomidas edipus, in that particular,

holds a position midway between them *.

In connection with the feet, I am not able to point out any

characters that can be used in the classification of marmozets.

The hand, on the contrary, furnishes a good basis for the

diagnosis of J. rosalia; and, since an examination of dried

skins of this family in the British Museum and in the

Zoological Society’s Collection shows that chrysomelas is the

only species with hands like those of rosalia, these two

species may be placed in a genus apart from other marmozets.

The elongation of the feet in L. rosalia implies leaping

powers surpassing those of Hapale jacchus, and it seems

probable that the elongation of the palm and fingers of the

hand and the tying together of the second, third, and fourth

* The foot of Mystax midas seems to resemble that of CG. cedipus in

length (Boas, Zool, Anz, xxxiv. p. 537, fig. 14, 1909).

Li*

252 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

fingers are characters functionally correlated with the increased

activity, and serve the purpose of giving at the same time

a longer span and a safer grip on a branch when the animal

alights from a long-distance spring.

It might be held that the small hallux and the claw-tipped

digits of the Hapalidze are primitive features derived direct

from an unguiculate arboreal ancestor, probably of a lemuroid

type, but preceding in those particulars modern lemurs, which

have a hallux of great length and thickness and digits tipped

with flat or flattish nails *. But, in my opinion, the Hapalide

may be best regarded as derived from the typical Platyrrhine

monkeys, from which they have departed in the numerical

reduction of the teeth and in the appendicular particulars

above-mentioned. The only Platyrrhine Primate outside the

limits of the Hapalide which has the hallux small and the

digits claw-tipped, as in the marmozets, is Callimico, Thos. ;

and it is to be remembered that both in Callimico and the

Hapalidee these characteristics of the hands and feet are

associated with smallness in size and lightness in build.

These little monkeys, indeed, are the most diminutive of all

the true Primates, and, owing to the small size and narrow

transverse span of the hands and feet, they are unable to

grasp branches of any width. Nevertheless, since they are

extraordinarily active and jump with great power, they require

special means cf maintaining a hold on the branches they

traverse or alight on. In this need may be found, I think,

the modification of the nails into claws and the concomitant

reduction of the hallux which, while depriving the hands and

feet of the peculiar prehensile capacity seen in other Primates,

have converted them into extremities resembling functionally

those of squirrels in their power of hooking on to the rough-

nesses of bark, of thick branches, and tree-trunks.

The Ears.—In Hapale jacchus the ears are large, with the

upper edge, which is folded, either evenly rounded or sub-

angular posteriorly, and the posterior border, which is

unfolded, also evenly and widely rounded and forming infe-

riorly a continuously expanded lamina to a point just below

the large fleshy valvular antitragus. The flap of the pinna

extends widely beyond the central cavity of the ear both

above, behind, and below, and its inferior portion just behind

the antitragus shows a marked depression following the curve

* With the exception, of course, of the second digit of the foot, which

in every genus carries a claw, and also of all the digits, apart from the

hallux, of Daubentonia (Chiromys), in which the nails have been con-

verted into claws.

the Genera of Hapalide.

Fig. 2.

- Left ear of Hapale jacchus, nat. size.

- Right ear of the same, partially folded, nat. size.

. Left ear of Leontocebus rosalia, nat. size,

. The same, partially folded.

. Left ear of Mystav midas, from life, enlarged.

. Right ear of Qdipomidas edipus, x 3 approx.

. The same, folded,

4, inferior point of origin of the free lamina,

253

254 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

of the inferior edge of the pinna. The notch between the

antitragus and the small flap-like tragus is deep. The supra-

tragus is a small ridge continuous posteriorly with the upper

curved edge of the cavity of the pinna and overlapped in

front by a flap of the pinna continuous with the overfolded

supero-anterior edge. Below the supratragus this flap

terminates near the middle of the anterior portion of the

cavity of the pinna.

The ear is capable of being folded by the forward move-

ment of its posterior half up against its anterior half, so that

the central cavity is obliterated and the external auditory

meatus closed by the antitragus coming into contact with the

tragus.

T am unable to find any differences of importance between

the ears of Hapale jacchus and those of Leontocebus rosalia,

unless it be that in Leontocebus the depression on the lower

portion of the lamina extends a little further forwards on to

the antitragus. This character may be inconstant. The ears

fold in the same way as in Hapale.

In Gdipomidas wdipus, however, the ears are very different.

They are relatively much smaller and quadrate in shape,

both the upper and the posterior borders being markedly

angled. The edge in front of the upper angle is folded ;

elsewhere the edge is simple. ‘The flap-like area of the pinna

above the central cavity is wide and deep, as in Hapale; but

below the posterior angular point the flap rapidly narrows,

and disappears entirely behind the antitragus, there being no

broad laminate flap completing the pinna below and standing

away from the cartilaginous basal portion of the ear. The

antitragus forms a large fleshy valvular flap, but the tragus

itself is very smal]. ‘The ear folds as in the other species,

the posterior angular point turning backwards. The only

member of the Hapalide which resembles Gdipomidas

edipus in the size and structure of the ear is its near ally

CE. geoffroyi. In all the other species that I have examined

the ear is of the type described in Hapale and Leontocebus in

the sense that the free lamina of the pinna arises inferiorly

beneath the antitragus and close behind the notch between

the tragus and antitragus, and extends right round the carti-

laginous capsule of the pinna, standing every where well away

from the head.

Since, however, I have been dependent mostly upon dried

skins, 1 cannot speak positively of the exact shape of the ears

in all cases. Such species as J/ystaw midas and M. mystaa,

for example, appear to have the posterior edge of the ear

the Genera of Hapalide. 255

more strongly emarginate than Hapale and Leontocebus, the

postero-superior angle being prominent and the postero-

inferior lamina widely rounded. This I have been able to

verify on a living example of I. midas *.

The chance of error in judging of the form of the ear from

dried skins is shown by the skin of the type of Micoella

sericea, Gray (= Hapale chrysoleuca, Wagn.), in the British

Museum. This skin was made up for the study collection

from a mounted specimen originally exhibited in the gallery,

and the ears appear to be like those of Gdipomidas, except

for the tufts of hair they carry. Nevertheless, from the

original figure and description of the specimen (P. Z. 8S.

1868, p. 257, pl. xxiv.), it is evident that the pinna of the ear

was provided in the living animal with a well-developed

postero-inferior lamina apparently like that of Hapale jacchus.

Clearly, therefore, the ears of the dried skin have been

mutilated.

Synonymy of the Genera.

Genus LEONTOCEBUS, Wagner.

Leontocebus, Wagner, in Schreber’s Saug. i. Uebersicht. p. ix (1839 or

1840) t ; type chrysomelas, Kuhl. (selected by Elliot),

Leontopithecus, Lesson, Spec. Mamm, p. 200 (1840); type martkina,

Less. =rosalia, Linn.

Marikina, Reichenbach, Vollst. Nat. Affen. p. 57 (1862) ; type sosalia,

Linn.

In addition to L. rosalia and L. chrysomelas, which differ

from all other Hapalidz in their long-palmed, syndactylous

hands, this genus probably contains L. leoninus, Humb., a

species about which practically nothing is unkuown apart

from the colour.

* The importance of this observation lies in the error of determination

that Boas (‘Ohrknorpel etc. der Saugethiere,’ 1912, pl. xxili. tig. 243)

seems to me to have made in figuring the ear of Zdipomidas edipus as

that of Hapale rufimanus (= Mystax midas). At all events, this figure

does not represent the ear of any example of Mystax midas, but corre-

sponds closely with that of every specimen of G:dipomidas edipus that I

have examined,

+ Elliot, following Palmer, gives 1839 as the date of this name, pre-

sumably on Sherborn’s authority (P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 587) ; but, although

the part of Wagner’s edition of Schreber dealing with the monkeys was

published, according to Sherborn, in 1839, it is not obvious that the

“ Uebersicht” and preface were published till 1840. The name may be

given, however, the benefit of the doubt, thus carrying priority over

Leontopithecus.

256 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus C&pIPoMIDAS, Reich.

CEdipus, Lesson, Spec. Mamm. p. 184 (1840) (nom. preocc.); type

titi, Less. =@dipus, Linn.

Gidipomidas, Reichenbach, Vollst. Nat. Affen. p. 5 (1862); type edzpus.

Hapanella, Gray, Cat. Primates, p. 65 (1870); type geoffroyz, Puch.

On the available evidence I provisionally regard this genus

as a specialized offshoot of the bald-faced or so-called Sento-

cebus group of Mystax, differing therefrom in the modification

and reduction in size of the ears—a character perhaps corre-

lated with the nakedness of the adjoining area of the head.

To the two above-quoted species, everywhere admitted,

Elliot added a third—(. salaquiensis, which is possibly at

most only a subspecies of G4. geoffroyt (‘A Review of the

Primates,’ iii., Appendix, p. 255, 1912).

Genus Mysrax, Gray.

Cercopithecus, Gronov. Zoophyl. p. 5 (1763); type mzdas, Linn, (se-

lected by Elliot).

Midas, Geoffroy, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, xix. p. 120 (1812) (nom.

preoce.) ; type rujimanus=midas.

Mystax, Gray, Cat. Monkeys etc., 1870, p. 66; type mystar, Spix.

Tamarin, Gray, op. cit. p. 68; type ursudus, Humb.

Seniocebus, Gray, op. cit. p. 68; type bicolor, Spix.

Tamarinus, Trouess. Cat. Mamm., Suppl. p. 29 (1899); type mystax

(now selected).

Mystaz may be regarded as a generalized type of Hapalidee,

with normal hands, ears, and dentition. Leontocebus has

departed from it by the scansorial specialization of the hands,

Gidipomidas by the degeneration of the ears, and Hapale by

the specialization of the anterior teeth of the mandible.

Elliot gave full generic status to Seniocebus, which contains

two species *—bicolor, Spix, and martinsi, ‘’homas,—basing

the genus upon the nakedness of the forehead and cheeks as

far back as the ears. But this character, merely a mark of

maturity, clearly has not the systematic value of those

employed in this paper for distinguishing Leontocebus, Gidipo-

midas, and Hapale. It is equivalent rather to the characters

used by Gray, and derived trom the hairiness of the aural

area, for splitting up MHapale into several genera, which

neither Elliot nor his immediate predecessors adopted.

Moreover, adult examples of Mystaw leucopus, Giintr., a

species which, as I have stated above, Elliot quite wrongly

referred to the genus Hapale—or Callithriz, as he called it,—

have the head covered with short hair back to the ears, and,

* As stated above, S. metzeulosus, Elliot, is synonymous with Gdipo-

midas cedipus.

the Genera of Hapalide. 257

so far as I am aware, there is no evidence that this area

becomes bald even in extreme old age. ‘The condition

presented by this species, indeed, lessens the value—small in

any case—of the characters upon which Seniocebus was based ;

and if Elliot had not unconsciously evaded the difficulty by

placing leucopus in a wrong genus, he would probably have

been puzzled in deciding whether it should be located under

Seniocebus or Cercopithecus or Leontocebus, in the sense in

which he used those terms, because the species is intermediate

between Seniocebus and the others, according to Hlliot’s

definition of that genus.

Elliot quoted Zamarin, Gray, as a synonym of Seniocebus.

This is an unintelligible error, because ZYamarin, Gray,

included only midas and ursulus, the two species to which

Elliot restricted the name Cercopithecus. Yamarin, there-

fore, should have figured amongst the synonyms of Cerco-

pithecus. Moreover, since Tamarin has line priority- over

Seniocebus, the former should have been adopted by Elliot,

with Senzcebus as the synonym, if, as he stated, the two

names had been applied to the same group of species.

Genus HApALg, Illig.

Callithriz, Erxl. Syst. Régn. Anim. 1777, p. 55; type jacchus, Linn.*

Hapale, Mlig. Prodr, Syst. Mamm. p. 71 (1811); type jacchus.

This genus contains many species broadly resembling Vystax

in the structure of the hands and feet, and apparently also of

the ears, but differing from Mystaz, as from the other genera

of the family, in the well-known modification of the anterior

mandibular teeth described by Gray and others ; the incisors

are abnormally long, and form a continuous or nearly con-

tinuous series with the canines, which they approximately

equal in height and thickness. This modification is accom-

panied by a more or less marked compression and recession

of the chin. Although these characters are subject to a

certain amount of specific and possibly individual variation,

I have seen no skulls of Hapale which could not be at once:

identified as belonging to that genus.

* I see no reason to interfere with the synonymy of this genus as

published by Elliot. I have only been able to examine in the fresh state

one species—namely, jacchus, the common white-eared marmozet, with

which the black-eared form, quoted as penicil/atus and given full specific

status by Elliot, completely intergrades. Jacchus may be taken as the

type of Sagoninus, Kerr, Hapaile, Illig., Jacchus, Geoftr., Arctopithecus,

Virey, Ouwastitis, Burnett, and Liocephalus, Wagn. Generic synonyms

with other type-species are :—Mzico, Lesson, type argentatus; Micoella,

Gray, type sericea (=chrysoleuca) ; Cebuella, Gray, type pygmea.

258 On the Genera of Hapalide.

As has been stated, Gray split the genus Hapale into a

number of genera, using the hair-growths or the ears and the

adjoining parts of the head*. These characters are useful

for grouping the species ; but if generic value be assigned to

them, a much higher value must consistently be granted to

the characters by which the genera admitted in this paper

are distinguished.

Table of the Genera.

a. Hands with long narrow palm and long digits ; digits

3 and 4 closely tied together by a narrow web

reaching nearly to distal end of first phalanx; a

similar but shallower and wider web between digits

2 and 3; [ears as under 6’; incisors as under a?] .. Leontocebus.

6. Hands with comparatively broad short palm and

short digits separated approximately down to plantar

pad.

a’, Laminate margin of pinna complete above, but

‘tapering away below and vanishing compara-

tively high up on the posterior surface of the

basal cartilaginous capsule ; [incisors as under a? |. Cidipomidas.

6’. Laminate margin of pinna widely continuous

round the cartilaginous capsule, and terminating

below the antitragus close to the head.

a’?, Lower incisors normal, shorter and narrower

than the canines, and separated from them;

chin broad, receding to a comparatively slight

CRNCM Dita) otis sting alana tat eV eN oENe em aVE » not ayo aaah Mystax.

6°. Lower incisors long, forming a subspatulate

series with the canines, which at most exceed

by a little the outer incisor in height and thick-

ness ; chin somewhat compressed and generally

strongly receding oes scl ceecvlce ven AURA TEs Hapale.

Note.—During the passage of this paper through the press,

the opportunity has arisen of examining a specimen of Mystax

mystax preserved in alcohol. Confirming what has already

been stated of this species, | may add that the ears resemble

those of Mystax midas and that the hands and feet are of the

type seen in Hapale and Gidipomidas. It is interesting to

note, however, that on the right hand, but not on the left,

there is a deeper web between the third and fourth digits

than I have as yet observed in the case of those genera.

The web, nevertheless, is wider and shallower than in Leonto-

cebus, although its presence adumbrates the syndactylism

described in that form.

* By analogy the two species of Cercocebus—albigena and aterrimus,

the latter with obsolete, the former with long tufted whiskers—should

be generically separated. Elliot, I may add, placed these two species in

a subgenus Lophocebus; but one of the characters justifying this course

was derived from an immature deformed (probably menagerie) skull.

401 4

On a new Agouti from British Guiana. 259

Ke yf XXVII.—A new Agouti from the Moon Mountains, Southern

\4"

British Guiana, with Notes on other Species. By Oup-

FIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE agouti of the Moon Mountains, Southern British Guiana,

seems to represent a new subspecies of D. agut’, L., a name

under which I propose to place all the orange-rumped agoutis

with the exception of the small insular LV. rubrata of

Trinidad. .

The members of this group from the coast-region of

North-eastern Venezuela and Northern Guiana are probably

all referable to a single form, ranging from Cumana to

Cayenne. The earliest name for them is D. a. flavescens,

Lhos., the later names lucifer and cayenne being probably

due to the great variation which our now considerable

series from Demerara shows the animal to be liable to.

Normal specimens from this area are dark-coloured, with

blatkish nape and darkened withers, the yellowish of the

rump dark fulvous, and the under surface brown, with but

little mesial lightening ; the feet usually black. In individual

specimens, however, all parts, and especially the rump, may

be very much lighter.

In Brazil, on the other hand, the true D. aguti is always

much lighter, the nape and withers without blackening, the

under surface with a broad and distinct mesial line of white

or yellow running its whole length from chest to inguinal

region, the feet more or less grizzled with orange.

But from the Moon Mountains a series of specimens differ

from both, and may be described as

Dasyprocta aguti lunaris, subsp. n.

Nape and fore back grizzled olivaceous grey, without any

blackening. Rump ochraceous orange, generally darkened

by inconspicuous blackish subterminal bands on the hairs—

the colour fairly uniform.in the series available. Flanks,

sides of rump, and legs grizzled olivaceous, the orange not

extending downwards on to them. Under surface scarcely

lighter than sides, without median light stripe on chest,

. though there is generally an irregular whitish lightening on

the belly and inguinal region. Hands brown, blackish, or

grizzled. Feet grizzled oliyaceous, only darkening to

blackish terminally.

260 On a new Agouti from British Guiana.

Dimensions of the type (measured on a well-made skin) :—

Head and body 510 mm.; hind foot 103 ; ear 40.

Skull: greatest length 110; condylo-incisive length 95;

zygomatic breadth 49; nasals 37°5 ; interorbital breadth 29°5 ;

palatilar length 42 ; upper tooth-series (p* in use and worn)

18-2.

Hah. Moon Mountains, Southern British Guiana, about

1° N., 59° W. Other specimens, apparently referable to the

same form, from the Lower Rio Yamunda and from the

Upper Caura River, Orinoco.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11.6. 7.48. Original

number 9a. Presented by the late Mr. F. V. McConnell.

Seven specimens.

This subspecies differs from true D. agutt by the absence

of a mesial light stripe running down the chest and abdomen,

from croconota by the non-extension of the orange rump-

colour on to the sides of the hips and down the legs, and from

the agouti of Northern British Guiana by its lighter general

colour, and especially its lighter fore back, without blackening

on nape and withers, and its less blackened feet. A baby

specimen, however, has both the darkened fore back and

blackish feet of the more northern form, which appears to

indicate either variability or change with age. But, as

Mr. McConnell’s specimens were obtained by a native

collector, and the localities were sometimes misstated, it is

just possible that this young specimen was not from the

Moon Mountains at all, but came from Demerara, where

the same collector obtained a number of D. a. flavescens.

In a recent paper Dr. Allen* rather unaccountably

(unless he has been solely influenced by the reputed locality

“ Guiana”) considers that the Guianan yellow-rumped

agoutis should bear the name of D. eroconota prymnolopha, as

based on Wagler’s D. prymnolophaf; but the latter is at

once distinguishable from all the aguti group by the black on

the centre of the rump, and it was no doubt quite erroneously

stated to be from Guiana, its true locality being Brazil—from

Para to Bahia.

In this connection I may note that three agoutis from

Lamarao, Bahia, collected by A. Robert, clearly represent

Osgood’s D. nigriclunis}; but they differ so widely among

* Bull. Ann. Mus, xxiv. p. 629 (1915).

+ ‘Isis,’ 1831, p. 619.

t Field Mus. Publ. x. p. 192 (1915).

On a new Mink-like Mustela from Java. 261

themselves in the degree to which the yellow of the sides of

the rump is grizzled or clear, that, with this character shown

to be variable, I very much doubt if nigrtclunzs should be

considered as distinct from prymnolopha, to which these

specimens have hitherto been referred.

Dr. Allen * has also recently tried to show that Myoprocta

pratt?, Pocock, is synonymous with Dasyprocta ewilis, Wagl.,

from the Amazon, which has usually been synonymized with

M. acouchy.

But how he can deduce that “ D. exilis belongs evidently

to the olivaceous and not to the rufous section of the genus ”

from Wagler’s words “ noteeo toto castaneo-fuscescente ” [am

at a loss tounderstand. And the rest of Wagler’s description

equally applies to MW. acouchy, with the quite unimportant

exception of the median white stripe on the belly.

The British Museum contains a Myoprocta from Obidos

which is no doubt representative of D. ewl’s, and this is in

all respects similar to typical M. acouchy of Guiana.

The relation of Allen’s MM. milleri, from Colombia, to

Pocock’s Amazonian JM. pratti still remains to be settled.

SS & XXIX.—A new Mink-like Mustela from Java.

(3% By H.C. Roprysoy and Ouprieip Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE animal here described was obtained during 1916 in Java

by Robinson, and forms a very striking addition to the fauna

of that island. It is widely different from any known

Oriental Mustela, but has a very remarkable resemblance to

a mink, especially to the European one (Mustela lutreola), on

which fact we have based its name.

Mustela lutreolina, sp. n.

Type.—Adult male (skin and skull). Formerly Federated

Malay States Museums, no. 190/16; now British Museum,

no. 17. 8.4. 2. Collected at Tjibodas, West Java, 5500’, on

February 17th, 1916, by H. C. Robinson. Original number

7231.

Characters.—A large-sized species of the subgenus Mustela,

* Op, cit. xxxyv. p. 569,

262 On a new Mink-like Mustela from Java.

of almost uniform otter-brown coloration above and below.

Soles very hairy. Fur short, hairs of back about 6 mm. in

length, the longer hairs quite glossy, as in the mink,

Colour.x—Above almost uniform brown (darker than

“* Mars-brown” of Ridgway), sparsely interspersed with

white hairs, which may be accidental; tail with a somewhat

golden tinge, and a faint indication of a dark tip; conch of

ears with golden hairs. Beneath somewhat lighter, nearest

to “ Prout’s brown” of Ridgway ; lips, chin, and interramia

white.

Skull—That of a typical weasel, the profile of the rostrum

somewhat convex, not specially flattened; the bulla large,

flattened, quadrate, not triangular in outline, their inner

margins nearly parallel. Mastoid ridges prominent. Inter-

pteryg goid space truncate, not rounded at the anterior extre-

mity. ‘Teeth with no special peculiarities. Posterior upper

molar dumbbell-shaped.

Dimensions.—Head and body (dry skin) 360 mm.; tail 180;

hind foot 50,

Skull: total length 58:5; basal length 53°8; condylo-

basilar length 58 ; palatal length 26; rostral breadth (behind

canine) 12°33; interorbital breadth 11°8; zygomatic breadth

30; mastoid breadth 26°5 ; maxillary tooth-row (including

canine) 16°5; mandible from symphysis to most posterior

point of condyle 32°8.

Specimens examined.—One, the type.

Remarks.—This specimen was shot by a Dyak collector

while it was engaged in killing a Lariscus instgnis javana.

In colour it presents an extraordinary resemblance to a young

otter, and on this account was unfortunately not measured in

the flesh. The species would appear to be allied to MZ. sub-

hemachalana, Hodgs., known from Sikkim and Nepal at high

elevations, and also recorded from near Bhamo and the

Karin Hills*, but differs by its much darker colour, in

which respect it is so like a Huropean. mink (Mustela lu-

ireola) as only to differ by the golden tinge of the hairs of

the ears and tail. The fur is not so long as in that animal,

nor the tail so bushy, as is only natural in a tropical climate ;

but otherwise, apart from the skull, there is very little to

distinguish the two.

* Thomas, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Gen. xli. p. 919 (1892).

Geological Society. 263

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 6th, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘ Correlation of Jurassic Chronology.’ By 8.8. Buckman, F.G.S.

This paper owes its inception to certain discoveries made by the

Officers of the Scottish Geological Survey during their investiga-

tions of the Jurassic deposits of the Isles of Raasay and Skye.

The ammonites and brachiopods were sent to the Author for

examination, and the sequence of faunas which they disclosed

necessarily led to comparison with results obtained in other areas —

with Yorkshire, on which the Author had recently written a

paleontological chapter for a Geological Survey Memoir, based

largely on information and specimens submitted by the Survey;

with the Dorset coast, helped by Mr. W. D. Lang’s most pains-

taking work ; with other areas within the Authoyr’s field experience,

helped largely by information most freely communicated by Mr. J.

W. Tutcher. The results appeared to be so far-reaching, that

permission was asked of the Director of H.M. Geological Survey

to lay before the Society a synopsis of the information obtained

through the investigations of Survey Officers; this was kindly

accorded, and the present paper is the outcome of research thus

originated.

One of the principles utilized in this paper to ascertain or to

surmise faunal sequence where precise information is defective, is

that of what may be called ‘faunal dissimilarity ’—that is, if the

deposits of two neighbouring localities A and B, supposedly iso-

chronous from their sequential position, show differing faunas, it is

a reasonable inference that the faunas are not of the same date.

Theoretical stratigraphical correlation has usually worked along

these lines, but the principle involved has not been recognized by

name. Now the principle is utilized, not only in regard to neigh-

bouring localities, but even more widely, with suggestive results.

The paper is chiefly concerned with the Liassic Ages hitherto

known as Domerian, Charmouthian, Sinemurian. In all of them

there is proposed a considerable increase of the number of faunal

horizons indicative of consecutive time-intervals, or hemere. In

the case of the first no change of name is made; but in regard to

the other two, subdivision seemed necessary, and each is appor-

tioned into three Ages, as follows :—

Proposed Names. Old Terms.

Hiviccian.

Wessexian. Charmouthian.

Raasayan.

Deiran.

Mercian. Sinemurian.

Lymian.

264 Geological Society.

These, with the Domerian, each contain on an average about

ten hemere, the grouping being controlled by the dominance of

ammonite families or phases thereof—thus, Domerian: Age of

Amaltheids; Raasayan: Age of Deroceratide and Hchioceratide.

It is obvious that, with this increase in the number of hemere,

the number of local non-sequences is greatly increased. Some

comparative diagrams illustrate this.

One of the most interesting discoveries which has resulted, partly

from the great thickness of Scottish strata investigated and col-

lected from, partly from comparisons with other areas, is that the

so-called ‘armatum Zone’ of the English Midlands and that of

the Radstock district, of Yorkshire and of the Scottish Isles, are

not isochronous, but are separated by a time-interval which cor-

responds to a thickness of some 300 feet of deposit in the Scottish

area. ‘Thus, instead of the simple descending sequence

Deroceras armatum

Echioceras raricostatum,

there is this sequence ascertained :

An upper Deroceras horizon,

An upper Echioceras horizon in three distinct stages,

A lower Deroceras horizon,

A lower Echioceras horizon with some Armatoids ;

and even now possibly this is not the end of the complication,

This alternation of Deroceras and Echioceras involves a pheno-

menon which the Author calls ‘faunal repetition,’ and it is a

reasonable supposition that this is not a solitary case—that is to

say, doubt is at once thrown on the contemporaneity of other so-

called ‘zones’ where they have been determined in different areas by

the presence of certain species of a genus—the species admittedly

not the same—or by the alleged presence of a single species on

specific determination insufficiently rigid. The cases of zones

determined on the dueus a non lucendo principle—the strata in

correct intermediate position, but with the index zonal species

conspicuously absent—seem especially to invite scepticism.

. Three appendices are given—one, paleontological, containing

descriptions of certain notable species, mostly new; another, his-

torical, containing notes on certain ammonites described and figured

by Wright in a paper published some years prior to the issue of

his Monograph: it affords clues to the interpretation of his

species, to the recognition of some of his missing types, to the

identity of certain figures in Reynés’s Monograph, and to the geo-

graphical distribution of species—a matter of particular importance

in regard to faunal dissimilarity ; the third, geological,—a com-

munication by Mr. J. W. Tutcher, embodying his reading of the

sequence in the lower part of the Lower Lias carried down to the

base of the Hettangian.

P aad

Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the loch a Day of every Month.—2s. 6d.

_ THE

LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

A carpe de MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, O.M.,, M.A, Se. D; E.R. fr

JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Se., ERS, E.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

Published the First Day of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE

ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

Conducted by

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.GS.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A, Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

Founded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subscription

(* Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 18s.

THE OBSERVATORY,

A MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

Edited by

A. S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., F.R.S.,

F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., and

H. 8. JONES, M.A., B.Sc.

Its Contributors include most of the leading English-speaking Astronomers,

and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical

thought and achievement,

Published er. Price 1s. 8d. Annual Subser iption,

16s. post free.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN. |

| Edited by

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.LS.,

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM

ieee Articles ae penne Botanists; Announcements of Discoveries; Reviews.

: pe Botanical News and Notes, &e., &e.

“Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

ht AD Sait <

7 Soe RE ag te

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 117.—Kighth Series.

a aa a

XXI. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies Hydro- =

campine, Scopariane, &e. By Sir Grorce F, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.5., ‘ss

SE SRSA eS OK A A ORE reas uO AS Panag 9% Re eed.

are bce

‘XXII. New Lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch New Guinea,and

Biak. . By J. J. Jorcny, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.8., and G. Tarzor, F.E.S. 216 —

XXIII. Two new Species and new Genus of Sphingide. By J.J.

Jorcey, F.E.S., and W. J. Kaye, F.E.S. (Plate VIII.) .......... 230

XXIV. Remarks on certain Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen :

(the Demodew of Man, the Horse, Dog, Rat, and Mouse). By

Srantey Hirst. (Plate IX. )+- RPP es O05 Be Ga Sein ee Be ee ets obs 252.

XXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVI. By T. D; A.

Cocxzrgtt, University of Colorado........,eeeseseueeees oie 235 .

XXVI. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—I. By

Rowranp E. Turwer, F.Z.8., F.E.S. .....-- (eee ig agss ane 241

XXYVII. The Genera of Hapalide (Marmozets). By R. I.

Pocoon, PRB. ie eeiee aise’ s Siekrerhcer a Oost Re:

XXVIII. A new Agouti from the Moon Mountains, Southern

British Guiana, with Notes on other Species. By Oxprretp Tuomas, 259

XXIX. A new Mink-like Mustela from Java. -By H.C. Roxrnson

and OLpFrELp THomAS..... BAR saotce ae ee epee Sse GE:

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. rae

Geologigal SoGlSty.nay sve curesss avs Casper n ens pets beet passa’ 263

#,* Jt is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Esinking: oS.

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

adh Nef act i) ‘ Pier gai enh | INO. LILO.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

-Z00L06Y, BOTANY, anv GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM OARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.8.;

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S.; F.Z.8.,

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’ pt ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE,

" Mlustretive of Dr. B. Petrunievies’ Paper on wea o of f &

gfe Tritylodon longevus, Owen. Sees aay

(3 Oi iy \ Ki? Aas

. Sete LONDON:

“PAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FL wi fsenewe.,

‘Sold by Simpkin, “Mareh all, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., ‘la. ; SBailliere, Paris:

aes + and Hodges, Fisgis, & Co., Dublin,

WATRINS & DONCASTER |

Raturalists,

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS Gnd

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies ;

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Ease &s.

Full Oatalosue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, SLB OND pda an. bei cletmore te

Price te Post Free, 4:d.

LIST OF BRITISH HON MARINE MOLLUSGA

A. S. KENNARD, poet and B. B. WOODWARD,

F.L.S., etc.

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LONDON, E.C, 4.

Just Published.

aide foe 8vo, Pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Text-figures.

Price 12s. 6d.

A CONTRIBUTION

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W. EW GUINEA.

L. §. GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.M.S.

TAYLOR AND FRancts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Annie Pratt’s ‘ Flowering Plants &c. of Great Britain, 5 vols., 45s. Ditto, 4 vols.,

353s.—J. J. Dillinus, M.D., ‘ Historia Muscorum,’ 85 plates, 1000 figures (scarce),

20s.—Fripp, ‘ British Mosses,’ 2vols., coloured plates, 25s.—Lowe’s ‘ Exotic Ferns,’

8 vols., coloured plates, 55s. Curtis, ‘ Botanical Magazine,’ vols, I.—-IV., 5s. per

vol. —Lowden’ s ~Encyclopedia of Plants of Great Britain, 1829 pages, 10s.—

Ward’s ‘ Life-histories of Familiar Plants,’ 85 plates, 3s.—Donovan’s ‘ British

Shells,’ 5 vols., 75s.—Forbes & Hanley, 4 vols., plates, 95s.—Perry’s ‘ Conchology,’

61 coloured plates (very scarce), 30s. Wood's ‘Index Testaceologicus,’ 2 vols.,

2300 coloured figures, 35s.—L, Reeve, ‘ Conchologia Systemace,’ vol. I.,139 plates,

15s.—Adam’s ‘ Recent Mollusca,’ 3 vols., 138 plates, 20s.—Jardine’s ‘ N aturalists’

Library,’ 40 vols., 1200 coloured plates, 70s.—Bate & Westwood, ‘ Sessile- eyed

Crustacea,’ 2 vols., 15s.—Bell, ‘ Stalk-eyed Crustacea,’ 10s. —Shaw’s ‘Zoology,’

30 vols. (published about £40), £6.—Many others. Also. British peer cee tere

and Coleoptera, cheap lists. ; eth

ee jae: ORD, Ge ite eo.1 Boumenoen h

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 118. OCTOBER 1917.

XXX.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies

Hydrocampine, Scopariane, §c. By Sir Gerorer F.

Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c.

[Concluded from p. 216, ]

(1s) Stenia fusalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the tegulz cupreous brown in

front, the shoulders black-brown, the rest of thorax with a slight

cupreous tinge; antenne ringed with dark brown; frons black-

brown at sides ; palpi black- brown, white at base and in front ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs

slightly tinged with cupreous, the fore tibie black in front.

Fore wing pale red-brown with a cupreous gloss and thickly irro-

rated with dark brown, the costa darker towards base; an indistinct

brown antemedial line, excurved to submedian fold and incurved at

vein 1; a small white spot in middle of cell and a white discoidal

bar ; postmedial line indistinct, dark, excurved from discal fold to

vein 2, then retracted to the cell, then oblique and excurved in

submedian interspace ; a terminal series of black points; cilia with

a dark line near base. Hind wing white, the terminal area tinged

with cupreous red-brown except towards tornus ; a blackish discoidal

point; postmedial line indistinct, dark, sinuous, bent outwards

between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and excurved to inner margin ;

a terminal series of black bars; cilia tinged with red-brown at base

and with dark line at middle to vein 2.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the lines distinct.

Ab. 2. Fore wing whiter, slightly tinged with red-brown.

Hab. Cotometa, Sierra del Libane CH. H, Smith), 3 3, 8 @

type. Hxp. 26-28 mm.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 18

266 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(1 a,b) Stenia glaucinalis, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown ; palpi black-

brown, white in front to extremity of 2nd joint; legs dark brown,

the tarsi white; ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing

glossy grey-brown; a white discoidal bar; cilia white at tips.

Hind wing pale glossy grey-brown, the cilia white at tips.

Hab. Boutvia, Yungas de la Paz (Seebold), 1 2 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(8d) Piletocera scotochroa, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark red-brown, the anal tuft

white tinged with red-brown; antennze with the tufts of hair

whitish at extremities; palpi, pectus, and legs black-brown ;

ventral surface of abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing dark glossy

red-brown ; an indistinct whitish antemedial striga below costa and

striga in cell rather further from base with a black-brown spot

beyond it; postmedial line indistinct, dark, defined on outer side by

whitish, faintly except towards costa, slightly waved, retracted at

vein 2. Hind wing dark glossy red-brown; postmedial line

brownish white, erect and slightly waved to vein 2 near termen,

then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to tornus.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Gizo I. (Meek), 1 3 type. Exp. 24 mm.

(8e) Piletocera albiventralis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen very dark glossy brown; an-

tenn white from the contortion to tips; ventral surface of abdo-

men white. Fore wing uniform very dark brown with a cupreous

gloss. Hind wing very dark brown with a cupreous gloss, the

costal area greyish.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Choiseul I. (Meek), 2 3 type. Eup.

24 mm.

(3,f) Piletocera purpureofusa, sp. 1. *

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen very dark glossy brown, the

anal tuft with white mixed ; antenne whitish from the contortion

to tips; ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing uniform

very dark brown glossed with purple. Hind wing very dark brown

with a purple gloss, the costal area greyish.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Choiseul I. (Meek), 2 g type. up.

22-24 mm.

(12a) Puiletocera plumbicostalis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male with veins 8, 9, 10 not bent upwards towards

costa.

3S. Head and thorax dark brown with a cupreous gloss, the head

and tegule with some white, the abdomen with white segmental

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 267

line on 4th segment ; antenne whitish tinged with cupreous brown ;

palpi white at base and in front; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white suffused with cupreous brown, the tarsi nearly

pure white. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreousegloss, the

costal area with a leaden blue gloss; a small ochreous white spot in

end of cell; a subterminal white bar from costa and a white mark

on termen at submedian fold; cilia white above tornus. Hind

wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; a slight white mark in

middle of cell and indistinct ochreous whitish antemedial line from

submedian fold to inner margin; an indistinct ochreous whitish

spot beyond lower angle of cell and line from submedian fold to

inner margin ; cilia grey-brown with a dark line near base to vein 2,

then white with some dark brown at base towards tornus.

Hab. Durcu N..Gutnea, Wataikwa R. ( Wollaston), 1 3 type.

Exp. 16 wm.

(13a) Piletocera ruficeps, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule white suffused with rufous; thorax and

abdomen dark brown with a slight blue gloss, the genital tufts

white faintly tinged with rufous ; antennze dark cupreous brown ;

palpi rufous, the 3rd joint dark brown; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with rufous, the fore tibie and

tarsi dark brown in fromt. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous

gloss, the basal and costal areas with a slight blue gloss ; an ochreous

white spot below middle of costa and a slight mark at lower angle

of cell; a small triangular ochreous white subterminal patch on

costa; a slight white mark on termen at submedian fold; cilia

white towards tornus with a dark line near base. Hind wing dark

brown with a slight cupreous gloss; cilia white from vein 2 to near

tornus with a dark line near base.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Kumusi R. (Meek), 1 do type. Hep.

22 mm.

(136) Piletocera violascens, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule white mixed with dark brown ; thorax and

abdomen dark brown glossed with grey, the latter with white band

on 2nd segment, the genital tuft white faintly tinged with red-

brown; antennze white from the contortion to near tips; palpi ~

white on outer side at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with brown. Fore wing dark

brown tinged with purple; an indistinct whitish antemedial line

from below costa to inner margin ; a white bar in the cell near

extremity and slight whitish discoidal striga ; a white subterminal

bar from costa; cilia white at submedian fold. Hind wing dark

glossy brown; some whitish at base; a diffused whitish antemedial

band from below costa to inner margin followed by a rather diffused

dark line; cilia white at tips, wholly white from vein 2 to near

tornus.

268 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Hab. Duron N. Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 3 type;

D’Enrrecasteaux Is., Fergusson I. (Meek), 1 5. ap.

20-24 mm. ~

(13c) Piletocera albimixtalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen cupreous brown mixed with

dark brown and some white, the abdomen with white band on

2nd segment, the genital tufts white; antenne whitish tinged with

brown, the contortion and tuft of hair dark brown; palpi with the

basal half white faintly tinged with rufous, the terminal half _

brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged

with rufous, the fore tibiz with a blackish patch before extremities

which are white and the hair on tarsi blackish toward base. Fore

wing cupreous brown mixed with whitish; a faint oblique whitish

antemedial line with a slight white spot beyond it in the cell; a

quadrate white spot in end of cell extending to just below the costa,

and a dark discoidal patch with a whitish striga on it; postmedial

line whitish defined on inner side by diffused dark brown, forming

a small triangular white mark at costa, then sinuous to vein 2,

where it forms a slight white patch before termen, then retracted

to lower angle of cell and excurved to inner margin; cilia white

from vein 2 to above tornus. Hind wing white slightly tinged

with brown, the terminal area dark cupreous brown, broadly at

-costa, narrowing to tornus; an oblique cupreous brown discoidal

bar, its lower extremity touching the sinuous cupreous brown post-

medial line; an oblique white patch from vein 4 to termen at

vein 2; cilia with slight whitish line at base and some white at

tips, wholly white in submedian interspace.

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Cooktown, Cedar Bay (Meek), 1 & type.

Exp. 22 mm.

(16 c) Piletocera stenipteralis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark cupreous red-brown, the

metathorax white, the two basal segments of abdomen with white

segmental lines, the genital tufts creamy white ; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen white suffused with cupreous red-brown. Fore

wing long and narrow, dark cupreous red-brown; an indistinct

sinuous whitish antemedial line from below costa to inner margin ;

a small triangular whitish mark in end of cell; a dark discoidal

lunule with a curved whitish striga on it; postmedial line whitish

defined on inner side by diffused dark cupreous brown, excurved

below costa and between veins 4 and 2, then retracted to below end

of cell and erect to inner margin; the terminal area tinged with

grey and with a terminal series of minute black-brown spots; cilia

whitish at submedian fold. Hind wing dark cupreous red-brown

with obscure dark terminal line; the cilia greyish at tips.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mamban R., Biagi (Meek), 4 & type.

Exp. 22-24 mm. :

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 269

(16d) Piletocera leucocephalis, sp. n.

6. Head and tegule silvery white, the sides of frons and

shoulders dark brown; thorax glossy brown with some white at

base of patagia and sides of metathorax ; abdomen white banded

with brown at base; then glossy brown with the genital tufts white

tinged with rufous; antenne dark brown, white from the con-

tortion to near tips; palpi brown, white tinged with brown at base

and in front to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with brown; legs brown. Fore

wing cupreous red-brown ; a slight whitish antemedial spot in the

cell and line from cell to inner margin; a quadrate white patch in

end of cell and dark discoidal lunule with curved whitish striga on

it ; a wedge-shaped white subterminal mark from costa to discal

fold; a slight white mark on termen at submedian fold. Hind

wing with the basal half white, the terminal half dark cupreous

brown ; a round cupreous brown discoidal spot; a rather diffused

cupreous brown postmedial line from discal fold to inner margin,

confluent with the lower terminal area to vein 2; cilia white with

a brown line near base in submedial interspace. :

@. Head and tegule suffused with brown; antennze wholly

brown ; abdomen with some whitish at base.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 3 6,29 type. Hup.,

36, 26, 2 22 mm.

(20a) Piletocera maculifrons, sp. n.

3. Head white with dark brown spot on frons and the vertex

tinged with brown; thorax and abdomen dark reddish brown, the

latter with some whitish at base and a spot on anal segment; palpi

dark brown, the basal joint, 2nd joint in front at base, and the 3rd

joint white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pure

white, the fore tibiz with black patch at extremity, and the tarsi

ringed with blackish. Fore wing dark reddish brown; a small

ochreous white antemedial spot below the costa and slight whitish

line from cell to inner margin; an ochreous white patch in end of

cell and points beyond the angles of cell; the terminal half of costa

with four small ochreous white patches with black-brown between

them; a slight ochreous white mark before termen at submedian

fold; cilia creamy white with a dark line near base, the tips dark

brown at middle and at tornus. Hind wing dark reddish brown,

the costa white towards base; a small ochreous white spot before

termen at submedian fold; cilia white with a dark brown line near

base, the tips brown towards apex, at middle, and at tornus.

Hab. Assam, Khasis,1 ¢ type. Exp. 14 mm.

| (20 6) Piletocera leucogastralis, sp. n.

6. Head white mixed with dark brown; thorax and abdomen

dark brown, the latter with diffused whitish band on 2nd segment

270 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

and a leaden gloss towards extremity; antenne brown, the con-

tortion and tuft darker; palpi whitish at base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen pure white, the fore tibie and tarsi

brown above ringed with white. Fore wing glossy grey-brown,

the basal half with some white mixed; an indistinct whitish ante-

medial line from below costa to inner margin; a white bar in the

cell near extremity and white discoidal striga; a small triangular

white subterminal mark from costa; cilia with a fine whitish line

at base, the tips whitish in submedian interspace. Hind wing with

the basal area white mixed with some brown, defined by a rather

diffused dark antemedial line somewhat excurved at the disco-

cellulars, and defined on outer side by white below the cell; cilia

with a fine whitish line at base and the tips whitish in submedian

interspace.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gurnga, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

18 mm.

(21a) Piletocera bisignalis, sp. n.

2. Head whitish tinged with brown; thorax cupreous brown;

abdomen with the base whitish tinged with cupreous brown, the

terminal part grey-brown with darker segmental lines; palpi white

at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white slightly

tinged with red-brown, the fore tibiee with dark band at extremity.

Fore wing whitish suffused with cupreous brown to beyond the

cell, the terminal area cupreous brown; a diffused darker brown

antemedial line; a round dark brown spot in middle of cell and

elliptical discoidal spot with curved white striga on it; a white

subterminal line defined on inner side by diffused dark brown,

incurved below vein 6. Hind wing with the basal area white

tinged with brown and with some dark brown at base below the

cell; a diffused dark brown antemedial line from discal fold to inner

margin ; an indistinct dark postmedial line, excurved beyond lower

angle of cell; cilia with slight whitish line at base, the tips whitish

in submedian interspace.

Hab. Baui (Doherty), 1 9 type. Exp. 18 mm.

(23 a) Piletocera discisignalis, sp. n.

do. Head white mixed with some red-brown; thorax and abdo-

men dark red-brown, the genital tufts white faintly tinged with

red-brown ; antennz whitish tinged with red-brown to the con-

tortion and tuft which are dark brown, the apical part red-brown ;

palpi red-brown; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white, the fore tibize with dark band near extremity, the tarsi

brown ringed with white. Fore wing glossy reddish brown; an

indistinct dark antemedial line faintly defined on inner side by

whitish, rather oblique to submedian fold, then incurved; a white

bar in the cell near extremity and dark discoidal patch with minute

white spot at lower angle of cell; subterminal line white and

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 271

strong to vein 6, then faint and whitish, defined on inner side by

rather diffused dark brown, incurved between veins 6 and 8; cilia

with fine white line at base. Hind wing whitish suffused with

glossy reddish brown ; a slight dark shade near base; a diffused

dark antemedial line from discal fold to inner margin ; postmedial

line indistinct, diffused whitish defined on inner side by diffused

dark brown, excurved beyond lower angle of cell; cilia with fine

whitish line at base, the tips whitish at submedian fold.

fab. Assam, Khasis (Nissary),1 3 type. Exp. 20 mm.

(23 6) Piletocera bistrigalis, sp. n.

2. Head pale grey-brown; thorax and abdomen glossy dark

grey-brown ; palpi red-brown, whitish on basal half; pectus and

ventral surface of abdomen white; legs pale red-brown. Fore wing

dark reddish brown; a strong white antemedial line, arising below

the costa and oblique to vein 1; an excurved white bar at middle

of cell and stronger discoidal bar; postmedial line whitish, forming

a wedge-shaped white mark from costa, excurved between veins 5

and 2, then ineurved; cilia whitish with a brown line near base in

submedian interspace. Hind wing dark reddish brown; some

whitish at base; an indistinct diffused whitish medial line from

discal fold to inner margin; a faint whitish postmedial line, ex-

curved below discal fold and ending at vein 2; cilia white at tips

at submedian interspace.

Hab. Durcu N. Guinea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 1 2 type.

Exp. 16 mm.

(82 ¢) Piletocera aurantialis, sp. n.

Head and base of tegule orange, the rest of thorax black; abdo-

men orange with the three terminal segments black; antennz black

from one fourth to middle; pectus blackish; legs and ventral

surface of abdomen orange, the fore tibize with black band near

extremity, the anal tuft black exceptat middle of base. Fore wing

orange ; the costal area black, extending to inner margin at base,

into the cell at middle, and as a triangular patch to lower angle of

cell; the terminal area black, its outer edge excurved and slightly

waved to vein 3; an antemedial black striga from the costal area

to submedian fold ; postmedial line black, slightly sinuous from the

costal area to vein 3, then retracted to near lower angle of cell,

then oblique to submedian fold, where it terminates; a fine pale

line at base of cilia. Hind wing orange, the terminal area black,

its inner edge excurved and slightly waved to vein 2; a small black

spot in end of cell and striga from submedian fold to vein 1; a

slight oblique sinuous black postmedial line from vein 6 to the

terminal area at submedian fold; a fine pale line at base of cilia.

Hab. Motwuccas, Batchian (Doherty), 2 3, 2 Q type. Exp.

20 mm.

272 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(33a) Piletocera flavidiscalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with ochreous

yellow, the last with the extremity ochreous yellow; palpi brown,

white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,

the fore legs with some brown in front. Fore wing dark brown

mixed with some ochreous yellow, the costa with alternating

ochreous yellow and black spots except towards base ; slight pale

ochreous antemedial marks in the cell and above inner margin; a

quadrate ochreous white patch in end of cell and ochreous yellow

discoidal striga ; a faint dark postmedial line, slightly waved to

vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner margin ;

an oblique ochreous yellow patch from vein 3 to termen at vein 2 ;

a fine ochreous yellow line at base of cilia which are wholly ochreous

below apex and in submedian interspace. Hind wing dark brown ;

a diffused ochreous yellow antemedial band, separated by an oblique

dark discoidal bar from an oblique conical ochreous yellow post-

medial patch from costa to vein 2, which is defined on outer side

by the dark postmedial line which is retracted at vein 2 to the

discoidal bar, then defining the antemedial band; an oblique

ochreous yellow patch from vein 3 to termen at submedian fold;

cilia brown and whitish to vein 2 with a fine white line at base,

followed by a dark line, then ochreous yellow with some brown at

tornus.

Hab. Srxxim (Moller), 1 ¢ type. Hxp.18 mm.

(38 ¢) Piletocera metochrealis, sp. n.

Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with dark brownand some

whitish ; abdomen creamy white at base, then black with white

segmental lines, the anal tuft pale rufous irrorated with dark

brown; antennz ringed black and white; palpi dark brown, white

at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the

fore and mid femoro-tibial joints and the fore tibie at extremities

black. Fore wing ochreous tinged with red-brown and thickly

irrorated with black-brown ; antemedial line black, oblique, waved ;

a small pale spot in middle of cell and discoidal bar, both defined by

black; postmedial line black, forming a slight spot at costa, then

slightly waved, at vein 2 retracted to lower angle of cell; a terminal

series of small black spots to vein 4 and a small spot at vein 2;

cilia ochreous white with a dark line near base and faint brown line

near tips to vein 2. Hind wing pale ochreous with a dark brown

apical patch; a black discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish,

slightly waved to termen at submedian fold, then obsolescent and

retracted to below angle of cell, and with blackish bar at inner

margin ; a terminal black line from apex to vein 4; cilia with a

dark line near base to vein 3.

Hab. Cryton, Maskeliya (Pole), 1 3, Pattipola (Green), 1 3,

Namunakuli (Green), 2 3d, 1 9 type. Exp. 18 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subjumily Hydrocampine. 273

(87h) Piletocera costifascialis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax pale reddish brown, the metathorax with

some ochreous white; abdomen ochreous white tinged with brown,

the genital tufts rufous; antennz brownish white, ringed with

black towards base; palpi whitish, tinged with red-brown except at

base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white.

Fore wing pale ochreous, the costal area brown with alternating

small dark and ochreous spots on costa; an indistinct dark ante-

medial line from costa to vein 1; a pale discoidal bar defined on

each side by black bars ; postmedial line brown, incurved at discal

fold, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle

of cell and excurved above inner margin; the terminal area brown

to vein 4 and with brown patch at tornus, the termen with blackish

points to vein 4; cilia ochreous white. Hind wing pale ochreous,

the terminal area dark brown from apex to vein 3; a small blackish

discoidal spot; postmedial line blackish, incurved at discal fold,

excurved between veins 5 and 2, then obsolete and retracted to

below end of cell, then dark to inner margin; the termen ochreous

white towards apex, with two minute blackish spots below apex;

a dark patch at tornus; cilia ochreous white.

Hab. SELANGORE, Kuala Lumpur (Durham), 1 3 type. Eup.

16 mm.

(388 e) Prletocera mesophealis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with some

ochreous whitish; antenne red-brown, the basal joint whitish.

Fore wing whitish suffused with red-brown, the medial area dark

red-brown with a purplish gloss, the terminal area cupreous red-

brown; a diffused red-brown subbasal band, oblique to median

nervure and followed by a whitish antemedial band except at costa ;

a white patch in end of cell with a lunulate dark spot on it; a

white postmedial band, obliquely curved to vein 8, then retracted

to below end of cell and erect to inner margin; cilia brown with a

whitish line at base. Hind wing cupreous brown with the base

white ; traces of a pale curved postmedial line; cilia brown with a

fine whitish line at base to vein 3, then whitish with a faint brown

line near base.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 Q type.

Exp. 24 mm.

(88 9) Piletocera holophealis, sp. n.

Head and thorax dark red-brown ; abdomen paler red-brown;

palpi whitish at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing dark glossy red-

brown, the interspaces with a greyish tinge except on costal area;

antemedial line indistinct, dark brown, oblique to vein 1; a dark

discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, red-brown defined on

outer side by greyish, very slightly waved, oblique to vein 6, at

274 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

vein 3 retracted to lower angle of cell, then erect to inner margin ;

a faint slightly waved red-brown subterminal line; a terminal

series of slight dark points. Hind wing whitish suffused with

red-brown; a faint red-brown postmedial shade and slight dark

terminal line.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gutnna, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 3,1 9

type. Exp., ¢ 28, 2 32 mm.

(396) Piletocera flavalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow, the last with black

line before anal segment; palpi whitish at base and with some

black at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white

tinged with yellow. Fore wing orange-yellow, the costa with

series of small black spots ; antemedial line black, oblique to sub-

median fold ; an oblique black discoidal bar ; postmedial line black,

excurved from vein 5 to 8 near termen, then obsolescent and re-

tracted to lower angle of cell, then distinct and excurved above

inner margin; a terminal series of black bars ; cilia white at base,

black at tips. Hind wing orange-yellow; a black discoidal striga ;

postmedial line black, bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then

retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner margin; a

terminal series of black bars, confluent towards apex ; cilia white

with a blackish line at middle and some brown at tips.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 5 3b, 6 @ type.

Exp. 20 mm.

(41) Piletocera analytodes, sp. n.

3. Vertex of head ochreous white and rufous, a bar between

antennz and the frons black ; antennz ochreous white ringed with

rufous; palpi black mixed with some white and with the base of

2nd joint white; thorax ochreous white mixed with rufous and with

tufts of spatulate black-tipped scales on metathorax; abdomen

creamy white tinged with rufous and with rather diffused black

band on basal segment; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-

men white tinged with rufous, the fore coxe, femora, and tibiz

suffused with black in front. Fore wing creamy white suffused

with rufous beyond the medial line and on postmedial area except

towards costa and on inner half of terminal area; the base rufous

and the rest of basal area black; antemedial line double, black,

excurved below costa, then incurved and excurved above inner

margin; a slight curved black medial line from costa to the ante-

medial line at vein 1, on which there is a slight black streak

beyond it, a rufous band beyond the line except towards costa, and

a quadrate rufous discoidal spot ;° postmedial line black, arising

below the costa rather towards termen, excurved to vein 3, then

oblique and slightly sinuous, slight black streaks before and beyond

it on veins 6 to 3; a semicircular black patch on terminal area

from apex to below vein 4, leaving a creamy white terminal line

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 275

from vein 4 to below vein 5; a white terminal line below vein — ;

cilia with black patches except at base, at apex, and middle. Hind

wing creamy white, the terminal half suffused with rufous except

at costa; some black irroration on basal half of inner area; a rufous

discoidal bar and rufous line tinged with blackish from lower angle

of cell to inner margin, incurved below submedian fold; a blackish

shade from above vein 6 to vein 3 before the postmedial line, which

is blackish, arising at vein 6, incurved below vein 2, and ending at

tornus ; a white terminal line ; cilia suffused with rufous.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 4 type. xp.

26 mm.

Genus HypROPIONEA, nov.

Type, H. melliculalis, Led.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi downcurved, about twice the

length of head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair above and below,

the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with hair ;

frons oblique; antennz of male annulated and ciliated. Fore wing

with the apex somewhat produced, the termen excised below apex

and excurved at middle; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell;

6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked or 10

arising free then anastomosing with 8,9; 11 from cell. Hind

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

(2) Zagiridia rufalis, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and, abdomen purplish rufous; pectus and

ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing purplish rufous; an

indistinct whitish subbasal line from subcostal nervure to vein 1;

an indistinct slightly waved white antemedial line, slightly excurved

at median nervure; a blackish point below middle of costa and

another at lower angle of cell; postmedial line formed by whitish

dashes in the interspaces, somewhat excurved to vein 4, then in-

curved ; a curved subterminal series of white spots in the inter-

spaces ; a terminal series of blackish points; cilia whitish at tips.

Hind wing purplish rufous; a whitish discoidal bar and black

point at lower angle of cell; a blackish point on inner margin just

before middle ; a postmedial series of whitish dashes in the inter-

spaces from costa to vein 2; a subterminal series of white spots ; a

terminal series of blackish points; cilia whitish at tips. Underside

purplish rufous, the inner half of hind wing whitish.

Hab. D’EntrecastEavx Is., Woodlark I. (Meek), 1 92 type.

Exp. 22 mm.

(la) Clupeosoma violascens, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown tinged with grey ;

palpi red-brown; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing cupyeous red-brown

276 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

glossed with purplish; an oblique dark brown antemedial line; a

dark discoidal bar; postmedial line black-brown, rather oblique to

vein 5, then erect; the termen and cilia black-brown with a silvery

gloss. Hind wing cupreous red-brown glossed with purplish, the

costal area whitish ; some dark irroration below end of cell; a black

postmedial line from vein 7 to submedian fold; the termen and

cilia black-brown with a silvery gloss to vein 2.

Hab. Borneo, Pulo Laut (Doherty), 1 2 type. Exp. 16 mm.

(16) Clupeosoma noordimimalis, sp. n.

3d. Head and thorax yellow suffused in parts with pink; abdo-

men yellow with diffused pale pink segmental bands; sides of

frons and palpi red-brown, the latter white below towards base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral. surface of abdomen white tinged with

yellow, the fore femora and tibie suffused with brown above. Fore

wing pale yellow tinged with pink, the terminal area suffused with

pink, the costa brown to end of cell; antemedial line formed by

black scales, oblique; a slight black discoidal lunule ; postmedial

line black, very slightly exeurved at middle, ending on inner margin

near tornus; a terminal series of black striz. Hind wing white

tinged with yellow, the area beyond lower angle of cell to the post-

medial line tinged with pink from vein 5 to below vein 2, the

terminal area suffused with pink to submedian fold; postmedial

line black, straight, and ending on termen at submedian fold; a

terminal series of black striz to vein 2; cilia tinged with pink to

submedian fold.

Hab. Goup Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 5 type. Exp.

20 mm.

(le) Clupeosoma brunneifusalis, sp. n.

©. Head and tegule whitish suffused with purplish pink, the

shoulders with red-brown stripes; thorax and abdomen pale red-

brown, the latter with some rufous at base; antennz brown, ringed

with white towards base; palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with red-

brown, the tibie and tarsi pure white, the fore tibie with some

black at: base and a black band near extremity. Fore wing glossy

greyish suffused with red-brown and slightly irrorated with darker

brown ; a curved black discoidal striga; postmedial line blackish,

forming a slight black spot at costa, then very slightly waved and

slightly bent inwards at vein 3, ending at tornus; a fine blackish

terminal line and ochreous white line at base of cilia, followed by

a dark line. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown, the area

below and beyond the cell from discal fold to below vein 2 more

suffused and irrorated with red-brown to the postmedial line, the

terminal area suffused with red-brown to the submedian fold ; post-

medial line blackish, straight, from the costa to termén at submedian

fold; a slight dark terminal line to vein 2; cilia with a white line

at base followed by a dark line, the tips brown to vein 2.

Pyralide: of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 277

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (eek),

1 2 type. Hep. 22 mm.

(4a) Clupeosoma atristriata, sp. n.

Sect. (Clupeosoma). Fore wing of male on upperside with streaks

of scales on costa and veins 7, 6 from end of cell to the subterminal

line and rough downturned hair beyond the subterminal line

between veins 6 and 2.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous with an opalescent gloss,

the abdomen with white segmental lines; antenne ringed with

white ; palpi pure white below towards base, with a black streak

above the white continued to the tips and black above; throat pure

white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen rufous, the

fore tibiz with a black band before extremity which is white, the

mid tibiz and fore and mid tarsi pure white. Fore wing pale

glaucous glossed with opalescent blue, the costa rufous to middle,

then dark brown with the streaks below it black ; postmedial line

brown and angled outwards above vein 7, then yellowish white,

angled outwards and defined on outer side by a purplish red line

below vein 7, then slightly excurved to vein 2, where it is slightly

incurved, then again slightly excurved and defined on outer side by

a red-brown line; the postmedial area yellowish suffused with

fiery rufous; the terminal area purple with a terminal series of

minute dark brown spots defined by whitish; cilia pale rufous, dark

brown at apex and with brown striga near base below apex. Hind

wing pale glaucous glossed with opalescent blue, the costal and

inner areas whitish ; an oblique white postmedial band from vein 6

to vein 2 near termen defined on outer side by a slightly waved red

line slightly defined on outer side by whitish; the terminal area

purple from costa to vein 2, with a terminal series of minute

purple-brown spots defined by white; cilia pale rufous to vein 2,

then whitish.

@. Fore wing with the costa rufous to apex and without the

black streaks below it, the postmedial line waved, with a waved

rufous line on its outer side defined by yellowish white points

throughout, incurved below vein 2.

Hab. Trmur, Dili (Doherty), 1 2; Bismarck ARcH., Rook Ti.

(Meek),.2 3 type. Harp. 16-20 mm.

(46) Clupeosoma rufistriata, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous ; antennz slightly ringed

with whitish; palpi white below towards base with dark streak

above it and dark brown above; throat white; fore tibie with

dark band near extremity which is white, the mid tibie and fore

and mid tarsi pure white. Fore wing glaucous tinged with rufous

and irrorated with red-brown, the costa rufous to end of cell, then

darker brown with the streaks below it rufous; a blackish discoidal

striga; postmedial line white, excurved above and below vein 7 5

278 N new

with some blackish seales before it and defined on outer side by a

red-brown line, slightly excurved from discal fold to vein 2, then

slightly inecurved, the area beyond it pale rufous, the termen tinged

with purple with a dark red-brown line on it towards apex, then a

series of white strie; cilia white tinged with rufous, dark glossy

brown at apex. Hind wing pale glaucous tinged with brown, the

costal and inner areas whitish; an oblique yellowish white post-

medial band from vein 6 to vein 2 near termen, towards which it

narrows, defined on outer side by a slightly waved purplish red line

slightly defined on outer side by white; the terminal area pale

purple to vein 2, the termen white with a series of rufous points ;

cilia whitish.

@. Fore wing with the costa rufous to apex, the postmedial

line lunulate and defined on outer side by a waved purplish red line

throughout, a minutely crenulate blackish terminal line defining

whitish points on termen, the cilia pale rufous.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),

1 3,4) 2 type. . Hep: 18mm.

(4d) Clupeosoma astrigalis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male on upper side with elliptical patch of andro-

conia on vein 1 beyond the subterminal line.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous with an opalescent gloss,

the last with white segmental lines except towards extremity ; an-

tenne with dark rings; palpi white below towards base ; pectus

and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with rufous; legs

white, the fore femora and tibize rufous, the latter with a dark

band before extremities which are white. Fore wing pale rufous

glossed with opalescent blue to the postmedial line, the terminal

area purplish rufous ; a slight brown discoidal striga ; postmedial

line yellowish white defined on outer side by a slightly waved brown

line, incurved below vein 4, the costa beyond it dark brown; the

patch of scales on vein 1 brown suffused with grey-white; a

terminal series of dark brown points defined by pale rufous ; cilia

bright rufous, paler at tips. Hind wing pale rufous slightly

glossed with opalescent black, the costal and inner areas whitish ;

an oblique yellowish white postmedial band from vein 6 to vein 2

near termen, towards which it narrows, defined on outer side by a

slightly waved brown line; the terminal area purplish rufous to

vein 2, with a series of red-brown bars on termen defined by pale

rufous ; cilia pale rufous, whitish at tips.

Hab. QuEENSLAND, Townsville (Dodd), 1 3 type. up.

16 mm.

(4e) Clupeosoma glaucinalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale glaucous brown, the last

ringed with white; antenne brown; palpi white below towards

base, defined above by a black streak and_ blackish above; pectus,

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Scoparianz. 279

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore femora and

tibiz rufous above. Fore wing pale glaucous brown faintly irro-

rated with darker brown; the costa darker brown; a dark point

below middle of costa and striga on inner area; postmedial line

white defined on outer side by a minutely waved dark line, incurved

below vein 3; the area beyond it brownish ochreous shading to

brown glossed with leaden grey before termen; the termen

ochreous with a series of blackish points to vein 2; cilia ochreous.

Hind wing pale glaucous irrorated with brown, the costal and inner

areas white; a sinuous white postmedial line from vein 7 to sub-

median fold, defined on outer side by a minutely waved dark line,

the area beyond it ochreous shading to brown glossed with leaden

grey before aap the termen ochreous with a series of blackish

points to vein 2; Glia, ochreous to vein 2, then whitish.

Hab. StncGaroreE (ftidley), 1 9; SUMBAWA (Doherty), 1 °

type. Hap. 14 mm.

(2) Cenoloba cuprescens, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown ; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with rufous, the

fore legs darker brown, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing

whitish suffused with rufous with a cupreous tinge; a series of

slight dark streaks on costa; a slight dark streak in end of cell;

the two lobes somewhat banded with silvery white and with

minute black pointsat termen. Hind wing banded cupreous rufous

and silvery white, the two lobes each with a black point at termen.

Hab. Sumpawa, virgin forest at 3000-5500 ft. (Doherty),

1 2 type. Exp. 10 mm.

SCOPARIANE.

(5) Microglossa philippinensis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some silvery whitish

especially at extremity of patagia; abdomen pale red-brown with

some whitish at base ; antennze whitish ringed with black ; palpi

black-brown, white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown, the fore legs blackish

brown, the tarsi blackish brown ringed with white. Fore wing

whitish thickly irrorated with iron-brown, the base suffused with

iron-brown ; antemedial line with an iron-brown shade on its outer

side, oblique and sinuous to vein 1, then slightly incurved ; a round

iron-brown spot in middle of cell and X-shaped discoidal mark ;

postmedial line iron-brown, angled inwards below costa, then ex-

curved to vein 2 where it is slightly angled inwards, then rather

diffused ; an 1ron-brown subterminal shade, angled inwards below

costa, then bent outwards to middle of termen ; a terminal series of

minute iron-brown spots except towards tornus; cilia whitish with

a series of slight red-brown spots. Hind wing white with a faint

red-brown tinge, the termen browner except towards tornus.

280 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Ab. 1. Much whiter; fore wing sparsely irrorated with iron-

brown, slight subbasal dark spots below the cell and above inner

margin, the antemedial line and marks in eell distinct, the post-

medial line indistinct, slightly waved and hardly excurved at

middle, the subterminal shade forming a distinct spot at middle of

termen.

Hab. Puriirrines, Negros I. (Whitehead), 6.3 type. Exp.

16-20 mm.

(6) Microglossa cupritincta, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax white tinged with cupreous brown and

mixed with some black; abdomen white faintly tinged with red-

brown ; antenne dark brown; frons with dark band ; palpi, pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-

brown. Fore wing white tinged with cupreous red-brown and

irrorated with black; small black spots near base below the costa

and cell; an antemedial patch of black scales on costa and obliquely

placed spots formed by black scales below the cell and vein 1; a

small black spot in middle of cell and irregular markings in and

beyond the end of cell with a spot above them on costa; a pale

eurved postmedial line defined on each side by thicker black irrora-

tion ; an incurved pale line from termen at discal fold to termen at

submedian fold; cilia ochreous white with a maculate dark line at

middle. Hind wing white faintly tinged with brown and with a

slight brown terminal line except towards tornus.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guryea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 3 type. Exp.

18 mm.

(134) Scoparia metacrossa, sp. n.

Hind wing of male on upperside with fringe of downcurved hair

from above middle of vein 2 and tuft of hair from above middle of

vein 1, a fovea surrounded by fringes of short hair on termen above

vein l.

3. Head and thorax bright rufous; abdomen whitish suffused

with rufous. Fore wing bright rufous mixed with some whitish

except fon terminal area which has a cupreous gloss; a dark red-

brown antemedial line, oblique to median nervure, then inwardly

oblique ; a whitish annulus in middle of cell, incomplete above, some

darker brown beyond it in end of cell; a slight inwardly oblique .

dark postmedial line from costa to vein 6; an oblique rather

diffused dark line defined on inner side by whitish suffusion from

apex to inner margin beyond middle; a rather maculate dark

terminal jline; cilia creamy white at base, rufous at tips. Hind

wing whitish suffused with rufous, the fovea and slight fringes

of hair on termen above vein 1 dark brown.

Hab. Dutcn N. Guineua, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 3 type. Eup.

16 mm.

Pytalides of the Subfamily Scoparianz. 281

(69a) Scoparia strigigramma, sp. n.

3. Head white faintly tinged with brown; thorax pale red-

brown mixed with some whitish and black; abdomen’ whitish

suffused with red-brown; antennz pale brown; palpi dark brown,

white above; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish

suffused with brown. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown

and irrorated with black scales forming a diffused streak in -sub-

median fold to below end of cell; a slight diffused black spot in

middle of cell and streak in end of cell; a postmedial series of

minute black streaks, excurved below costa, then oblique ; the veins

towards apex slightly streaked with black; a terminal series of

minute black spots. Hind wing glossy white faintly tinged with

brown.

Hab. Perv, Agualani (Ockenden), 1 3 type. Exp. 20 mm.

(75c) Scoparia atricuprea, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax black-brown with a cupreous gloss; abdo-

men white tinged with cupreous brown; palpi pure white below

at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen cupreous

brown mixed with whitish, the fore legs black-brown, the tarsi

banded with white. Fore wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss

and irrorated with bluish white scales; antemedial line white,

excurved to median nervure, then incurved; a minute white spot

in middle of cell and obscure band of blue-white irroration beyond

it; postmedial line blue-white, interrupted at middle, excurved

below costa and between veins 4 and 2 to near termen, slightly

angled inwards at submedian fold; a blue-white subapical patch

and series of dark cupreous brown spots before a slight waved white

terminal line; cilia ochreous with a brown line near base and the

tips brown towards apex. Hind wing white tinged with reddish

brown especially on terminal area except towards tornus ; cilia with

a brown line near base.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the medial area white irrorated with

black-brown, a black spot on costa on outer side of antemedial line,

spot in middle of cell and rather uncinate spot below the cell.

@. Hind wing suffused with brown, the base, cell, and costal

area to beyond the cell whiter.

Hab. Jamatca, 1 9; Cotompra, Valparaiso (H. H. Smith),

1g, Minea (A. H. Smith), 5 3 type. Hap. 16-20 mm.

(114a) Scoparia ceruleotincta, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax white very faintly tinged with blue, the

thorax with a black band behind the tegule and some black on

dorsum ; antennz cupreous brown slightly ringed with white, the

basal joint with black point on inner side; palpi white, the 2nd

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 19

282 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Scopariane.

joint with oblique black fascia, the maxillary palpi ringed black

and white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white

mixed with blackish, the fore legs black with white band at extre-

mity of tibiz and bands on tarsi. Fore wing white very faintly

tinged with blue ; an obliquely curved black subbasal band; ante-~

medial line black, forming a patch at costa and excurved between

submedian fold and vein 1; orbicular represented by a curved

black striga on its inner side and oblique black bar on outer; reni-

form black, figure-of-eight shaped, incomplete above and below; a

black spot below middle of cell and some irroration on medial part

of inner margin; postmedial line black, strong and slightly ex-

curved towards costa, excurved at middle, then very oblique and

slightly sinuous, a bar beyond it from costa and irregular patch

from vein 3 to inner margin; a slight black spot on termen below

apex, a conical patch at middle, then a terminal black line to vein 1 ;

cilia white with a series of slight blackish spots near base and some

brown at tips at apex. Hind wing white faintly tinged with

brown, more strongly on terminal area except towards tornus ;

traces of a white postmedial line from costa to submedian fold,

slightly excurved at middle ; cilia white. Underside of fore wing

brown, the inner margin white, the costa white towards apex with

a slight dark subterminal spot; hind wing white, a slight brown

discoidal spot, postmedial line from costa to vein 5 and minute

black spot on termen at vein 5.

Hab. Canarres, Tenerife, Las Mercedes (Walsingham), 1 2

type. HLxp. 18 mm.

(122) Scoparia pheopatpia, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with red-brown ;

antennz brownish white ringed with dark brown; palpi very dark

cupreous brown, pure white below towards base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown, the tarsi

ringed with brown. Fore wing white slightly tinged with cupreous

brown and sparsely irrorated with black-brown; a dark cupreous

brown subbasal patch below the cell; two oblique black-brown

antemedial lines, the outer with some black-brown beyond it in the

cell; a black-brown spot in the cell towards extremity and a spot

below the cell; some slight black-brown marks beyond the cell;

postmedial line black-brown, strong towards costa, angled inwards

below costa, excurved at middle, then oblique and indistinct; a

subterminal black-brown spot on costa and slight mark angled

inwards above inner margin ; a terminal series of small black-brown

spots, reduced to points below vein 4; cilia white with series of

slight red-brown spots towards tips. Hind wing white with a faint

rufous tinge especially on apical area.

Hab, Navat, Estcourt (Hutchinson), 2 3 type. Exp, 20 mm.

On the Skull of Tritylodon longeevus, Owen. 283

XXXI.—On the Skull of Tritylodon longeevus, Owen.

By Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS.

[Plate X.]

SINCE Owen described in 1884, for the first time as mammalian,

the skull of the single specimen of T'ritylodon existing in the

British Museum, several authors have re-examined his state-

ments. Seeley, in 1888, declared Tritylodon to be a

“bunotheroid Rodent”; but in 1894, after his discovery

of Gomphodontia, he gave up this opinion and declared

Tritylodon a ‘ theriodont Reptile”’ or as “ intermediate

between Mammals and Theriodonts.” R. Broom, in 1904,

showed that the reasons of Seeley for the statement that

Tritylodon was a reptile are not tenable. In 1910, after

having studied the specimen, Broom established the presence

of new sutures between bones which had been wholly over-

looked by the earlier observers, and so reinforced his opinion

that Tritylodon is a true mammalian.

Having examined the specimen at the end of last year

while in London, I believe that some new sutures can be

made out, and that the limits between the bones are somewhat

different from those established by Broom. A new prepara-

tion of the specimen has also cleared up some controversial

points.

Text-fig. 1 shows the upper view of the skull. The

plainest suture is that separating on the left side for some

distance the nasal from the maxillary. In the front part of

this suture begins another, which is for the first time plainly

to be seen only with a magnifying-glass (it lies just above a

zig-zag crack). The prolongation of this latter suture on the

right is not clearly indicated, but is probable. IPfso, the whole

would separate the nasal from the frontal; but it is not

impossible that the visible part separates the lacrimal from

the nasal.

The sutures separating the prefrontal from the frontal and

lacrimal are doubtful or not at all indicated. The right side

is so damaged that only the suture bounding the maxillary is

to be seen for some distance.

The septomaxillaries, first observed by Broom, are now,

after the new preparation, plainly (comp. text-fig. 1 and the

photograph of the nares in Pl. X. fig. 1) to be seen, They

limit the nares laterally, cross them from below, and send a

short joint process above, which seems to meet in the middle

19*

284 Dr. B. Petronievics on the

with the forward process of nasals (or, perhaps, with part of

the ossified internasal septum) from above, so that the bone

Fig. 1.

$a.

eee eee

oe OF} Sse

Skull of Tritylodon, upper view, 2 nat. size. , probable sutures ;

—.-.-, possible suture (between fr. and prfr.); ----, restored parts.

pa., parietal; sg., squamosal; 7u., jugal; fr, frontal; prfr., prefrontal ;

le., lacrimal; na., nasals ; mz., maxillary ; smz., septomaxillary ;

pmxz., premaxillary; pr.pmx., process of the premaxillaries ;

a.°, second upper incisor.

vertically separating the two nares seems to be composed of

these two parts. Between the front part of premaxillaries

Skull of Tritylodon longzvus, Owen. 285

and the septomaxillaries there is a gap, so that the nares

are wholly separated only horizontally *.

The suture separating the frontals from the parietals is not

plainly to be seen ; but it is probable that it lies before the

groove in the front of parietal bones. Unfortunately the

foramen parietale could not be established in this groove by

the new preparation ; but it seems to me still to be possible.

Text-fig. 2 shows the lateral view of the skull from the left

side, but the sutures have been completed from the right side.

>» / \

a ‘N

A: pmx, Ie. jl. 4 5 6 MX,

Skull of Tritylodon, left side, nat. size. , probable sutures ;

ene , possible suture (between fr. and prfr.).

pa., parietal; prfr., prefrontal; fr., frontal; for./c., lacrimal foramen;

na., nasal; sma., septomaxillary ; pr.pmz., process of the pre-

maxillaries; pm.., premaxillary ; mz., maxillary ; /c., lacrimal ;

ju., Jugal; osph., orbitosphenoid; 7.*, second upper incisor;

1-6, postcanine teeth.

The suture separating the parietal bone from prefrontal and

bounding it from below is plainly indicated T and was observed

* Broom’s contention that “there is no evidence that the nares have

been separated by a complete internasal process of the premaxillaries”

(comp. Broom, 1910, p. 763) has been confirmed by the new preparation,

which shows a mode of division of the nares quite different from that in

the theriodont Reptiles and without parallel in Mammals.

+ As this suture is on the right side going up to the front part of the

parietal bone, no doubt can be entertained about the lateral continuity

of this whole bone on the right side (on the left side the bone is far more

fractured in the middle than on the right side). So that Seeley’s suppo-

sition that the two bones diverging from the median crest laterally are

the posterior prolongations of the postfrontals must be wholly rejected.

Comp. Seeley, 1895, p. 1026 s.

286 Dr. B. Petronievics on the

by Broom. The other sutures indicated in the figure are

rather doubtful, the best established being that bounding the

maxillary from above, observed by Broom. ‘The bone

between this suture and the suture bounding the parietal

from below I suppose to be the orbito- or alisphenoid. Broom

Fig. 3.

Skull of 7ritylodon, underside, nat. size. , probable sutures.

1 3

7.’-7.5, upper incisors; pmz., premaxillary; ma., maxillary; mpl.

maxillopalatine ; pl., palatine ; pm., premolar; m.’-m.°, upper

molars,

takes it to be a prolongation of the parietal bone, having

supposed that the two bones meeting in a median crest are

frontals *,

_.* I see no serious reason why these two bones should be frontals, even

if the suture separating the frontal from the nasal would prove to be

Skull of Tritylodon longeevus, Owen. 287

On the underside of the skull (text-fig. 3) the sutures

separating the premaxillaries from the maxillaries and the

palatine processes of the latter are almost certain (comp.

Owen, 1884, p. 147) ; but the suture between the palatines

and the maxillaries is very doubtful.

Thave still to add that 1 can confirm the statement of Broom

(comp. Broom, 1910, p. 762) that there are in Tritylodon not

two but three incisors. Indeed, in the front of the two

broken great incisors and near to the point where the two

premaxillaries are meeting one another there are two small

teeth-sockets (text-fig. 3). But Broom’s statement (7b.

p. 762) that there are seven and not six molars in T'ritylodon

I cannot accept, because the limit of the last molar on the

right side isa sharp one, and no plain trace of a molar behind

itis to be seen. I suppose, in consequence, the dental formula

ot Tritylodon to be 2 3, pm 1, m 5 *.

According to my preceding statements, and to the previous

statements of Owen, Seeley, Osborn, and Broom, I add here,

in conclusion, a review of the mammalian and reptilian

characters of Zritylodon.

I. Mammalian Characters.

1. Divided roots of molar teeth ;

2. Multituberculate teeth ;

3. Straight and parallel rows of teeth ;

4, No postfrontal bone.

From these four characters, the first is still the best proof

for the mammalian character of T'’ritylodon, no theromorphous

reptile being known with divided teeth-roots. But, as some

doubts have been expressed about this division f, the prepara-

tion of the molar toothin Tritylodon by Owen has been some-

what enlarged, and the new preparation shows (comp. the

photograph in Pl. X. fig. 2) that no doubt about that division

can be entertained, the bone between the two roots un-

doubtedly not being dentine (it has the same colour as the bone

in front of the forward root). As a new corroborative proof

wrong. The posterior part of the skull would be in both cases almost

the same (comp. the restoration of it in text-fig. 1 with the restoration

of Broom in Broom, 1914, fig. 1, p. 119). ;

* In 1914 Broom gives the dental formula of Titylodon as being

probably 7 3, ¢ 0, p 4, m 3 (comp. Broom, 1914, p. 120).

+ Comp. H. Gadow, ‘Amphibia and Reptiles,’ London, 1901, p. 309.

288 On the Skull of Tritylodon longevus, Owen.

of this last statement I add here in Pl. X. fig. 3 a photograph

of two newly prepared molar teeth of Diademodon brownt

with ‘undivided roots *, and in Pl. X. fig. 5 a photograph of

the newly prepared molar tooth of Cynognathus crateronotus,

showing undivided root and a groove on the outer surface,

indicating the beginning of a partial division of this root, as it

seems, throughout its whole length.

Il. Reptilian Characters.

Divided nares ;

Prefrontal bone T;

Frontal bone not bounding the orbit.

ras

III. Characters both Mammalian and Reptilian.

1. Septomaxillary bones;

2. The terminal position of the anterior nares ;

3. The backward position of the posterior nares ;

4, Considerably diverging parietal bones ;

5. Orbito- or alisphenoid (or orbitopalatine ?) ;

6. No postorbital bar ;

7. Brain-case antero-laterally closed.

If we try to separate in this last group the characters that

are primarily reptilian in T'retylodon trom those which are

probably purely mammalian, we should regard only the

existence of the septomaxillary bone as a pure reptilian

character (common. both to Yritylodon and to Monotremes),

So that Zrztylodon is to be regarded, in the first place, as a

mammal, but as a mammal with some undoubtedly reptilian

characters, the most primitive of the known Mammals. With

its mixed characters, Tritylodon is a direct proof that the

Mammals have their origin in Reptiles, most probably in

theriodont Reptiles.

* Seeley mentions (comp. “ On Diademodon” in Philos. Trans. 1895,

pp. 1029-1041, figs. 5-10) three isolated molar teeth of Diademodon with

undivided roots, but they seem to belong to lower molars. I add here

in Pl. X. fig. 4 another photograph of two single-ruoted V-shaped teeth of

Diademodon in section trom the specimen R. 8605 in the British Museum

(mentioned by Mr. Watson, “ The Skull of Diademodon,” in Ann, & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8) viii. 1911, p. 814), one with open and the other with

closed pulpa.

“+ The existence of a prefrontal bone in mammals has been affirmed

(comp. R. Cunningham, “ Note on the Presence of Supernumerary Bones

occupying the Place of Prefrontals in the Skull of certain Mammals,” in

Proc. Zool. See. Lond. 1889, pp, 76-77).

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 289

At the end of this paper I desire to express my thanks to

Dr. Woodward and Dr. Andrews, of the British Museum,

for the loan of the new preparations (executed by Mr. Hall),

and to Dr. Andrews for some valuable help.

Literature on Tritylodon.

1. R. Owen. “On the Skull and Dentition of a Triassic Mammal

( Tritylodon longevus, Owen) from South Africa,” in Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. xl. 1884, pp. 146-152.

. H.G. Srertey. “On Parts of the Skeleton of a Mammal from Tri-

assic Rocks (Theriodesmus phylarchus),”’ in Phil. Trans. 1888,

pp. 141-155 (on Tritylodon, p. 154).

3. H. F. Osporn. “ On the Structure and Classification of the Mesozoic

Mammalia,” in Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1888, pp. 186-264

(on Tritylodon, pp. 213, 220, and 251 seq.).

H. G. Sretny. “The Reputed Mammals from the Karoo Formation

of Cape Colony,” in Phil. Trans. 1895, p. 1025-1028.

H. F. Osporn. “ ‘the Origin of the Mammalia,” in ‘The American

Naturalist, 1898, pp. 309-334 (on Tritylodon, pp. 828-829).

. Broom. ‘On the Affinities of Tritylodon,” in Trans. South-

African Phil. Soc. vol. xvi. 1905, pp. 73-77.

Rt. Broom. “On Tritylodon and on the Relationships of the Multi-

tuberculata,” in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1910, pp. 760-768,

R. Broom. “ On the Structure and Affinities of the Multitubercu-

lata,” in Bull. Amer, Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. xxxiii. 1914, pp. 115-1384.

SON Sy pore uae

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. The front part of the skull of 7irity/odon, showing the nares.

Fig. 2, Molar tooth of Tritylodon with divided root.

Fig. 3. 'Two molar teeth of Diademodon browni with undivided roots.

Fig. 4. Two single-rooted V-shaped teeth of Diademodon, R. 3605 in the

British Museum, the left with open and the right with closed

pulpa.

Fig. 5. Moles tooth of Cynognathus crateronotus with undivided root.

XXXII.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.a— XX1X. On new

Hthiopian Species. By RowLanp KH. Turner, F'.Z.5.,

F.E.S.

Family Crabronide.

Subfamily Bauzzcrvz.

Bembex atrospinosus, sp. n.

g. Niger; mandibulis basi, labro, clypeo, fronte inter antennas,

orbitis, macula curyata utrinque infra ocellos, scapo subtus,

flagello subtus pedibusque pallide flavis; femoribus tibiisque

290 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

supra nigro-lineatis, metatarso antico spinis nigris; segmentis

dorsalibus 1-6 fascia transversa lata, ventralibus 2-5 macula

transyersa utrinque griseo-luteis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

@. Mari simillima ; clypeo macula basali nigra utrinque ; flagello

supra brunneo, pronoto anguste scutelloque anguste margine

posteriore griseo-luteis; segmento dorsali sexto basi nigro, apice

ferrugineo, tarsis anticis spinis omnibus nigris; femoribus tibiisque

supra ferrugineo intaminatis ; tegulis basi flavo-maculatis.

‘Long., g 18, 9 17 mm.

3. Apical joint of the flagellum longer than the penulti-

mate, moderately curved and blunt at the apex; the penulti-

mate and two preceding joints bluntly produced at the apex

beneath; the seventh and eighth joints with a minute

tubercle at the base beneath. Fore tarsi not dilated; the

basal joint with eight spines, the six basal spines stout and

black and of uneven length, the first and sixth being much

shorter than the others, the two apical spines short and

yellow, widely separated from the basal row. Intermediate

femora strongly serrated beneath, intermediate tibie not

produced at the apex, basal joint of the intermediate tarsus

normal. Second sternite with a prominent carina on the

apical half; sixth sternite with a triangular prominence at

the apex; seventh with a longitudinal carina. Seventh

tergite narrowed to the apex, where it is narrowly truncate.

Claspers broad, concave above, ciliate on the outer margin,

the apex narrowed and deflexed, not pointed or hooked.

Fore wings a little more than twice as long as the breadth of

the thorax ; one vein only emitted from the apex of the

median cell.

2. Second sternite very closely and finely punctured, not

shining in the middle ; sixth tergite rather narrowly rounded

at the apex. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with eight black

spines, the spines in an even row, long and stout, the basal

one only short.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Province (Dr. Brauns), De-

cember.

This very distinct species is perhaps nearest to albofasciata,

Sm., though differing much in the structure of the antenne

and genitalia, and in the spines of the fore tarsus. The

genitalia somewhat resemble those of B. bubalus, Handl.

Subfamily Larrivz.

Tachytes exclusa, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeoque dimidio apicali

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. 291

fusco-ferrugineis; palpis, antennis, tegulis pedibusque ferru-

gineis ; fronte clypeoque pallidissime aureo-pubescentibus; seg-

mentis dorsalibus secundo, tertio quartoque angulis apicalibus

late argenteo-pubescentibus ; pygidio fusco-ferrugineo setoso;

alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

6. Femine similis ; fronte clypeoque lete aureo-pubescentibus.

Long., 2 23, ¢ 22 mm.

2. Clypeus broadly subtruncate. at the apex; galea

distinctly longer than broad, rounded at the apex; palpi not

elongate. Second and third joints of the flagellum subequal ;

eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about equal to the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Vertex very

minutely and closely punctured, with a low longitudinal

carina from the occiput not reaching to the ocellar space.

Posterior slope of the median segment irregularly trans-

versely striated ; a small smooth triangular depression at the

apex of the dorsal surface of the segment, which is finely

rugulose and about half as long again as the scutellum.

Dorsal surface of the abdomen shining, closely and minutely

punctured; pygidial area broadly rounded at the apex.

Sternites 2-4 shining, with large scattered punctures. Basal

joint of the fore tarsus with six rather short and stout spines ;

spur of the hind tibia Jonger than the basal joint of the hind

tarsus. Second and third abscisse of the radius subequal ;

the space between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal

to the second abscissa of the radius.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex ; eyes very

close together on the vertex, separated by a distance scarcely

equal to the length of the first joint of the flagellum. Seventh

dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex; eighth ventral

segment subtruncate, very feebly emarginate in the middle,

the angles not produced. Sternites shining, sparsely punc-

tured, but more closely and finely than in the female.

Hab. Yapi, Gold Coast (J. J. Simpson), November 1916.

This is near 7. testaceinerva, Cam., differing in the much

sparser pubescence of the thorax and median segment, in the

distinctly longer galea, in the presence of a carina on the

vertex of the female, in the broader pygidial area, and in the

distinctly sparser punctures of the sternites; the seventh

tergite of the male is also much broader.

Tachytes obliqua, Sm.

Larrada obliqua, Sva, Cat. Hym. B.M. iy. p. 281 (1856), ¢ (as 2).

This is a Zachytes somewhat allied to silverlock?, Turn.,

292 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera,

and nigroannulatus, Bisch. The posterior ocelli are not as

long as in most species of the genus. Eighth sternite

rounded at the apex. I overlooked this species in my recent

revision of the Ethiopian Tachytes.

Tachytes braunsi, sp. n.

36. Niger, albo-pilosus; palpis brunneis; tarsis ferrugineis, basi

infumatis; segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia apicali argenteo-

pubescente ; segmento dorsali septimo argenteo-pubescente ;

segmento ventrali octavo apice truncato ; alis flavo-hyalinis, yenis

ferrugineis, tegulis pallide luteis.

@. Mari simillima; segmento dorsali sexto pallide aureo-pubes-

cente.

Long., g 14, 2 15 mm.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, clothed

with dull silver pubescence which extends on to the front.

Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding

the length of the second joint of the flagellum ; the vertex

closely and finely punctured. Thorax and median segment

rather sparsely clothed with erect whitish hairs ; median

segment nearly twice as long as the scutellum, with a shallow

longitudinal sulcus. Second sternite very closely and rather

finely punctured ; eighth sternite truncate at the apex, the

angles not produced; seventh tergite broadly rounded at the

apex. Basal joint of fore tarsus with four spines. Second

and third abscissee of the radius subequal, shorter than the

first ; the third cubital cell on the cubitus extending a little

beyond the apex of the radial cell. Galea broader than long.

9. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to

the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

basal joint of the tore tarsus with four spines ; second sternite

more finely punctured than in the male; third sternite

shining, with large scattered punctures ; sixth tergite elongate-

triangular, pointed at the apex.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Province (Dr. Brauns), No-

vember and December.

This somewhat resembles 7. erynnis, Turn., but differs in

the number of spines on the fore metatarsus, in the colour of

the pubescence on the thorax, in the deeper colour of the

wings, and in the shape of the apical segments in both sexes.

Tachysphex punctatus, Sm.

Larrada punctata, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 282 (1856). ¢ (as 2).

The eyes are separated on the vertex by a distance equal

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 293

to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum in the

female atid by a distance equal to twice the length of the

second joint in the male. Pygidial area of the female

strongly punctured, long and narrow, pointed at the apex.

The median segment is opaque and coriaceous.

flab. Willowmore, Cape Province (Dr. Brauns).

This is a true Tachysphewx of rather slender build, the ante-

rior femora of the male being emarginate, though not as

strongly as in some species, and the tarsal comb of the female

very long. The dark fuscous wings distinguish it from other

black South-African Tachysphee.

Tachysphex marshall, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, clypeo, flagello articulis tribus basalibus,

tegulis, segmento abdominali sexto, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque

rufo-testaceis ; alis fusco-violaceis, venis nigris; fronte, clypeoque

basi aureo-pubescentibus.

d. Feminz similis; flagello nigro; segmento dorsali sexto nigro,

septimo rufo-testaceo.

Long., 2 15, ¢ 11 mm.

?. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex, with two

minute teeth at the apical angles, shining and sparsely punc-

tured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite

equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.

Thorax very finely and closely punctured ; median segment

a little longer than the mesonotum, finely longitudinally

rugulose, with short striz at the extreme base; the surface

of the apical truncation strongly transversely striated, with a

deep median sulcus. Abdomen microscopically punctured ;

the pygidial area lanceolate, pointed at the apex, with small

scattered punctures. Radial cell rounded at the apex ; second

abscissa of the radius longer than the third; the space be-

tween the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal to the third

abscissa of the radius. ‘l'arsal comb long ; eight spines on

the fore metatarsus.

6. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the

combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

dorsal surface of the median segment coriaceous ; anterior

femora emarginate at the base ; tarsal comb much shorter

than in the female ; seventh tergite subtruncate at the apex ;

eighth sternite widely emarginate, the angles forming

spines. .

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall), Apvil.

A variety with the apical segment in both sexes black, and

294 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

the sculpture of the median segment in the female less deve-

loped, occurs in N.E. Rhodesia and Nyasaland: Luangwa

River, July to September (S. A. Neave); Mlanje, 2300 ft.,

October (S. A. Neave).

This is one of the most conspicuously coloured species of

the genus.

Notogonia dentipes, sp. n.

9. Nigra; scapo, tegulis, tibiis anticis, tibiisque intermediis

posticisque subtus ferrugineis; clypeo, fronte, mesonotoque

lateribus aureo-pubescentibus ; segmento mediano sparse, pleuris,

segmentisque dorsalibus 1-3 fascia apicali pallide aureo-pubes-

centibus ; area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-setoso ; alis pallidissime

flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 14 mm.

?. Clypeus shining on the apical margin and subtruncate.

Second and third joints of the flagellum subequal; eyes

separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Thorax sub-

opaque, smooth; median segment very little longer than the

breadth in the middle, slightly convex, indistinctly trans-

versely striated, with a low carina from the base not quite

reaching the apex, the surface of the posterior truncation with

a median sulcus and with transverse strie at the sides.

Abdomen opaque ; pygidial area triangular, narrowly rounded

at the apex, finely rugose. Tarsal comb short ; four spines on

the fore metatarsus ; a small blunt tooth on the middle of

each tarsal unguis. Fourth abscissa of the radius as long as

the first, a little longer than the second and third combined ;

the second very short, but a little longer than the space

between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus. Radial cell

narrowly truncate at the apex.

Hab. Obuasi, Ashanti (Dr. W. M1. Graham).

This belongs to the group of crwsus,Sm., but differs in the

colour of the wings and legs, in the shorter tarsal comb, in

the much sparser pubescence, and in the shorter median

segment. ‘The pygidial area is similar to that of cresus, not

truncate at the apex as in deceptor, ‘Turn.

Notogonia neavet, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis ;

alis sordide hyalinis, venis nigris; fronte, clypeo, segmentisque

dorsalibus 1-3 fascia indistincta apicali argenteo-pubescentibus ;

unguiculis dente armatis.

Long. 16 mm,

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 295

2. Clypeus opaque, the apical margin shining and very

narrowly and shallowly excised in the middle ; eyes separated

on the vertex by a distance equal to about two-thirds of the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Mesonotum

opaque, pruinose; with a delicate impressed line from the

middle of the anterior margin, not reaching more than halfway

to the middle of the segment ; a similar short impressed line

on each side before the tegule. Scutellum smooth and

slightly shining. Median segment longer than broad, mar-

gined at the apex ; transversely striated, the strie distinct at

the base, obsolete on the apical half; a very delicate longi-

tudinal carina from the base not reaching the apex; the

surface of the posterior truncation with a deep median sulcus,

transversely striated at the sides, the striz obsolete in the

middle. Abdomen pruinose ; pyzidial area rather broadly

truncate at the apex, finely rugose, sparsely clothed with very

short pubescence which changes according to the light from

fuscous to pale golden, a few strong fuscous sete on the

apical margin. Basal sternites pruinose ; the second at the

base with the usual structure of the genus. Comb of the

anterior tarsus rather short, the basal joint with four spines ;

tarsal ungues long, with a small triangular tooth near the

middle. First abscissa of the radius as long as the second

and third combined, the fourth longer than the first ; radial

ceil narrowly truncate at the apex ; recurrent nervures very

narrowly separated on the cubitus.

Hab. Mlanje, Nyasaland (S. A. Neave), Beeentiar

This may be distinguished from other described species of

similar colouring by the tooth on the tarsal ungues.

Other localities are :—Bomaru, Sierra Leone (J. J. Simp-

son), August ; Oshogbo, 8S. Nigeria (Dr. 7. I. G. Mayer) ;

Entebbe, Uganda (C. G. Gowdey), June.

Liris africana, sp. n.

@. Nigra; scapo subtus ferrugineo ; fronte clypeoque argenteo-

pubescentibus ; area pygidiali fusco-aureo-pubescente ; alis nigro

ceruleis.

Long. 23 mm.

?. Clypeus with a carina from the base to the apex,

slightly produced in the middle of the apical margin and with

a minute tubercle on each side at the apical angles. Hyes

separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of

the second joint of the flagellum, which is distinctly longer

than the third. Thorax subopaque, coriaceous. © Median

296 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

segment as long as the mesonotum and scutellum combined,

with a low carina from the base not reaching the apex,

transversely striated, distinctly convex, the sides almost

parallel, longer than broad, vertically truncate posteriorly ;

the surface of the truncation transversely striated, with a

median sulcus; the sides of the segment vertically striated.

Abdomen slightly pruinose, with faint traces of apical fasciee

of silvery pubescence on tergites 2-4; pygidial area large,

elongate-triangular, narrowly truncate at the apex, a row “of

stiff setee on the apical margin. Sternites rather sparsely

and finely punctured ; second “sternite convex, depressed on

each side at the base as in the genus Notogonia, ‘'Tarsal

comb long, four spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus;

ungues very long. Recurrent nervures very near together

on the cubitus ; second abscissa of the radius less than Hate as

long as the third.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), December.

This is very like Notogonia gowdeyi, Turn., but the man-

dibles are entire as in Liris. It also closely resembles the

Oriental species of Liris allied to ducalis, Sm. :

Dimorpha flavipennts, sp. n.

&. Niger; abdomine rufo-testaceo; segmento basali secundo basi

late nigro-fasciato; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 11 mm.

3. Clypeus and front closely punctured, covered with

white pubescence. Anterior ocellus situated in a shallow

depression, larger than the posterior pair which touch the

eyes. Joints of the flagellum a little widened from the base

to the apex, the second half as long again as the third.

Eyes touching on the vertex. Mesonotum and mesopleure

very closely and not very finely punctured, the punctures

more or less confluent; scutellum shining, more sparsely

punctured. Median segment reticulate, with more or less

indistinct longitudinal strize, the sides of the segment very

closely punctured. Abdomen smooth and shining; the

sternites finely and sparsely punctured, and sparsely clothed

with pale testaceous hairs. Radial cell oblique at the apex,

long; the fourth abscissa of the radius almost as long as the

first and third combined ; second cubital cell pointed on the

radius, first abscissa of the*radius more than half as long as

the third and twice as long as the distance between the

recurrent nervures on the cubitus,

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 297

Hab. 30 miles from Magadi Junction, British East Africa

(f. G. Hamilton), April.

This is larger than other Ethiopian species known to me,

and may also be distinguished by the very different colouring

of the wings and abdomen.

Subfamily Nrrerryz.

Miscophus rhodesianus, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, tibiis, tarsis, femoribus posticis, femo-

ribusque intermediis subtus ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, anticis

tertio apicali infumatis, venis nigris ; abdomine parum cyaneo

micante ; fronte pilis chalceis sparsis ; tegulis testaceis.

g. Femine similis; femoribus nigris; tibiis tarsisque fusco-

ferrugineis.

Long., 2 4-6, d 4 mm.

¢. Anterior margin of the clypeus smooth and shining,

slightly porrect. Head opaque, coriaceous, with scattered,

short, almost scale-like hairs; the eyes almost parallel.

Thorax and median segment very finely rugose ; a carina

from the base of the median segment not reaching the apex,

the posterior slope of the segment with a median sulcus.

Pubescence of the thorax and median segment short and very

sparse. Abdomen very finely and closely punctured. (Tarsal

comb long and black; the spines distinctly spatulate ; calearia

black. The fuscous cloud on the fore wing commences in the

second cubital cell, becoming gradually paler towards the

apex of the wing.

6. The tarsal comb is much reduced in length.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), June.

This is a stoutly built species, nearly allied to kriech-

baumeri, Brauns, and oraniensis, Brauns, differing from the

former in the parallel inner orbits and in colour, from the

Jatter in the much sparser pubescence and in the sculpture of

the thorax.

Miscophus cyanescens, sp. n.

do. Niger, gracilis; segmentis dorsalibus chalybeo micantibus ;

tarsis fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 5 mm.

3. Hyes distinctly convergent towards the vertex; an-

tenne rather stout. Head coriaceous, with very delicate

sericeous white pubescence on the lower part of the front.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 20

298 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Pronotum nearly as long as the mesonotum, a little narrowed

anteriorly, indistinctly and very finely -transversely striated ;

the remainder of the thorax very finely granulate. Median

segment longer than the mesonotum, narrowed posteriorly,

the dorsal surface rather irregularly obliquely striated, with a

carina from base to apex ; the surface of the posterior trunca-

tion transversely striated, with a median sulcus. Abdomen

microscopically punctured. The strize on the dorsal surface

of the median segment are rather indistinct, the surface

between them being more or less rugose.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), June.

Allied to J. pseudonotogonia, Brauns, but differs con-

siderably in sculpture. .

XXXIII.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LXX VII.

By T. D. A. Cockrrett, University of Colorado.

Epeolus bifasciatus obscuripes, subsp. un.

6 .—Length about 6 mm.

Greater part of scape blackish ; antero-lateral corners of

mesothorax entirely black; legs dark brown, tarsi paler and

redder ; band on first abdominal segment interrupted.

Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (H. H. Hyde; Baker coll.

1785). U.S. Nat. Museum.

EL. fumipennis, Say, is not identical with LE. bdifasciatus,

Cresson, or even closely related.

Epeolus xanthurus, sp. n.

g.—Length about 8 mm., anterior wing 7, with the

aspect of an Odynerid wasp.

Black, with the mandibles (except basally), tubercles,

tegule, anterior tibiz in front, and all the tarsi ferruginous ;

eyes yellowish brown; inner orbits strongly converging

below; antennee black, apical part of third joint red ; face

covered with appressed pale ochreous-tinted hair ; thorax

above with pale ochreous hair, the mesothorax thinly hairy

all over, but with a large H rather obscurely indicated by

denser hair; axillar teeth very short ; postscutellum with

middle third dark fuscous, lateral thirds cream-coloured,

Records of Bees. 299

these effects due to short dense pubescence; mesopleura

shining and strongly punctured, but the upper part covered

with dense brownish hair. Wings reddish hyaline, with a

large suffused brownish cloud beyond marginal cell ; stigma

and nervures ferruginous; spurs light ferruginous. Abdo-

men short ; basal segment with a ‘large semilunar area of

ochreous tomentum, but no apical band; second and

following segments with very broad apical bands of clear

reddish-fulyous tomentum, making the whole apical region

appear yellow ; apical part of venter similarly coloured.

Ecuador (Baker collection). U.S. Nat. Museum.

Closely allied to E. cameroni, Meade-Waldo, but dis-

tinguished by the pattern of the mesothorax, entirely clear

red. tegulz, red tubercles, and distinct cloud at apex of

wing. My specimen of cameroni (determined by Meade-

Waldo) is from Temax, Yucatan (Gaumer).

Epeolus rugulosus, sp. n.

& .—Length about 10°5 mm. ; anterior wing 7°5.

Black, including mandibles and tubercles, but third

antennal joint bright ferruginous; eyes pale ochreous,

brighter above; face rather broad; clypeus minutely and

densely rugoso- “punctate, not densely hairy ; sides of face

and region of antenne covered with ochreous hair, which is

limited by a straight line from orbit to orbit just above

antenne ; upper border of prothorax with a broad band of

dense bright ochreous hair, tubercles with paler hair; meso-

thorax densely punctured, with no discal ornaments, but an

ochreous band of hair along sides and hind margin; axillar

spines moderate, but sharp; scutellum with a median

groove; postscutellum with thin pale hair right across ;

scutellum with a broad band of ochreous hair posteriorly ;

mesopleura with a transverse semilunar patch of pale hair

above, but the greater part shining and strongly punctured ;

tegule clear ferruginous. Wings hyaline, orange-tinted,

dusky apically ; stigma and nervures ferruginous. Legs

black, with pale hair, spurs black. Abdomen elongate, the

first two segments with a peculiar sculpture consisting of

longitudinal rugze crossed by very fine lines; remaining

segments brownish from a very delicate tomentum ; first

segment with a very large oblique ochreous hair- patch on

each side, the two patches almost meeting in middle; no

apical band on first segment, but second to sixth with broad

bright ochreous entire hair-hbands, becoming white at

20*

300 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

extreme sides; band on second with no exterior lobes;

ventral hair-tufts ochreous.

Comacho, Canal Zone, Panama, March 27 (A. H. Jennings).

U.S. Nat. Museum.

An isolated species, somewhat related to EH. xanthurus,

but easily known by the sculpture of the abdomen and

other characters. The wings are unusually short.

Triepeolus cuneatus, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 11 mm.

Similar to 7. helianthi, Rob. Black, the markings pale

ochreous ; apical half of mandibles dark reddish ; eyes light

green ; face densely covered with ochreous-tinted silvery

hair; antenne entirely black; mesothorax rugoso-punctate,

the margins with a band of ochreous hair, while anteriorly

are two large cuneate marks pointed caudad, leaving the

black area approximately anchor-shaped; axillarspines rather

short, pointed ; mesopleura almost entirely covered with

hair; tegule black, the outer posterior region pallid. Wings

dusky hyaline, stigma very small; nervures fuscous, basally

ferruginous. Middle and hind femora and tibie, and all

the tarsi bright ferruginous; spurs black ; first abdominal

segment with a transverse black band, obliquely truncate at

each end, connected in middle with a black triangular area

on hind margin ; black area on second segment also obliquely

truncate at sides ; apical band on second segment notched

in middle, but those on third to fifth broad and quite extire ;

sixth segment dark seal-brown ; seventh with a short band

of ochreous hair on each side; apical plate with a bright

ferruginous semilunar spot ; ventral brushes pale reddish.

Meadow Valley, Mexico (C.-H. T. Townsend). U.S.

Nat. Museum.

Known from 7. helianthi by the cuneate marks on thorax,

the shorter black band on first abdominal segment, broader

apical band on second, &c.

Triepeolus concinnus, sp. 0.

? .—Length about 11 mm.

Black, with pale ochreous markings ; mandibles very

dark reddish apically ; eyes pale green; clypeus minutely

rugoso-punctate, with scattered large punctures; ochreous

hair in region of antenne; antenne entirely black; meso-

thorax with ochreous band at sides and behind, but not in

Records of Bees. 301

front ; two broad stripes, not very long, on anterior part of

mesothorax, these completely isolated from the ochreous

band; axillar teeth short ; mesopleura with dense ochreous

hair along anterior margin, and a broad band running

across the middle, below this is a large quadrate black area ;

tegule black, the margin brownish. Wings dusky hyaline,

nervures fuscous. Legs coloured as in 7’. cuneatus. Abdo-

men marked as in T. cuneatus, but apical band on first

segment rather widely interrupted, and that on second

sometimes interrupted; segments 3 and 4 with entire

bands ; fifth with a large ochreous patch on each side of

the modified area; last ventral segment straight in profile.

Meadow Valley, Mexico (C. H. T. Townsend). US.

Nat. Museum.

Close to JT. cuneatus, but on account of the different

ornamentation of mesothorax it must be considered distinct.

The eyes are yellow-green, not bluish green as in typical

helianthi. Jn helianthi the black lower part of pleura is not

enclosed by ochreous.

Triepeolus medusa, sp. 1.

2 (type).—Length about 11°5 mm.

Black, of the type of 1’. helianthi; mandibles reddish in

middle ; clypeus shining, finely punctured, a few indistinct

large punctures; region of antenne with ochreous hair;

third antennal joint dark reddish in front ; hair-markings

of thorax and abdomen pale, faintly yellowish, almost

greyish ; mesothorax with a narrow band along sides and

behind, but not in front; disc with two parallel broad

stripes ; axillar spines small and obscure ; mesuopleura with

a band across middle, the black region below not enclosed ;

tegule piceous. Wings’strongly dusky. Legs coloured as

in 7. cuneatus and concinnus. Abdomen essentially as in

concinnus, bands on first and second segments interrupted,

band on second segment with an elongated process directed

cephalad on each side. Spurs black.

¢.—Face covered with pure silvery-white hair; meso-

pleura covered with silvery-white hair; parallel stripes of

mesothorax less developed; middle femora broadly black

above; first three abdominal bands interrupted, and the

fourth with a linear interruption, not quite complete.

Federal District, Mexico, “7 and 8, 10.” U.S. Nat.

Museum.

The specific name was suggested by the black area on

302s Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and -

thorax above, more or less resembling the outline of a

medusa or jellyfish. The modified apical area of female

abdomen is rather small. This is easily known from

T. helianthi by the wide interruption of the apical band on

first abdominal segment and the wider stripes on’ meso-

thorax ; these latter are broad to the base (front), not

slender and thus clavate as in 7. sublunatus, Ckll.

Chalepogenus calcaratus (Cresson).

The known distribution is greatly extended by males from

Sonsonate, Salvador, Aug. 24 (Ff. Knab), and Paraiso,

Panama Canal Zone, Jan. 16 (A. Busck).

In the southern part of the range there is more black on

the clypeus of the male. The species was described from

Mexico.

Chalepogenus globulosus (Friese).

‘Friese described this from asingle male from an unknown

locality, calling it Yetrapedia globulosa. I have before me

a male from Taboga I., Panama, July (A. Busck), anda

female from Paraiso, Panama Canal Zone, May 11 (A. H.

Jennings). The female closely resembles the male, but

‘differs thus: face broader; clypeus ferruginous ; front

ferruginous except an obscure median stripe, and a flame-

like upward extension (away from orbit) of each lateral

mark ; hind legs with ferruginous scopa. In both sexes

the mesothorax has lateral as well as discal yellow stripes.

The male has no brown fringes on the abdominal segments,

but it agrees in general so well with Friese’s description

that I believe it must be the same.

Exomalopsis globosa (Fabricius).

Females from Mayaguez, Porto Rico, Jan. 9 (C. W.

Hooker, 68).

This species is readily known from the mainland

E. manni and zexmenié by the dark reddish stigma. The

scopa of hind tarsi 1s very long and loose.

Exomalopsis vincentana, sp. n.

? .—Length 6°5 mm.

Robust, black, shining; mandibles reddish in middle;

Records of Bees. 303

clypeus polished, irregularly punctured, and with a shallow

quadrate subapical depression ; antennee dark, the flagellum

obscurely reddish beneath, last joint flattened ; mesothorax

polished, with scattered minute punctures, and some larger

ones, the pubescence short and scanty, mainly black, but

whitish in front ; prothorax, tubercles, and pleura with dull

white hair; scutellum with black hair; tegule black.

Wings dusky, subviolaceous, darker apically and in region

of marginal cell; stigma large and reddish, nervures fuscous.

Legs black, the small joints of tarsi ferruginous ; hind tibial

scopa long and black behind, white in front ; hind tarsi

with hair black behind, white in front, and bright ferrugi-

nous on inner side; first two abdominal segments without

hair-bands or stripes, first segment at sides thinly clothed

with dull white hair; third and fourth segments with thin

white bands ; apex with black hair, but at sides in subapical

region is adong fringe of silvery white hair projecting from

beneath. _

St. Vincent, West Indies (H. H. Smith, 208), U.S. Nat.

Museum. Ashmead, reporting on H. H. Smith’s St. Vincent

collections, records only Z. rufitarsis and E. pubescens.

This is not particularly close to either, but is related to

the Brazilian EH. nigripes, Friese, which has the abdomen

differently marked and the pleura dark-haired.

Melissodes martinicensis, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 9°5 mm., antennz about 7-4 mm.

Very close to M. rufodentata, Sm., St. Vincent, but some-

what larger, with the subapical hair-bands on abdominal

segments 2 to 4 clear white, and the hair of thorax above

paler, not sored. The clypeus and base of. mandibles are

yellow, the labrum nearly white; flagellum ferruginous

beneath to base ; knees, tibie, and tarsi clear ferruginous.

Martinique, West Indies, July 15 (d. Busck). U.S.

Nat. Museum. : :

This could be regarded as an insular race of M, rufodentata.

Ptilothrix tricolor (Friese).

Carcarana, Argentina (Bruner, 57).

The original description by Friese is very inadequate, but

Brethes gives an excellent one. Péilothriz has in general

the structure of Diadasia ; but on comparison with the type

of that genus (D. enavata) it differs markedly in the vena-

tion, the second s.m. receiving the first r. n. near middle, and

304 Descriptions ‘and Records of Bees.

the third s.m. being much shorter. The mouth-parts are

those of Diadasia, and P. tricolor, like our North American

species of Diadasia, visits flowers of Cactacee. The vena-

tional character holds well enough when we compare North

American Diadasia with typical Ptilothrix, but the Brazilian

D. murihirta, Ckll., is intermediate, having the third s.m. as

in Piilothriz. D. sumichrasti vulpihirta, Ckll., also has a short

submarginal. Ptilothrix agrees with the North American

genus Hmphor, to which it is closely related, in Jacking a

pulvillus on the feet. On this basis, as well as the short

submarginal cell, Diadasia sumichrasti, Cresson, becomes

Ptilothriv sumichrasti. D. murihirta, on the other hand,

has large pulvilli, and remains in Diadasia.

Thus the separation of Diadasia from Ptilothrizx may be

maintained, though the genera are extremely closely allied.

It remains to consider the status of Ancyloscelis, which

has been often used for these insects, and ag Melitoma,

which is preferred by Ducke. It is now considered that

Melitoma is the prior name for Entechnia, Patton, which I

regard as a very distinct genus. Ancyloscelis, Latr., 1825,

included no named species, and Ancyloscelis, Spinola, 1851,

is a synonym of Tetrapedia. In 1836, however, Haliday

published Ancylosceles (not Ancyloscelis) for a species

ursinus, taken by Lieut. Graves at S. Panlo, Brazil. The

specimen is probably in the W. W. Saunders collection at

Oxford. It was a male, 44 lines long, with the region of

the mouth, the tegulze, and tarsi yellowish ferruginous. The -

description might serve for the recognition of the species,

but the generic characters are not mentioned. So far as I

know the insect has not been collected since, and at present

we can only say that it is probably not a Ptilothrix or

Diadasia. In P. tricolor (Fr.) there is long hair on the

apical half of second joint of maxillary palpus, and all along

the side of the third, while the fourth has shorter hair at

side. The joints of the palpus measure in microns : (1) 820,

(2) 480, (3) 512, (4) 352, (5) 224, (6) 176. The paraglossz

fall about 480 microns short of end of first joint of labial

palpi. The hind spur is curved at-end.

Diadasia australis knabiana, subsp. nu.

?.—Labrum, mandibles, and broad apical margin of

clypeus bright chestnut-red; legs red, the femora dusky ;

apical bands on abdominal segments 2-4 very well defined.

‘Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, June 380 (Ff. Knab). U.S. Nat.

Museum.

On new Species and Forms of Sphingidee. 305

XXXIV.— New Species and Forms of Sphingide.

By J. J. Jorcey, F.E.S., and W. J. Kays, F.E.S.

THE eight new species of Sphingide here described will be

figured after the war. Xylophanes sublevis is a very old

specimen acquired from a collection made about the year

1844, but it appears to be undescribed, and if so it would

seem to be a very rare insect. Hippotion rubribrenna n>

doubt exists in several collections, there are a number at

Tring Museum; but to us it has a distinct appearance, which

is also easily definable. It was unfortunate to have had an

accident with the genital preparation, but those who have

specimens will be able to verify our contention by examining

the male organs. Marumba trata is a striking novelty from

Tibet, a district from whence many interesting things are

now being sent. Oxyambulyx citrona adds still another to

the already long list of closely allied Oxyambulyx species.

The male elasp is different from both O. schauffelbergeri and

O. sericeipennis, while in general appearance it is different

from O. serice’pennis in many minor points, but not at all

like O. schauffelbergert.

Oligographa mosambiquensis, sp.n.

Fore wing various shades of brown, not grey as in O.

juniperi and also narrower. Darkest at base, with dark lines

along upper and lower edge of cell. A number of dark

streaks on or between the veins. An apical wavy line from

apex for a short distance asin junipert. Discoidal spot large,

white (much larger than in juntpert). Hind wing dark

brown, unicolorous. Abdomen dull brown, with a faint

central line. Wings below pale greyish brown. Underside

of abdomen whitish.

flab. 8... Africa, Delagoa Bay.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Marumba trata, sp. n.

Fore wing with the ground-colour violet-pink. The small

basal area dark brown. Across the centre of cell is a bunch

of four transverse lines the outer two of which are greatly

curved and parallel. Small discoidal spot black. Beyond

306 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

the cell isa group of three transverse lines very close together,

followed at a short distance by a very wavy line. Beyond

this is a parallel wavy line that ends near tornus in a Jarge

chocolate-coloured spot ; below this still nearer to tornus is a

squarish similarly coloured spot. Hind wing pink, brownish

towards outer margin. At tornus a double chocolate-coloured

spot. Cilia white, brown only at the veins.

Underside of fore wing pink in basal half. - Beyond cell a

pair of indistinct transverse lines, followed later by adark heavy

line, and beyond is a complete but thin line from costa to inner

margin. Brick-red elongate patches on veins 6 and 7 at

margin. Smaller red marks on veins 4 and 5 and at tornus

a large conspicuous red area sharply cut off by the subter-

minal line. Hind wing below violet-pink. A double dark

line from costa recurving beyond middle to tornus. A very

indistinct intermediate line between this and the next'single

heavy line. A further subterminal line enclosing a dark

pinkish-grey marginal area, and a large red area at tornus.

Al] the lines end at tornus and are not parallel to one another

as in J. complacens.

Hab. Tibet.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Xylophanes sublevis, sp. n.

Fore wing dull vinaceous reddish. An indistinct diagonal

reddish line from apex to near the middle of inner margin,

and a large reddish area between veins 4 and 6 just beyond

the end of the cells Hind wing black, a pale greyish area in

centre of costal area and a large pale area near anal angle.

A narrow pale marginal band irrorated with black from apex

merging in the large pale area near anal angle. ‘Thorax and

abdomen pale reddish, the former with white stripes at the

sides from behind the eyes to end of patagia. Second segment

of abdomen with square black spots at sides. Underside of

fore wing in the basal half black; costa reddish. Inner

margin pale fawn-colour. Discoidal spot large, conspicuous,

pale. Marginal half of wing pale reddish, with an indication

of diagonal line from apex. Underside of hind wing uni-

colorous pale reddish.

Hab. “ Brazil” ; no more precise locality.

Ex Coll. Smith, 1844-5,

new Species and Forms of Sphingide. 307

LTippotion rubribrenna, sp. n.

Fore wing reddish brown, paler than in H. brennus. A

broad dark chestnut-brown transverse line from costa to inner

margin, greatly elbowed at vein 5, where a similarly coloured

discoidal blotch is extended outwards uniting with the trans-

verse line. ‘Three more or less broken paler lines at equal

distances across the cell-area. Beyond the heavy transverse

line is a paler line, followed by another dark line which is

considerably sinuous in its lower half. Between these lines

the ground-colour is pinkish. A large dark apical shade

merging with the last dark transverse line. Subterminal line

composed of small crescents. Hind wing bright brick-red

(of a different shade to brennus) with a blackish marginal

band which is broadest at apex. Sometimes at tornus of fore

wing there isa patch of colouring of the same colour as the

hind wing. Thorax very dark chestnut-brown with white

margins and a white mesial patch just behind the head. Fore

wing below bright brick-red with a broad pale purplish

marginal band, much the broadest at vein 5, where it is

extended inwards as a streak as far as the lower discocellular.

A well-marked transverse line beyond the cell and a second

line at a distance of about 3 mm., parallel, but becoming very

faint at inner margin. Between these two lines is a frag-

mentary line nearer the second. Hind wing below similar

to fore wing, but with two complete transverse curved lines

and the marginal area not extended inwards as in fore wing.

Hab. Dutch New Guinea, Central Arfak Mts., 3500 ft.,

Nov. 1908 to Jan. 1909.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Genitalia not markedly different from HH. brennus, but

decidedly smaller. The one preparation made was damaged

in the mounting, but the clasp appeared to be the same.

Cechenena sumatrensis, sp.

Fore wing dull greyish brown, with an oblique black

transverse line heyond the cell. A second line parallel from

tip to inner margin, and two further less distinct lines ending

in apex but radiating out towards tornus. A black mark at

base. Beneath, black in basal half; reddish irrorated with

small black spots in the distal area. Outer margin greyish

brown terminated by an oblique blackish line as far as vein 4,

where it is set back and continued thence to tornus. Hind

wing above black, paler at the margins and with a yellow

308 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

patch becoming pointed distally at anal angle. Below pale

reddish finely irrorated with small black specks. Abdomen

beneath pale fawn-colour.

Hab. Sumatra, Langkat.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Polyptychus olivolinea, sp. n.

Fore wing various shades of olive-brown. A broad dark

olive-coloured transverse band narrowest at centre across

discoidal ceil, preceded basally by two parallel thin elbowed

lines. A dark trapezoidal-shaped olive shade in centre of

inner margin extending up as far as vein 4. Outer marginal

area pale greyish olive, bounded between veins 4 and 6 by a

dark olive, short, curved line. Dark points on veins 2, 3,

and 4 near margin. Apex dark yellowish olive. Below,

blackish grey, not greenish except just before pale grey

margin and at apex. Pale marginal band from tornus to

vein 4, thence it curves away from margin to vein 6, returning

again to margin below apex. Hind wing blackish brown,

with a dark mark at anal angle and dark marks on cilia at

veins 2,3. Underside yellowish olive, the base greyish olive.

First line curved passing across end of cell. Second line

very indistinct. Third line very much elbowed at veins 4-6,

returning close to line 1. Lines 4 and 5 close together and

parallel, both marked on the veins with short black lines.

Anal angle blackish.

Nearest to P. pygarga.

Hab. Cameroons, Bitje, Ja River, 2000 ft., Oct.—Nov.

1913, wet season.

Type in Coll. Joicey. 1 9.

Oxyambulyx cyclasticta, sp. n.

Fore wing reddish-ochre. A small dark spot at base; a

squarish olive-coloured spot on costa, and below it beyond

the cell is a large circular olive spot with a pale ring; a pair

of elbowed transverse lines slightly wider apart at costa than

at inner margin, the first passing through the cell and almost

touching the discocellular, the second well beyond the cell.

Between veins 2, 3 close to the outer transverse line is a dull-

coloured rather inconspicuous round spot. A dark marginal

shade ending at apex and before tornus ina point. Between

this shade and outer transverse line ground-colour darker,

new Species and Forms of Sphingide. 309

with faint indications of two crenulated transverse lines and

a rudimentary third line before apex. Hind wing ochreous,

with a straight oblique line just beyond cell and a greatly

curved and indented line between this and the outer margin.

Outer margin crenulated, with white cilia between the veins.

Thorax reddish ochreous with dark reddish-olive sides.

Fore wing below with dark spot between veins 2, 3 con-

spicuous, ground-colour reddish fawn. Outer area, especially

in apical portion, heavily marked with reddish freckling.

Hind wing below reddish ochreous, with first line well

defined, second curved line merged in-the general reddish

freckling towards costa.

ffab. Burmah.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Oxyambulyx citrona, sp. n.

Nearest to O. sericeipennis, and differs in the male clasp by

having a short terminal hook in place of a long finger-like

hook. Upper edge toothed as in sericeipennis, but finer and

no high projection before the terminal hook. The whole

clasp broader. The species stands between O. sericetpennis

and O, schauffelbergeri.

eae

Fore wing paler than O. sericeipennis or O. schauffelbergert,

and with a small spot at base and a similar spot only very

slightly larger at a short distance from base. Ground-colour

of wing pale fawn, with distal third darker. A wavy line

across the cell and sometimes duplicated. Discoidal dot

rather distinct. Four short black lines at tornus. Abdomen

unicolorous pale fawn, with a faint middle line. Hind wing

pale yellow, with oblique dark line across end of cell. A

dark marginal band and a wavy irrorated indistinct’ inner

line. A rather conspicuous black patch just before apex.

flab. N. India, Sabatoo.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Sete AE Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis.

XXXV.—WNotes on Agoutis, with Descriptions of new Forms.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In his list of duplicates for sale* Lichtenstein described, in

1823, an agouti as follows :—“ Dasyprocta Azare n. Acouti

Azar. Differt a Cav. Aguti Auct. potissimum tergo concolore,

pllis bast albis vestito.. HE provincia San. Paulo Brasil. ....

E, (i. e. spectmen eximium) Thir. 7.”

He here describes a specimen with a definite locality-—S4o

Paulo,—and it is clear that the name must be applied to the

species of that locality, with his specimen as type, whether

the “ Acouti” of Azara is or is not of the same species.

In 1841, however, Lund fT, finding that the Lagoa Santa

agouti was larger than the Paraguayan, with a longer tail,

described the former as new under the name of D. caudata,

and applied the name D. azare to the latter.

This allocation of names has been followed by Waterhouse

and other authors to the present time, though the distinction

of the two forms has not been generally recognized.

Now, however, I find that the two species are undoubtedly

distinct, and since the name JD. azare must certainly be

applied to the Sio Paulo animal, with D. caudata as a

synonym, the Paraguayan one is left without a name.

It may be called

Dasyprocta felicia, sp. n.

Size decidedly less than in D. azare.. Colour on the whole

as in that animal, but the yellow of the fore-back and flanks

is paler and greyer, so that there is less contrast between

these parts and the greyish rump. Under surface with a

distinct mesial line of yellow or white running from chest to

inguinal region. Tail shorter than in azarae, little more than

4 inch in length.

Skull conspicuously smaller than that of D. azare.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—

Head and body 490 mm.; tail 15; hind foot 100;

ear 84.

Skull: greatest length 102 ; condylo-incisive length 86:4 ;

* Verz. Doubl. p. 3 (1828).

+ K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. viii. p, 287 (1841).

Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis. 311

zygomatic breadth 48°5; nasals 35:6; interorbital breadth

29: “A; palatilar length 40; upper tooth-series 17°7.

Hab. Paraguay. Type from near Concepcion.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 98. 7.3.7. Collected by

Mr. T. Insley. Presented by Oldfield Thomas, Five speci-

mens examined.

The specific term is suggested by Don Felix d’Azara’s

Christian name,

Cope’s D. aurea from Chapada, Matto Grosso, stated by

Allen to be founded on an albino, is, as dierad by some

specimens from that place in the British Museum, barely

distinguishable subspecifically from D. azare.

The British Museum has possessed for many years an

undetermined agouti from Santa Catherina—a locality further

south than any place from which a Dasyprocta has been

recorded. This specimen appears to represent a new sub-

species of its nearest geographical neighbour D. azare, and

may be called

Dasyprocta azare catrine, subsp. n.

General colour paler and greyer than in true acare of Sio

Paulo, the fore-back and sides scarcely tinged at all with

yellow ; the rump also yellowish, not hoary grey as is

usual in azare. But the most marked character is that

the long hairs of the rump, instead of being ringed with

brown and whitish to the base, are straw-yellow for the

greater part of their length, an inconspicuous brown ring

quite close to the base and one or two others near the tip

alone interrupting the yellowish colour, which is unbroken

for some 40-70 mm. on the longer hairs. Under surface

grizzled greyish laterally, yellowish white mesially. Feet

grizzled black and yellow, darker terminally, as in azare.

Skull of type, immature (p* just changing): greatest

length 102 mm.; condylo-incisive length 87; upper tooth-

row 18°8.

Hab. Santa Catherina, 8. Brazil.

Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 46.6.1.29. Purchased

of Parzudaki.

The nearest locality to Santa Catherina from which we

have D. azare is Roca Nova, Parana, where M. Robert

collected a series. His specimens, however,show no approach

to the peculiar coloration of D. a. catrine.

512 Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis.

Dasyprocta variegata bolivie, subsp. n.

Most nearly allied to D. v. yungarum, but conspicuously

lighter in colour. General colour of fore-back, when seen

from a distance, near “ buckthorn-brown” of Ridgway, the

hairs ringed with black and ochraceous. Long hairs of rump

black, with narrow ochraceous tips, which soon wear off,

leaving the hairs wholly black. Middle line of under surface

vivid ochraceous, not so sharply defined laterally as in

yungarum. Upper surface of hands and feet like body,

grizzled ochraceous and black, not wholly black as in other

members of the vartegata group.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot 104 mm.

Skull: zygomatic breadth 53; nasals 41:3; palatilar

length 43 ; upper tooth-series 19:5.

Hab. Southern Bolivia. Type from Yacuiba, on the Argen-

tine boundary south of Caiza. Other specimens from Santa

Cruz de la Sierra and its neighbourhood.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 7. 8. 2.22. Original num-

ber 26. Collected 15th August, 1905, by J. Steinbach.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

The agoutis from Southern Bolivia are readily distinguish-

able by their generally light colour and their grizzled ochra-

ceous feet, all those from Peru and north-westwards having

black feet.

Among the specimens I refer to this form are some at least

of those from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, collected by Bridges

and determined by Waterhouse as D. azarae. One of them

is quite like the Yacuiba specimen, while another has less

black hairs on the rump. But owing to the histories and

individual localities of Bridges’s specimens not having been

preserved, it is difficult to know quite what this variation

means,

One specimen also from Charuplaya, Bolivia, collected by

P. O. Simons, has the general colour and light feet of this

form, while another from the same place is closely similar to

true yungarum, so that that would appear to be about the

region where the two forms pass into one another.

Allen’s D. v. urucuma* from Corumba, Matto Grosso,

further to the east, appears to be darker and has the “ hind

feet deep black ” as in ordinary D. variegata.

* Bull. Am. Mus. xxxiy. p. 634 (1915).

Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis. 313

Nearly seventy years ago an agouti was collected on

Gorgona Island, off the west coast of Colombia, by Capt.

Kellett and Lieut. Wood, during the cruise of H. M.S. § es

dora,’ The specimen was registered as “* Dasyprocta aguti,”

and, being immature and not in good condition, has not

hitherto been re~examined.

Now, however, on comparison with skulls of similar age

of the allied species I find that it is se mueh smaller as to

deserve specific distinction.

Dasyprocta pandora, sp. n.

General colour-characters of D. variegata, but size much

smaller.

Fore-back and sides grizzled yellow and black, the yellow

more prominent on the middle back; lengthened rump-hairs

black, with yellowish tips. Feet black, with a few fine

yellow hairs intermixed.

Dimensions of the type:—

Hind foot (dry) 90 mm.

Skull: greatest length 89; zygomatic breadth 42:5;

nasals 31 ; palatilar length 33:5; combined length of mp’,

m*, and m? 13:2 ; mp*, length 4°9, breadth 4.

Hab. Island of Gorgona.

Type. Immature male. B.M.no. 50.1. 26.29. Collected

and presented by Capt. Kellett and Lieut. Wood, of H.M.S.

* Pandora.’

No doubt this is a diminished insular representative of

D. variegata. Its reduetion in size is shown by the fact that

skulls of that animal of about the same age are upwards of

105 mm. in length, while the three teeth above measured

may together be 15 mm. in length, mp* being 5°6 x 4°3, and

the other teeth also conspicuously more bulky.

That this animal is a genuine native of Gorgona, about

which I had always had a doubt, has been proved by

Mr. Bangs, who, in 1908, included a specimen of it in his

list of the mammals of the island*. His specimen was also

young-——too young for certain determination,—and he only

provisionally referred it to D. variegata.

The other two land-mammals obtained by him— Cedus

curtus and Proechimys gorgone—were both described as new.

* Bull. Mus, Harvard, xlvi. p. 89.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 21

314 On a new Heliophobius.

XXXVI.—A new Heliophobius from North-eastern

Rhodesia. By Oupristp Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A RE-EXAMINATION of the mole-rats obtained in the

Loangwa Valley and Angoni-land by Mr. 8. A. Neave,

and referred to Heliophobius argenteo-cinereus by Mr.

Wroughton, convinces me that the species should be dis-

tinguished from the Nyasa form. It may be called

Heliophobius angonicus, sp. n.

Colour and length of fur about as in the Nyasa species.

A small white frontal spot present in two specimens out of

four.

Skull distinguished from that of argenteo-cinereus by its

much greater frontal breadth, and the greater development

of the postorbital processes, the orbital concavity in front

of them being consequently much more marked. Upper

profile about as in argenteo-cinereus, though the occipital

plane is more slanted forwards; a distinct vertical ridge

developed in the middle line in all three adult specimens—

not present in any of our considerable series of the allied

species. Structure of posterior palate as in argenteo-

cinereus, not as in spalaz.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 154 mm.; tail 16; hind foot 30.

Skull: cendylo-basal length 40°5 ; condyles to tip of

incisors 44°2; zygomatic breadth 32; nasals, length 13,

breadth anteriorly 3°3, at posterior third 5:2; interorbital

breadth 9°4; tip to tip of postorbital processes 12°4; inter-

temporal breadth 9:4; least breadth above meatus 18;

mastoid breadth 21:3; palatilar length 23; upper tooth-

series (alveoli) 8°2.

Hab. East Loangwa Valley and Angoni-land. Type from

the Bua River, Central Augoni-land. Alt. 8500 ft. Other

specimens from Petauke 2400 ft., the Mala Country 2600 ft.

(Neave), and West Nyasa at 12° 8., 84° KE. (Lloyd).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10.9.21.10. Original

number 211. .Collected 31 May, 1910, by S. A. Neave.

Presented by the Entomological Research Committee.

On the Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago. 315

This species is chiefly distinguished from H. argenteo-

cinereus by the greater development of the postorbital pro-

jections, the greatest breadth across these in a full-grown

specimen of that species being only 9°6, with interorbital

breadth 9, as compared with the 12:4, 9°4 of angonicus,

these measurements being approximately constant through-

out the series of both forms. The little vertical ridge on

the occipital plane is present in all three adult specimens

of angonicus, and in none of the eight available examples

of argenteo-cinereus.

Of other species, robustus of Mpika is much larger,

marungensis, Noack, of Marungu, is separated geographically

by the locality of robustus, and has its frontal profile more

as in the Hast African pallidus.

XXXVII.—The Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago.

By Oxuprietp Tomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue National Museum owes to Major T. S. Blackwell,

R.A.M.C., now serving his country in the Island of Lemnos,

a series of six skulls, three male and three female, of

the mole-rat (Spalax) of that island, obtained at Mudros

West, where these “ moles” are said to be very numerous.

Besides these excellent skulls, the Museum also contains a

skin and imperfect skull] sent in 1916 from Mudros East by

Capt. H. M. Warrand, to whom we owe our first knowledge

of the occurrence of Spalax in the island.

Oy reference to Mehely’s elaborate Monograph of the

genus, the Lemnos Spalax would appear to be referable to

the widely distributed Spalax (Mesospalax) monticola, but

cannot be identified with any one of the eleven subspecies

of that animal which he recognizes, and forms a special race,

which may be called

Spalax monticola insularis, subsp. n.

Incisors generally white in front. Molars with coalesced

roots, about as in S. m. anatolicus. Nasals reaching about

as far back as the premaxillary processes, their junction

with the frontals unusually complicated.

21%

316 On the Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago.

Size about as in S.m. hellenicus, larger than in anato-

licus.

Compared with anatolicus, the skull is of about the same

general shape, though distinctly larger. Muzzle and nasals

of similar outlines, but the posterior boundary of the pre-

maxillary processes and.of the nasals quite unusually com-

plicated, the interdigitation with the frontals carried to an

extreme, so that it is impossible exactly to define the limits

of each bone—hut the middle of the junction is about

opposite the hinder edge of the anteorbital foramina. This

complication of the sutures is quite unequaled in other

members of the genus, and is to a lesser extent repeated

along the premaxillo-maxillary suture, the close-set inter-

digitations often nearly equal in length to the palatal fora-

mina. The course of the two sutures (naso-frontal and

premaxillo-frontal) not directly transverse as in dolbrugee,

but bending backwards in the centre, as in e@natolicus, with

a large naso-basal process on each side. Profile-line from

lambda to tip of nasals bowed, about as in doldrugee, not so

straight as in anatolicus.

Incisors averaging far lighter coloured than in other

forms, those of the lower jaw always dead white, and in

the majority of the specimens those of the upper jaw also

white, one only out of the seven distinctly yellow (though

still pale yellow) and two more with a faint yellowish tinge.

In other forms it is rare to find specimens with the upper

pair not distinctly yellow. No doubt this is an unsatis-

factory character owing to its variability, and Mehely has

not used it at all, but the average difference between the

Lemnos and other forms is so decided as to make it worthy

of mention.

Molars with their roots coalesced, about as in anatelicus,

and therein different from those of hellenicus, of which it is

said “fan m' und m? alle drei Wurzeln frei; die Alveolen

dieser Ziihne dreiwabig.”

Dimensions of male and female skulls, both old, the first

the type :—

Greatest (condylo-nasal) length 51, 48°2 mm.; condylo-

incisive length 47°5, 45; zygomatic breadth 38, 34 ; height

17°8, 16°4; nasals, length 22, 20°5 ; tip of nasals to lambda

40°5, 38°2 ; distance between anteorbital foramina 8:4, 8 ;

henselion to back of palatal foramina 11°5, 10°6 ; back of

palatal foramina to palation 15, 14°3 ; upper molar series

(crowns) 7°8, 7°1 ; (alveoli) 8-2, 8:1,

On a new Species of Shrew from Coret. 317

fTab. Island of Lemnos. Type from Mudros West.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 17. 8. 15.3. Original

number 6. Collected 6 April, 1917, and presented by

Major T. S. Blackwell, R.A.M.C.

This island mole-rat differs from S. m. hellenicus, of the

Grecian mainland, by the coalesced roots of the molars,

from S. m. anatolicus, of Smyrna, of which we have a certain

number presented by Mr. Griffith Blackler, by its larger

size and the greater complication of the sutures along the

front edge of the frontals, and from both by its incisors

being nearly constantly white instead of yellow.

I may note here that the young Spalax from Stylis,

Phthiotis, Greece, mentioned by Miller under S. grecus,

proves, on examination of its molar roots, to be referable to

S. monticola hellenicus.

XXXVIII.— On a new Species of Shrew from Corea.

By ARTHUR DE CARLE SOWERBY, F.Z.58., F.R.G.S.

In the summer of 1913, while camped on the Upper Sungari

in Central Manchuria, I secured specimens of shrews that

have been referred by Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., of the U.S.

National Museum, to Dobson’s Croctdura lasiura from the

Ussuri.

Later, in 1915, while on the Lower Sungari, near its

junction with the Amur, I secured another specimen which

has also been referred to that species. °

The measurements in the flesh of these specimens are as

follows :—

Head and body, Tail: Hind foot.

mm. mm. mm.

Cheated wires « 104 48 16°5

UP IOE iP TG 88 41 16

Giele.oneveh valet 86 44 16

Gorda is 2 85 44 16°5

Fy jon ted oe 80 42 15:9

In 1905 Mr. Malcolm P. Anderson secured a large series

of shrews in Corea, which Mr. Oldfield Thomas referred to

318 On a new Species of Shrew from Corea.

Crocidura lastura (P. Z. 8. 1906, p. 860), of four specimens

of which he gives the following measurements :—

“ Four adult specimens from Min-gyong measure :

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

mm. mm. mm,

RUINS Secs 83 40 15

BS Pal Ontie A 79 40 15

Oey De 76 38 14

Odd Oe sid 73 35 135

In comparing these two sets of measurements it will at

once be seen that there is a very considerable difference in

the sizes of the Corean and Manchurian shrews, and, since

my specimens undoubtedly belong to Dobson’s Crocidura

lasiura, it would seem that Mr. Anderson’s Corean specimens

represent an unnamed species. After corresponding ‘with

Mr. Thomas on the subject, and finding that he agrees with

me in the matter, I have decided to separate the ean form,

and since Mr. Thomas has done so much in working out the

mammals of Hastern Asia, particularly in the Insectivores, I

would propose to name this species in his honour

Crocidura thomast, sp. n.

This shrew may be described as closely resembling C.

lasitura in colour and general appearance, but , differing

markedly in point of size, being very much smaller.

The only tully adult specimen of C. lasiura taken by me

in Manchuria has a head and body measurement of 104 mm.,

tail 48, hind foot 16°5, as compared with 83 mm., 40, and 15

in the largest of the Corean specimens.

Proportionately, also, the tail in C. thomas? is shorter than

in C. lasiura.

Colour. My. Thomas says the Corean specimens agree fairly

well with Dobson’s déscription, so we may presume that the

colour is about the same, though I have not been able to

ccmpare specimens. C. lasiura ‘is of a very dark blackish

slate, only very slightly lighter on the under surface *,

Dimensions of type (measured i in the flesh) :—

Head and body 83 mm. ; tail 40; hind foot 15; ear 9°5.

* [C. thomas? is paler than the above would suggest, the type scarcely

darker and greyer above than Ridgway’s “drab,” neutral grey below.—

0.97]

On the Homoptera of Indo-China. 319

Skull: extreme length from condylion to front face of

incisors 22°8 ; basal leneth 20°2; greatest posterior breadth

10; interorbital breadth 4° 6.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6.12.6.16. Original

number 659. Collected at tian, 110 miles 8... of

Seoul, Corea, 25 November, 1905, by Malcolm P.

Anderson, Presented by the Duke of Bedford, KG.

It is to be noted that Dobson stated his type to be an

immature female, which accounts for the comparatively small

dimensions he gives.

XXXIX.—The Homoptera of Indo-China.

By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Cicadide.

In a previous paper on this subject (ante, (8) xix. p. 100),

I gave a rough list of fifty-five species belonging to this

family alone. Since then a further collection from

Mon. R. Vitalis de Salvaza has arrived at the British

Museum. Those to be added to the previous list are as

follows, including ten species here described for the first

time :—

Tosena splendidula, Dist. Platylomia diana, Dist.

Cryptotympana mimica, Dist. saturata, Walk.

vitalis?, Dist. Meimuna tripurasura, Dist.

Dundubia longina, Dist. Terpnosia majuscula, Dist.

Cosmopsaltria divergens, Dist. Geana laosensis, Dist.

Haphsa conformis, Dist. vestita, Dist. var.

fratercula, Dist. Mogannia funebris, Walk.

opercularis, Dist. Huechyys aurantiaca, Dist.

crassa, Dist. Scieroptera delineata, Dist.

These 18 species + 55 previously recorded — 1 suppressed

in this contribution bring the total to 72 species of Cicadide

now known from Indo-China.

Cryptotympana mimica, sp. 0.

3.In colour and markings very closely resembling

C. pustulata, Fabr., but the abdomen beneath being ochra-

ceous with a broad central longitudinal black fascia ;

opercula black, their outer and apical margins narrowly

320 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

ochraceous. In structure, however, the male strongly

differs in the length and shape of the opercula. In

C. pustulata the opercula are not half the length of the

abdomen and their inner margins strongly oblique to apices ;

in the species here deseribed the opercula are considerably

longer than half the abdominal length, their inner margins

concave, their outer margins a little sinuate and their

apices subacute, in C. pustulata the apices are obtusely

rounded.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢,4} mm. ; exp. tegm. 113 mm.

Hab. Laos; Vietri (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Cryptotympana vitalisi, sp. n.

3. Body and legs black; ocelli and transverse fringe of

hairs before them, two macular patches of hairs on each

lateral area of pronotum, pilose spots to metanotum (two

on anterior margin, two on each lateral margin, and two in

front and one at each lateral margin of cruciform elevation)

ochraceous ; small spots at lateral abdominal segmental

margins and a larger spot on each side of anal segment

ochraceous ; lateral and apical areas of face reddish ochra-

ceous ; lateral margins of opercula ochraceous; tegmina

black to near middle and more or less illuminated with dull

ochraceous, remaining costal and the apical areas pale

fuliginous, the lower three ulnar areas more or less pale

hyaline; wings black illuminated with dull ochraceous for

more than basal half, remaining area pale hyaline; face

globose, deeply centrally sulcate on disk and strongly

transversely striate ; opercula with their apical halves

broadly angulate, slightly inwardly overlapping on basal

areas, their apices reaching to about the third abdominal

segment at its lateral areas ; pronotum with the fissures

prominent, its posterior marginal area strongly transversely

striate.

Long., excl. tegm.,g.,48 mm.; exp. tegm. 128 mm.

Hab. Laos; Vietri; Cochin China; Cap Saint Jacques

(R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to C. aqguila, Walk.

Dundubia longina, sp. n.

gd. Head and pronotum pale brownish ochraceous; a

spot at apex and a suffusion at base of front, a central

Homoptera of Indo-China. 321

longitudinal fascia and posterior and lateral areas of pro-

notum olivaceous, the extreme posterior and lateral margins

narrowly black; abdomen above olivaceous, somewhat

thickly greyishly pilose; body beneath and legs paler

olivaceous or ochraceous, apices of anterior femora, the

anterior tibiz and tarsi, longitudinal streaks to intermediate

femora and tibiz, and the whole of the intermediate tarsi

black ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation olivaceous

or ochraceous ; opercula long, slightly passing the last

abdominal segment but not reaching the apex of the anal

segment, concavely sinuate on each side of basal half and then

moderately broadened and convex on each side, the apices

rounded ; face strongly transversely striate, moderately

broadly centrally sulcate ; posterior pronotal area thickly,

transversely striate; mesonotum with two central, faintly

marginally indicated obconical spots; abdomen robust,

broadly convex, about as long as space between apex of head

and base of cruciform elevation.

Long., excl. tegm., 42 mm.; exp. tegm. 120 mm,

Hab. Tonkin (&. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to D. mannifera, Linn., but a more robust species,

with the opercula longer, slightly passing the last abdominal

segment; thickly pilose abdomen etc.

Cosmopsaltria divergens, sp. nu.

3. Head above ochraceous, front with a large black spot

on each lateral area, vertex with an irregular transverse

fascia and the margin of the ocelli and a streak behind

inner margin of each eye black ; pronotum ochraceous, its

posterior and lateral areas paler, the fissures and two central

Jongitudinal angulated fasciz which are angularly united

posteriorly, black ; mesonotum ochraceous, a broad elongate

fascia on each lateral area, two central obconical spots

divided by a long lanceolate spot and a spot at each anterior

angle of the cruciform elevation black; abdomen casta-

neous, the narrow segmental fissures black; body beneath

ochraceous, face with the lateral striations and a central

fascia on posterior half, costal spots, streaks to femora,

anterior tibize and tarsi, bases and apices of intermediate

and posterior tibiz, margins of opercula, and abdomen

beneath, more or less black ; tegmina and wings hyaline,

venation ochraceous, tegmina with the upper margin of

basal cell and basal half of inner claval margin, and wings

322 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

with the veins to upper ulnar areas and to claval area

black ; tegmina with the transverse veins at bases of second

and third ulnar areas infuscated.

Opercula in ¢ reaching the penultimate abdominal seg-

ment, their inner margins convex and distinctly overlapping,

their apical margins somewhat roundly oblique, their lateral

margins concave near base ; face broad and tumid, centrally

sulcate on posterior half, the lateral striations coarse and

profound.

Long., excl. tegm., 3,34 mm.; exp. tegm. 100 mm.

Hab. Laos; Luang Piahang (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Above resembling the Indian species C. dwarum, Walk.,

but differing from all other species of the genus with which

I am acquainted by the peculiar structure of the opercula.

Haphsa conformis, sp. n.

3. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum olivaceous green ;

front of head with an angulated central spot ; vertex with

the area of the ocelli and an angulated fascia before each

eye black; pronotum with two central anteriorly and

posteriorly angulated fascie, the fissures, the anterior and

posterior edges of the posterior and lateral marginal areas,

and two spots on the latter black; mesonotum with a

central longitudinal fascia which is angulated on each side

before base, and on each side of this fascia a shorter ob-

conical spot, followed by a broad sublateral fascia, excavate

and broken near anterior margin, the anterior angles of the

basal cruciform elevation and a spot in front of same black ;

abdomen above ochraceous, the central and apical areas

more or less black ; face and clypeus black, striations and

a central longitudinal fascia (broken centrally), base and a

central fascia to clypeus ochraceous; sternum, legs, and

opercula more or less ochraceous, apices of tibiz and the

tarsi black ; abdomen beneath bright ochraceous; tegmina

and wings hyaline, the venation either black or castaneous,

costal membrane black, olivaceous green on its basal area,

transverse veins at bases of second and third terminal apical

areas darkly infuscated ; opercula broad, their inner mar-

gins straightly adjacent but not meeting for about one-third

from base, thence obliquely rounded to apices which are

subangularly, obtusely rounded and reach the penultimate

abdominal segment ; face strongly convex ; abdomen about

Homoptera of Indo-China. 323

as long as space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation.

Long., excl. tegm., 3,28 mm.; exp. tegm. 94 mm.

Hab. Tonkin (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Haphsa fratercula, sp. n.

3. Body above pale castaneous brown ; a central angu-

lated spot to front, area of ocelli and a lateral curved fascia

on each side of vertex ; two central angulated lines and the

fissures to pronotum, central longitudinal fascize to meso-

notum, and basal areas of the abdominal segments black,

lateral areas of the pronotum ochraceous; body beneath

and legs more or less ochraceous; face with a central black

fascia angularly extended on anterior and posterior areas,

lateral areas of clypeus, apices of anterior femora, apical

areas of tibie, tarsi, and apex of rostrum black; opercula

ochraceous, conically narrowed to apices which reach the

anterior margins of the fourth abdominal segment, their

inner basal margins contiguous but not meeting; face

convexly tumid ; abdomen as long as space between the

apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ; tegmina and

wings hyaline, venation mostly black, tegmina with the basal

half of costal area castaneous, the transverse veins at the

apices of the second and third apical areas infuscated.

Long., excl. tegm., 24 mm.; exp. tegm. 82 mm.

Hab, Xieng Klouang (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to H. nicomache, Walk., found in British India.

Haphsa opercularis, sp. 0.

gd. Generally allied in colour and markings to the

preceding species, H. fratercula, but a larger species with

a different structure of the opercula, which reach the fifth

abdominal segment, are obliquely and angularly divergent

from base to apex which is obtusely angulate.

Long., excl. tegm., 3,30 mm. ; exp. tegm. 105 mm.

Hab. Xieng Klouang (Rf. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Terpnosia majuscula, sp. n.

3. Head, pronotum, and scutellum pale castaneous ; face,

eyes, a central discal fascia to pronotum (centrally com-

pressed), two large central obconical spots to mesonotum

324 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

and a larger spot on each lateral area (sometimes practically

absent), and a rounded spot near each anterior angle of the

basal cruciform elevation black ; abdomen above pale casta-

neous with black shadings on basal and apical areas, beneath

pale shining ochraceous, the apical area pale castaneous;

sternum, opercula, and legs testaceous brown; tegmina and

wings hyaline; the first with the costal area, venation, basal

cell, suffusions to basal margins of first and second ulnar

areas, broader suffusions to the apical margins of all the

ulnar areas, and prominent spots to the apices of all the

veins to apical areas testaceous brown; wings with broad

suffusions at the apices of the upper ulnar areas, and narrow

outer margin testaceous brown; face prominently trans-

versely ridged on lateral areas; rostrum passing posterior

coxze, its apex black ; opercula transverse, not extending

beyond base of abdomen, outer margins convex; body

above and beneath more or less sparingly ochraceously

pilose.

Long., excl. tegm., 9, 37-42 mm.; exp. tegm. 100-

105 mm.

Hab. Laos; Chapa (A. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to 7. psecas, Walk., but a larger species, the oper-

cula broader and more transverse, the wings with discal

suffusions and margins testaceous brown.

Terpnosia mesonotalis.

Terpnosia mesonotalis, Dist. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (8) xix. p. 102

(1917).

Caleagninus salvazanus, Dist. 1. c. p. 108.

The specimen I included in the genus Calcaginus (supra)

was apparently tuberculous on the abdomen beneath; from

a further and lengthy series this character is not to be

maintained, and the species must be suppressed and placed

as a synonym of Terpnosia mesonotalis.

Geana laosensis, sp. ni.

?. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black ; a large spot

on each lateral area of the pronotum, the abdomen, and legs

more or less bronzy brown ; two basal spots to head (one

* near each eye), a transverse series of four spots to meso-

notum and two central spots at base of same, a spot on each

side of face near eyes, coxal margins, and a double series of

submarginal abdominal segmental spots ochraceous ; teg-

mina pale tawny brown, a central transverse series of four

omoptera ndo-China. 25

Homoptera of Indo-Ci 32

spots (the uppermost in radial area) and the apical one

dark tawny brown, on the apical area about nine small

greyish-white spots (six submarginal, the other three near

the anterior confines of the dark apical area) ; wings pale

blackish with greyish-white streaks at base and five small

spots of the same hue near apical margin.

Structural characters reserved till g specimen received.

Long., excl. tegm., 2,27 mm. ; exp. tegm. 82 mm.

Hab. Laos; Tathom (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to the British Indian species G. stellata, Walk.

Geana vestita, var.

Geana vestita, Dist. Entomologist, xxxviii. p. 121, fig. (1995).

?. Differing from the typical form of g in having the

transverse subcentral pale fascia broken up into three spots,

and ‘with no pale spot in the penultimate ulnar area.

Hab. Laos; Tathom (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Scieroptera delineata, sp. n.

2. Head black; pronotum dark castaneous, lateral and

posterior margins and a central “ hourglass’’-shaped fascia

dark ochraceous; mesonotum dark ochraceous, with a

large, fasciate, obconical black spot on each lateral area,

the basal cruciform elevation dark ochraceous; face black,

its lateral areas, sternum, and legs more or less ochraceous ;

anterior femora with more than apical halves black, inter-

mediate and posterior femora more or less apically suffused

with black ; abdomen beneath somewhat fuscous and opaque,

above black ; tegmina shining, talc-like, nearly basal half

brassy brown, remaining area of a paler brassy hue, the

costal membrane and costal area and the veins on about

basal half testaceous brown, remaining venation more or

less black, interior of basal cell and inner tegminal margin

black ; veins on basal half suffused with testaceous brown

and a transverse macular fascia of the same colour delimi-

nating the basal area; wings pale brassy yellow; face

transversely striate, not longitudinally sulcate; anterior

femora with three long robust spines on underside of

anterior areas; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ;

vertex of head at base and between the ocelli distinctly

sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 2,18 mm.; exp. tegm. 50 mm.

Hab, Laos; Chapa (/?. Vitalis de Salvaza).

326 Bibliographical Notice.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Or late years the British Museum of Natural History has displayed

increasing activity in fostering and furthering the study of Economic

Zoology, while no less zeal has been exerted in disseminating the

knowledge accumulated by the researches of the professional zoolo-

gist, especially where this knowledge has a direct bearing on the

health of the community.

This useful work is accomplished partly through the medium of

the exhibition-galleries of the Museum, where these agents for the

dissemination of disease, and sometimes the direct causes thereof,

are displayed side by side with large models, and partly by means

of illustrated guide-books which can be taken away and read at

leisure.

A batch of these publications has just reached us, and they cover

a wide range of subjects. ‘Two are in the form of poster-leaflets—

a new departure on the part of the Museum authorities. The

“Fly Danger” and the “ Mosquito Danger” are the themes chosen

for this venture. Each bears a large figure of the adult insect, and

sets forth, tersely, the diseases spread by their agency, the breeding-

places of the insect, and how to destroy them. They are to be sold

at the price of one halfpenny. We wish it could have been found

possible to distribute them gratis.

In the more familiar pamphlet-form the Trustees have made

available much indispensable information on “The Bed-bug,”

«‘ Species of Arachnida and Myriopoda Injurious to Man,” and the

“ Biology of Water-works,” all written by members of the staff

and generously illustrated. In regard to the bed-bug, two species

are described, and much valuable and useful information in regard

to their life-history and preventive measures is given. But we

venture to think that the section entitled “ How it sucks the blood,”

with the diagrams appertaining thereto, will be found quite unin-

telligible to the public. To describe this process in simple language

is undoubtedly a difficult task, but it should not be insuperable.

The description here offered appears to us to be useless.

The pamphlets on the Arachnida and the Biology of Waterworks

are altogether admirable. A vast amount of information, not

merely in regard to hygiene, but also in relation to the life-histories

of the animals concerned, has been crowded into a surprisingly

small space, and this in such an admirable manner that the interest

aroused will do much to aid in the dissemination of the knowledge

it is the aim of these pamphlets to spread.

Geological Society. 320

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 20th, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Inferior Oolite and Contiguous Deposits of the Crew-

kerne District (Somerset).’ By Linsda]l Richardson, F.R.S.E.,

E.G.S.

In this communication a detailed description is given of the

Inferior Oolite of the Crewkerne District.

Roughly speaking, the Upper Liassic Sands to the south-west

of a line connecting South Petherton, Crewkerne, and South Perrott,

are very similar to their equivalents in the Burton—Bradstock—

Beaminster—Broadwindsor District. To the north-west of that

line, however, limestones—largely made up of shell-débris—

replace a considerable portion of the yellow sands of mooret hemera,

‘thickening’ from about 18 feet at North Perrott (‘ Perrott

Stone’) to 78 feet at Ham Hill (‘Riddings’ and Ham-Hill

Building-Stone).

In the extreme south-western portion of this district, around

say Drimpton, the Aalensis Beds are also probably very similar to

their equivalents in the Burton—Bradstock—Beaminster—Broad-

windsor District, and at Furzy Knaps, near Seavington St. Mary

(4 miles north-west of Crewkerne), what is seen of them is

highly fossiliferous. Hast of Crewkerne, however, these beds

‘attenuate’ and ‘die out’ altogether between North Perrott and

Yeovil Junction.

~The Opaliniforme Beds at Broadwindsor, Whaddon Hill, and

Chideock-Quarry Hill comprise, in descending order,—

(a) Rusty Bed ;

(b) Very fossiliferous sandstone; and

_ The equivalent of (6) is readily recognized at the Cathole Lane

Section, Crewkerne, where it is very rich in ammonites. Above it

are deposits which are with but little doubt equivalent to the Rusty

Bed of more southern localities. Hast of Crewkerne, the Opalinz-

forme Beds—like the Aalensis Beds—‘ attenuate,’ the lower beds

apparently disappearing first. They ‘die out’ between East

Chinnock and Yeovil Junction.

328 Geological Society.

The Scissum Beds are 6 feet 2 inches thick at Broadwindsor,

and very fossiliferous. They retain the characters exhibited at

Broadwindsor in the area south of the L. & S.W. Railway;

but at North Perrott—on the north—what appears to be the

equivalent of their lowest portion is softer and thicker. The

Scissum Beds also fail between East Chinnock and the Junction.

The Scisswm Beds are succeeded by the Ancolioceras Beds—at

the Conegar-Hill Section, Broadwindsor, two strata, each 1 foot

thick. The Ancolioceras Beds extend into the Crewkerne district :

they are well exposed at the Misterton Lime-Works and at other

sections in the neighbourhood, and apparently were proved in the

now filled-up quarry in Haselbury—Plucknett village. Probably the

Ancolioceras Beds persist throughout the Crewkerne district.

- The upper portion of the Murchisone Beds is the main horizon

for Zeilleria anglica (Oppel). In the neighbourhood of Bea-

minster specimens of this brachiopod are very abundant. The true

Zeilleria-anglica Beds are absent from the Conegar-Hill Section,

but occur at Drimpton—in the extreme south of the Crewkerne

district ; and apparently were met with at Haselbury Plucknett—

east of Crewkerne.

Attached here and there to the top of the Murchisone-Anco-

Zioceras Beds is ironshot rock, doubtless of late bradfordensis

date—the date of the Rhynchonella-ringens Beds of the Sher-

borne district. Thicker deposits may be present at Dinnington

and Haselbury Plucknett. Deposits of concavi, discite, and,

in places, of blagdeni hemerz may also be present in the neigh-

bourhood of Dinnington.

There is thus a great hiatus in the Inferior-Oolite Series of the

Crewkerne district, there being—except possibly in the neighbour-

hood of Dinnington—no rock present assignable to any hemera

between those of bradfordensis and garantiane—the latter the

date of the wide-spreading Upper Trigonia Grit of the Cotteswolds.

The rock of garantiane date varies considerably in lithic

characters, thickness, and abundance of organic remains in the

district.

It has not been possible to identify definitely the Zruellei Bed

in the district. The main of the Top Limestones is of schlenbachi

date. The Schlenbachi Beds ‘attenuate’ east of Crewkerne; but

at Haselbury- Mill Quarry, in what the Author regards as their lower

portion, is a very interesting Sponge-Bed, similar in appearance to

that exposed in the Peashill Quarry, Shipton Gorge (Dorset).

This Sponge-Bed is rich in microscopic organisms. The Zigzag

Bed (very similar to its equivalent in the Burton—Bradstock—

Beaminster—Broadwindsor District) has been observed at North

Perrott and. Haselbury-Mill Quarry.

The Seroff (fwsce hemera) was apparently observed by J. F.

Walker in a quarry near Misterton Church. Fullers’ Earth Clay

succeeds the Scroff.

e : Periodicals ‘published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Be ke i the First Day of every Month,—2s. 6d.

THE) *

LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Sc., LL.D., F. R. s,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, OM, M.A, Sc.D., B.R.S ,

JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Sc., E.RS., E.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

| Published the First Day ‘iy of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE

ANNALS AND MIAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY |

including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

Conducted by

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.GS.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Se. D.., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, E.L:S.

Founded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subscription

(* Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 13s.

THE OBSERVATORY,

A MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

Edited by

A. 8. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Se., F.R.S.,

1 ie pe A STRATTON, M.A., and

~H.S. JONES, M.A., B.Sc.

Its Contributors include most of the leading English-speaking Astronomers,

and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical.

thought and achievement.

Published Monthly. Price 1s, 8d. Annual Subser ate.

; _ 16s. post free.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

: BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

Edited by

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.LS.,

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM

"Articles by prominent Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries; Reviews

Botanical News and Notes, &c., &e.

“Red Lion Court, Fleet ‘Street, London.

XXX. Descriptions of New Pi yt ralidee of ihe. Subfamilies "ye 0-

camping, Seopariane, &e. My Sir Groner F. mies Bart., F. y: S.,

ie aaa, ade eer eet ss eg ee ate ig Fate ens rand eee 7 fete cs aiehe 2. ‘A

XXXII. On the Skull of Ditylation pane Owen. | mast

BRANISLAY Prrronrevics. ae X. Is Bead rh RS i: os Resch

| XXXII, Notes on ( oaneel a metopters, 2m, On new =

ete tag og ey ey Rowzanp E, Turner, F 4. 8., F. E. 8.

XXXII. eiodiae aie Records of Bees, —IXXVIL Ko Dy, BSc:

T. D. A. Cogxerutt, University of Colorado ...,. ee ie ie DOB are

XXXIV. New Species and F orms of Spain bys J. J, Jo orcry, M. nd

F.E.S., and W. J. Kays, PEL Fer nc oo als ona ear el em ee 3208. ‘e WA

XXXV,. Notes on Agoutis, with Desoriptions of new Forms. By ; = en

Onprinwd THOMAS .s.esseeees a Sounness weenie eSithe wea Siete ppg = o2 LO

XXXVI. A new Heliophobius from North- eastern Rhodesia. ae :

OxpFrExD Tuomas Nae cages eign ta potror levees eee? Peers g sys OLE

“XXXVI. The Spalaae of the Grecian Achipelng, By Otprrexp 4

THoMAS . see ee eee eee rete es ee eee Py ee ay eer ‘% wees as 315. sa

XXXYVIII. On a new Species of Shrew from Corea, sity AxrHur Ba oe see

vE Carte Sowersy, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S........ Sets Tio ements wees. O17 iow

XXXIX.’ The Homorters of pee By ae ‘L. Distayr .. 319 Bee,

BIBLIOGRAPHIOAL NOTIOB,

Some British Museum Publications ....... EEN IOS GES, eather

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOC:

Geological Society .......-.0u0-. ys Nsw eons yeh a Ae Bee

2% e Iti is requested that all Communications for this W nk may be Pre

‘post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Shas Office,

~ Red Lion Court, F leet Street, London. ~ rie 3

eee Bise TH 2 oe: No. 119.

+. H k 4 NNA LS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GKOLOGY.

Bi ‘BEING A CONTINUATION OF oe *“ ANNALS” COMBINED Wirt : E }

DON ‘AND CHARLESWORTH’ ’s MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

ae FRANCIS, RED TION ‘COUR, PLUET STRERY,

rem

WATKINS & DONCASTER

Raturalists, Ps

Keep in stock every. kind of ‘APPARATUS. eo

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES, Besa

which‘ should be fixed up in ‘Bardens or. ‘shrubberies ee

before the breeding Season, |

ch Large Stock of Buttrfies, Moths, Birds, Ene | ac

“Pull Oatalogue (84 semen! ‘mailed dian to any address,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W. C., ENGLAND.

Price 4d.; Post Fede. 4} ay: Br

“UST OF BRITISH ‘NON-MARINE MoLLusea

BY.

A. S. KENNARD, Fas. and B. B. woopwarD, -

PLS. ste 8s me a

TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, seit

LONDON, E.C. 4. Aidt Rage

| Just Published. = eS ee

Peres Ryd 8vo, Pp iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Tortsiqure.

Price 12s. 6d. ;

A CONTRIBUTION i:

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH NW, ‘NEW ‘GUINEA.

L. S. GIBBS, F.LS., oe

TAYLOR AND Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. | |

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest. stock in the country of Books: ae

1 in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and J ournals Ba

| of Learned Societies, etc., in sets; runs, and single Biss aid or numbers. CR

libraries or small p arcels purchased for cash. Pe atee

SPECIAL CATALOGUES: Botanical, Omipholagioats Ea icnivlegieal Geologie,

‘Microscopical, Gardening, Agricultural, Chemical, ‘etc., gratis on application, —

38 GREAT Joleen: STREET, KINGSWAY, ‘LONDON, ¥. - 2 : =|

Telephone ; Gerrard 1

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 119. NOVEMBER 1917.

XL.—The Classification of existing Felidz.

By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Introduction.

The number of names quoted below in the lists of

suggested synonymy attests the prevalence amongst zoolo-

gists, during the last half century or thereabouts, of the

conviction that the genus Felis of Linnzus was capable of

division into several genera. Severtzow and Gray were the

most prolific proposers of titles of this rank. Severtzow,

‘ however—perhaps wisely,—made no attempt to define his

genera; and the characters embodied in the definitions given

by Gray seemed scarcely important enough to justify his

efforts. Gray began his schismatic work in 1821 and finished

it in 1869, overlapping Severtzow, who published in 1858 ;

but since Gray was ignorant of Severtzow’s paper, or

possibly purposely passed it by because of the omission of

diagnoses, the inevitable result was chaotic confusion in the

generic nomenclature thus independently suggested.

Other authors have given generic titles to isolated species

without attempting a comprehensive revision of the whole

group. The only genus dismembered from Felis which has

met with unanimous acceptance 1s Acinonyx or Cynailurus,

of which jubatus is the type; but the frequency with which

a certain measure of recognition has been specially accorded

to Lynx luminously reflects the general character of the

systematic efforts of authors, because of all the groups of

species into which the cats can be divided Lynz is itself

most nearly related to Felis, as exemplified by its typical

form.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 22

330 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Practically the only modern classifications employing a

selection of the generic terms previously published by Gray,

Severtzow, and others are those proposed by Matschie (SB.

Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1895, pp. 198-199) and ‘Trouessart

(Cat. Mamm., Suppl. pp. 265-278, 1904).

Matschie grouped the species as follows :—

Genus Uncia concolor, tigris, leo.

» Leopardus pardus (including wncia), onca.

», Galeopardus viverrina, marmorata, serval, pardalis.

» elis microtis, scripta, shawiana, bengalensis, rubi-

ginosa, ornata, nigripes, tigrina, macrura | wiedit },

geoffroyt, guigna.

» Catus catus, manul, caudata, planiceps, chaus, mani-

culata [ocreata|, pajeros, colocolo, ete.

>, Lynx lynx, caracal, etc.

», Neofelis nebulosa.

,» [Self-coloured Cats] temmincki, aurata, yaguarondi.

Trouessart followed Matschie in some respects, but used

in several cases different names :—

Genus Felis.

Subgen. Uncia leo, tigris, concolor.

a Leopardus pardus, uncia, onca.

“a Zibethailurus viverrina, marmorata, nebulosa,

serval, pardalis. ;

tf Oncoides microtis, shawiana, scripta, bengalensis,

rubiginosa, ornata, wiedii, tigrina, geoffroy?,

guigna.

ie Felis catus, manul, planiceps, libyca [ocreata],

nigripes, pajeros, colocolo.

ey Catopuma temmincki, badia, wurata, yaguarondi.

Genus Lynx with subgen. Lynx, Cervaria, Caracal.

I have elsewhere* criticised, both from the systematic and

nominal standpoints, Matschie’s genera Uncia and Leopardus.

Neither in these cases nor in the case of the rest of the

genera are any reasons vouchsafed for the specific groupings

or for the names employed ; and since such widely different

forms as planiceps, manul, and colocolo are placed in the

same genus and such closely related forms as ornata and

ocreata in different genera, further discussion of the

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 816 (1916).

+ The same applies to Grevé’s classification (Nov. Acta. Kais. Acad.

Leop. Ixiii. no. 1, pp. 76-77, 1894). Although this author adopted

what he called subgenera, it does not appear to me that the names are

worth quoting in synonymy when such subgeneric terms as ‘“ Unicolores,”

“ Cati,’ and “ Pardina der alten Welt,” are enlisted with Servalina,

Tiyrina, and others. The names, at any rate, are in all cases antedated.

Classification of existing Felide. 331

question would be profitless. So also with Trouessart’s

classification. The truth is that neither of these authors

had sufficient acquaintance with the forms dealt with to

allocate them otherwise than by conjecture. Moreover,

their choice of generic and subgeneric terms was by no

means in accordance with the rules of nomenclature.

In a series of five papers * on the existing Felidz, I have

recently discussed various characters, both cranial and

external, which—for the most part, at all events—have not

been employed hitherto in the discrimination of species and

genera. Particular attention was drawn to the structure

of the hyoid apparatus, of the tympanic bulla, of the feet

and the rhinarium, and it was shown (1) that F, leo, tigris,

onca, pardus, and uncia, which differ from the rest of the

family in having the suspensorium of the hyoid imperfectly

ossified, constitute a little group of Felide containing two

genera, Panthera and Uncia; (2) that Acinonyx may be

distinguished by the complete absence of cutaneous sheaths

guarding the claws; and (3) that in the remaining species,

all provisionally referred to Felis, there is very considerable

variation in the structure of the feet, the size and shape of the

rhinarium, and the structure of the auditory bulle. These

characters and others have been used in the following

attempt to classify the existing species of Felile; but my

main purpose in publishing what follows has been to show

the true relationship of the species to one another, so far as

it can be determined, and to dispose of such prevalent but

fictitious groupings as those which imply that the lion (/eo)

and the puma (concolor) are closely allied and that the

lynx (/ynxv) differs more from the domestic cat (catus) than

the latter differs from the tiger (tigris) T.

The consideration of generic names, although of sub-

ordinate importance, has been inevitable. Probably no two

authors will be quite in accord on the delimitation of the

genera. In the present state of our knowledge and with the

rapidly shifting conception of the value of the terms

““senera” and “ species,” it would be idle to claim finality

on this subject, and I do not pretend in all cases to have

been consistent in the admission of species to generic rank,

In some cases I may have gone too far, as in the severance

of Zibethailurus from Prionailurus ; in others not far enough,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. pp. 222-229, 1916 (Aug.) ;

pp- 806-316 (Sept.) ; pp. 826-834 (Oct.); pp. 419-429 (Nov.), and xix.

pp- 113-136, 1917 (Jan.). {

+ Perhaps the most important point connected with correctness of

view on these and similar matters is that erroneous affiliation of species

may be hopelessly misieading to students of Od es ga arses

ga2 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

as in the retention of nigripes and chaus in Felis, of caracal

in Lynx, and of rubiginosa in Prionailurus. . But such

questions, in reality of no great moment, can easily be

adjusted later, if modification is considered desirable.

Even if time and space had permitted, it would have

been beyond my present purpose to attempt complete

descriptions of the skulls of the genera admitted. Only

the points that appeared to me useful in determining thie

genera have been referred to. Some of them may probably

break down when further material is examined. Others, on

the contrary, may be discovered or used ; and since we are

still in ignorance of the external characters of several of the

genera, and since the study of the so-called tiger-cats of the

tropics is hedged with difficulties, the classification, although

I believe it to be in the main correct, is still in many respects

tentative.

In the choice of names I have been guided strictly by

priority, so far as it could be ascertained; and in the case

of the names proposed by Severtzow line-priority has been

taken as the determining factor in the selection.

The Subfamilies of Felide.

Reverting to the papers I have recently published on the

external and cranial characters of cats, I propose to emphasize

the characters distinctive of Panthera and Uncia and of

Acinonyx as compared wiih the rest of the genera of Felide,

by dividing this family into three subfamilies as follows :—

1. Ferin#.—Suspensorium of the hyoid normally ossified,

holding the larynx close up to the base of the skull

and restricting its movement. ‘Tips of the digits of

both fore and hind feet furnished at least with a

single cutaneous lobe protecting the retracted claw

on the inner side of digits 2 and 3 and on the outer

side of digits 4 and 5.

Containing the genera characterised in this paper.

cw)

. ACINONYCHIN#.—Resembling the Feline in the struc-

ture of the hyoid, but differing from them and from

the Pantherine in the total suppression of the

cutaneous lobes guarding the claws.

Genus Acinonyx (Cynailurus) for jubatus.

(SX)

. PanTHERINaZ.—Suspensorium of the hyoid imperfectly

ossified, its inferior portion consisting of a larger or

shorter elastic tendon conferring great mobility upon

Classification of existing Felidie. 333

the larynx, which is not held close up to the base of

the skull. Feet like those of the Feline,

Genus Panthera for leo, tigris, pardus, onca.

» Uncia for uncia.

The Genera of the Subfamily Feline.

Genus Fetis, Linn.

Felis, Linn., 1758; type catus, Linn. (domestic cat).

Catus, Fitz., 1855, p. 265 ; type catus, Linn.

Catolynz, Severtzow, 1858, p. 385 ; type catus, Linn.

Otailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 888; type megalotis, Mill. (domestic

cat from Timor).

Chaus, Gray, 1843, pp. 44-45 ; type chaus, Guld. (=/ydicus, Gray).

Distr. Central and Southern Europe; South Asia to

Burma; Africa apart from the western forested area.

Very small to medium-sized cats with long (ocreata) or

moderately long (chaus) tails, usually short broad heads,

reduced rhinarium, large, pointed, sometimes pencilled ears,

never showing the white spot, vertically contracted ocular

pupil and narrow paws with comparatively poorly developed

claw-sheaths and moderately extensive emarginate webs.

Miller’s full description * of the skull of F. silvestris and

his comparison of the skull of F. ocreata (sarda) with it

embody most of the characters of the typical species of this

genus and make a repetition of the facts unnecessary.

The species may be referred to three categories :—

(1) Medium-sized cats from Europe, S8.W. Asia, and

Africa, e.g. F. silvestris, ocreata, ornata, and caudata, which

are grouped closely round the typical form of the genus,

J’, catus, and the other domesticated breed, F. torquata +.

(2) Larger species ranging from Burma, through India,

parts of Central Asia to South Africa, e. g. F. chaus

(subspecies furax etc.) and F. shawiana, with the skull

longer, narrower, less arched, and the zygomata less salient

than in the typical forms. These constitute the genus

Chaus of Gray, defined by the comparative shortness of the

tail.

(3) The very small South-African species F. nigripes,

which in many of its cranial characters is like a dwarfed form

* Cat. Mamm. Centr. Europe, pp. 458-468 (1912). :

+ Miller admits three species of European cats, namely, F. silvestris,

F. sarda, and F. agrius. F. sarda, however, appears to me to be at most

a subspecies of F’. ocreata, and there is no evidence that J. agrius, trom

Crete, was based upon anything but feral examples of the striped

domestic cat (see P. Z. S. 1907, pp. 143-168).

334 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

of F. ocreata with certain peculiarities added. For instance,

the suborbital portion of the malar arch is very deep, with

its upper margin thin and the anteorbital thickening almost

obliterated ; the postorbital processes incline backwards, have

a sinuous curvature, and an upturned anterior edge; the

bullz and auditory meatus are relatively enormous, and the

inner lobe on the upper carnassial is greatly reduced (see

Pocock, P. Z. 8. 1907, pp. 669-674).

Genus Lynx, Kerr.

Lynx, Kerr, 1792, p. 41; type dyna’, Linn.

Lynceus, Gray, 1821, p. 802 (preoce.) ; type lynx.

Lyncus, Gray, 1825, p. 8389; type lynx.

Lynchus, Jardine, 1834, p. 274; type lyna.

Pardina, Kaup, 1829, p. 58; type pardellus, Miller.

Cervaria, Gray, 1867, p. 276 (preoce.) ; type pardellus, Miller.

Eucervaria, Palmer, 1903; type pardellus, Miller.

Caracal, Gray, 1848, p 46; type caracal, Guld. (=melanotis, Gray).

Urolynchus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 888; type caracal, Guld.

Distr. Boreal and temperate latitudes of northern hemi-

spheres as far south as the Mediterranean and Western

Himalayas and Mexico (true lynxes) ; South-western Asia

and the whole of Africa (caracals).

Medium-sized, short or comparatively short-tailed cats

with large triangular tufted ears, short, broad heads, circular

ocular pupils and large paws with well-developed claw-sheaths,

comparatively short, emarginate webs.

Miller’s description of the skulls of European lynxes and

his detailed comparison between them and the skull of

F. silvestris make a repetition of the facts unnecessary.

He separates the genus Lyna from Felis, laying particular

stress upon the doubtful characters afforded by the absence

in Lynx of the small upper premolars, That the two genera

are closely related is obvious from Miller’s description, and

this conclusion is confirmed by the similarity in the size

and shape of the partition of the bullz. The principal

characters differentiating Lynz are supplied by the slender

and gradually attenuated nasal branch of the premaxille, the

thinner, less depressed, and sharper postorbital processes,

the shallower notching of the suborbital edge of the palate,

the proximity to the canine and more forward setting of the

first large upper premolar.

Classification of existing Felide. 335

The species fall into three groups * :—

(1) The typical lynxes (Lynz s.s.) comprising L. /yna,

pardellus, isabellinus, and canadensis, and probably other

species or subspecies.

(2) The lynxes of temperate America, L. ruffus, fasciatus,

etc., which Allen and Bangs (see Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xi.

pp. 48-49, 1897) have shown to differ in certain characters

from the typical lynxes—namely, the narrower nose, longer

junction between maxille and nasals, narrower presphenoid,

less rounded mesopterygoid fossa, closer proximity between

condyloid foramen and foramen lacerum posterius, longer

tail, ete. Bangs proposed to distinguish these as a subgenus”

entitled Cervaria (Eucervaria), but this name belongs, as

Miller has shown, to the Spanish lynx (L. pardellus), which

does not exhibit the characters of the temperate American

forms.

(3) The caracals (L. caracal) of Africa and India were

distinguished generically by Gray.on the strength of the

longer tail and the alleged equality in length of the limbs.

The latter feature is fictitious, caracals, like the true lynxes,

being higher on the hind than on the fore limbs,

The skull resembles that of the lynxes in general characters,

but is usually narrower in the cranial and facial portions, so

that the zygomata appear more expanded. ‘The nasals are

usually less attenuated posteriorly, the preorbital foramen is

longer, and the small upper premolar is often retained for a

longer period. More important is the development of the

external pterygoid crest, which recalls that of Felis and is

practically suppressed in the true lynxes,

Genus TricHa.urus, Satunin.

Otocalobus, Severtz. 1858, p. 886 (preocce.) ; type manul, Pall.

Trichelurus, Satunin, pp. 495 (1905) ; type manul, Pall.

Distr. Central Asia as far south as the western Himalayas.

One species known.

A small long-tailed cat with a broad head and short,

rounded, widely separated ears, and a circular ocular pupil.

Skull, generally speaking, of the Felis and Lyna type, but

broader and shorter, with the face steeply sloped from a

point near the middle of the orbit; the orbits set higher,

with a more forward aspect, their lower edge compressed,

* Not including the little-known ZL. sardinia, Mola (Boll. Soe. Zool.

Ital. Rome, (2) ix. p. 48, 1908), which has the tail relatively as long

as in L, caracal.

336 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

without thickening, but a deep bridge above the preorbital

foramen, and the malar continued as a thin strip up to the

frontal in front of the lacrymal foramen ; nasal branch of

premaxilla not broad, evenly attenuated ; anterior nares set

low down, the upper edge hardly above the inferior edge of

the orbit; palate wider than long, without conspicuous

notch on the suborbital edge; basisphenoid markedly con-

cave longitudinally ; bulla advancing slightly in front of the

elenoid ridge, its outer chamber as large as the imner, the

partition extending to the occipito-sphenoidal suture; small

upper first premolar and inner cusp of carnassial suppressed *.

Trichelurus is in some particulars intermediate between

Felis and Lynx, the circular pupil, narrower premaxille,

shallow notching of suborbital edge of palate, and suppression

of small upper premolar being lyncine characters. The

genus, however, may be easily distinguished by the sum of

a number of structural peculiarities.

Genus Puma, Jardine.

Puma, Jardine, 1834, p. 266; Severtzow, 1858, p. 125; type concolor,

Linn.f.

Distr. From the United States to Patagonia.

Many species or subspecies, according to the fancy of

authors.

Large, long-tailed cats with comparatively small, rounded,

black ears without a white patch ; the pattern [, suppressed

in the adylt, consists in the cubs of solid dark spots and

blotches..f irregular shape, often arranged on each side in

about four ill-defined rows and one along the spine ; and on

the head and nape there are often four longitudinal stripes

and one running backwards from the eye beneath the ear,

as in typical Felide. The rhinarium is naked above and

moderately prominent. Except that the feet are broader,

they do not differ greatly in form from those of Felis in the

development of the webs and claw-sheaths.

The skull is short and broad, with complete sagittal crest,

svoderately deep and rounded postorbitai constriction, quite

short, widely separated postorbital processes, and salient

- ae pare particulars about this cat see Pocock, P. Z. 8. 1907,

. 299-306.

ae Although Jardine included F. yaguarondi, pajeros, and others with

concolor under Puma, concolor is indicated as the type-species by its

ownership of the trivial name “ puma,” quite apart from the restricted

association of the two names by Severtzow.

} See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. pp. 442-445 (1907).

Classification of existing Felide. 337

zygomata ; the muzzle is high and short, the anterior nares

large, the nasal bones rather abruptly expanded distally,

with longish narrow narial processes, and narrowed, some-

times strongly compressed, posterior portion; the nasal

branch of the premaxilla is narrow and the maxilla is

tolerably evenly curved above ; the suborbital portion of the

malar arch is thick, but the preorbital thickening is not well

marked ; the palate is wide, and its orbital foramen is very

large and comparatively close to the foramen of the optic

nerve; the mesopterygoid fossa is wide, short, parallel-

sided, with rounded anterior rim, and the edges of the palate

in front of it are widely divergent ; the spiniform process of

the pterygoid descends somewhat abruptly, and the external

pterygoid crest forms merely a short posterior projection or

ridge ; the bullz have a low internal partition, and a trans-

verse line drawn from the stylomastoid divides the bulla into

a larger anterior and a smaller posterior portion ; the occiput

is wide across the mastoids, emarginate just above the level of

the condyles and expanded above. The short upper post-

canine space occupied by a well-grown first premolar.

Neither the pattern of the cub nor the structure of the

skull indicates, in my opinion, close affiliation between

Puma and any genus of the Felide. In general appearance

the skull is, perhaps, most like that of Lynx caracal; but

there are many differences, notably the small size of the

outer chamber and the lowness of the partition of the bulla

in Puma, a particular in which Puma resembles the other

American genera with exception of Dendrailurus ; ut, apart

from this, the skull exhibits none of the characteristics of

other American cats.

Genus LepraiLurus, Severtz.

Leptailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 3889; type serval, Schreb.

Galeopardus, Heuglin, 1866, p. 557 ; type serval.

Serval, Gray, 1867, p. 272; type serval.

One species only, with several local races *,

Distr. Africa, mainly south of the Sahara.

Medium-sized, long-legged, rather short-tailed cats, with

narrow heads, very large rhinarium, large, rounded, un-

pencilled ears, closely juxtaposed on the summit of the head

* Two species have been admitted, namely, serval and servalina.

These, however, are now known to be merely varieties, the species being

dimorphic in pattern (P. Z.S. 1915, i. p. 154), the two types of pattern

symbolized by the names being found in the same litter.

338 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

and retaining the white spot, round ocular pupils and paws

approximately as in Felis, but with the inner lobe of the

sheath of the third digit of the fore foot much larger.

The skull differs from that of Felis in several points :—

The submalar portion of the maxilla is much lower, the

anterior end of the malar bone is greatly expanded and

deflexed above the preorbital foramen, and the posterior half

of the zygomatic arch is deeper as compared with the anterior

portion ; the postorbital process of the frontal rises farther

forwards on the frontal bone; the nasal branch of the pre-

maxilla is thinner, and the nasals themselves have no forward

projection at the tip; the outer chamber and partition of

the bulla are smaller, the posterior end of the partition being

low and not confluent with the stylomastoid ridge, and,

although the mesopterygoid fossa is broad in front and

parallel-sided, the external pterygoid crest forms a longish

ridge rising far in front of the root of the hamular, and the

suborbital edge of the palate is less deeply notched.

In the characters supplied by the bulla, the lowness of the

maxilla below the malar, the anterior expansion of the

malar, the persistence of a well-developed first upper pre-

molar, as well as in other characters of minor importance,

the skull differs from that of Lynw.

Genus PrronaiLuRus, Severtz.

Prionailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 887 ; type pardochrous, Gray (=ben-

galensis, Kerr),

Distr. Ceylon and India eastward to Borneo and the

Philippines and northwards into China and Amurland.

Small cats with the structure of the rhinarium and feet

unrecorded, but differing from Felis in having rounded

white-spotted ears.

The skull recalls that of Felis at first sight, but differs

therefrom in the sum of a number of characters. It is

narrower as compared with its length and is less dome-

shaped in profile view, the face being less steeply sloped

from the interorbital region. ‘The frontal postorbital pro-

cesses are narrower, especially when seen from behind. ‘The

nasals are depressed, not everted apically, and the ascending

or nasal branch of the premaxilla is more evenly attenuated.

The inferior edge of the orbit is less salient, and the posterior

half of the zygoma is less arcuate in profile view. The

mesopterygoid fossa is narrower, especially anteriorly, with

its front border more rounded, and the external pterygoid

Classification of existing Felide. 339

crest is better developed, making an elongated pterygoid

fussa. The bulla has a low partition.

The two best-known species of the genus are the Indian

cats known as bengalensis * and rubiginosus, which are very

distinct, rubiginosus being characterized by exceedingly thin

nasals, nearly vertical nares and premaxillz, and superiorly

expanded maxille, the temporal ridges remain separated,

forming a wide lyriform area, the postorbital processes fuse

earlier, and the first upper premolar is much more fre-

quently absent than in dengalensis. In the structure of

the muzzle and the arrested muscular development of the

cranium rubiginosus recalls some of the small South-American

cats, pardinoides and ? guigna, but differs therefrom in certain

characters enumerated below (p. 347).

Other known forms that certainly, or probably, fall under

Prionailurus have been named javensis, sumatranus, herschelii,

chinensis, microtis, and scripta.

Genus Parporrtis, Severtz.

Pardofelis, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387 ; type marmorata, Martin.

Catolynx, Gray, 1867, p. 267; type marmorata (nec Catolynx,

Severtzow).

Two species, P. marmorata and P. badia.

Disir. East Indies from the Himalayas to Borneo.

Small long-tailed, short-headed cats with rounded ears,

distinguishable from Prionailurus and related Oriental genera

by having the skull higher and more rounded, with the

mesopterygoid fossa lanceolate in front and provided with

thickened margins or a better developed external crest.

The two species marmorata and badia referred to this

genus have not, I believe, been previously affiliated. Despite

the difference between them in the matter of coloration,

their kinship is indicated by cranial characters. The struc-

ture of the feet and the form of the rhinarium are unknown

to me. Of the two, P. badia seems to be most nearly

related to Prionailurus.

* Based upon a specimen that swam on board a ship in Calcutta. The

name has been fixed by tradition to the species that bears it; and since

the description, so far as it goes, fits the species and most certainly does

not apply to any domesticated cat of the Felis catus or torquatus types,

I see no reason for discarding the term,

340 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Genus Prore.is, Severtz.

Profelis, Severtzow, 1858, p. 386; type aurata*, Temm. (=celido-

aster).

hea Severtzow, 1858, p. 889; type awrata (=neglecta, Gray).

Catopuma, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387; type temminchi, Vig. & Horsf.

(=moormensis, Hodg.).

Pyrofelis, Gray, 1874, p. 854; type temminchi.

Two well-marked species, P. aurata and P. temmincki, the

latter at least probably containing subspecies (dominica-

norum).

Distr. Himalayas and China to Indo-Malaysia (¢em-

mincki) ; West-African forest-region (aurata).

Medium-sized cats with rounded unspotted ears and

moderately long tails, but with other external characters

unknown.

Skull much larger than that of Prionailurus and differing

therefrom in several characters. The nasals are a little

broader, the postorbital processes shorter and never con-

fluent; the crest on the malar is close to its inferior edge ;

the external pterygoid crest extends forwards considerably

in frout of the hamular, and the occipital area is much

broader especially over the summit and across the mastoid

processes, its width across the latter exceeding the width of

the cranium across the parietals. In its broad nasals and

occipital area Profelis is very like Pardofelis, but differs in

the shape of the mesopterygoid fossa, of the external ptery-

goid crest, the width of the valley between the bulla and the

glenoid crest, the shorter postorbital processes, and more

sloping chin. From the skull of Zibethailurus that of Pro-

felis differs in general form and aspect as well as in the shape

and width of the occipital area, the position of the malar

crest, narrower coronoid processes, etc. With Ictailurus and

Neofelis no special comparison is necessary.

In connection with the mandible it may be noticed that

the condyle is high above the angular process, the first

premolar is small and considerably lower than the carnassial,

and the alveolus of the canine is elevated. From this it

results that there is a high postcanine space, the first little

premolar of the maxilla, when retained, being widely sepa-

rated from the first premolar of the mandible.

The species of this genus fall into two groups widely

separated geographically, both being dimorphic in colour :—

(1) The West-African species P. aurata, assigned to Pro-

felis and Chrysailurus by Severtzow, and ranging from Sierra

* For specific synonymy of this species see P. Z. S. 1907, p. 656.

Classification of existing Felide. 341

Leone to the Ituri forest, a species which appears to be

more nearly related to Prionailurus than the Asiatic repre-

sentative of the genus, P. temmincki. The first upper pre-

molar is markedly larger, when retained, than in P. tem-

mincki; the external pterygoid crest is less well developed,

especially posteriorly, where it exhibits a distinct notch

before its spiniform termination ; the occipital areais not so

wide and shows a shallow emargination on each side, and

the ridge below the masseteric fossa of the mandible is not

so large.

(2) “The Asiatic species, assigned to Catopuma by Severtzow

and to Pyrofelis by Gray, has the first upper premolar

minute, when retained, the postorbital processes are longer,

the external pterygoid crest very well developed, especially

posteriorly, where it ends in a spine but exhibits no notch ;

the occipital area is very wide and has no distinct lateral

emargination, and the crest below the masseteric fossa is

more salient.

Genus ZiBETHAILURUS, Severtz.

Zibethailivus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387 ; type viverrina, Benn.

Viverriceps, Gray, 1867, p. 268; type viverrina.

Distr. India and Ceylon to Southern China, Formosa, and

Tenasserim.

Medium-sized cats with small, rounded, white-spotted

ears, moderately large rhinarium, and feet provided with

small claw-sheaths and webs of moderate depth.

The skull may be described as a modification of the

Prionailurus-type, many, but not all, of the differences being

attributable to its accommodation to great development of

the masticatory muscles. The sagittal crest is completed by

the coalescence of the temporal ridges at a much earlier age,

and the postorbital constriction forms in adult and subadult

specimens a long emargination of the frontal on each side,

instead of an angular notch immediately behind the process

as in Prionailurus. Similarly, the lateral edges of the

occipital area are more deeply emarginate and the coronoid

of the mandible is broader at the summit.

The ascending branch of the premaxilla is broader than

in Prionailurus. The inferior edge of the orbit is thicker

and the anteorbital excrescences very conspicuous, and the

cheek between the alveolar border and the orbit is relatively

lower. ‘The suborbital edge of the palate is less conspicu-

ously notched. The external pterygoid crest is represented

by a small triangular ridge above the hamular, being

342 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

noticeably shorter and less well developed than in Prion-

ailurus.

Genus IctarLuRus, Severtz.

“ Ailurin,” Gervais, 1855, p. 86; for planiceps, Vig. & Horsf.*.

Ictailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387; type planiceps.

Ailurogale, Fitzinger, 1869, p. 249; type planiceps.

Allurina, Gill, 1871, p. 60; type planiceps. —

. Plethelurus, Cope, 1882, p. 475; type planiceps.

Only one species hitherto admitted.

Distr. Malay Peninsula to Borneo.

The skull in its elongated shape, the structure of the

bulla, exceedingly compressed nasals, and deep postorbital

constriction recalls in a measure that of Zibethailurus, but

may be distinguished by several peculiarities both dental and

cranialt. (1) The posterior border of the complete post-

orbital bar is scarcely convex owing to the great width of

the base of the malar portion. (2) The nasal branch of the

premaxilla is slender and tolerably evenly attenuated.

(3) The mesopterygoid fossa is very narrow, about twice

as long as wide or even more. (4) The muzzle is broad and

the palate nearly parallel-sided, the distance between the

two anterior premolars being about equal to the distance

between the inner cusps of the upper carnassials, and the

suborbital edge of the palate has a conspicuous and narrow

notch. (5) The occipital area is narrow, with a shallow

lateral emargination, and the summit much more pointed

than in Zibethailurus.

In the mandible the coronoid is low, with a wide summit

set well in advance of the backwardly projecting condyle and

angular. The anterior end of each ramus, carrying the

canine and incisor teeth, is strongly elevated, and there is a

large postcauine gap when the jaws are closed.

In the teeth the first upper premolar is unusually large

* Although Gervais was the first author to give nominal distinction

to this genus, the name he proposed is inadmissible, as a comparison

between it and such terms as “ Chacal” and “ Renard ” of the same work

will show. By Gray planiceps was associated with viverr?na under his

genus Viverriceps.

+ Whether the resemblances between these two cats are due to close

affinity or are merely adaptive it seems to me to be impossible tosay. If

the former, the two supply an interesting exception to the general rule in

the Felide that thesmaller speciesof a genus have skulls of a more juvenile

type than the larger, owing to the lesser development of constrictions

and ridges associated with powerful masticatory muscles. I. planiceps,

although considerably smaller than Z. viverrina, has, nevertheless, a skull

indicating relatively greater masticatory power.

Classification of existing Felide. 343

and two-rooted, with a conical pointed crown, carrying a

small anterior cusp. The first premolar of the lower jaw

has an almost steeple-shaped crown higher than its basal

length and than the apex of the succeeding tooth, and

blocking the space between the first and second upper

premolars ; and the lower canines, when the jaw is closed,

project considerably above the lower edge of the anterior

nares, their tips being approximately on a level with the

summit of the coronoid process.

The external characters of this species are > known to me

only from skins, and I am unable to give any particulars

regarding the feet, rhinarium, aud other points.

Genus Nroretis, Gray.

Neofelis, Gray, 1867, p. 265; type nebulosa (= macrocelis).

One species hitherto admitted with several subspecies,

possibly deserving higher rank.

Distr. Kastern Himalayas to Borneo,

Large cats with head, body, and tail long and the legs

short ; with ears rounded and rhinarium and feet scarcely

differing from those of Panthera.

Skull recalling in general features that of a small example

of Panthera pardus, especially in the shortness and wide

separation of the frontal and malar postorbital processes, the

inferiorly attenuated maxilla, the straightness of its nasal

edge, the width and exposure of the nasals from the lateral

aspect, the inclination of the nares, relative proportions of

the mandibular teeth, etc., but differing in the greater poste-

rior width of the nasals, the thicker, more salient inferior

edge of the orbit, carrying a distinct preorbital thickening,

the evenly ovate antero-lateral border of the mesopterygoid

fossa and the special modifications of the jaws, the mandible

being greatly elevated anteriorly, with the symphysial region

nearly vertical, flat in its upper two-thirds and abruptly

curved backwards below, the incisive border being raised

high above the external edge of the alveolus of the lower

canine—as a result of which modifications the upper jaw is

thrust up so that when the mouth is closed the alveolar lines

of the maxillary and mandibular cheek-teeth are widely

divergent in front, leaving a deep and long space behind the

canines, with concomitant reduction or suppression of the

first upper premolar and enormous elongation of the upper

canine.

The occipital area is remarkably triangular and pointed

344 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

above, and the partition of the bulla is low, as in. other

forest-species.

This genus cannot be confused with any of the smaller

Oriental, African, or American genera of Felidz. Perhaps

Pardofelis is its nearest ally. By Severtzow it was associated

with Uncia, by Trouessart it was placed with serval, par-

dals, and others in Zibethailurus. From Panthera pardus,

with which it has been compared above, it differs in the

hyoid bone ete.

Genus Lroparpvs, Gray.

LTeopardus, Gray, 1842, p. 260; type griseus, Gray (=? pardaiis,

Linn.) *.

Oncoides, Severtzow, 1858, p. 886; type pardalis.

Pardalis, Gray, 1867, p. 270; type pardalis.

Distr. From the Sonoran district of North America

southwards throughout the forested districts of South

America.

An uncertain number of species or subspecies referable

to two groups typified respectively by pardalis and wiedit

(macrura).

Moderately large or medium-sized cats, with the ears

small, rounded, and white-spotted; the rhinarium promi-

nent and naked above, and with widely separated nostrils ;

feet fully webbed and with well-developed claw-sheaths

concealing the tips of the retracted claws; hair on tie

neck upright or reversed in direction of growth in the

adult.

. Skull variable in size and shape, and in the typical form

of Levpardus most like that of Profelis of all the genera of

the Old World, but differing in the sum of a number of

characters. The nasals, though broad in front, are narrower

posteriorly and fit like a wedge between the mayille, which

are differently shaped above from those of Profelis, being

broader and more truncated at the summit, the suture

between them and the nasal processes of the frontal inclining

more obliquely inwards and forwards from the dorsal aspect

* Gray originally included four species in this genus, namely, griseus,

pictus, elliott, and horsfieldi, but subsequently assigned griseus and putus

to Pardalis, ellioti to Viverriceps, ignored horsfieldi, and applied Leo-

pardus to pardus and onea. Since Leopardus must unfortunately stand

for one of the four species first included under it, I selected griseus,

perhaps a subspecies of pardalis, as the type (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) xviii. p. 316, 1906),

Classification of existing Felide. 345

than in Profelis, and the facial portion of the frontal ante-

rior to the root of the postorbital process is larger and the

lacrymal extends higher above the malar arch within the

orbit. The skulls are variable in these respects, but, on the

whole, the arrangement of the bones above described gives a

different aspect to the skulls of Leopardus as compared with

Profelis. The mesopterygoid fossa is more pointed as a rule

in front, and has more sinuous margins owing to the curva-

ture of the pterygoid bones. The bulla are differently

shaped from those of all the Old-World tiger-cats in that the

portion behind a line drawn from the stylomastoid foramen

at right angles to the occipital axis is larger than the portion

in front of it.

In the mandible the condyle is not so high above the

angular process as in Profelis, the first premolar is higher as

compared with the carnassial than in that genus, and when

the jaw is closed reaches up to the comparatively large first

premolar of the maxilla, so that, as in Leptailurus, the post-

canine space is quite small—a feature not observable in the

Asiatic tiger-cats,

In addition to the true ocelots, often called jaguars *, I

refer to this genus L. wiedii (macrowra), commonly cited as

tigrina +, which may be described as a small, long-tailed,

smooth-skulled representative of the ocelots. The skull is

like that of a young ocelot in most respects, showing at most

a shallow postorbital constriction, with the temporal crests

forming a lyriform area generally wide but varying in width

with age and possibly locally. The skulls differ, however,

from those of ocelots in having a tolerably regularly rounded

low occipital area; even when the occipital crest is well

developed its edges have no definite lateral emargination ;

and the inferior edge of the orbit is thin, with the preorbital

thickening hardly developed. In this last-mentioned parti-

cular, as well as superficially and in size, the skulls recall

those of Pardofelis, but the maxille are wider above, the

nasals narrower posteriorly, the malar arch is shallower from

above downwards, the postorbital processes, although as long

as in Pardofelis, are thinner, the back of the cranium is

longer, and the occipital plane more vertical, the posterior

part of the bulla is larger, the sides of the mesopterygoid

fossa thinner, and the chin much more sloped.

* Schreber’s figure of Felis onca, Linn., represents an ocelot (Leo-

pardus pardalis), and not the species which is trivially known as the

jaguar (Panthera onca). :

+ For the position of this species see below under Herpailurus,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. §. Vol. xx. 23

346 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

As stated above, the skulls of typical Leopardus (ocelots)

are very variable, and some of them show a decided approxi-

mation to those of L. wiedit.

Genus HerpaiLurvs, Severtz.

Herpailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 885; type yaguarondi, Desm.

Oncifelis, Severtzow, 1851, p. 386; type geoffroyz, Gerv.

Noctifels, Severtzow, 1858, p. 886; type guigna, Mol.

Pardalina, Gray, 1867, p. 266; type geoffroyt (=himalayana, Warw.).

Margay, Gray, 1867, p. 271; type tigrina, Schreb.*.

Distr. From Texas in the Sonoran area of North America

as far south as the Argentine and Chili in South America.

Quite an uncertain number of species and subspecies

referable to two well-marked types represented by Herp-

ailurus yaguarondi and Oncifelis geoffroyt.

At least differing in external characters from Leopardus

by the comparatively poor development of the webs and

claw-sheath on the feet.

Skull variable, but presenting the following combination

of characters :—The cranial portion is long and the facial

short, and the dorsal contour is never strongly convex longi-

tudinally, the temporal crests are almost always separated,

forming either a narrow or a wide lyriform area, rarely a

complete sagittal ridge. The muzzle is compressed above,

and the narrowest part of the interorbital region is situated

forwards just behind the naso-maxillary line, and this line

continued passes through the anterior half of the orbit, not

approximately through its centre ; the maxilla is very broad

above, with horizontal or nearly horizontal upper edge,

prominent rounded antero-superior angle, and vertical, or

nearly vertical, anterior border. ‘These features give a

peculiar ‘‘ facies” to the skull traceable in all species. In

addition, the first upper premolar is minute or absent ; the

mesopterygoid fossa is slightly or considerably narrowed in

front, with rounded angles and a small median notch in its

anterior border; the inner chamber of the bulla is never

much inflated anteriorly and does not project far beyond

the partition, which is low or very low; the occipital crest

is not appreciably concave above the condyles and is con-

siderably broader at that point than the condylar width,

* For the determination and allocation of this species, previously

regarded as identical with Leopardus wiedit, see Thomas (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) xii. pp. 234-239, 1903) and Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) xix. p. 48, 1917). In the latter paper the other American species of

Felides were grouped on the lines amplified in the present communication.

Classification of existing Felide. 347

HA, yaguarondi and H. geoffroyi are widely divergent

Species in cranial characters, the former departing the

most, the latter the least, from the typical feline type. In

H. yaguarondi the anterior nares are subyertical ; the post-

orbital processes of the frontal are short and depressed, but

the malar process is longish; the zygomata are weakly

arched, with the suborbital portion less salient above the

carnassial and the squamosal root very long from before

backwards, with its posterior border strongly inclined

forwards and outwards ; the valley between the bulla and

the glenoid ridge is wider; the occipital area is narrow

across the mastoids, and the crest is less strongly inclined

backwards and inwards; the temporal crests always form a

wide lyriform area.

On account of the differences in the skulls the two species

might be regarded as generically or subgenerically distinct,

but the difficulties of definition would in that case be great

on account of H. pardinoides and its allies occupying in

many cranial respects an intermediate position between the

two, as Thomas pointed out in 1908.

The names yaguarondi aud eyra were given, I believe, to

colour-phases of one and the same species, the former being

blackish with speckled hair, the latter red. Neither form

shows pattern in the adult. If newly born kittens show

pattern at all, which by the analogy of Lyng caracal is

uncertain, it may be predicted that it will be like that of

H., pardinoides, guiyna, or geoffroyi. It may be added that the

skull of H. yaguarondi differs widely from that of Puma

concolor and completely negatives the claim of relation-

ship that has been made between the two species on account

of the absence of pattern in the adults.

Some of the smaller spotted species of the pardinoides and

tigrina types of this genus, with the skull smooth and

rounded, recall on superficial inspection the smaller species

of Prionailurus like bengalensis, more particularly in the

large size of the orbit, the shortness of the muzzle, expanded

maxilla, and the vertical truncature of the anterior nares.

The two, however, differ as follows :—

The P. bengalensis-type. The H. pardinoides-type.

Postorbital processes long, often Postorbital processes short and

confluent. subspinitorm,

Preorbital constriction narrowest Preorbital constriction narrowest

midway along orbit, usually well | in front of centre of orbit and close

behind maxilla and nasals. behind maxilla and nasals.

Masseteric ridge advancing to Masseteric ridge near lower edge

middle of malar, of malar.

23*

348 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

The P. bengalensis-type. The ZH. pardinoides-type.

Mesopterygoid fossa parallel- Mesopterygoid fossa narrow and

sided, with transverse anterior | rounded in front.

edge.

Base of cranium short; bulla Base of cranium long; bulla

more inflated in front; occiput | narrower in front; occiput more

narrower above, with its lateral | widely rounded above, its lateral

margins sloping inwards. margins more upright.

Genus DenpRAiLurvs, Severtz.

Dendrailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 885,; type colocolo, H. Smith

(=strigilata, Wagn.).

Lynchailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 885; type pajeros, Desm.

Pajeros, Gray, 1867, p. 269; type pajeros (=pampanus, Gray).

Distr. S. America : Guiana, Chili ; Uruguay to Patagonia.

Two species, if distinct, namely colocolo and payeros.

Skull with the same general features as Herpailurus, but

with widely different bulle, which are not only more inflated

and globular, extending posteriorly as far as the inferior edge

of the foramen magnum and anteriorly almost as far as the

ridge of the condyloid surface of the mandible, but differ

in addition in the relatively enormous size of the outer or

auditory chamber, which recalls that of 7. manul. The

groove of the partition runs over the summit of the bulla

from the stylomastoid to a point just in front of the basi-

occipital suture. The partition itself is nearly vertical with

a convex inner wall. The external or auditory chamber is

as wide in front as the posterior chamber is behind and

projects forwards far in advance of the very narrow anterior

end of the posterior chamber.

The following analytical key to the genera of Feline

epitomises their main characters ; but, although an attempt

has been made to juxtapose related forms, this method has

been purposely abandoned in some cases in the interests of

expediency in construction. For instance, Jctailurus and

Dendrailurus have been widely separated from their allies,

Ictailurus being, in my opinion, most nearly akin to

Zibethailurus and Dendrailurus to Herpailurus, the only

cranial similarity which brings Dendrailurus and Triche-

lurus together in the table having been independently

acquired :— .

Very long upper canines and immense postcanine

space; chin long and vertical; nasals broad

throughout; their maxillo-premaxillary suture

almost straight; postorbital processes very short ;

occiput angular above.............. SORES mie ie Neofelis.

Without that combination of characters....... ahs etl:

Classification of existing Felide.

a, First upper pm long, conical, two-rooted; first

lower pm higher than second; _postorbital

bar complete, with slightly rounded posterior

margin ; condyle and angular set well behind

broad rounded coronoid; tip of lower canine

projecting high above lower edge of nares ......

Without that combination of characters..........

. Rhbinarium very large;- ears nearly meeting on

summit of head. Malar greatly expanded in

front, where it is clamped externally to preorbital

foramen ; cheek low ; narrow postcanine space ..

Without that combination of characters ........

» Outer chamber of bulla very large, extending in

front of narrowed apex of inner chamber ; groove

of partition passing from stylomastoid foramen

to basioccipital suture ................ CD CE

Outer chamber of bulla smaller or very small, not

extending anteriorly in front of wider end of

inner chamber, groove of partition passing to

anferion edee.ab hullany i sco2 whidinds oath 0.

Face strongly sloped; upper rim of anterior nares

Gy Mipamie aD eS! Cid ds vig als aes aici EO Ee

Outer chamber of bulla small or very small;

partition rising close to crest of tympanic

MMU Riese rnc wtg canta Pod ape we O88 oat

Nasal branch of pmx broad above behind nasal,

then abruptly pointed; suborbital margins of

palate deeply notched; upper pm’ normally

VNESIEL Dep Sr ie tule ee Coane a ey Mare ee fe

Nasal branch of pmx gradually attenuated above;

suborbital margins of palate not deeply notched ;

upper pm’ absent or early deciduous ..........

. Skull short, rounded, zygomata wide, maxilla

receding, not expanded above ; palatine foramen

in orbit very large, the distance between it and

the orbital foramen only a little greater than the

width of the wide, short mesopterygoid fossa and

than the anterior nares; palate broad, sides of

its posterior elongation widely divergent; post-

orbital processes short, blunt; occiput wide

Without that combination of characters ......

. Mesopterygoid fossa lanceolate in front, with very

thick lateral edges or large external crest; skull

short, broad and high .......... i:

Without that combination of characters ........

. External pterygoid crest reduced to a small tri-

angular lamina; preorbital thickening of malar

349

Ictailurus.

Leptailurus.

Trichelurus.

Dendratlurus.

Felis,

Lynx.

Puma.

Pardofelis.

350 On the Classification of existing Felide.

very large; masseteric crest on malar remote

from its lower edge; skull powerful, with strong

constrictions and upper half of occiput narrow

but rounded above; coronoid wide and rounded

Gb SUMING: |. SG cis eiacty< isto eae a 5 wiibate state .. Zibethailurus.

Without that combination of characters ........ ie

7. Masseteric crest on malar remote from its inferior

edge; narrowest point of preorbital constriction

nearly over the centre of the orbit ; postorbital

processes long, often confiuent, occipital area

narrow, its width across the mastoids less than

the width of the cranium, its sides hardly emar-

ginate, its summit rather narrowly rounded, and

its width halfway above the condyles, about

equal to the transcondylar width; portion of

bulla behind the stylomastoid smaller than that

in front of at.) G'ss «sve aah Aa cha staaia ieee ws = Prionailurus.

Without that combination of characters ........ C

k. Skull powerfully developed with wide occiput,

narrowest point of preorbital constriction nearly

above centre of onbital space, maxilla not ex-

panded aboye and inclined back well beyond

lacrymal foramen; area of bulla behind stylo-

mastoid foramen much smaller than that in front

of it; mandible with first premolar much lower

than carnassial, condyle high above angular and

well-developed submasseteric ridge ....,....... Profelis.

Without that combination of characters.......... ‘

1. Feet fully webbed with well-developed claw-

sheaths, hair on neck reversed in direction of

POW Gos ein lot beefalo haalihes tale a busts Fra Bhs ioik lajeleie Leopardus.

Feet with only moderately developed webs and

claw-sheaths, hair on neck not reversed ...... .. Herpailurus.

‘Titles of principal Works quoted in the Synonymy.

Corr, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xx. 1882.

Firzinerr, Wiss. Nat. Saug. i. 1855.

; SB. Akad. Wiss, Wien, lx. 1869.

GERVAISE, Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. 1855.

Git, Arrangement Fam, Mamm. 1871.

Gray, London Med. Repos. xv. 1821.

Thomson’s Ann. Phil. xxvi. 1825,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1842.

» List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 18438.

» Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1867.

», Cat. Carn. etc. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1869.

Herve tin, SB. Akad. Wiss. Wien, liv. 1866.

JARDINE, Nat. Libr. Mamm. ii. Feline, 1834.

Kaur, Entw. Gesch. Nat. Syst. Eur. Thierw. 1829.

Kerr, An. King. i. Mamm. Syst. Cat. 1792.

Satunin, Ann. Mus. St. Petersb. ix. 1905.

SEVERTZOW, Rev. Mag. Zool. (2) x. 1858.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 351

XLI.—WNotes on Fossorial Hymenopteraan—XXX. On new

Ethiopian Scoliide. By Rowxanp E., ‘Turner, F.Z.5.,

F.E.S.

Family Scoliidz.

Subfamily Ezzrprv2z.

Myzine aterrima, sp. n.

3. Niger, punctatus; capite thoraceque sparse grisco-pubescenti-

bus; tarsis brunneis, intermediis posticisque articulis tribus

intermediis, apice excepto, albido-flavidulis; alis fuscis.

Long. 12 mm.

3. Clypeus widely and very shallowly emarginate at the

apex, closely punctured. Antenne stout, about as long as

the thorax and median segment combined, the terminal joint

truncate at the apex, shorter than the penultimate ; none

of the joints arcuate beneath. Front punctured-rugose, the

antennal tubercles large and blunt, vertex strongly punctured.

Eyes widely emarginate on the inner margin. Thorax and

median segment closely and coarsely punctured; the pro-

notum scarcely as long as the mesonotum, the anterior margin «

straight. Abdomen rather finely and very closely punctured ;

the first tergite shorter than the second, rounded at thie ante-

rior angles, constricted at the apex; tergites 2-6 slightly

constricted at the base, at least twice as broad as long;

seventh tergite coarsely rugose at the apex, a narrow sulcus

from the base reaching to the base of the apical slit, which is

narrow and very deep, the lobes of the tergite on each side of

the slit broadly truncate at the apex. Sternites more coarsely

punctured than the tergites ; the apical aculeus very strongly

recurved. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than

the third ; second recurrent nervure received at about one-

third from the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Victoria Falls, Zambesi (Thompson), December.

From the Rhodesia Museum.

Very distinct in colouring from others of the genus. The

only other black Ethiopian species are Alugi?, Westw., in

which the wings are hyaline and the structure of the antenn

and anal segments very different, and sé¢gma, ‘l'urn., which is

much smaller and differs in many important points. In the

form of the abdomen, especially in the truncate lobes of the

seventh tergite, this is closely allied to semirufa, Gerst.

(=cingulata, Gerst.), but the colouring is very different and

the sculpture is much coarser in aterrima.

352 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Braunsomeria arnoldi, sp. n.

9. Rufo-testacea; abdomine nigro; segmentis abdominalibus

primo dimidio basali sextoque fere toto rufo-testaceis.

Long. 6 mm.

9. Head subrectangular, nearly as broad as long, shining,

and very sparsely punctured ; eyes very small, situated close

to the base of the mandibles. Thorax and median segment

shining, the thorax almost smooth, the median segment

sparsely and finely punctured. Pronotum subrectangular,

distinctly broader than long ; scutellum fully half as long as

the median segment, narrowed posteriorly ; median segment

shorter than the pronotum, slightly broadened posteriorly.

Sides of the thorax and median segment sparsely clothed

with long fulvous hairs. Abdomen shining, very closely

microscopically punctured ; the apical tergite almost pointed.

Hab. Bembesi, 8S. Rhodesia (G. Arnold), January.

In the small eyes this resembles atriceps, Turn., but differs

in the colour of the head and in the much broader median

segment. The eyes in guadraticeps are much larger, and the

punctures of the median segment much larger and sparser.

Elis (Mesa) diversicornis, sp. n.

&. Niger, albo-pilosus; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeoque

flavis; scapo flagelloque articulis duobus basalibus ferrugineis ;

alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 15 mm,

&. Clypeus broad, truncate at the apex; head coarsely

and closely punctured, more finely on the vertex than on the

front, the prominence above the base of the antennz strongly

raised, transverse, and yellow at the apex; eyes widely

emarginate. Thorax finely and closely punctured ; the pro-

notum shoiter than the mesonotum, the anterior margin

straight; mesopleure more coarsely punctured; median

segment rugose. Abdomen shallowly and closely punctured ;

the first segment as long as the second and third combined,

the petiole less than half as long as the swollen apical portion,

which has almost parallel sides and is very slightly con-

stricted at the apex. Seventh tergite with large sparse

punctures, the apical emargination very small and shallow.

The abdomen has obscure blue reflexions both above and

below. ‘Third abscissa of the radius a little longer than the

second; first recurrent nervure received just beyond the

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 353

middle of the second cubital cell, second at one-quarter from

the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Mlanje, Nyasaland (S. A. Neave), February and

March.

Probably the male of L. heterogamia, Sauss.

Elis (Mesa) mutica, sp. n.

3. Niger, sparse albo-pilosus; clypeo macula parva apicali, tibiis

anticis extus, tarsisque anticis flavis; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 13 mm.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; front

punctured-rugose, the prominence above the base of the

antenne strongly raised, bilobed ; vertex punctured; eyes

widely emarginate. ‘Thorax closely punctured ; mesopleure

and median segment rugose ; pronotum shorter than the

mesonotum. Petiole about half as long as the swollen portion

of the first segment which is very distinctly constricted at

the apex, the whole segment shorter than the second and third

combined ; second segment as long as the apical breadth,

broadened from the base ; emargination of the seventh tergite

almost obsolete.

flab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), December.

This is very near L£. reticulata, Cam., differing in the black

mandibles and in the colour of the clypeus and legs. The

form of the first segment is the same in both species.

Elis (Mesa) spinicollis, sp. n.

3. Niger; sparse albo-pilosus ; mandibulis, apice excepto, flavis ;

pedibus anticis intermediisque rufo-testaceis; abdomine obscure

cxeruleo-micante; alis hyalinis, venis nigris,

Long. 14-16 mm.

g. Clypeus very finely and closely punctured, covered

with short white pubescence ; head rugosely punctured, the

eyes widely emarginate. ‘lhorax closely punctured; the

pronotum as long as the mesonotum, the anterior angles pro-

duced into acute spines ; median segment rugose. Abdomen

slender, minutely and closely punctured ; the first segment

slender, as long as the second and third combined, the petiole

about half as long as the remainder of the segment, which is

not strongly swollen and only slightly constricted at the apex.

Secoud segment as long as the apical breadth, broadened

trom the base. Seventh tergite sparsely punctured, with a

354 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

longitudinal carina, shallowly triangularly emarginate at the

apex. Second and third abscisse of the radius subequal,

second recurrent nervure received a little beyond one-third

from the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Bulawayo, 8. Rhodesia (G. Arnold), February.

This may be distinguished from the very similar male of

E. ruficeps, Sm., by the slenderer, less swollen first tergite

and by the somewhat deeper emargination of the seventh

tergite. The form of rujiceps taken at Bulawayo has the

apical half of the wings infuscate as in the typical Natal

form. JL. reticulata, Cam., has the first tergite shaped as in

the present species, but the angles of the pronotum are not

produced into spines.

Elis (Mesa) adelogamia, 'Turn.

Plesia (Mesa) adelogamia, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) i. p. 503

(1908). @.

Specimens of this from 8. Rhodesia, Bulawayo and Lonely

Mine, have the head, mesonotum, scutellum, and fore legs

red, but do not seem to differ otherwise from the typical

form. They will probably form a subspecies.

Subfamily Scozzwz.

Scolia perpolita, sp. n.

@. Nigra, nitidissima, sparsissime punctata; alis nigro-ceruleis.

Long. 32 mm.

2. Clypeus, front, and vertex smooth and shining ; occiput

closely and finely punctured ; a few scattered punctures

between the ocelli and the eyes; a short longitudinal sulcus

from between the antenne reaching halfway to the anterior

ocellus. Pronotum closely punctured on the anterior margin

and clothed densely with erect black hairs, shining and

sparsely punctured on the sides; mesonotum smooth and

shining, with scattered punctures at the apex and on the sides,

more closely punctured on the anterior margin, an impressed

line from the anterior margin not reaching the middle of the

segment; scutellum and postscutellum very sparsely punc-

tured; mesopleurz coarsely rugosely punctured and sparsely

clothed with long black hairs. Median segment closely

punctured, the lateral lobes broadly smooth at the base.

First tergite closely punctured and clothed with black hairs,

a large smooth space in the middle at the base; tergites 2-4

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 355

with a few scattered punctures, the apical third of each seg-

ment closely punctured and with a fringe of black hairs; the

punctured area on the fifth tergite more extensive; sixth

tergite coarsely punctured and densely clothed with black

setee, broadly rounded at the apex. Sternites shining and

sparsely punctured, with cilize of black hairs. Spur of the

hind tibize pointed. Two cubital cells and one recurrent

nervure,

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda (C. G. Gowdey), August; Bu-

goma Forest, Unyoro (S. A. Neave), December.

Kasily distinguished from S. rujicornis, Fabr., and 8. me-

lanaria, Burm., by the very sparse punctures and large

smooth spaces.

Scolia wahlbergi, Sauss.

Lacosi wahlbergii, Sauss. Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p, 183 (1859). 9.

Scolia wahilbergi, Sauss. et Sichel, Cat. spec. gen. Scolia, p. 94 (1864).

Discolia pallidipilosella, Cam. Ann, Transyaal Mus. ii. p. 120 (1910).

(oie

Scolia wahlbergi, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii. p. 620 (1911).

3g.

Scolia precana, Sauss.

Discolia precana, Saussure, Distant, Naturalist in the Transvaal, p, 222

(1892). 3.

Discolia heterotrichia, Cam. Aun, Transvaal Mus, ii. p. 119 (1910). ¢.

Campsomeris (Trielis) bulawaysensis, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra, fulvo-hirsuta; segmentis abdominalibus fulvo-aureo-

fimbriatis; mandibulis basi antennisque ferrugineis; pedibus

rufo-testaceis ; alis basi flavo-hyalinis, anticis dimidio apicali

purpureo suffusis ; cellulis cubitalibus duabus ; venis ferrugineis.

3. Niger, albo-pilosus ; clypeo lateribus, pronoto margine postico,

scutello maculis duabus, interdum obsoletis, postscutello macula

transversa, segmentis dorsalibus 2-5, interdum etiam primo,

fascia angusta apicali, segmentis ventralibus 2-4 fascia angustis-

sima apicali; femoribus subtus, tibiis anticis intermediisque

supra, tarsisque anticis intermediisque basi flavis; tarsis brunneis ;

alis hyalinis, leviter infumatis, anticis cellulis cubitalibus tribus,

venis fusco-ferrugineis,

Long., 9 d, 12 mm.

9. Clypeus coarsely longitudinally striated; front and

vertex rather sparsely punctured, with sparse fulvous hairs,

a dense fringe of fulvous hairs on the posterior margin of the

head. Thorax and median segment closely punctured, with

356 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

sparse fulvous hairs ; scutellum shining and almost smooth.

Abdomen rather sparsely punctured, much more closely at

the apex of the segments than at the base; sixth tergite

densely clothed with golden hairs; sixth sternite with a

small spine on each side near the base. Hind calcaria

strongly spatulate.

3. Antenne 5}mm., costa of fore wing 9mm. Clypeus very

broadly rounded at the apex, with a few large punctures.

Eyes very deeply and rather narrowly emarginate ; head,

thorax, and median segment rather closely punctured and

sparsely clothed with whitish hairs.. Abdomen shallowly

and rather sparsely punctured, with sparse white pubescence,

the segments faintly tinged with blue. First tergite bell-

shaped, shorter than the second, the apex not constricted and

at least half as broad as the apex of the second; seventh

tergite punctured-rugose, broadly rounded. Three cubital

cells, the third much broader on the radius than on the

cubitus, in one specimen only connected with the cubitus by

a petiole, recurrent nervures separated on the cubitus by a

distance equal to the length of the radial margin of the third

cubital cell.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), December ;

Johannesburg (Kobrow, Coll. Brauns).

The neuration of the sexes differs as in the Palearctic

villosa, Fabr., to which the male is very closely related,

though the first tergite is a little narrower and more constricted

at the apex in villosa. The colour of the wings and haus in

the female is very different, also of the legs and antenne,

and the sculpture differs. The female is the type.

Campsomeris (Dielis) curvivittata, Cam.

Dielis curvivittata, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. ii.

p. 229 (1910). 9.

Elis (Dielis) aureola, Sauss. & Sichel, Cat. spec. gen. Scolia, p. 173

(1864) (nec Klug).

As I have previously pointed out, Saussure wrongly iden-

tified Klug’s species ; so apparently Cameron’s name must

stand for this common species. WD. dispilus, Cam. 1910, is

probably the male.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — 357

XLII. — Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — XXXII. On

Psammocharide in the British Museum. By RowLANpD

EK. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Genus IRENANGELUS, Schulz.

Trenangelus, Schulz, Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 175 (1906).

Type of the genus, Zrenangelus reversus, Sm.

1. Lrenangelus reversus, Sm.

Agenia reversa, Sm. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xi. p. 448 (1873). 9.

Pseudagenia reversa, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv. p. 42

(1884).

Trenangelus hornus, Schulz, Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 180 (1906).

Hab. Para; Oyapok.

2. Irenangelus ichneumonoides, Diicke.

Trenangelus ichneumonoides, Diicke, Revue d’Entomol. xxvii. p. 51

(1908). 2.

Hab. Amazon.

A specimen of this species in the British Museum bears

the MS. name Ceropales evilis, Bingham, and corresponds

well to the description, but is without a black band on the

pronotum, and the wings are hyaline, not yellowish, with the

costa and radial cell infuscate, as in the type. The median

segment is smooth throughout, not finely rugulose at the

apex as in the description of the type. I have not seen a

typical specimen, but am inclined to regard eawils merely as

a variety. ‘The front below the antenne and the clypeus are

very much more elongate than in reversus ; also the sculpture

of the front and the shape of the third cubital cell are very

different, as noticed by Diicke.

3. Irenangelus meaicanus, sp. n.

@. Flavo-testacea, nitida; mandibulis apice, flagelloque, articulis

duobus basalibus exceptis, nigris; alis flayo-hyalinis, iridescenti-

bus, apice late infumatis, venis brunneis.

Long. 9 mm.

9. Labrum broadly rounded at the apex, not emarginate.

Clypeus finely and closely punctured, slightly convex, much

358 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

broader than long, clothed with delicate golden pubescence,

which extends on to the labrum. Antenoz inserted more

than twice as far from the anterior ocellus as from the base

of the clypeus, each of the eight apical joints of the flagellum

very distinctly narrowed from the base to the apex. Front

distinctly raised above the base of the antenne, with a

shallow longitudinal sulcus not reaching the anterior ocellus.

HKyes strongly divergent towards the vertex, the inner margin

widely but very shallowly subemarginate. Front and vertex

smooth. Pronotum smooth, the dorsal surface short and

transverse; parapsidal furrows of the mesonotum deep.

Median segment longer than broad, narrowed to the apex,

smooth and shining, convex. Pleura and abdomen sparsely

covered with very delicate pale golden pubescence ; abdomen

rather strongly compressed laterally; the first segment half

as long again as the apical breadth, narrowed to the base.

First abscissa of the radius shorter than the third, the latter

half as long as the second ; the third cubital cell receiving

the second recurrent nervure at one-third from the apex ; the

fuscous apical margin does not quite reach the third trans-

verse cubital nervure. ;

Hab. Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 ft. (AZ. H. Smith) ; July.

Easily distinguished from zchneumonoides by the absence

of black markings, by the smooth front, the much shorter

clypeus, and the almost obsolete emargination of the eyes ;

from reversus by the very different form of the third cubital

cell, by the absence of a carina on the clypeus, and by the

shorter and broader first abdominal segment.

A, TIrenangelus tenuatus, Turn.

Ceropales tenuatus, Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 840 (1910). 2.

FAlub, Kuranda, Queensland.

This species must be included in the genus, though differing

in the very long third cubital cell, which is twice as long on

the radius as the second, and in the absence of a raised space

above the base of the antennae. As in the other species, the

pronotum does not reach the tegule. The neuration is very

similar to that of the genus Xanthampulex, but the frontal

prominence is absent. ‘This prominence is much more deve-

loped in Xanthampulex than in Jrenangelus, and, on the

whole, I think tenuatus is best placed in the latter genus.

I agree with Diicke in considering this genus as allied to

Ceropales. I have previously expressed my opinion that

Xanthampulex should be placed near that genus.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 359

The species to be included in Xanthampulex are :—

1. Xanthampulex trifur, Schulz.

Xanthampulex trifur, Schulz, Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 184 (1906).

Q6d-

Hab. Celebes.

2. Xanthampulex pernix, Bingh.

Ceropales pernix, Bingh. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 425

(1896). ¢.

Xanthampulex vernix, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 361

(1912).

Hab. Tenasserim ; Singapore.

3. Xanthampulex albovariegata, Cam.

Ceropales albovariegata, Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xli.

p. 84 (1896). :

Xanthampulex albovariegata, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x.

p. 362 (1912).

Tab. Ceylon.

4, Xanthampulex claripennis, Cam.

Ceropales claripennis, Cam. Mem, Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc, (4) iv.

p. 455 (1891).

Tab. Western India.

E/pipompilus delicatus, sp. n.

Pseudagenia delicata, Cam. MS.

2. Nigra; thorace, segmento mediano, pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis;

scapo, Ssegmento dorsali secundo macula parva utrinque femori-

busque posticis macula basali pallide flavis; flagello pallide

brunneo, apice infuscato; segmento dorsali primo macula basali,

secundo dimidio basali, quarto apice, quinto sextoque brunnco-

ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, fusco late bifasciatis, venis fuscis.

Long. 6 mm,

9. Head opaque, with short cinereous pubescence, a

distinct frontal sulcus reaching the anterior ocellus. Head

somewhat flattened, as in aztecus, Cress., the palpi long and

slender. Pronotum not more than half as long as the meso-

notum, the anterior margin straight, the hind margin broadly

and shallowly arcuate, the sides parallel. Median segment

convex, narrowed towards the apex, not truncate. Abdomen

360 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on

smooth and shining ; the first segment broadened from the

base, a little longer than the apical breadth; second segment

much broader than long. Second abscissa of the radius a

little longer than the first, a little more than half as long as

the third. Cubitella originating far beyond the nervellus.

Fore tarsi and hind tibiz unarmed.

Hab. Bugaba, Panama (Champion).

This is very similar to EH. aztecus, Cress., but is a smaller

species, somewhat differently coloured, and with a much

shorter pronotum.

Epipompilus aztecus, Cress.

Ferreola azteca, Cress. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 876 (1869).

Epipompilus maximilianit, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv.

p. 57 (1884). Q. :

Hab. Mexico.

XLITI.—Records of some British Symphyla.

By Ricuarp 8. Baenaxt, F.L.S.

Or the fourteen species of Symphyla now known to occur

in the British Isles there is a paucity of records of seven

species, viz., Neoscutigerella hanseni (Bagn.) ; Symphyleila

dunelmensis (Bagn.); S. jacksont (Bagn.); S. isabelle

(Grassi) ; S. horrida (Bagn.) ; S. minutissima (Bagn.), and

Scolopendrella notacantha, Gervais.

Some little while ago I found the opportunity of working

through several tubes of material and the following records,

which extend the range of most of the above species, are

taken from the notes I then made. My thanks are due to

the several correspondents named in brackets against the

records.

Scutigerella immaculata (Newp.).

Norra Watzs, Llandudno, July 1909 (S. Hirst) ; Yorxs,

Ravenscar, R. S. B.

Scutigerella spinipes, Bagn.

Portlane, 1 (A. Randell Jackson); Yorxs, Ravenscar, 2,

R. 8S. B.; Malvern (North Hill), 1 mutilated example,

April 1909 (S. Hirst).

some British Symphyla. 361

Scutigerella biscutata, Bagn.

Yorks, Ravenscar, 2, R. S. B.

Symphylella jacksoni (Bagn.).

S. Wass, Swansea, single examples dated 2. vii.14 and

20:.Vi, 15:(P oe Baeton)

Previously only known from examples taken by Dr. A.

Randell Jackson (in plenty) from the Flintshire side of the

Dee Estuary at Queensferry.

_Symphylella dunelmensis (Bagn.).

NorrnumpBertanp, Corbridge, 2 only, and Durnam,

Penshaw Hill, several, R. S. B.

Previously only known from County Durham, where it

occurred in numbers at Gibside.

Symphylella isabelle (Grassi).

NortHuMBERLAND, Bamburgh, a few only, June 13, 1917,

RuSvB.

Only a single example from Penshaw, County Durham,

previously known.

Symphylella horrida (Bagn.).

S. Waxus, Swansea, 1 immature example, 28. vi. 15 (P. A.

Buzxton).

Previously known from the Durham Coast near Hartlepool.

Symphylella vulgaris (Hansen).

Devon, Petit Tor Bay near Babbacombe, 1 example

(S. Hirst).

Symphylella minutissima (Bagn.).

Scotianp, Edinburgh, Sept. 1912 (W. Evans and R. S. B.);

NortauMBeRLAND, Whitley Bay, 1 immature example, and

Yorks, Whitby, 1 immature example, R. S. B.

Previously known from two examples taken at Barnard

Castle, Co. Durham.

Scolopendrellopsis subnuda (Hansen).

Cuersurre, Chester, an undoubted example (A. Randell

Jackson), the only record from Cheshire being that of a

doubtful immature example from the same source.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 24.

362 On a new Rat from the Upper Nile.

Of the known British species Hanseniella caldaria (Hansen)

is a “hot-house” species; Scutigerella immaculata, 8. bi-

scutata, S. spinipes, and Symphelella vulgaris are more or less

common and of wide distribution, whilst Symphelella delica-

tula and Scolopendrellopsis subnuda are also widely distributed

but much more local. S. swbnuda, on account of its minute

size, may easily be overlooked (and S. minutissima also).

All of these seven species should be met with in one season

by anyone wishing to collect and study the group.

XLIV.—A new Rat of the Genus Mylomys from the

Upper Nile. By Oxprintp THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Amone some Mammalia collected by Major Cuthbert Christy

during his recent expedition to the Bahr-el-Ghazal, and

presented by him to tle National Museum, there occur two

specimens of a new Mylomys, which may be called

Mylomys christyi, sp. n.

Size comparatively small. Under surface white, as in the

large species M. alberii.

Size rather smaller than in M. cuninghamei, the smallest

of the described species, Colour above strongly lined pale

buffy and black with ochraceous rump, the general effect

paler than in dutescens and less ochraceous than in alderit.

Sides more creamy buff. Under surface white, the hairs

white to their roots in the type, but with a little pale slaty

at the bases of the hairs in the paratype, which is, however,

ratherimmature. Sides of nose, a line above eye, and back

of ears ochraceous. Hands and feet grizzled yellow. Tail

well-haired, dark brown above, buffy yellow on sides and

below.

Skull rather smaller than that of M. cuninghamei, but

similar in general form. Palatal foramina comparatively

narrow, not widely open as in dutescens. Bulle rather small.

Molars larger than those of cuninghamet, but not equalling

those of dutescens.

Dimensions of the type (measured by the collector in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 135 mm..; tail 140; hind foot 34;

par. 19:

On new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika. 363

Skull: greatest length 33°5 ; condylo-incisive length 31°6 ;

wygomatic breadth 16°4; nasals 13:2; interorbital breadth

4:5; palatal foramina 7:1 x 2:1; upper molar series 7°3;

breadth of m! 2°5.

Hab. Mt. Baginzi, Bahr-el-Ghazal. Alt. 3500’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 17.10.4.17. Original

number 29. Collected March 1916, and presented by Major

Cuthbert Christy, R.A.M.C. Two specimens.

Mylomys cuninghamei of British East Africa and M, lutes-

cens of Uganda have the belly hairs broadly plumbeous

basally. M. alberti of the Upper Welle is conspicuously

larger than M. christyi, the skull 38'5 mm. in length.

“ Pelomys”’ roosevelti, Heller, which is clearly a Mylomys,

I do not know, but its molars are said to be 8°5 mm. in

length.

._ XLV.—Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika

forming Part of the Collection made by the late Dr. L.

Stappers for the Belgian Government. By G. A. BouLencER,

F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A report on the large collection of Fishes made by Dr. L.

Stappers* in Lake Tanganyika and other parts of the

Belgian Congo was in preparation when the war broke out,

and only the greater part of the diagnoses of the new species

have so far been published in Brussels +. I now propose,

after this long delay, to give short descriptions of the

remainder, so as to render the whole series available for

reference.

Alestes vittatus.

Depth of body 34 to 32 times in total length, length of

head 4 to 44 times. Head twice as long as broad, a little

longer than deep ; snout as long as eye, which is 3 times in

* On his return to Europe, hastened by the outbreak of the war,

Dr. Stappers joined the Medical Service of the Belgian Army; he died

in hospital at Calais on Dec. 30,1916. The death of this promising

young zoologist is a great loss to Science.

+ Rev. Zool. Afr. iii. 1914, pp. 442-447, and iv. 1915, pp. 162-170.

The Acanthopterygii and Opisthomi are included in the British Museum

Catalogue of African Fishes, onl r

364 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

length of head; adipose eyelid feebly developed ; inter-

orbital width 24 to 22 times in length of head. Gill-rakers

thin and rather short, 12 or 18 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal II 8, originating above inner ray of ventral,

at equal distance from end of snout and from caudal;

longest ray nearly as long as head. Anal III 15-16.

Pectoral not reaching ventral. jose! peduncle a little

longer than deep. Scales 23-24 * gn 2 between lateral line

and ventral. Silvery; a blackish lateral band, widening

from the gill-cover to below the dorsal.

Total length 80 mm.

Lufuko River at Pala.

Near A. kingsleye, Gthr., but dorsal a little further back,

fewer gill-rakers, and lateral band complete.

Varicorhinus stappersii.

Depth of body 33 to 32 times in total length, length of

head 43 to 5 times. Snout rounded, broader than long,

2+ length of head ; eye supero-lateral, 5 times in length of

head, 2 to 24 times in interorbital width; mouth very feebly

curved, its width 3 length of head ; 2 barbels on each side,

anterior as long as eye, posterior 14 as long. Dorsal II1 9,

equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal ; last

simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, its stiff portion

measuring a little more than 4, or nearly 2, length of head.

Anal II 5. Pectoral not reaching ventral, which is inserted

below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 to nearly

2 times as long as deep. Scales 30-31 z, 24 between lateral

line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown above,

whitish beneath, the demarcation line passing through the

middle of the series of scales below the lateral line.

Total length 300 mm.

Lufuko River at Nganza.

Near V. drucii, Blgr., but mouth wider and barbels longer.

Barbus teniopleura.

Depth of body 33 to 32 times in total length, length of

head 4 to 45 times. Snout rounded, as long as eye, which

is 84 to 84 times in length of head; interorbital width 24

times in length of head ; mouth small, subinferior ; ive

feebly developed ; 2 barbels on each side, anterior ts to 12

times diameter of eye, posterior 14 to 2 times. Dorsal

III 8, equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal,

border very feebly notched, last simple ray flexible, as long

Fishes from Lake Tanganyika. 365

as head. Anal III 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral as

long as head or a little shorter, not reaching ventral,

which jis inserted below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle 12 to 2 times as long as deep. Scales with

numerous radiating striz, 27-29 By 24 between lateral line

and ventral, 12 signe caudal peduncle. Brownish above,

yellow beneath ; a narrow blackish lateral band from the

gill-cover to the root of the caudal ; fins whitish,

Total length 80 mm.

Kasarala brook at Gongwe.

Near B. chlorotenia, Blgr., but caudal peduncle more

elongate.

Barbus urostigma.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} to 32 times in

total length. Snout rounded, as long as eye, » which i is 34 to

32 times in length of head ; interorbital width 24 times

in length of head; mouth small, subinferior ; lips feebly

developed ; 2 barbels on each side, anterior as ‘long as eye

or a little longer, posterior 1} to 14 times its length (barbels

shorter in the young). Dorsal III 7, equally distant from

centre or posterior border of eye and from caudal, border

straight or slightly convex ; last simple ray flexible, as long

as head or a liste shorter. Anal III 5, not reaching caudal,

Pectoral 2 to 3 length of head, not reaching ventral, which

is inserted below anterior rays ‘of dorsal. Caudal peduncle

14 to 2 times as long as deep. Scales with numerous

radiating striz, 25-30 a 24-3 between lateral line and

ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown above, whitish

beneath, the scales on the side often edged with dark brown,

or blackish at the base; a round black spot at base of

caudal ; fins whitish.

Total length 70 mm.

Brooks at Mazonde, Kibudwe, and Gongwe.

Distinguished from the preceding by the shape of the

dorsal, with -7 branched rays instead of 8, and by the

absence of the blackish lateral band.

. Barbus lufukiensis.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} to 32 times in

total length. Snout rounded, as long as eye, which is 3 to

34 times in length of head; interorbital width 23 to 22

times in length of head ; mouth small, subinferior ; lips

feebly developed ; 2 barbels on each side, anterior hardly

366 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

3 length of eye, posterior 2 (less still in the young). Dorsal

III 7, equally distant from eye and from caudal, with

concave border; last simple ray flexible, as long as head.

Anal II 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral nearly % length of

head, not reaching ventral, which is inserted below anterior

rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep.

Scales with few radiating striz, 24-25 = 14 between lateral

line and ventral, 8 round caudal peduncle; the exposed part

of the scales of the lateral line nearly 3 times as deep as

long. Brownish, the scales on the side edged with dark

brown ; fins whitish.

Total length 110 mm.

Lufuko River at Pala.

Near B. congicus, Blgr., but dorsal with 7 branched rays

instead of 8.

Chrysichthys stappersiz.

Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head

3% times. Head much flattened, 14 times as long as broad,

rugose above; occipital process in contact with interneural

shield; snout broadly rounded, projecting very feebly

beyond mouth ; eye 6} times in length of head and 23 times

in interocular width ; width of mouth 12 times in length of

head ; band of premaxillary teeth curved, 7 times as long as

broad; vomero-pterygoid teeth in a long uninterrupted

band, very broad on the sides. Nasal barbel nearly as long

as eye, maxillary 14 times length of head, outer mandibular

% length of head. Gill-rakers moderately long, 10 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal I 6, its distance from caudal

1} times its distance from end of snout ; spine striated, a

little less than half length of head ; second branched ray

longest, a little more than half length of head. Adipose

dorsal 3 times as long as deep,-14 times as long as rayed

dorsal, from which it is separated by a space a little greater

than its base. Anal IV 9. Pectoral spine 4 length of

head, strongly serrated on inner side. Caudal forked,

longest rays 3} times as long as median. Caudal peduncle

nearly twice as long as deep. Brown above, white beneath.

Total length 480 mm.

Kilewa Bay.

Near C. cranchii, Leach, but mandibular barbels longer,

adipose fin larger, caudal more deeply notched,

Fishes from Lake Tanganyika. 367

Chrysichthys grandis.

Depth of body 4 to 42 times in total length, length of

head 3 to 34 times. Head much flattened, as long as broad,

smooth ; occipital process in contact with interneural shield ;

snout broadly rounded, projecting very feebly beyond mouth;

eye 8} to 10 times in length of head and 32 to 5 times in

interocular width ; width of mouth 13 times in length of

head; band of premaxillary teeth feebly curved, 74 to 8

times as long as broad; vomero-pterygoid teeth in a long

and rather broad band narrowly interrupted in the middle.

Nasal barbel 13 to 12 times diameter of eye, maxillary

barbel 4 to 2 length of head, outer mandibular}. Gill-

rakers moderately long, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal I 6, equally distant from end of snout and

from caudal; spine small, smooth, about + length of head.

Adipose dorsal twice as long as deep, as long as or a little

shorter than rayed dorsal, from which it is separated by a

space 24 to 3 times its length. Anal IV 8. Pectoral spine

4 to 4 length of head, feebly serrated on inner side. Caudal

notched, with rounded lobes, longest rays about twice as

long as median. Caudal peduncle hardly 14 times as long

as deep. Dark brown; belly white.

Total length 570 mm. .

Kilewa Bay.

Near C. myriodon, Blgr., but head smooth, band of teeth

on the palate narrower on the sides, nasal barbel longer,

dorsal and pectoral spines shorter.

Synodontis dhonii.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times in total

length. Head 14 times as long as broad, with strong

granular asperities between and behind the eyes; snout

obtusely pointed, a little longer than postocular part of head ;

eye supero-lateral, 9$ times in length of head, 84 times in

interorbital width; lips moderately developed ; mandibular

- teeth $ diameter of eye, 20 in number, forming a transverse

series. Maxillary barbel not margined, nearly 2 length of

head; mandibular barbels with few and slender branches.

Nuchal shield tectiform and very rugose like the occiput, a

little longer than broad, with obtuse posterior processes.

Humeral process rugose, granular, not keeled, twice as long

as broad, rounded. Dorsall 7 ; spine strong, finely striated,

serrated behind. Adipose dorsal low, 5 times as long as

368 On the Coleopterous Genus Euxestus.

deep, nearly twice as long as its distance from rayed dorsal.

Anal III 8, rounded. Pectoral spine strong, nearly ? length

of head, with strong serre on inner side only. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Brown above and beneath;

caudal yellowish, blackish on the outer rays.

Total length 360 mm.

Kilewa Bay.

Holds an isolated position in the genus, but perhaps nearer

to S. granulosus, Blgr., than to any other species.

Named after M. G. Dhont-De Bie, who accompanied

Dr. Stappers on his expedition.

XLVI.—A Note on the Coleopterous Genus Kuxestus.

By Gitpert J. Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In a recent paper in this Magazine upon the African repre-

sentatives of the Hrotylide (see p. 138 of the present

volume) I sank Motschulsky’s genus Tritomidea as a synonym

of the well-known and almost universally distributed

Hu«estus. Although unable to decide with any degree of

certainty upon the status of the three species from Ceylon

and India placed by Motschulsky in Trztomidea, I ventured

to express a belief that TZ. translucida, the only one of

the three of which a formal description was given, would

prove to be identical with the widespread Huwestus park,

Woll. ‘At the time of writing, I had not examined the abun-

dant series of these insects collected in Ceylon by Mr. George

Lewis but, having since discovered these, I have been able

to recognize two species which are evidently those called

Tritomidea translucida and basalis by Motschulsky, and of

these the second, and not the first, proves to be Luwestus

parki, while 1. translucida is a well-marked species of the

same genus previously unknown to me. It is larger and

relatively broader than E. parkd and can generally be recog-

nized at once by the occurrence of three rather inconstant

blood-red patches placed in a triangle upon the elytra—one

at the base of each and the third upon the suture.

Motschulsky’s third form, Tritomddea oblonga (‘from the

Indian continent’), is apparently very similar to the African

species I have named Luwestus angustus.

On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 369

XLVII.—Deseriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily

Pyraustine. By Sir Georer F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.,

&e. ¢

PYRAUSTINA.

(4a) Neurophyseta fulvistrigalis, sp. n.

3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the last with

black band on 2nd segment; antenne fulvous; fore tibia and

tarsi blackish in front. Fore wing silvery white; the costa black

towards base; small subbasal black spots at costa and below the

cell; antemedial line black, oblique at costa and dilated into slight

spots below costa and at vein 1, interrupted below costa by a

fulvous yellow streak extending to the postmedial line; an oblique

black discoidal bar with whitish striga in centre; postmedial line

black, obliquely curved to vein 3 where there is a blackish spot

on its inner side, then strongly ineurved, somewhat diffused and

waved below vein 2, a black line beyond it to vein 3, somewhat

divergent at costa and vein 3; the costa blackish towards apex;

a blackish line from apex somewhat ineurved and rather strong

below apex, then slight and extending just before termen to vein 3.

Hind wing silvery white; a blackish postmedial line, slight and

excurved to vein 3, then stronger and excurved below vein 2.

Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 2 5 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(4c) Neurophyseta disciatralis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery’ white, the last with

dorsal black band on 2nd segment and bar on 8rd segment; fore

tibize black above, the tarsi tinged with cupreous brown towards

base. ore wing silvery white; a black point at base of costa and

minute black spot on vein 1 near base; subbasal black strize on

and below costa with an orange bar between them; short ante-

medial black streaks on and below costa with an oblique pale

orange bar between them and a slight erect blackish line from

below them to vein 1; an elliptical black-brown discoidal spot

with some silvery white in centre, a diffused orange streak from

above it just below costa to the postmedial line, some diffused

black-brown and orange beyond it to the postmedial line and

a black-brown patch before the postmedial line from vein 5 to

below 8; postmedial line blackish, excurved to vein 3, then

incurved, slight and slightly waved below vein 2, a blackish line

beyond it from costa to vein 2, somewhat divergent at costa and

vein 2; a black line from apex, incurved and with a faint orange

tinge beyond it below apex, then faint to vein 3. Hind wing

370 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

silvery white; a slight brown antemedial line from cell to inner

margin ; a slight postmedial line, rather inwardly oblique to vein 2,

then excurved ; a faint subterminal line from vein 6 to tornus.

fab. Purv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden),1 9 type. Exp.

22 mm. s

(lla) Neurophyseta mesophealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen silvery white, the meta-

thorax with yellowish and blackish patch, the rest of abdomen

ochreous irrorated with black except towards extremity ; antennze

pale ochreous with slight blackish rings; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with ochreous, the fore femora

and tibiz suffused with black. Fore wing silvery white, the

medial area black-brown with an orange fascia below costa and

slight streak on vein 7, the terminal area with a black-brown patch

at middle; an orange and fulvous patch at base of costa; an

oblique and silvery whitish discoidal bar tinged with brown and

defined by black; postmedial line black-brown defined on inner

side by white and rather obliquely excurved to vein 3, then repre-

sented by the oblique edge of the dark medial area; a fine dark

brown line from apex, slightly incurved and with some gold beyond

it just below apex, then slight to vein 2 just before termen; cilia

dark brown between veins 5 and 2. Hind wing silvery white; a

slight brownish discoidal lunule ; postmedial line indistinct,

brownish, excurved to vein 3 and below vein 2, with a dark streak

before it on vein 1 with some brownish suffusion above it; a slight

brown terminal line; cilia with some reddish brown mixed.

Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden),1d type. Hap. 16mm.

(12) Neurophyseta fulvilinealis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax silvery white; abdomen white tinged with

brownish ochreous. Fore wing silvery white; a patch of pale

fulvous yellow suffusion on costa near base ; antemedial line faint,

pale fulvous yellow, curved; an oblique white discoidal lunule

defined by black, obsolescent below, some pale fulvous yellow above

it on costa and short streaks beyond it on veins 7, 6; postmedial

line pale fulvous yellow, straight and erect to vein 3 with traces of

a brownish line beyond it, then rather diffused, retracted to lower

angle of cell and erect to inner margin; a fine black line from

apex, slightly incurved and with some fulvous yellow beyond it

below apex, then very faint to vein 2 just before termen. Hind

wing silvery white; curved fulvous yellow ante- and postmedial

lines and a faint subterminal line; a slight brown striga from

costa before apex with some yellow beyond it and the termen

yellowish towards tornus.

Hab. Cotompta, Choko Province, Condoto (Spuzrell), 1 9 type.

Hep. 16 mm.

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 371

(146) Neurophyseta flavirufalis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax orange, the patagia with rufous patch near

base ; abdomen orange-yellow suffused with rufous except towards

base; antenne orange-yellow with slight blackish rings; palpi

irrorated with rufous; pectus, légs, and ventral surface of abdomen

orange-yellow, the fore femora and fore and mid tibie suffused

with black. Fore wing orange; a small red-brown spot at base of

costa ; a broad diffused deep rufous antemedial band from costa to

above inner margin; two rather diffused rufous lines from middle

of costa, then a deep rufous band, sinuous to vein 1, then bent

inwards; a dark brown discoidal lunule; a broad rufous shade

before the postmedial line, almost confluent with the medial band

below the cell, the line orange defined on outer side by rufous

patches at middle and on inner area, slightly incurved at discal

fold, excurved to vein 3, then strongly incurved and angled out-

wards at vein 1, some red-brown beyond it on costa; subterminal

line dark red-brown, excurved at discal fold and interrupted in

submedian interspace, some rufous suffusion beyond it except at

discal and submedian folds; cilia white, dark brown except at base

towards apex and tornus and between veins 5 and 2. Hind wing

silvery white with some rufous and yellowish on terminal area at

vein 2.

Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ochenden), 1 9 type. Exp.

24 mm.

(3) Catapsephis subterminalis, sp. un.

3. Head and tegule black-brown with a small white spot on

vertex of head; thorax and abdomen silvery white, the latter with

black-brown band on 2nd segment; antenne white except the

basal joint; palpi black with some white on 2nd joint in front and

at extremity of 38rd joint; maxillary palpi ringed black and white ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the

fore coxe and femora in front and tibie below black-brown. Fore

wing silvery white; a small subbasal black spot on costa; a red-

brown point at middle of costa; reniform defined by black except

above ; a patch of reddish-brown suffusion beyond the cell between

veins 7 and 3; postmedial line brown defined on outer side by

white, straight and erect to vein 5, excurved to vein 3, then pale

red-brown and retracted to below end of cell and oblique and

sinuous to inner margin, a broad dark reddish brown band beyond

it, narrowing to the costa; subterminal line black-brown, arising

from apex, incurved and with a dark brown spot on its outer side

below apex, then excurved and interrupted by brown fasciz from the

broad band between veins 5 and 3 and at vein 2; cilia with a

forked black-brown mark at apex and black spots at veins 4 and 2.

Hind wing silvery white; a black discoidal spot; a broad reddish-

372 Sir G. F. Hampson on new’

brown postmedial band from costa to vein 2, then narrow, faint,

and yellow-brown and incurved to termen at vein 1, emitting

fascize to the termen and cilia between veins 5 and 3 and at vein 2;

subterminal line black, interrupted at the fasciz and incurved

between them, then sinuous and ending at submedian fold; cilia

with a forked dark reddish-brown mark below apex.

Hab. New Georgia (Meek), 1 3 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(4) Catapsephis flavizonalis, sp. n.

@. Head and shoulders black-brown with a white patch on

vertex of head; thorax white; abdomen orange-yellow at base,

then white tinged with brown; antenne white; frons with white

spot; palpi black with some white on 2nd joint in front and at

base and extremity of 8rd joint; maxillary palpi black ringed with

white; pectus and legs pale orange-yellow, the fore tibie and the

tarsi white. Fore wing silvery white; a small dark brown and

orange-yellow spot on costa near base; an oblique orange-yellow

antemedial band from below costa to inner margin; a black point

at middle of costa with orange-yellow line from it to inner margin ;

black striz on each side of discocellulars; a broad orange-yellow

band beyond the cell, arising at vein 7 and bent inwards along

median nervure to the medial line with which it is confluent to

inner margin; a small black postmedial spot on costa and a line

defining the outer edge of the orange band from vein 6 to sub-

median fold with a small white spot on its inner side at discal fold ;

the postmedial area with a broad black-brown band arising at

vein 6 and with some orange-yellow above it below the costa,

confluent with the postmedial line at middle and incurved below

vein 3; a black subterminal line, arising from apex, incurved below

apex and emitting a streak to the cilia, then incurved, with a dark

patch on its outer side at middle emitting fascie to the cilia at

veins 4,3, 2. Hind wing silvery white; a narrow orange-yellow

antemedial band; a black discoidal bar; a broad orange-yellow

postmedial band, its outer edge excurved beyond the cell; an

orange-yellow subterminal band irrorated with fuscous on costal

half, its edges slightly sinuous, incurved below vein 3 and ending

on termen at vein 1; a black line before termen, slightly angled

outwards at vein 8 and ending at submedian fold, dark patches

beyond it below apex and at middle, the former emitting a streak

to the cilia and the latter two, some yellow beyond it at vein 2

with a small black spot on the cilia.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Up. Setekwa R. (eek),

1 9 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(5) Catapsephis leucomelena, sp. n.

3. Head and neck black-brown mixed with some white; thorax

and abdomen silvery white, the latter with black band on 2nd

Pyralids: of the Subfamily Pyraustinee. 373

segment; antenne white except the basal joint; palpi black-brown

with some white in front of 2nd joint and at extremity of 3rd

joint ; maxillary palpi banded black-brown and white; legs tinged

with red-brown, the fore femora towards extremity and tibie below

black-brown. Fore wing silvery white; a black-brown subbasal

spot on costa, point at middle of costa and postmedial striga from

costa; reniform defined by black-brown except above; the area

beyond the cell blackish with a red-brown tinge except the costal

area to beyond the postmedial striga, its inner edge sinuous; a

black-brown terminal line except between veins 4 and 2, dilated

into a patch below apex and defined on inner side by white towards

apex and at discal and submedian folds; cilia white with black-

brown patches at apex and middle and fascie at veins 6 and 2.

Hind wing silvery white; a small black discoidal spot; a broad

blackish subterminal band tinged with red-brown from costa to

vein 2, emitting a patch to the termen and cilia at middle and

streak at vein 2; a black terminal line except towards tornus,

interrupted at the patch and streak and defined on inner side by

white except at those points; cilia with a forked black-brown

patch at apex.

flab. Sotomon Is., Choiseul I. (Meek), 1 S type. Hap.

20 mm.

(2b) Sufetula brunnealis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark red-brown slightly mixed

with whitish ; palpi with the 3rd joint white with black ring near

tips; maxillary palpi white at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white suffused with red-brown, the fore legs

darker brown, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing dark red-

brown; antemedial line black defined on inner side by white,

slightly angled outwards below costa and at submedian fold; the

medial part of costa with alternating white and black-brown

points ; a white discoidal bar defined on inner side by black ; post-

medial line white, defined on outer side by blackish towards costa

and arising from costa towards apex, rather oblique to vein 5, then

very inwardly oblique, sinuous and incurved at vein 2; cilia black

at base, white at tips. Hind wing dark reddish brown; a curved

whitish medial line from discal fold to inner margin near tornus ;

subterminal line white defined on inner side by black-brown,

sinuous, excurved at middle and submedian fold and ending on

termen at vein 1; a terminal series of small black spots; cilia

white at base, black-brown at tips.

Hab. Purtippines, Manila (Ledyard), 1Qtype. Hxp. 18mm.

(7 a) Massepha grisealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown; antenne

whitish ringed with brown; frons white, brown at sides; palpi

374. Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown, the base and 38rd joint white; pectus and legs white

suffused with brown; ventral surface of abdomen banded white

and brown. Fore wing narrow, glossy grey-brown; traces of an

antemedial brown line; a dark brown discoidal bar with whitish patch

beyond it; a small postmedial black spot on costa with some

whitish before and beyond it, then traces of a brown postmedial

line excurved beyond the cell then incurved to origin of vein 2;

the costal edge dark towards apex; a fine dark terminal line and

pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing glossy grey-brown; a dark

discoidal bar and postmedial line from costa to vein 8; a fine

whitish line at base of cilia followed by a dark line.

Hab. Goro Coast, Bibianaha ;(Spurrell), 1 3, Kumasi

(Sanders), 1 3 type. Exp. 18 mm.

Genus ENTEPHRIA,.

Entephria, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 428, nec Hiibn. Verz. p. 331 (1827),

will stand as

Pycnarmon, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 442.

Type, jaguaralis.

(5c) Pycnarmon dialithalis, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow sparsely irrorated with

red; palpi banded with red. Fore wing yellow suffused and

mottled with red and with traces of ante- and postmedial lines.

Hind wing yellow; a diffused obliquely curved red band from costa

before middle to tornus; a diffused oblique red band from costa

beyond middle to termen at vein 1; a diffused terminal band from

apex to vein 2, angled inwards below costa; cilia yellow with a

red line near base. Underside of fore wing suffused with deep

red; a small black spot in cell towards extremity and small

discoidal lunule ; ante- and postmedial white patches on costa; an

elongate wedge-shaped white mark from termen below vein 7,

extending at termen to below vein 6; a postmedial white band

from vein 5 to below 2 angled outwards to termen at vein 5 and

forming a rectangular mark; hind wing as above but with the

ground-colour white and the red bands deeper in colour.

Hab. Gotp Coast, Kumasi (Whiteszde), 1 2 type. Lap.

16 mm.

(6a) Pycnarmon peruvialis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the last with small subdorsal

black spots on 8rd segment, the penultimate segment orange-

yellow with small subdorsal black spots at base, and the claspers

and genital tufts orange-yellow; palpi with the 1st joint and base

of 2nd behind black; fore legs with black bands at extremities of

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 375

femora and tibie. Fore wing silvery white; small black-brown

spots on costa at and near base, the latter followed by three or four

minute spots on costa; an antemedial black point in the cell and

discoidal striga, the latter with a slight black-brown annulus above

it on costa ; a faint brownish ochreous line from origin of vein 2 to

inner margin; a brownish ochreous shade beyond the cell; post-

medial line ochreous brown with two black-brown striz at costa,

straight and erect to vein 4, then obsolete to submedian fold and

oblique to inner margin ; a black point at apex, elliptical brownish

ochreous patch on termen from apex to below vein 4 and black striga

before termen at vein 3; cilia tinged with ochreous brown except

at base. Hind wing silvery white; a black discoidal bar; post-

medial line with black spot at costa, then brownish ochreous,

straight to vein 4 where it is bent inwards and obsolescent, then

sinuous t0 inner margin; a blackish striga on vein 3 before termen ;

a slight ochreous brown terminal line.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the basal and subbasal black spots on

costa more developed but without the minute spots beyond the

latter, a minute spot above inner margin near base, the discoidal

’ mark an elliptical spot without the ochreous shade beyond it, the

ochreous postmedial line diffused, the patch on termen not ex-

tending below vein 6; hind wing with black discoidal spot.

Ab. 2. Palpi with black band at extremity of 2nd joint; abdomen

without the black spots; fore wing without the minute black spots

beyond the subbasal spot on costa, the spot in cell and discoidal

spot ochreous brown, no ochreous shade beyond the cell.

Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 2 ¢ type, San Domingo (Ockenden),

36,1 9, La Oroya (Ockenden),1 9. Ewp. 22-26 mm.

(17 6) Pyenarmon diffusalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white, the tegule dorsally and patagia at

base with black-brown spots glossed with cupreous; abdomen

white with diffused cupreous brown bands ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with cupreous

brown, the tibie darker. Fore wing silvery white; black-brown

spots below costa at base and before middle and a subbasal spot

below the cell conjoined to a spot above inner margin; a black-

brown spot in end of cell and spot below origin of vein 2; diffused

dark cupreous brown postmedial patches below costa and beyond the

cell, a patch beyond lower angle of cell between veins 5 and 2 and

an elongate patch on inner area conjoined to the spot below vein 2;

a black-brown spot below costa beyond the postmedial patches with

an oblique dark cupreous brown patch from below it at vein 7 to

medial part of termen with a band from it to tornus; cilia dark

cupreous brown from vein 4 to tornus. Hind wing white tinged

with cupreous brown except the cell and basal costal area.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlange (Neave), 2 ¢ type. Exp.

14-16 mm.

376 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(8a) Tabidia fuscifusalis, sp. n.

Antenne of male with long cilia; fore wing with tuft of long

hair from inner margin near base; hind wing on upperside with

some rough scaling in the cell and long hairs in the folds, the

underside clothed with rough hair.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with reddish

brown; antennz fuscous brown; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with reddish brown. Fore wing

white with a brownish tinge; the costal edge fuscous towards base

and with dark subbasal and antemedial bars from costa, the basal

area suffused with dark reddish brown below subcostal nervure; a

black spot in middle of cell and elliptical discoidal spot; a broad

rather diffused black-brown band beyond the cell, interrupted by a

forked whitish streak on veins 5, 4 and oblique below vein 4, its

outer edge conjoined to a black-brown subterminal spot between

veins 5 and 8; a black-brown terminal line except at apex. Hind

wing whitish suffused with reddish brown, the terminal area broadly

black-brown, the costal area whitish towards base; an oblique

“black-brown discoidal bar; cilia white.

Hab, Cynon, Ratnapura (Mackwood), 1 $ type. ap.

22 mm.

(6a) Agrotera rufitinctalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with

rufous, the fore tarsi black at extremities. Fore wing whitish

suffused with pale red-brown with a cupreous gloss; the basal area

whiter with some slight pale fiery red marks on it; antemedial line

black, somewhat oblique and sinuous, a small black spot just beyond

it in the cell and black discoidal bar ; postmedial line black-brown,

recurved below costa, slightly incurved at discal fold, bent inwards

below vein 3 and excurved at submedian fold, the area beyond it

suffused with dark brown except towards costa; a black terminal

line ; cilia white, black-brown at apex, middle, and tornus. Hind

wing white, the area from lower angle of cell to termen at apex and

vein 2 suffused with pale red-brown with a cupreous gloss; an

oblique blackish discoidal bar and oblique bar below origin of

vein 2; postmedial line blackish, slightly incurved at discal fold,

then oblique to vein 2 on which it is retracted, then excurved to

above tornus; a black terminal line; cilia white, black at tips to

vein 2.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 2 type. Exp,

24 mm.

(lle) Desmia albitarsalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown with a. slight

leaden gloss; palpi with the basal joint and the throat white;

Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustine. SUT

cox with white patches; tarsi white, the fore tarsi brown at

extremities, the mid and hind tarsi with the basal joint brown ;

ventral surface of abdomen with the basal segments white. Fore

wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss; a round white spot in

middle of cell and conjoined rather elliptical spots in and below the

cell before extremity ; a postmedial series of five small conjoined

white spots between veins 8 and 3, incurved below vein 7; cilia

whitish and brown with a black line near base. Hind wing black-

brown with a cupreous tinge; a white discoidal bar; cilia whitish

and brown with a black line near base.

Hab. VunxezvEtsa, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas, 1 ¢ type.

Hap. 22 mm.

(13a) Pagyda retractilinea, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white ; palpi tinged with golden

brown except in front. Fore wing white, the costal and terminal

areas with a faint ochreous tinge; a curved yellow-brown ante-

medial line; a slight brown mark in middle of cell and discoidal

bar; postmedial line yellow-brown, rather oblique to vein 5, then

erect to below vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and

rather oblique to inner margin; a curved rather indistinct and

diffused yellow-brown subterminal line, somewhat dentate between

veins 6 and 2; a fine yellow-brown terminal line. Hind wing

white, the terminal area with a faint ochreous tinge; postmedial

line yellow-brown, straight and erect to below vein 3, then re-

tracted to lower angle of cell and rather oblique to inner margin ;

a curved yellow-brown subterminal line, incurved at vein 3 to the

angle of the postmedial line and ending at tornus; a fine yellow-

brown terminal line except towards tornus; cilia tinged with

yellow except at tips.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Nairobi (Anderson), 1 2 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(18a) Pagyda atriplagiata, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white; the tegule

dorsally and patagia at base with black-brown spots, the patagia at

extremities black-brown and the dorsum of thorax suffused with

black-brown; abdomen dorsally suffused with black on medial

segments and at extremity ; palpi with the 2nd joint black-brown

behind; fore tibizee with black bands at extremity and the tarsi

ringed with black. Fore wing ochreous yellow; a rather broad

black-brown band near base and almost medial band somewhat

dilated above inner margin ; a black-brown discoidal bar; a wedge-

shaped postmedial black-brown patch from costa to discal fold and

a rather conical patch from vein 4 to inner margin near tornus; a

rather elliptical black-brown band from apex to vein 4 before

termen ; a fine black terminal line from apex to vein 6; cilia brown

except at base towards apex. Hind wing ochreous white; a black

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 25

378 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

point on upper discocellular and small spot above middle of inner

margin ; a postmedial dark striga between veins 6 and 5; a black

subterminal line between veins 7 and 4. and a rather oblique band

‘ from vein 3 to submedian fold; cilia yellow at base, silvery white

at tips.

2. Abdomen without the black patches; fore wing with the

medial band conjoined to the discoidal bar; hind wing without the

dark postmedial striga.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Kumusi R. (Meek), 1 3, 1 2 type.

Exp. 20 mm.

(3a) Marasmia euryterminalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy red-brown, the last with

small subdorsal black spots on penultimate segment and subdorsal

white fasciz on anal segment; antenne whitish ringed with dark

brown; frons with white lines at sides; palpi white at base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with

red-brown, the fore tibize dark cupreous brown. Fore wing glossy

red-brown slightly irrorated with dark brown; a blackish ante-

medial line from cell to inner margin; the medial part of costa

with series of black points with whitish between them; postmedial

line blackish defined on outer side by whitish, broadly below the

cell, dilated into a small spot at costa, inwardly oblique to vein 4,

then retracted to lower angle of cell and again oblique to inner

margin; the terminal area broadly darker brown; a slight dark

terminal line; cilia ochreous white with a black line near base.

Hind wing with the basal half white tinged with reddish brown; a

blackish discoidal bar; postmedial line black-brown rather broadly

defined on outer side by white, rather oblique to vein 3, then

retracted to below angle of cell and oblique to inner margin near

tornus, a dark brown shade beyond it shading to paler reddish brown

at termen ; a slight dark terminal line and blackish mark at tornus ;

cilia ochreous white with a blackish line near base.

2. Fore wing with black discoidal bar.

Hab. Formosa, Kanshirei (Wileman), 19; Assam, Khasis,

1 g type. Hap. 20 mm.

(9a) Marasmia brunneofusalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with some

whitish ; palpi white towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral sur-

face of abdomen white, the legs tinged with red-brown. Fore wing

whitish suffused with red-brown to the postmedial line, the costal

area red-brown, the terminal area brown tinged with grey; a curved

blackish antemedial line rather broadly defined on inner side by

whitish except at costa; postmedial line blackish rather broadly

defined on outer side by whitish narrowing at costa, forming a

minute black spot at costa, slightly incurved to vein 5, excurved to

below vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinee. 379

margin, the whitish beyond it with a slight curved dark shade on

its outer edge from below costa to below vein 3; cilia white tinged

with brown and with dark brown line near base. Hind wing

whitish, the terminal area brown tinged with grey; an oblique

black-brown discoidal bar with oblique line from it to inner margin

near tornus; a black-brown postmedial line from costa to just

below vein 3; the terminal area defined on inner side by a rather

diffused darker line, bent inwards at vein 3 to the postmedial line;

a dark terminal line; cilia ochreous white with a dark brown line

near base.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 5 Q type. Exp.

18—22 mm.

(4c) Syngamia lophoceralis, sp. n.

3. Head whitish and red-brown, the antennze brownish white

with the tufts glossy black-brown, the palpi reddish brown, white

towards base; thorax red-brown with a greyish tinge; abdomen

whitish suffused with red-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing glossy

reddish brown mixed with some whitish and slightly irrorated with

darker brown; an indistinct curved dark antemedial line; an

oblique black discoidal bar ; postmedial line blackish, excurved and

dentate to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved

in submedian interspace; a terminal series of slight dark spots ;

cilia white with a dark brown line at middle. Hind wing glossy

reddish brown mixed with some whitish and slightly irrorated with

darker brown; a small blackish discoidal spot; postmedial line

blackish defined on outer side by whitish, more distinctly on inner

area, excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and

oblique to inner margin near tornus; a blackish terminal line; cilia

with a yellowish line at base followed by a blackish line, the tips

white.

Hab. Peru, Pozuzo,1 ¢ type. Hap. 22 mm.

(4d) Syngamia melanolopha, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ceneous brown, the last

with diffused black segmental lines and lateral streaks on anal

segment; antennz with the tufts black; palpi white at base;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with

red-brown, the fore tibie dark brown at extremities. Fore wing

white tinged with zneous brown, the terminal area zeneous brown ;

two rather maculate blackish antemedial lines; a black discoidal

spot; postmedial line blackish defined on outer side by white,

excurved and minutely dentate to vein 2, then retracted to below

end of cell and rather oblique to inner margin ; an indistinct dark

terminal line; cilia chequered zneous brown and white. Hind

wing white tinged with zneous brown; the terminal area zneous

380 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown; a black mark at base and spot in middle of cell with

diffused oblique black line from it to inner margin; some diffused

black beyond the cell; postmedial line black, rather broadly

defined on outer side by white, slightly incurved to vein 2, then

retracted to its origin and oblique to inner margin near tornus; a

small black spot at tornus with some blackish suffusion above it;

a blackish terminal line; cilia white with a blackish line at

middle.

Hab. Ecvapor, Zamora, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 22 mm.

(5b) Syngamia pachyceralis, sp. n.

Antenne of male with the basal joint long and somewhat dilated,

the shaft laminate towards base and with ridge of scales above

towards base.

Head and thorax reddish brown, the extremity of patagia and

metathorax white; abdomen white tinged with reddish brown ;

antennz of male with the ridge of scales black; palpi white to-

wards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,

the legs faintly tinged with «neous brown. Fore wing pale

zeneous brown, the area below the cell from before the antemedial

to beyond the postmedial line white faintly tinged with brown;

some dark brown at base; a curved blackish antemedial line

forming a minute spot at costa; a black discoidal bar; postmedial

line blackish defined on outer side by white, forming a minute

black spot at costa, very minutely waved to vein 2, then retracted

to below end of cell and slightly angled outwards to vein 1; a

blackish terminal line; cilia whitish with a blackish line at middle.

Hind wing white to beyond the postmedial line, the terminal area

pale ochreous brown; a black discoidal point; postmedial line fine,

black, minutely waved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to

below end of cell, excurved at submedian fold and oblique to inner

margin ; a dark terminal line and diffused blackish mark at tornus ;

cilia white with a dark line at middle.

Hab. Panama, Obispo, 1 d¢,1 2 type. Exp. 20 mm.

(22a) Syngamia fuscicostalis, sp. n.

Head white with a fine black line behind, the antenne tinged

with ochreous, the frons and palpi black brown, the latter pure

white in front towards base; thorax and abdomen ochreous yellow,

the shoulders with black stripes, the 3rd segment of abdomen with

subdorsal black spots and the two terminal segments with dorsal

black-brown patches; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white suffused with ochreous, the fore femora brownish above, the

tibize and tarsi banded black and white, the mid femora and tibize

tinged with brown, the former white at extremity, the latter with

some black at base. Fore wing ochreous yellow, the costal area

fuscous black, the terminal area tinged with brown; traces of an

Pyralids of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 381

antemedial line represented by some black scales, very oblique to

submedian fold; a small black spot in upper part of middle of cell

and discoidal striga expanding into a small triangular spot above;

postmedial line black, minutely waved and excurved to vein 2

where it is bent inwards, then sinuous; some ochreous spots with

black between them on terminal part of costa; a terminal series

of black points. Hind wing ochreous yellow, the terminal area

broadly tinged with brown; some blackish scales on the disco-

cellulars; postmedial line black, oblique and slightly sinuous,

ending at tornus and with a slight fuscous tinge beyond it below

vein 2; a terminal series of black points ; cilia tinged with black

at tornus.

Hab. Dutcn N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 9; Br. N.

GurvEs, Kumusi R. (Meek), 2 5,12 type. Hxp. 20-22 mm.

(6b) Trithyris fulvirufalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous tinged with red, the

sides of frons and shoulders black; antenne ringed with black;

palpi black, white towards base and whitish at tips; pectus and

ventral surface of abdomen white; fore and mid legs black, the

fore tibie and tarsi banded with white, the mid tibiz white below,

the tarsi banded white and brown, the hind Jegs white tinged with

rufous. Fore wing fulvous tinged with red, the costa black-brown ;

a black point in middle of cell and the discocellulars defined on

each side by a black bar; postmedial line blackish towards costa,

then red, excurved from below costa to vein 3, then incurved;

a terminal series of small black spots; cilia blackish tinged with

leaden grey. Hind wing fulvous tinged with red; an oblique red

discoidal bar ; postmedial line red, excurved to vein 2, then rather

diffused ; a deep red terminal line with slight blackish spots on it;

cilia blackish glossed with leaden grey.

Hab. Purv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 2 3 type. Exp. 24mm.

(3b) Pilocrocis gnamptoceralis, sp. n.

Ceratoclasis infuscalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p, 244 (part.),

nec Guen.

Antenne of male angled at one-third from base, then excised

for a short distance with slight scale-teeth in the sinus.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a slight

reddish tinge; antenne with the contorted part blackish ; palpi

white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white

tinged with red-brown. Fore wing dark brown with a slight

cupreous tinge; antemedial line blackish, oblique to submedian

fold; a minute black spot in upper half of middle of cell and

black discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish faintly defined on

outer side by whitish, oblique to vein 5, excurved to vein 3, then

retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner margin; a fine

382 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing dark brown with a slight

cupreous gloss; an oblique black discoidal striga ; postmedial line

dark faintly defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from

vein 5 to 8, then bent inwards to lower angle of cell and oblique

to inner margin; cilia white with a dark brown line near base.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Champion), 1 3 type, Godman-Salvin

Coll. Kap. 32 mm.

(5e) Pilocrocis fulvicolor, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous yellow; frons with white

bar ; palpi red-brown, the 1st and 2nd joints white in front at

base, the 8rd white at base and above; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore femora and tibiz with blackish

bands at extremities. Fore wing fulvous yellow to beyond th

postmedial line, the costal and terminal areas suffused with dark

reddish brown; a brown antemedial line, arising at subcostal

nervure and oblique to median nervure; a dark brown point in

middle of cell and oblique discoidal bar; postmedial line dark

brown, slightly bent outwards and minutely waved between veins

5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved above

vein 1; cilia white with a dark line near base. Hind wing fulvous

yellow, the terminal area suffused with dark reddish brown,

narrowing to tornus; an oblique dark discoidal bar; postmedial

line dark brown, bent outwards and minutely waved between

veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and oblique to

above tornus; a dark terminal line; cilia white with a brown line

near base.

Hab. Br. Guiana, Rockstone (Pallis),1 $; Brazit, Recife

(Forbes),1 9; Bortvia, La Paz (Garlepp), 1 S type. Eup.

22-26 mm.

(5f) Pilocrocis fulviflavalis, sp. n.

abdomen fulvous yellow; antenne tinged with yellow; frons

brown; palpi black-brown, white below to near extremity of

2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,

the fore tibize with some fuscous brown at base,a band at extremity

and the tarsi fuscous brown at extremity. Fore wing fulvous

yellow, the disk purer yellow, the costal area suffused with brown

to the postmedial line and the costal edge white except towards

base; antemedial line brown, indistinct and brown to median

nervure, then incurved ; a minute black spot in middle of cell and

discoidal lunule; postmedial line brown, blackish towards costa,

slightly excurved from discal fold to below vein 8, then retracted

to below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; small black

spots just before termen from apex to above vein 3; cilia pale

brown, whitish towards tornus. Hind wing pale yellow, the

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 383

termen with a slight fulvous tinge except towards tornus ; post-

medial line brown, excurved from discal fold to below vein 3, then

retracted to below end of cell and ending at tornus; cilia silvery

white, pale fulvous yellow at base to vein 2.

Hab. Peru, R. Pacaya, 1 9 type. Hwp. 24 mm.

(Sa) Pilocrocis pachyceralis, sp. n.

Antennz of male broadly laminate and with a thick ridge of

scales above at about one-third from base; mid and hind cox:e

with small tufts of scales, the stigmata at base of abdomen with

small corneous subventral disks.

3. Head ochreous yellow, the frons white with brown streaks

at middle and sides; antenne yellow with the ridge of scales

black-brown ; palpi yellow tinged with brown; thorax white with

brown bars at base of patagia; abdomen white with yellowish

bands, faint except towards extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen yellowish, the fore legs suffused with brown,

the tibie at extremities and tarsi with yellowish rings. Fore wing

white, with a golden yellow tinge; the costal area yellow with a

reddish tinge to beyond middle; a small eupreous brown spot at

base of median nervure and larger subbasal spot in and below the

cell; a curved dark brown antemedial line from subcostal nervure

to above inner margin, forming small black spots in and below the

cell; black annuli at middle and end of cell; some yellow suffusion

wrorated with brown below end of cell and at middle of inner

margin ; postmedial line formed by a series of small black-brown

lunules, arising below costa, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then

retracted to below end of cell and angled outwards at vein 1; the

terminal area yellow irrorated with brown to vein 4 and below

vein 2, the brown forming a diffused subterminal patch between

veins 7 and 4; a terminal series of brown spots; cilia white with

a series of black-brown spots. Hind wing white with a slight ~

yellow tinge ; a black-brown discoidal annulus; a maculate black-

brown postmedial line, arising at vein 6, excurved from discal fold

to vein 2, then represented bya small spot only below vein 2 below

end of cell; the terminal area yellowish irrorated with brown to

vein 4; a brown terminal line; cilia white with a series of black-

brown spots to vein 2.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mambare R., Biagi (Meek), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 38 mm.

(17 a) Pilocrocis poliochroa, sp. n.

3. Head whitish tinged with red-brown; tegule red-brown ;

thorax and abdomen grey suffused with brown; antenne brown;

palpi dark brown, white at base, pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white, the fore cox black-brown, the femora and

tibie at extremities black-brown, the mid and hind femora at

384 On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine.

middle and tibize at extremities below with black-brown spots.

Fore wing grey tinged with brown ; a faint dark antemedial line ;

a blackish point in middle of cell and discoidal lunule ; postmedial

line dark, very slightly waved, arising below costa, excurved to

vein 4, then oblique. Hind wing grey tinged with brown; a

blackish discoidal spot; postmedial line dark, slightly incurved

beyond lower angle of cell; cilia dark brown at base, white at tips.

Underside of fore wing suffused with silvery white except at costa,

the postmedial line punctiform ; hind wing silvery white, the apex

slightly tinged with brown, the postmedial line punctiform, from

below costa to submedian fold.

Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type, El Porvenir,

13. Exp. 38-42 mm.

(21a) Pilocrocis flavicorpus, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown with a cupreous gloss ; abdomen

orange-yellow; antennae dark brown; palpi yellow towards base

and white at tips; fore and mid legs yellow, the tarsi, hind legs,

pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white. Fore

wing uniform red-brown with a cupreous gloss, the cilia tinged

with silvery white and with a fine whitish line at base. Hind

wing red-brown with a cupreous gloss, rather thinly scaled except

on terminal area which is broad at costa narrowing to tornus ;

cilia tinged with silvery grey and with fine whitish line at base.

Hab. Purv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type. Hxp. 36mm.

(226) Pilocrocis cuprescens, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax purplish red-brown with a-cupreous gloss ;

abdomen pale cupreous brown ; palpi white at base; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen white faintly tinged with red-

brown, the fore tibiw dark at extremities. Fore wing pale cupreous

brown, the costal and terminal areas purplish red-brown with a

cupreous gloss; an indistinct oblique brown antemedial line ;

a slight brown spot in middle of cell and discoidal lunule with

whitish striga in centre; postmedial line brown, excurved and

slightly waved to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and

excurved above vein 1; a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind

- wing pale cupreous brown, the apical area and termen darker brown ;

a brown discoidal bar ; postmedial line brown, excurved from discal

fold to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and oblique to

above tornus; cilia with a fine white line at base and whitish tips.

Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type. Hap. 32 mm,

[Te be continued. ]

Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the: First Day of. ‘every « Mouth. —2s, 6d.

| THE Ae

“LONDON, EDINBURGH, cea DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

d AND:

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Se., LL.D., F RS.

SIR, JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, 0.M., M.A., Se.D., F.B.S.

chee.” * JOHN SIOLY M.A. D.Se., ERS, EGS.

_ GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, BAS BED. F. BS and

: WILLIAM FRANCIS, a a

| Published the First Ds es every Month.—2s. 6d.

ms ANiALS ANO MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

including Zoology, Botany, and pecteey:

Conducted by»:

WILLIAM. ‘CARRUTHERS. Ph.D., F.R.S., FL. 8., E.G. S.

ou ARTHUR: E. SHIPLEY, M.A., $e.D., E.R. S.; F. 18.3 and.

ee WILLIAM FRANCIS, oe LS.

SWeeieadeat im Sh yee “Monthly, ls. Annual Subscription

¢ Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 13s.

ome ‘OBSERVATORY,

x MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

epee! Edited by

a. s. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., ERS,

= wee J. M. STRATTON, M.A., ‘and

“hS S. JONES, MA, B.Sc.

aig Comteibators include most of the: Jeading English- speaking esis npnver&

xt and its Articles sits an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical

, -) thought and achievement.

e Published Monthly. ‘Price Is. 8d. ‘Annual Subsori Bes,

16s. Jetiig

a JOUR , be ee OF BOTA NY :

BRITISH AND eee as

Be Ss "Edited by ae

- JAMES BRITTEN, K. Se. FE. i. cy

TATE SENIOR. ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM fete

- Articles Py anaes Botanists ; “ Announcements of Discoveries; es Nail |

a ., Botanical, News and Notes, &e., &e. ie eS

Red Lie Court Fleet Street, London.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 119.—Aighth Series.

; : Pi

XL. The Classifieation of existing Felide. By Kt. I. Pocock,

F BB o ie eae

XLI._ Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera, XXX. On new Ethiopian

Scolida. By Rowraxn E. Spenen PZ FACS. ou. Base 35K ‘

XLII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXXI. On Péeamno-

charide in the British Museum. By Rowsanp E. Tvex Er, F.Z.S..,

XLILW. Records of some British Symphyta. By Ricwarp S.

Baenatr, FL. 2... (it a AO bile PF CR Bon ee ee

XLIV, A new Rat of the’ Genus Mylomys from the Upper Nile.

By Oxprimip Tomas oe ee

_XLY, Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Tangamy ika datos

Part of the Collection made by the late Dr. ae Stappers for the

Belgian Government. By G. A- Bisuareas BRS 2s eae OOS

XLVI. A Note on the Coleopterous Genus Huvxestus. By Giuzerr.

XLVII. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily EY:

raustine, By Sir veouee F. Hamprsos, Bart., F.Z:S. 7 ke. ee -.» 369

#,* It is requested that all Gbannenicaliins for this Work may be addecaat Ta

post-paid. to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Tone Printing Ofice,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

' ‘. 862

ae ee Re tele o a

Wo. 20. im . BIGHTH SERIES. No. 120.

THE ANNALS.

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, |

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

oh CONDUCTED BY

ha! WILLIAM. CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.RS., F.LS., FG. S.,

ie 4 ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M. A, Sc.D, B.RS., FZ. S.,

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

(ity Wee y

a BEING A , CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WETRS ey

‘ MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’s ‘ “6 MAGAZINE oF NATURAL uisrory.”

| g ON D O N: ;

TAYLOR - AND PRANOIS, RED, LION court, ‘FLEET STREET,

‘laturalists, Ae:

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS” aaa

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,

which should be fixed up in argh sa or mbrapberivs

before the breeding Season. .

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Egys, ber

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed frei to any address,

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

SrRICTLY LIMITED TO 550 Copigs.

RHODODENDRONS |

in which is set forth an account of all species of the genus ‘Rhodo-

dendron (including Azaleas) and the various Hybrids. —

By J. G. MILLAIS, F.Z.S8.

W ith 17 Coloured Plates by Miss Beatrick Parsons, Miss Wintrano

Wa ker, Miss E. F. Brennanp, and ARCHIBALD THORBURN; 14 Collo-

type Plates, a and numerous Illustrations from er

4to. ~ 16x 12 ins. £8 8s. net.

LONGMANS, GREEN & CO., 39 PATeRNosTER pnd Lonpox, EOs4s

’ Just Published.

Super “Royal Svo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Tat -figur es.

Price 12s. 6d.

A pon eee

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA.

L. 8. GIBBS, F.LS., FRMS.

_ TAYLOR AND FRANcIs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Rates for Advertisements in the Annals and

Magazine of Natural History,

Gne 2 ss Bix weve

PAGE - - - - 2 0 Oo 16 O each 42 SO each ie

QUARTERPAGE - 26 Ns, 10° 0 y

All applications for space to be made to ae a

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon.

THE ANNALS \4w

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 120. DECEMBER 1917.

XLVIII.—British Fossil Crinoids—XJI. Balanocrinus of

the London Clay. By F. A. Baruer, D.Sc., F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Brrore considering the somewhat obscure and relatively

rare stem-fragments of Pentacrinidae found in the London

Clay of England, it Will be well to examine the corresponding

fossils that are both abundant and well-preserved in the

Nummulitic rocks of Biarritz. The horizon from which

the crinoid stems are there obtained is uow regarded as the

base of the Bartonian. Among the associated fossils are

Serpula spirulaea, Nummulites variolarius, and the nummu-

. lite pair N. contortus et striatus.

Some specimens collected at the Port des Barques,

Biarritz, by my friend Professor Jules Welsch, were recently

submitted to me by my esteemed correspondent Dom

Aurélien Valette, who desired my opinion on certain

observations that he had made on them. Since the facts to

which he directed my attention have for some thirty years

past been demonstrated in the exhibited series of fossil

crinoids at the British Museum (Natural History),

mentioned in the ‘ Guide to the Fossil Invertebrate Animals”

(1907 & 1911], p. 63), it- seems advisable to publish them

in more accessible and more extended form. Similar facts

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xx. 26

386 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

were discussed by Guiscardi and Meneghini (doce. citt. infra),

but their material was not enough to permit of satisfactory

conclusions.

Balanocrinus didactylus.

Pentacrinites didactylus @Orb. MS., d’Archiac, 1846, Mém. Soc. Géol.

France, sér. 2, tome ii. le partie, p. 200, pl. v. figs. 16, 16 a, 17, 17 a,

18.

Pentacrinus pratt T. & T. Austin, 1847, ‘ Monogr. Crinoidea,’ p. 124,

pl. xvi. figs. 4 a—-c.

? Pentacrinus dixoni Ooster, 1870, ‘ Protozoé helvetica,’ vol. ii. p. 64,

pl. xi. fig. 2.

Pentacrinus didactylus V’Ovb. d’Archiac, Guiscardi, 1874, Rend. Accad.

Sci. Napoli, anno xiii. p. 166.

Pentacrinus didactylus dOrb., Meneghini, 1875, Atti Soc. Toscana

Sci. Nat., vol. ii. p. 36.

Pentacrinus didactylus VOrb., Quenstedt, 1875, ‘ Petrefactenkunde

Deutschlands,’ vol. iv. p. 268, pl. xcix. figs. 164-166,

? Pentacrinus (Balanocrinus ?) dizont Ooster, de Loriol, 1879, ‘Monogr.

Crin. foss. Suisse,’ Mém. Soc. paléont. Suisse, vol. vi. p. 162, pl. xvii.

figs. 8, 9.

Pentacrinus subbasaltifornus Miller, E. Forbes, 1852, ‘ Palaeont. Soc.

Monogr. Tertiary Echinod.,’ p. 84: refers d’Archiac’s fig. 18 doubt=

fully to this species.

Since the choice between the trivial names didactylus and

pratt depends on the dates, which are rather close, it may

be well to reprint, with corrections and evidence, the biblio-

graphic details of the Austins’ Monograph that accompanied

the first article in this series (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 6, vol. v., April 1890, p. 308) :—

No. 1. Sig. B, c. Pp. 1-16. Pls.I.,II., 1843. April (date on wrap-

& frontisp. per).

» 2 5 DB. ,, 17-32. ,, L,IV. _ 1848. Juneor later (dateon

plates).

Fe sgt NG ogee aut agg Wenge We 1844. (T. Austin,sen., adds

F.G.S. on wrapper ;

elected Jan. 1844.)

» 4. oyy By dD 7,, 49-64. -, VIL, VIL. 1845.4(Pl. Vl bears'date

1844.)

$y ds, Ld RiP - OO. tg Ne, As, 1846. (Date confirmed by

Austin’s MS.)

Sept. 1846.)

oy NG OF Gate LLDCS,

. x, 118-128. ,, XV., XVI. 1847. (Q. J. Geol. Soe,

xxxvill., Proc., p.

53.)

me)

The British Museum possesses the large series of specimens

XI. Balanocrinus. 387

brought from Biarritz by Mr. S. P. Pratt, on which the

Austins founded their P. prattii, and it is these which form

the basis of the present study. They are registered E 21943-

FE 22028.

The first question to settle is the generic position of the

species. In 1888, when arranging the Tertiary crinoids in

the Geological Department of the British Museum, I labelled

the specimens of this and some other species as Balanocrinus,

a genus which previously had not been recognized later than

the Cretaceous period. It does not, however, appear that

this ascription has ever been published in so many words,

and down to quite recent years geologists continued to refer

to the Biarritz fossil as Pentacrinus didactylus. Of course,

it is not a Pentacrinus sensu stricto ; what these writers

mean is [socrinus (see ‘ Pentacrinus : a Name &e.,’? Natural

Science, xii. p. 245, April 1898).

Characters of Balanocrinus.—This section was separated

from Isocrinus by de Loriol, first as a subgenus (1879,

‘Monogr. Crin. foss. Suisse’), subsequently, with the

approval of P, H. Carpenter, as a full genus (1889, ¢ Paléont.

Frang., Jurassique, Crinoides,’ part 2, p. 295). The dia-

gnostic characters were drawn solely from the stem, no other

portion being then known with certainty. ‘Translated into

modern terminology (see Bather, 1909, ‘Trias. Echin.

Bakony,’ pp. 24-30) and revised, they are as follows :—

Transverse section varies usually from circular to penta-

gonal, and rarely to somewhat quinquelobate. Side-faces

usually smooth, but may be granulate. A radial depression

and pore sometimes present. Normal joint-face with peri-

pheral crenellae short, tending to form a continuous series

of subequal crenellae round the margin; with adradial

crenellx opposite and set at right angles to the perradius,

but always reduced in size, often to mere granules, and thus

forming single or double rows passing along the perradius

from the central area to the crenelate periphery. Thus the

petal-floors are separated from each other by straight

boundaries. Syzygial joint-face frequently with peripheral

erenellae reduced in size and adradial crenellae similarly

reduced or replaced by a single linear groove along each

perradius, with floors smooth and on the epizygal often

raised. Cirrus-facets transversely elliptical, as in Jso-

crinus.

A fine series of figures was given by de Loriol (1887-88,

‘ Paléont. frang.,’ tom. cit, pls. clxxxil,—cxcvii,).

Genotype.— Pentacrinites subteres Miinster, in Goldfuss,

26*

388 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

1833, named Balanocrinus first by L. Agassiz (1845) on

erroneous characters.

It will be seen that the distinction of Balanocrinus from

Isocrinus lies in the arrangement of the crenellae on the

normal joint-face: “quinae striae punctulatae a centro

versus peripheriam protensae, cum Halone seu ambitu

apie

Te, Eph fb

i “uuu gu

SN i’

Figures 1-4. Balanocrinus didactylus.

1. Normal joint-face. F 21948.

2. Syzygial joint-face of epizygal with two cirrus-facets. EE. 22027.

3. A cirrus-facet, seen from the angle of the ossicle. HE 22027.

4, A hypozygal notch, seen from the angle of the ossicle. E 22027.

Figures 5-7. Balanocrinus subbasaltiformis.

Normal joint-face. E5887 6.

. Young joint-face with more Jsocrinus character. E 426 a.

. A cirrus-facet, seen from the angle of the ossicle. 57543 ¢,

~ID ON

All figures enlarged 4 diameters.

crenato,” as Scheuchzer so well expressed it under the

heading ‘Asteria columnaris Entrocho similis” (1702,

‘Specimen Lithogr. Helvet.,’ pp. 2-4, pl. - figs. 1-5). Ina

well-preserved characteristic specimen this is clearly marked,

but there is reason to believe that in young stages, or even

XI. Balanocrinus. 389

perhaps in the newly-formed columnals of the proximal

region in older stages, the arrangement may depart less

from that of Isocrinus. This is shown in the following

figures of de Loriol’s plates in ‘ Paléontologie Francaise’ :

pl. clxxxiil. figs. 66, 70; pl. clxxxvi. fig. 114; and toa less

extent in others. On the other hand, columnals of Jsocrinus

may sometimes approach the Balanocrinus plan.

Description of B. didactylus.—Turning now to the specimens

from Biarritz, we note that the Normal Joint-face is of

markedly Balanocrinus type. There is some variation, but in

a fully-grown columnal of 9 mm. diameter, from a median

or distal region of approximately circular section (E 21948),

the arrangement is as follows (Fig. 1) :—

Outline subcircular, being slightly flattened on the inter-

radii and cut into on the radii where the radial pore enters.

Peripheral crenellae in each sector about 10, at right angles

to the periphery, unequally spaced and of unequal thickness,

those nearer the radii being stouter and sometimes double,

_ length about 1 mm., but longer towards the radii (1°3 mm.)

and rather shorter on the interradius, sometimes slightly

curved or waved in their course, confluent externally, so that

the suture is not crenelate. Occasionally a slight marginal

rebate. Radial ridge-groups: about 3 outer pairs of adradial

crenellae, continuing the slope of the adjacent peripheral

crenellae, are gable-shaped, but rapidly decrease in size, and

are succeeded by a series of minute crenellae, which, when

visible, are in opposed pairs, but which generally unite

radially to form a couple of ridges leading to the central

area. These ridges are separated by the radial canal ;

towards the middle of their course they thicken and may be

wider apart, attaining a width over all of 1 mm.; towards

the centre they taper and again draw together, generally

meeting with one another and with their neighbours, so as

to form a narrow ring round the lumen, which ring corre-

sponds to the central area. Lumen subpentagonal, diameter

0-4 mm. Floors depressed or even excavate, bounded

adradially by concave curves (due to the widening of the

radial ridge-groups).

It follows without doubt from this description that the

species is rightly referred to Balanocrinus.

Such variations as occur in the normal joint-face, other

than those already indicated, are correlated with the variation

~ in Transverse Section. This assumes all the forms possible

to a Pentacrinid stem, with this proviso—that, as in Balano-

390 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids:

crinus generally, the radial excavation is never great,

although often exaggerated by the crushing to which these

stems seem peculiarly liable. Thus in a rather small and

slightly crushed pentapetalon (E 22028) IR is 2°7 mm., and

r.1°9mm. But in a well-marked pentapetalon of 7°3 mm.

diameter (E 21961) the measurements are IR 3°6 mm.,

r. 2°38 mm.

Since IR here equals half the diameter, the depth of the

radial excavation is‘8 mm., or less than one-ninth of the

whole. The outline of the joint-face, however, is in some

specimens more petaloid than the cross-section at the

middle of the columnal, because the radial pore lies at the

bottom of a depression, which, as viewed from the joint-face,

produces the illusory effect of a radial triangle. Thus the

number of peripheral crenellae is increased to 14 or more ;

the length of the radial ridge-groups is correspondingly

lessened, but they are still composed in part of adradial

crenellae following on the peripheral crenellae, so that on

the whole the peculiarly Balanocrinid effect is obscured. At

the same time the petal-floors are necessarily narrower, and,

owing to the change in the radial ridge-groups, cease to be

bounded by concave curves ; they assume, therefore, a sub-

lanceolate or kite-shaped or pyriform outline similar to that

of the normal Jsocrinus petal. In such forms the crenellae

near the interradius usually cease to be confluent, so that in

this region the suture is crenelate. Yet even in these forms

the fused portions of the radial ridge-groups manifest their

Balanocrinid nature.

The Syzygial Faces, both epizygal and hypozygal, depart

from the normal in the greater development of the crenellae.

In a specimen with mean diameter 9°4 mm. (E 22027 ;

Fig. 2) the main peripheral crenellae of a sector are still

about 14, but, instead of being confluent, they tend to

increase in number towards the periphery, either by forking

or by intercalation of narrower shorter crenellae, or in both

ways. An intercalated crenella on the epizygal corresponds

to a fork on the opposed hypozygal, and vice versa. In the

specimen referred to, which is a rounded pentagon with

slight tendency to lobation, the normal crenellae on the

interradii are still short, about 0°6 mm.; but the crenellae

become gradually longer as the radius is approached, so that

some attain a length of 16mm. The inner ends of these

long crenellae die away gradually into the floor, and in some

cases two normal crenellae may join, so that from a single

stem spring two main branches, each of which forks again,

XI. Balanocrinus. 391

while between the forks is an intercalated crenella, making

five denticles at the periphery. The change from these

peripheral crenellae to those of the radial ridge-groups is

rather rapid, but the outermost adradial crenellae show a

similar disposition to increase by the same methods. Thus

the crenellae of the ridge-groups, so long as they can be

distinguished, display a slight alternation in size. Inaradius

4-3 mm. long the crenellae can be distinguished for about

2°6 mm. from the periphery, after which they coalesce into

the parallel or bowed ridges. These last do not unite to

form a ring round the central area. The floors are much

less depressed than in normal joint-faces, and may even be

flush in some specimens. In the Epizygal the radial ridge-

groups Jeading to the cirrus-facets (of which there are two in

E 22027) are gradually raised towards the periphery from

the point where the crenellae cease to be distinguishable.

In the Hypozygal (which in the same specimen shows the

indent of only one cirrus-facet) the corresponding tract is

depressed, and the radial canal opeus outwardly into a strong

V-shaped notch (Fig. 4).

A similar tendency to multiplication of crenellae on ‘the »

syzygial joint-face is well shown in Jsocrinus hercuniae Bather

(1909, ‘Trias. Echin. Bakony,’ pl. iv. figs. 108-110), a

species which in some respects approaches Balanocrinus.

We pass now to the other variations seen in the Biarritz

stem-fragments. Most of these have been alluded to by one

or another of the previous writers, and have occasionally

given rise to doubts concerning the homogeneity of the

species.

The transverse section is rarely quite symmetrical, but,

apart from the modification due to the cirri, the variation

from symmetry is clearly due to Mechanical Crushing.

This has in some cases flattened the specimens into bands :

in E 21943 the diameters are 10 mm. and 4°4 mm. This

effect is not without interest, as indicating a very weak

internal stereom. A further result of the crushing is the

formation of five longitudinal cracks, so that such a stem is

at first reminiscent of those Palaeozoic stems that are split

into pentameres. The cracks in the Biarritz specimens, how-

ever, are not confined to’ the radii, where any division into

natural pentameres would occur, but are also on the inter-

radii, or in other words at the outer apices of the sectors

(EK 22026, cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 16a). Both positions are

taken by the cracks in E 22025, and the fracture on the

interradii contrasts with the clean jointing on the radii.

392 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

In pentagonal forms therefore the cracks coincide with the

angles. This indicates that the weak stereom occupies the

ligamentar tracts, as might be expected. Further evidence

of this is afforded by the five interradial pillars of dark

colour that run through every internode from top to bottom

and are seen on broken or ground surfaces (e. g., E 22024),

for the colour is due to the carbonized remains of the

ligaments (see-Bather, 1893, ‘Crin. Gotland,’ p. 151, and

1909, ‘Trias. Echin. Bakony,’ p. 204).

In mean Diameter the fragments vary from 4 mm.

(E 21953) to 9:4 (E 22027). This doubtless represents

growth, and the larger forms are by far the more common

in the collection.

The Side-Faces in a large number of specimens are quite

smooth, but in some there are small granules scattered over

the surface (E 21966) ; these granules may be elongate

either vertically or transversely, and may run together to

form irregular lines, a sort of vermiculation (E 21965) ; or

they may run into transverse ridges, at the equator and the

sutural margins (EH 22024); the commonest arrangement

seems to be one ridge at the equator of the columnal, either

compound (E 21968) or simple (E 21969, cf. d’Archiac’s

fig. 17 a), and this is often accompanied by an equatorial

swelling of the columnal (E 22022). In such cases the

intervening granules, if any, tend to lie beside each radius

(E 22020 and E 22023).

This leads to another series of variations, namely from a

plane side-face, producing a straight-sided column (E 22021),

through slightly swollen, to obtusely ridged (E 21970 to

E 21974). ‘The ridge is often sharply cut and may be

smooth, or accentuated by the line of granules previously

mentioned. In one specimen, E 21985, the side-faces are

slightly excavate, or, in other words, the columnal is thickened

at the sutures.

In the smooth specimens the columnals are equal in

height (cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 18), except for the slightly higher

epizygal and slightly lower hypozygal. The following are a

few measurements :—

E 22020. E 22021. LE. 21959.

mm. mm. mm.

Mean diameter ...... Fish 84 8-5

Height BY Deas «SE re ee 21 2-4 2-8

Inequality in height of columnals usually becomes manifest

XI. Balanocrinus. 3893

in those that are swollen or ridged, but is more marked im

lobate or stellate examples (cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 16a). At

first one observes a simple alternation in height, in E 22019

the heights are 2°5 mm. & 2:0 mm., mean diameter 6°7 mm.;

then an increase in the diameter of the higher ossicles, thus

in E 21961 the measurements are 2 mm. & 7°3 mm., and

1:7 mm. & 7:0 mm., respectively ; finally, columnals of 3 or

more, perhaps 4, orders, distinguished by both height and

diameter (EH 21964). In quinquelobate fragments the larger

projecting columnals are not so depressed radially as are

the smaller ones, and this produces a somewhat scalariform

surface (E 21964).

The Number.of Columnals in an internode, as observed

in the dozen intersyzygia available, varies from 15 to 82.

The material is too limited to permit of satisfactory con-

clusions being drawn, but the following facts may be noted.

The highest columnals occur in the internodes with only 15:

in E 21981 the height is 2°55 mm., in E 22027 it alter-

nates from 3°2 to 2°5 mm. The lowest columnals are in the

internode with 32 (EH 21983), where they are in three orders,

from 1°7 to 0°8 mm. This last has a stellate section and

certainly comes from a more proximal region of the stem.

Three orders are also manifest in the specimen with the

next number of internodals, viz., 31 (EK 20982), but the

height of the ossicles is rather greater, 2°6 to 1:5 mm. The

two fifteeners are plane and quite smooth (E 22027) or with

a slight ridge of sparse granules (EH 21981). Those with

the higher numbers have more or less swollen and ridged

ossicles as a rule. EH 21975 is exceptional in that, though

ridged, it is plane and has equal internodals of 2°5 mm. in

height. On the whole, the facts suggest that the height of

the internodals was greater in the distal region, but that

the whorls were at more frequent intervals. This applies

only to full-grown individuals. While height of columnals

and the extent of their alternation in size must depend

mainly on position in the stem, it appears that ridging and

swelling have not that connection—at all events, in so great

a degree,—but are characters of the individual. Stellation

or marked lobation were probably most common in young

are consistent with that view, but there was certainly some

individual variation as between circular, pentagonal, and

slightly lobate.

The Radial Pore lies at the bottom of a depression, which

is well marked in some specimens, generally smooth ones

394 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

(cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 18), but faint in others, generally those

with tendency to stellation (¢f. d’Archiac’s fig. 16a), and

absent in yet others, especially the more ridged and lobate

(cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 17 a).

The Cirrus-facets (Figs. 2, 3) lie on the extreme lower

margin of the epizygal, causing it to project beyond the

general level of the syzygial face and to cut into the hypo-

zygal (cf. d’Archiac’s figs. 16 4,17 a). The facet is directed

obliquely downward, so that the ensuing cirrals are at once

received into a depression of the hypozygal (Fig. 4). The

same arrangement obtains, but to a less extent, in the recent

Isocrinus decorus. The epizygal projects gradually from its

upper margin down to the facet, so that in a nodal with

two facets the diameter measured across the facets is greater

than that at right angles to it. Thus the facet may project

for more than half its vertical (sc. radial) diameter beyond

the margin of the hypozygal -(E 21984), but there are con-

siderable differences in the extent of the projection.

The outer margin of the facet is a semi-ellipse, but the

inner margin consists of two straight lines meeting on the

radius ina rounded angle. This angular boundary is cor-

related with the radial elevation of the epizygal joint-face

already described. ‘The fulcral ridge separates the semi-

elliptical part of the facet from the triangular part, the

former part being the larger. The ridge approximately

continues the regular outline of the periphery of the

columnal ; thus in E 21990, viewed perpendicularly to the

facet, the ridge les in a straight line with its ends at the

angles where the straight boundaries cut the curved

boundary of the facet, and the axial canal lies in the middle

of the fulcral ridge a little on its inner side. But in most

cases, the fulcral ridge, in similar view, is bent, the axial

canal lying nearer to the centre of the columnal, and the

two halves of the ridge being directed outwards so that their

ends are in the elliptical half of the facet (E 22027). When

the angular boundary cuts far into the joint-face, and the

semi-ellipse is correspondingly reduced, then the axial canal

and fulcral ridge are carried inwards, aid the ends of the

ridge lie within the triangle (HE 21976). The fulcral ridge

generally widens to surround the axial canal, and from here

it generally tapers towards its ends; it never widens or

thickens at the ends. The floor of the whole facet is bent

into a concavity varying in depth and angularity with the

curve of the outer boundary. ‘The fulcral ridge therefore is

bent with this and never really forms a straight line.

XI. Balanocrinus. 395

Measurements of cirrus-facets in millimetres :—

K 21984. E21982. E.21978. E 22027.

Mean diameter of columnal., 7°65 8-2 91 9-4

Wadthvor facet: os.. acs 55ee. 2:0 oy 2-75 2:5

Radial diameter of facet .... 16 18 16 2:0

Distance of axial canal from

OUCEPAMATSING sere iene sass 1:0 115 1:2 a ID.

The cirrus-notch in the hypozygal varies greatly in depth.

Sometimes it is a slight almost V-shaped notch in the

margin. Sometimes a channel, gradually shallowing,

* stretches down the radius over two or even three columnals.

How far this appearance is due to pressure after burial

is uncertain, but it is worth noting that in E 21989 the

granular ridge of the hypozygal side-face continues across

such a channel. A characteristic form is seen in some well-

preserved specimens (é. g., E 22027, Fig. 4; E 21978) ; as

seen from the side it is of roughly four-sided outline, and

occupies the upper two-thirds of the side-face; the shorter

vertical sides approach one another slightly as they pass

downwards, the upper edge is clearly marked, and is sharply

bent inwards, corresponding no doubt to the angular inner

margin of the formerly apposed cirrus-facet ; the floor is

marked with two indentations, one above the other, and

presumably corresponding with the first and second cirrals.

In E 21989 three such indentations are seen in succession,

and the dividing elevations can be distinguished from the

continuations of the granular ridges previously mentioned.

The remains of Cirri are rare. In only one or two cases

is a cirral ensconced in the hypozygal notch or lying close

by; in no case is a cirral still attached to the facet. In

E 21989 a single cirral lies on the joint-face of the hypo-

zygal. Its joint-face is a broad ellipse with one side

flattened ; the long diameter is 1°75 mm., the short one is

1:3 mm.; the margin is slightly raised ; the fuleral ridge

bisects what would have been the ellipse and passes round

the axial canal, widening more to the elliptical boundary

of the joint-face. Since on the facet the straight side of

the fuleral ridge is the outer side, it may be inferred that

the flattened side of the cirral was outermost, and that the

curved side rested in the hypozygal notch. The height of

this cirral is about °8 mm. Whether the face described is

proximal or distal cannot be decided.

Alternicirration—The most interesting feature in this

species is that diminution in the number of cirri at the

whorl to which the name didactylus is due. The number 2

396 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

is perhaps predominant ; it is seen, for instance, in E 21977-

21982, E 21984, E 22027. But the number 3 is also

common, and occurs in E 21983, EK 21985-21993, E 21975.

Occasionally only one facet is found, as in E 21977 epizygal,

E 22027 hypozygal. Not a single specimen has more than

3 facets to the node. Meneghini (op. cit., pp. 40, 41) refers

to this species specimens from the Eocene of Albettone in

the Euganean Hills, one with 4, another with 5 facets; but

his reference is unconfirmed.

Only about half of those specimens in which one of the

syzygial faces is preserved have the intersyzygium complete.

But those that have are enough to show that the cirri are

distributed according to a definite plan. When there are

three facets at one end, they are not adjacent, but one is

opposed to the two others, being separated from them on

each side by a blank radius. At the other end of the inter-

syzygium there will never be 3 facets, but only 2; and these

will occupy the radii left blank at the other end. The

arrangement may be symbolized thus :—

A b C D e

a B Cc d E

The next case is when there are 2 facets at each end.

The arrangement then is

a B c D e

a b C d E

or A b C d e

In only one specimen, E 21984, does a facet appear to be

repeated on the same radius, thus :

a B c D e

A b c D e

but the specimen has been shifted in the middle and pro-

bably twisted also.

In the rare cases where only one cirrus was borne by

the nodal (e. g., HE 21977), it seems to have alternated in

position with two at the other end,

a B c D e

a b C d e

In E 22027, however, the single notch on the hypozygal is

on the same radius as one of the two facets on the epizygal.

XI. Balanocrinus. 397

It seems probable that there was rarely a long succession

of whorls with only two cirri, still less with only one, but

that the succession was 2: 2:8. Considering the fairly

large proportion of specimens with whorls of three in our

material, it is strange that that number should not have

been noted by previous writers. Dom Aurélien Valette, in

his letter of 14 September, 1916, does, however, say ‘‘ deux

ou trois tout au plus.”

Quenstedt (1878, ‘ Encriniden,’ p. 268, pl. xcix. fig. 170)

gave the name Pentacrinus tridactylus to a stem-fragment

from Tertiary beds near Castellane in S. France because

there were 3 cirrus-facets opposed at the node. This, how-

ever, seems from the figure to be an Jsocrinus.

The preceding facts fully bear out the anticipation of

P. H. Carpenter in his description of Pentacrinus alterni-

cirrus (1884, ‘Challenger Rep., Stalked Crinoids,’ pp. 822,

323), which is referred by A. H. Clark to his Endoxocrinus.

In that species there is a regular alternation of 2 with 3 curt

to the whorl, as “ the leaves on the stem of a Labiate plant.”

Only one irregularity was noted in the whole 147 nodes

examined : in one stem the seventh and eighth nodes both

bore 3 cirri in such a position that one cirrus fell on the

same radius in both whorls. Carpenter mentioned the

reduction of cirri to two in Pentacrinus bronni Hagenow

(which is a Balanocrinus), and P. didactylus, and to three in

P. tridactylus, and suggested that ‘if longer pieces of these

stems were known they might show the same regular alter-

nation in the positions of the successive cirrus-whorls which

is so striking in Pentacrinus alternicirrus.”

Neither in his published writings nor in his letters to me

on this subject did Carpenter suggest any cause for this

remarkable peculiarity, and the matter has since remained

where he left it.

We turn now to the similar specimens from the London

Clay. Concerning them the main questions to be answered

are: What is their generic position? Do they include more

than one species? Are any or all of them conspecific with

any of the foreign specimens? The answers to these

questions are given in the following Synonymy :—

Balanocrinus subbasaltiformis.

“x d 58. Entrochus-Asteriae, from a Brick Clay-pit, on the South-

side of Islington.”

“x d 59, 60. Entrocho-Asteriae, found in the Tile Clay-pit behind

Tr inity-Chapel, at the end of Bondstreet, St. James’s,”

398 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

J. Woodward, 1728. ‘ Catalogue of the Additional English

Native Fossils &c.,’ tome ii. p. 51.

Pentacrinites subbasaltiformis, provisional name for stem-fragments

obtained by J. Sowerby at Islington; also said to occur at Rich-

mond and Kensington; incompletely described. J. 8. Miller, 1821,

‘Nat. Hist. Crin.,’ p. 140.

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis Miller, J. de C. Sowerby in Wetherell,

1840, ‘ Observations on a Well dug on the South side of Hampstead

Heath,’ Trans. Geol. Soc., (2) v.-p. 186, pl. vill. fig. 3 @ (non 5 d).

Pentacrinus sowerbiit (Wetherell MSS.), J. de C. Sowerby, pag. cit.

lL. vu. fig. 4.

Powis subbasalliformis Miller, T. & T. Austin, 1847, ‘ Monogr.

Crinoidea,’ p. 122, pl. xvi. fig. 2.

Pentacrinus sowerbiit Wetherell [sic], T. & T. Austin, op. eit., p. 128,

pl. xvi. figs. 3a, 3.

The Austins’ figures all appear to be exceedingly bad copies of

Sowerby’s. They add no fact except that P. subbasaltiformis has

been recorded from Herne Bay.

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis Miller, E, Forbes, 1852, ‘ Palaeont. Soc.

Monogr. Tertiary Echin.,’ p. 34, pl. iv. figs. 8, 9, 10.

Pentacrinus sowerbii Wetherell [sic], E. Forbes, op. cit., p. 35 and text-

figs. 2a, b, c on p. 36.

It is a little difficult to say what should be the Holotype.

If Miller’s incomplete and unillustrated reference, which he

says was purposely not intended as a diagnosis, were to be

accepted, then the stem-fragments supplied to him by

J. Sowerby would be syntypes; but these, if they are

extant, certainly cannot be identified. It is therefore

simpler to start from J. de C. Sowerby ; and in this case

one would naturally take the specimen from the Wetherell

Collection which he figured. This should be in the British

Museum, but I am unable to find any specimen from Hamp-

stead agreeing with the drawing. I therefore fix on

no. 57540, which is certainly a syntype of J.de C. Sowerby’s,

and may legitimately be made the Lectotype. This specimen

is a fragment in matrix, and comprises parts of two inter-

nodes meeting at a syzygy, one part 18°8 mm. long, including

9 columnals, the other 87°5 mm. long, including 19

columnals ; there are two cirrus-facets at the syzygy.

The material studied consists of some seventy stem-

fragments in the British Museum (Natural History),

obtained from the collections of J. S. Bowerbank, F. E.

Edwards, N. T. Wetherell, E. Spencer, Toulmin Smith,

R. Maitland, James Baber, and W. Mellis. They come from

the London Clay of the following localities :—Bracklesham

Bay, Sheppey, Harwich, Sewardstone in Essex, and in the

London area—Hampstead including the famous well (Trans.

Geol. Soc. 1840) and the cutting of the London & North-

XI. Balanocrinus. 399

Western Railway, the tunnel near Chalk Farm, Haverstock

Hill, Copenhagen Fields in Islington, Lambeth Hill in

Upper Thames Street, E.C., and Hornsey.

The specimens from Sheppey are all pyritized, and many

of those from the older collections have decomposed. Those

from the Hampstead neighbourhood are mostly in limonite.

Those fro other localities occasionally retain the original

calcite, but this is usually impreguated with iron or changed

into one of the above forms. The state and mode of preser-

vation usually obscure the joint-faces and often alter the

shape of the specimeus; but some fragments from Copen-

hagen Fields (E 426) have been so little petrified that they

show the original structure of the stereom.

The material includes the type-specimens of Pentacrinites

sowerbii (H 5888 a, 56) and the original of Sowerby’s figure

36 (57539 ; see under “ Conclusions,” p. 405).

The resemblance of these specimens to those of B. didac-

tylus from Biarritz is so great that foreign authors, relying

mainly on figures, have more than once suggested that such

or such a variation in the latter was conspecific with one or

other of the British forms. It has here been shown that

the Biarritz specimens, in spite of their differences, are

linked by gradations into a single species. One form alone,

therefore, cannot be taken out for association with one of

the British forms. Ou the other hand, these latter, in spite

of their general and occasional resemblance, display as a

group certain differences which justify their retention im

a separate species.

The Normal Joint-face, in many specimens (e. g., E 426),

approaches nearer to the Jsocrinus type than do any examples

of B. didactylus, but in others it has the Balanocrinus cha-

racter (e. g., E5887 a, 6), and it is the latter that must be

compared with the normal B. didactylus.

In a slightly quinquelobate internodal of 5:7 mm. diameter

(E 5887 0, Fig. 5) there are 7 or 8 periphgral crenellae to the

sector, at right angles to the periphery, evenly spaced so far

as one can see, straight, those near the interradius -4 mm.

long, those near the radius ‘7 mm., externally confluent.

Radial ridge-groups begin with 3 or sometimes 4 pairs of

crenellae, at first 4mm. long, in pairs gable-shaped and

alternating, but rapidly becoming shorter and opposed as

they near the centre. At 1l*l1 mm. from the periphery,

along the radius, these give place to the parallel adradial

ridges, which pass into a raised central area. The ridge-pair

has a width of ‘9 mm. and the radial canal is not clearly

4.00 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

shown. The petal-floors are shaped as in B. didactylus, are

flat, and not so much depressed. The pentagonal lumen,

with radial angles, has a diameter of about *2 mm.

In such a joint-face the essential feature that gives the

Balanocrinus character is the distinction between the peri-

pheral crenellae and those of the ridge-groups as marked by

the sudden change of length and of angle. Thus the angle

made by the most adradial of the peripheral crenellae with

the one next it isabout 32°, but that made with the adjacent

crenella of the ridge-group is about 55°. There is actually

more distinction in this way than was noted in B. didactylus.

The actual number of peripheral crenellae is less than in

B. didactylus, and, since in each case we are dealing with

full-grown examples, this is not due to the size of the

columnal. The length of those crenellae relative to the

diameter of the columnal is less than in B. didactylus, and

the transition from the interradial length to the adradial is

more gradual; the shortness is rather a Balanocrinus cha-

racter, but the gradual transition is as in [socrinus.

As representing the Isocrinus type of normal joint-face

may be taken one of the well-preserved fragments E 426 a

(Fig. 6). This is subcircular, tending to pentagonal with

rounded angles. Mean diameter 4°11 mm. Peripheral

crenellae not more than 7, and less if the adradial ones be

reckoned with the ridge-groups, into which they merge

insensibly; length gradually passing from *5 mm. inter-

radially to ‘7 mm. adradially ; evenly spaced, confluent

externally, sometimes subconfluent internally. Ridge-

groups: outer adradial crenellae only 3 or 4 in all, gabled

alternating, with no sudden change of angle or size from

the peripheral crenellae ; at 1:0 mm. or less from the peri-

phery they change into the parallel radia] ridges, which are

relatively wide (°8 mm.) and meet in a rather large central

area only slightly less raised than themselves. The radial

canal is rarely seen, for these specimens have no radial

depression or pore apparent. Lumen pentagonal, with a

diameter *3 mm. or less. Petal-floors kite-shaped, outwardly

depressed, but rising towards the central area; they are

pitted by minute canals for the passage of the ligament

fibrils, dispersed over the middle of the floor, but on each

side forming a straight series, which continues on to the

central area, where the two series end in a pair of slightly

larger canals. In vertical section these canals can be traced

following a straight course through the stereom, which has

a marked vertically fascicular structure, slightly denser at

half the height of the ossicle where it was first formed.

bth Balanocrinus. - 401

The series of pits bordering the floors explain the incised

lines sometimes seen in this position on the weathered fossils,

e. g., 57542 d. The looser stereom of the floors being more

readily weathered, these tracts are often deeper in the fossils

than they can have been in life. Sometimes advanced

weathering or decomposition emphasizes this greatly (57551 a)

and also brings out the weak structure of the stereom under

the radial canal; in decomposing pyritized specimens the

columnals break into pentameres along the radial planes,

though in crushed specimens (e. g., 57542a) the cracks

usually follow the lines of interradial weakness. Thus is

brought out here, as in B. didactylus, the difference between

the original pentamerism and the secondary concentration of

the stroma fibres along interradial pillars.

Between the Jsocrinus and Balanocrinus types of normal

joint-face there seems to be every possible gradation. There

are uo grounds for supposing that the material comprises

two species, and consequently it cannot comprise two

genera.

The Syzygial Joint-face of an Epizygal is well shown in

57543 ¢ (cf. W. H. Baily’s drawing in Forbes, pl. iv. fig. 8,

which, for all its inexactness, gives the general appearance

well). There are 2 facets; diameter parallel to a line

joining the facets 5°5 mm.; diameter at right angles to this

5°O mm. Corresponding with the facets the radial tracts

are raised, as in B. didactylus, though not quite so markedly.

Peripheral crenellae about 7, broadening outwards and

confluent ; length on the interradius ‘2 mm., gradually

increasing to 1:0 mm., but these long ones die away into the

floor. Radial ridge-groups comprise about 3 pairs of

reduced obscure crenellae, rapidly decreasing in size towards

the centre, and tending to le at right angles to the radial

canal; this last is little more than a fine line, and is bordered

by no raised ridges. Petal-floors flush.

The Hypozygal joint-faces are not clear ; apparently they

correspond, mutatis mutandis, to the epizygal face, but are

not so strongly marked. One of the clearest is in 57543 6.

The Transverse Section of the stem is generally sub-

cylindrical, usually varying towards either pentagonal or

quinguelobate, as in all figures of Sowerby and Forbes.

The specimens seen by J. S. Miller were no doubt sub-

pentagonal—hence the name subbasaltiformis. Those in

J. Woodward’s collection were probably subcylindrical, like

other Entrocho-Asteriae. Quinquelobation may occasionally

be, marked, but no specimen can be called stellate, though

that condition is approached by 57541 and E 21926.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 27

402 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

The Diameter varies from 3 mm. (57542e) to 6-4 mm.

(57541) ; in general it is about two-thirds that of B. di-

dactylus.

The Side-Faces in all specimens appear smooth, but the

state of preservation is such that the original surface has

often been destroyed or coated over, so that minute granules

may have occurred in some stems. The surface is also

plane or equable as a rule, but various specimens show slight

swellings either about the equator of the columnal (cf. Forbes,

fig. 9) or near each margin; occasionally there are irregu-

larities suggestive of the granules that border the radi in

some specimens of B. didactylus. There are, however, no

such marked ridgings as occur in that species. Some

specimens have radial pores well marked (Sowerby, fig. 3a ;

Forbes, fig. 8), others appear to be entirely without them ;

but there are intervening gradations.

The Number of Internodals varies from 14 in 57541,

which is from a proximal region (vide infra), to over 29 in

the two smooth specimens under 57551.

The internodals of smooth forms are equal in height, but

the syzygial ossicles are usually lower in adult stages. The

following are some measuremeuts in millimetres :—

57542 e. 57542 ¢. E5638 a. 57543. 57540. 57843 d. 57543 b,

Diameter .... 3°0 37 46 ofl." ore 56 59

Height of inter-

HOGI Ae ie Li, Lg 2:1 1:9 19 16 21

Height of epi-

BY > plese 3 15 sas 2°0 2:0 1:8 13 23

Alternation in Height of internodals is more frequent in

the quinquelobate or substellate fragments, which no doubt

come from more proximal regions of the stem. It is

usually accompanied by a slight increase in the diameter of

the ossicle. In 57542 a, with mean diameter about 3°5 mm.,

internodals of 1:°2 mm. are interspersed with others of

1:0 mm. in height; the epizygal is 1°35; the hypozygal

10 mm. In 575426, with diameter 4°2 mm., the inter-

nodals are arranged thus :

14/18 /1:4/2:1/14/1:4/1:8/1:4/1:8/

In 57543a, with diameter 5:0 mm., the height of inter-

nodals varies between 2°0 and 1'7, the epizygal being

1:38 mm. In 57541, with diameter 6°1 mm., wnsls walle

marked rounded stellate section, there are two epizygals

(Order I), each about 1°5 mm. high; between these are

turee internodals of about 1°3 mm. (Order II), separated

from each other and from the epizygals by 3 internodals of

XI. Balanoecrinus. 403

about 10 mm., the. middle one (Order III) in each case

being very slightly higher than the two others (Order LV).

The difference in diameter can scarcely be measured, and

probably does not amount to more than ‘05 mm. on the

outer angles, but it is more apparent on the re-entrant

sides,

Forbes said that the section was more stellate in younger

specimens. There is, however, no correlation at all between

size and stellation or lobation, but the correlation with

alternation that does exist indicates that the proximal region

is more stellate or lobate.

This leads us to consider the two specimens hitherto

separated as Pentacrinus sowerbit (E 5888, 4,6). They

were fairly well represented in Sowerby’s engravings (fig. 4);

ais the fragment in matrix, 6 the isolated fragment. They

belong, however, to a single stem, which has broken at the

syzygy so that the epizygal with 2 facets is on J and the

hypozygal ona. The cirrals attached to the epizygal are

shown at the top end of Sowerby’s figure. Diameter

5°4: mm. ; section quinquelobate. In dare 25 internodals,

which appear to be in three orders, though possibly it should

be four. The height of the epizygal (Order I) is 1:3; that

of Order II about 1:0; of Order III ‘*9 to°8; of Order IV

‘6 to'5 mm. The arrangement, starting at the proximal

eres. Uligy BV, AL ty pait, Ivy, BES te: Ivy DE, 8v;; 1a, HT,

11, 1v, II, 111, 1v, I, rv, m1, Il, 1v, m1, I. The differences

between the orders are more marked in their diameters,

and may amount to ‘5 mm., but the condition of the

specimen renders exact measurement difficult.

Owing to the confluence of the crenellae in most cases,

the suture-line is rarely crenelate. The following speci-

mens, however, show some crenelation at the interradial

angles: 57542 a, d,e, E 21967, E 21969. All these are

somewhat lobate or stellate. Crenelation might be detected

in other examples were it not for their patination. Its

presence, of course, indicates that the crenellae have not yet

become confluent so as to form an entire margin—for

instance, the association of a crenelate suture-line with

confluent crenellae, as in Forbes’s fig. 10, is merely evidence

of imaccuracy. Crenelation is therefore rather a sign of

youth, or, in conjunction with lobation, of recent formation,

as in the proximal region. As one would expect therefore,

crenelation is best seen in P. sowerbii, where it is almost

obscured on fragment 5, but very clear on fragment a. In

the latter the crenelation extends over the sutural margin

down the side-face towards the equator of the columnals,

y i es

404 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

where the indents of one margin alternate with those of the

other. This produces a granulate effect.

The Cirrus-facet is at the margin of the epizygal and

facing downwards, as in B. didactylus, but does not project

so far beyond the general outline of the columnal. In

575438 c (Fig. 7) the outline is elliptical, with the axial canal

and fulcral ridges dividing it into unequal halves, the larger

being on the outside. The fulcral ridge is straight, on a

line with the periphery of the columnal. It thickens

slightly round the canal and towards the ends. The floor

of the facet is curved as in B. didactylus, but toa less extent.

The diameters are 1:°2X1:0 mm. on one facet; and 1:0x

0-9 mm. on the other. Although the inner half of the facet

has not the triangular shape seen in B. didactylus (Baily’s

drawing being inexact on this), there is an inward pro-

longation of its margins which produces an angular outline

as seen from the syzygial face and indicates how the

excavation might be extended. Other specimens present

slight variations of measurement, but the plan is essentially

the same.

The notch on the hypozygal is not so marked as in

B. didactylus.

Cirrals are occasionally preserved, either attached to the

epizygal or lying in a very shallow channel on one or more

of the subjacent columnals. They indicate a rapidly tapering

cirrus, of subelliptical section, with the upper (7. e., outer)

side flattened, in the way that appeared probable in B. di-

dactylus. The greatest length indicated is 96 mm.

(57543 d).

The uumber of cirri to a whorl] varies between 1, as seen

in 57543 d, E 21926, E, 21927, E 5887 a; 2, as in 38620,

4.9834 b, 57540 (lectotype), 57541, 57543 6, c, E 5887 a, 6,

E 6480, E 21920, KE 21929, E 21931, E 21932, E 21934,

E 21937, E 5888 (P. sowerbit); and 3, as in 49834 a,

57541, 57542 a, 57543 a. Fragments containing two whorls

are 57541 with 3 & 2 facets, 57543 6 and E5888 with 2 & 2,

58887 a with 2&1. The arrangement in all of these is

as in B. didactylus. The only exception is presented by

E 21942, from Harwich, which contains 2 syzygies, one of

which appears to bear only 1 facet, and the other 2 facets,

separated as usual by a blank radius; but one of these

latter lies on the same radius as the single facet on the

other whorl]. The specimen, which lies on matrix, has, how-

ever, been broken across in several places, and the fragments

may well have been replaced with the wrong orientation.

XI. Balanocrinus. 4035

SUMMARY AND CoNCLUSIONS.

All the specimens from Biarritz to which d’Archiae and

others have applied the name Pentacrinus didactylus belong

to a single species.

Examination of normal adult joint-faces shows that that

species falls within the genus Balanocrinus as ordinarily

understood.

The specimens from the London Clay to which the names

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis and P. sowerbii have been

applied, with the exception of a few fragments erroneously

determined,-may be assembled in a series that falls within

limits of variation no greater than those of B. didactylus,

and in some respects even less, Therefore those specimens

all belong to a single species.

That species also belongs to Balanocrinus, though the

characteristic features are less pronounced.

The Biarritz species and the London Clay species are,

however, distinct from one another, and must be known

respectively by the names Balanocrinus didactylus V Archiac

ex d’Orbigny, and Balanocrinus subbasaltiformis J. de C,

Sowerby ex Miller.

Sowerby’s figure 3 } (Brit. Mus. 57539), supposed by him

to represent a cirrus of P. subbasaltiformis, is a stem of

Isocrinus character with a pentagonal section actually visible

in Sowerby’s engraving. It appears to be the stem of the

later-described Cainocrinus tintinnabulum Forbes.

Pentacrinus dixont Ooster, may be the same as Balano-

crinus didactylus, but Ooster’s name must form the subject

of a separate note.

Pentacrinus diaboli Bayan, which Meneghini referred to

B. didactylus as interpreted by him, is an alternicirrate

Balanocrinus, with 2 & 3 facets to the whorl, but differs in

its marked pentagonal section and other respects from

d’Archiac’s species (Brit. Mus. E 22032-22052).

Pentacrinus lorioli Noelli (1900, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat.,

XXxix. p. 28, pl. i. figs. 33, 34), based on cylindrical stem-

fragments from the Upper Helvetian of Piedmont, was

referred by me to Balanocrinus in the ‘ Zoological Record ’

for 1900 (1901), by reason of its joint-face, which Dr. Noelli

himself compared with that of B. bronni. The “due in-

fossature molto distinte” on what is presumably the

hypozygal indicate that the stem was alternicirrate.

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis Miller, var. subrotundus

De Gregorio (1894, Ann. Geol. et Pal., Livr. 13, p. 17, pl. ii.

figs. 41, 42), from the Bartonian of Valrovina, may be

4.06 On British Fossil Crinoids.

Balanocrinus didactylus, but the joint-faces of the holotype

are admittedly obscure. The variety is in any case un-

necessary.

There may be one or two more Tertiary species of the

same general type, 7. e. alternicirrate Balanocrinus, and it

seems probable that all these species may be genetically

related. It is, however, improbable that they are related to

the recent Endoxocrinus alternicirrus, which resembles them

only in its alternicirration. What was the advantage of

this peculiarity, or how it first arose, are questions that

still seek an answer.

Another question is as to the origin and advantage of the

Balanocrinus plan of joint-face. Assuming the simply

radiate Entrochus plan to be the oldest, then the [socrinus

plan. developed from this by the concentration of the liga-

ments in 5 pillars, and it is plain that this plan must have

preceded that of Salanocrinus. Possibly the reduction of

the radial ridge-groups merely continued when once started,

and was in part accelerated by their decreasing utility

according to the law of economy.

Such an explanation suggests the further hypothesis that

the balanocrinus plan arose from that of Jsocrinus several .

times over between the Trias and the Oligocene, and that

it does not characterize a homogeneous monophyletic

genus.

The general tendency of economy of material in Jsocrinus

is in the direction of stellation—the cutting-out of stereom

that lends no strength to the column (ef. Ionic as derived

from Doric, or Gothic from Norman). But in those species

that did not adopt this mode of retrenchment, remaining

cylindrical or basaltiform, the economy was effected in the

reduction of unnecessary ridges on the joint-face, possibly

combined with stronger radial ligaments.

Finally, on this hypothesis, the alternicirrate Balanocrini

of the early Tertiary rocks form a homogeneous group,

derived from some Cretaceous species, such as the Upper

- Senonian Pentacrinus bronni Hagenow, the Lower Danian

P, paucicirrhus Nielsen, and the Upper Danian P. crassus

Nielsen. These three form a continuous series of alterni-

cirrate forms, with joint-faces of Balanocrinus plan, and so

closely resemble one another in stem-characters that no differ-

ence is apparent in the descriptions or figures.

Dr. Briinnich Nielsen (1913, Danmarks geol. Undersd¢g.,

il. Raekke, Nr, 26, pp. 6-8 & 81) rejects the genus Balano-

crinus, because in a single species (P. paucicirrhus) he finds

jOint-faces of both Isocrinus and Balanocrinus plan, with all

On new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 407

gradations between them, just as we have seen to be the

case in the Eocene species, and, as pointed out at the he-

ginning of this article, long known in many Jurassic species

also. The objection, therefore, had it been considered

sound, might have been raised many years ago; but the

facts are much what we might expect on any hypothesis of

the origin of Balunocrinus from Isocrinus, and are certainly

consistent with the special hypothesis here advocated of the

multiple origin of Lalanocrinus from successive species or

species-groups of Isocrinus. It may be impossible to assign

an isolated ossicle to its correct genus, but the stem must be

considered as a whole.

Admitting the polyphyletic origin of the genus Balano-

crinus as hitherto conceived, our future task is to divide it

into sections, each of which may be regarded as a subgenus

of Isocrinus if not as a full genus.~ One such section will

undoubtedly comprise the forms herein discussed. In that

event the validity of Balanocrinus itself will not be settled

by the variations or growth-stages of this Cretaceo-Tertiary

assemblage, but by the relationships of the genotype, the

Oxfordian Balanocrinus subteres; and “that is another

story.”

XLIX.—WNew Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera.

By Colonel C. Swinuos, M.A., F.L.S.

Family Eupleide.

Salpine ceramica, nov.

3. Upperside dark olive-brown, the outer margins paler

and somewhat ochreous-tinted: fore wing with a rather large

and round bluish spot below the middle of vein 2, with a

smaller one immediately below it and seven submarginal

bluish spots decreasing in size from the apex downwards :

hind wing with the costal space pale ; a large ochreous-grey

patch covering the upper half of the cell and a space above

it, a postdiscal row of obscure dots and another submarginal,

the uppermost one most pronounced. Underside: fore wing

coloured as above ; a very large ochreous-grey hinder mar-

ginal space which extends to the median vein and a little

beyond vein 2; a large round ochreous-grey spot below

vein 3 near its base, a small one above it, and a whorl of four

small spots above curling inwards to near the costa ; a sub-

marginal row of spots, decreasing in size hindwards, and

a marginal row of small spots, the first six from the apex

in pairs: hind wing darker than the fore wing, uniform in

colour, some small dots at the base ; a submarginal complete

row of small spots and some spots close to the margin, obso-

lete on the upper half.

@?. Somewhat paler in colour, the spot-markings above and

below larger, those on the underside very prominent.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 375, ? 3% inches.

Hab, Ceram Island.

The fore wings in the male are shorter and more rounded

than is usual in the genus Salpinx, giving the insect the

appearance of a Calliplaa.

Family Nymphalidae.

Cyrestis atosia, nov.

3d. Much the same pattern as irme*, Forbes, from

Sumatra ; belongs to the menalis group, represented in the

Indian region by the mzveat group figured by Bingham in

the ‘ Fauna of British India,’ Butterflies, ii. p. 851 (1905) ;

but Bingham has figured nivalis} of Felder, from Java,

instead of nivea, a perfectly distinct species, with a broad

black costal border from the base to the apex of the fore wing,

type in Coll. Rothschild. In atosza the band igs similar, but

the transverse lines are dark chocolate-brown, the costal band

of the fore wing is complete and contains three white spots

—one subapical, the others on each side of it ; the marginal

band is broader, its inner edge is bent in a curve between

veins 5 and 3, the edges of the bend connected together by a

thick transverse line, and there is a white streak near the

hinder angle above the orange-ochreous patch ; the hind

wing is marked much as in nivea, except that the white

streak in the marginal band from the apex downwards is

much narrower, the transverse lines on both wings thicker

and more prominent, the short bands downwards from the

costa of fore wing broader and more complete, the outer one

fining to a point on vein 4, the middle one across the eell,

and a subbasal one which crosses the wing and is continued

across the hind wing to the orange-ochreous anal patch ; the

* ¢A Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago,’ p. 274

(1885).

+ Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. 1831, p. 138, pl. xiv.

fig. 1.

ft Reise Nov. Lep. 1886 p. 414.

Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera, 409

pattern of both wings much resembles that of irme, but the

coloration of the bands and lines in that species is much

broader and more pronounced and nearly pure black.

Eixpanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Maymyo, Burma (Graham),

Neptis ancus, nov.

3. Above and below closely resembling V. clinta, Moore,

from the Andamans. Upperside with the subapical spots

larger, the lower discal spots also much larger, and more

uniform in size with those of the transverse band of the hind

wing, which is nearly uniform in its entire length, and the

submarginal band of the hind wing is pure white and well

pronounced, On the underside the cell-streak on fore wing

is narrower and the subapical spots are joined together.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.

Hab. Toungoo, Burma (Graham).

Neptis margala, nov.

g. Upperside black, markings pure white: fore wing with

the usual cell-streak running close along the median vein

broken at the end, then continued in a narrow spear-shaped

form to nearly halfway between the cell-end and the outer

margin ; two large elongated subapical spots, the upper one

the larger; a large round spot in the lower disc, a smaller

one below it, inwards; a submarginal line of disconnected

Junular marks, the fifth from the costa obliquely placed, a

thin line between this and the outer margin, and some white

on the black cilia: hind wing with the costal space narrowly

white; a broad pure white even band across the wing

(with the veins running through it) a little before its middle

and in a line with the two lower discal spots of the fore

wing ; a submarginal thin and even grey band, an indistinct

grey line halfway between this and the white band, and

another close to the margin. Underside very beautifully

marked, the ground-colour uniform dark chocolate-brown, all

the markings pure white and clearly cut: fore wing with an

unbroken broad streak in and beyond the cell, thickening

outwards and rounded at the end, which is then pointed; a

thin streak above it ending above the cell-end; the subapical

and lower discal spots and marginal lunules and line as above,

but the spots are much larger and the lunules and marginal

line much thicker, followed by a series of Junular marks close

to the margin ; the cilia also streaked with white: hind wing

with a broad costal streak from the base, nalrowing and

410 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

ending in a point a little beyond the middle of the costa; a

broad and even transverse band, broader than it is on the

upperside, a submarginal band about half as broad, and

thick transverse lines on each side of it, the entire wing being

Hee white than brown; a faintly indicated white marginal ~

ine.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

flab. Borneo.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Pantoperia mera, nov.

3. Belongs to the znara group, is smaller, the fore wing

shorter, the outer margin is less concave, the pattern on the

upperside is very similar, but the cell-streak is more attenuated,

the white spot in it smaller, the orange submarginal band

incomplete, narrower at the apex, then broken, a spot in

continuation on the middle, and faint indications of a grey

line downwards to the hinder angle. ‘lhe underside, how-

ever, is very different to the underside of tnara, especially on

the hind wing, the middle white band being more even, not

attenuated to a point at the abdominal fold as it is in inara;

the black discal row of spots is absent or only very faintly

indicated, and the white postdiscal band is broader.

Expanse of wings 2,4 inches.

Hab. Borneo.

Family Hesperida.

Subfamily AsrrerorrprinzZ.

Genus TECUPA, nov.

Forewing: vein 12 ends on costa opposite the end of the

cell, 11 evenly free from 12, emitted one-third from upper

end of cell, 10 from near the end; 9, 8, 7 emitted close

together at and round the end; discocellulars faint, inwardly

oblique, 5 from the middle, 3 from one-fourth before lower

end of cell, 2 from before the middle; costa evenly and

highly arched, apex subacute, outer margin convex below

the apex, then obliquely straight to the hinder angle. Hind

wing : vein 8 much bowed, ends near the apex of the wing ;

cell short and broad, less than half the length of the wing ;

vein 7 from upper end of cell; discocellulars obsolete ; vein 5

faint, from the middle ; 3 from lower end of cell, 2 from near

the end; costa and outer margin evenly rounded; palpi

porrect, third joint thick, produced and obtuse, the entire

palpi thickly covered with long bristly hairs; antenne

Indo-Mulayan Lepidoptera. 411

slender, club gradual, pointed and slightly bent, about half

the length of the costa of fore wing; legs slender and naked ;

abdomen slender, extending a little beyond the wings.

Type, 7. curiosa, mihi.

Tecupa curiosa, nov.

3. Chocolate-black, very dark and very black in some

lights and above and below very uniform in colour, with the

veins above and below rather prominent. On the underside

the colour is slightly paler, palest on the outer and hinder

margins of the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 23 inches.

Hab. Naga Hills.

A very curious-looking Hesperid; three male examples

received from Major Graham’s collection as Watsoniella

swinhoei, Elwes *, but is certainly generically quite different.

Family Arctiide.

Amsacta annamensis, nov.

3. Pure white, antenne and palpi above black; palpi

beneath, pectus, fore legs, top of head, and shoulders scarlet ;

mid and hind legs white, with black and scarlet stripes ; tarsi

black, ringed with white; collar and costa of fore wing

scarlet ; fore wing with a small black dot at upper end of cell,

hind wing with a small black spot at lower end of cell; in

one example there is a black spot on the outer margin above

the middle ; thorax with a small black dot in front on each

side ; abdomen dark yellow, with black segmental bands,

with black spots in the middle of the first three and last

bands and black lateral stripes. Underside: body white ;

wings as above, but there is a small black subbasal spot on

each wing.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Hué, Annam.

Somewhat resembles Hampson’s figure of Amsacta flavi-

margo{ from Bhamo, Burma, the unique type in Mus.

Genova, but there are many points of difference, besides

which the antenne have not got white tips and the abdomen

is yellow, not scarlet as stated in the text, though yellow in

the plate; it also resembles a spotless lactinea of Cramer.

* Trans. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 220, pl. xx. fig. 6.

+ ‘ Lepidoptera Phalzena,’ iii, p, 327, pl. xlvi. fig. 14.

412 On new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera.

Amsacta barbara, nov.

@. Antenne and palpi black, and legs with black and

white and crimson stripes; tarsi uniformly black ; head,

thorax, and wings above pure white ; an ochreous-grey stripe

on top of head, another on the collar: fore wing with a thin

costal pinkish stripe; a black spot on the upper and lower

ends of the cell, two black spots close above vein 1, subbasal

and postmedial: hind wing with a large black spot at upper

end of cell: abdomen above crimson, dorsal and lateral black

spots. Underside: wings as above, subbasal black spot on

each wing; body pure white; abdomen with black spots

down each side.

Expanse of wings 2,5, inches.

Hab. Babber Island, south of Ceram.

Amsacta saduca, nov.

g. Antenne and palpi black, white beneath; legs yellow,

with black stripes; hind tibize with white stripes; tarsi

black, with white rings ; head, thorax, and wings pure white,

a faint pinkish line across the base of the head: fore wing

with a pinkish costal line; a row of three or four black sub-

basal spots, one at the upper end of the cell, and a discal row,

commencing with three or four in a line from the costa rather

near the apex, then obliquely to the middle of the hinder

margin, and one or two spots at the hinder angle: hind wing

with a large black spot almost closing the end of the cell, and

from two to four subterminal spots: abdomen ochreous, with

dorsal black stripes and lateral black spots, the ventral seg-

ment with a centre black spot. Underside: wings as above ;

a subbasal black spot on each wing ; body pure white.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Hab. Cuddapah, Madras Presidency.

Spotted much as in A. albistriga, Walker, xxxi. p. 303

(1864), well figured by Hampson in Phal. ili. p. 330, pl. xlvi.

fig. 19 (1901), but the fore wing of that species is pale

brown, with longitudinal white stripes.

On new Frogs of the Genus Rana. 413

L.— Descriptions of new Frogs of the Genus Rana.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Rana phrynoides.

Vomerine teeth in small oblique groups just behind the

choane. Head much broader than long, much depressed ;

snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth, as long

as the eye ; canthus rostralis indistinct; loreal region very

oblique, slightly concave; interorbital space narrower than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum hidden or very indistinct, 4 to 2

the diameter of the eye. Fingers obtuse, first longer than

second ; subarticular tubercles small, moderately prominent.

Hind limb short, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the

shoulder or the temple, the heels just meeting when the limbs

are folded at right angles to the body; tibia 2} to 24 times

in length from snout to vent. Toes short, with obtuse tips,

entirely webbed ; subarticular tubercles small, moderately

prominent ; a feeble tarsal fold; inner metatarsal tubercle

narrow, feebly prominent, 4 the length of the inner toe; no

outer tubercle. Upper parts granular, with numerous small

warts on the back, some of which may be elongate; these

granules and warts may bear black horny spinules ; a strong

fold across the head behind the eyes, and a very strong

glandular fold from the eye to the shoulder; lower parts

smooth. Dark olive above, uniform or with rather indistinct

darker spots ; lips with or without dark vertical bars ; dark

cross-bars on the limbs very irregular, if present ; lower parts

whitish, uniform or throat and limbs spotted or marbled with

blackish. Male with internal vocal sacs; during the

breeding-season the arms are remarkably thickened and black

horny spines form two patches on the breast and more crowded

patches on the inner metacarpal tubercle and on the upper

side of the two inner fingers.

From snout to vent 110 mm.

Yunnan at Tongchuan fu, where the species was found in

great numbers by Messrs. J. Graham and Dymond.

I had first referred these specimens to &. boulengeri, Gthr.,

which is ne doubt identical with the earlier 2. spinosa, David.

I now find they differ in the shorter hind limbs, the heels not

overlapping, in the shorter inner metatarsal tubercle, and in

the absence of swellings to the tips of the toes.

414 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Rana tibetana.

Vomerine teeth in small oblique groups between the

choanz and extending a little beyond the level of their poste-

rior borders. Head much broader than long, much depressed ;

snout rounded, shorter than the eye, scarcely projecting

beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region

very oblique, concave; interorbital region much narrower

than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, 2 the diameter of

the eye. Fingers obtuse, first slightly longer than second ;

subarticular tubercles moderate. Hind limb moderately

long, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the anterior border

of the eye, the heels strongly overlapping when the limbs

are folded at right angles to the body; tibia twice in length

from snout to vent. Toes with the tips swollen into small

disks, entirely webbed; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a

very distinct tarsal fold ; inner metatarsal tubercle narrow,

feebly prominent, ? the length of the inner toe; no outer

tubercle. Upper parts rough with granules and numerous

round or oval warts tipped with black horny spinules; a

feeble fold across the head, behind the eyes; a strong

glandular fold from the eye to the shoulder; lower parts

smooth. Brown above, with numerous ill-defined dark spots

on the back and cross-bars on the limbs, the larger warts

lighter; a light cross-bar between the eyes; lips with dark

vertical bars ; lower parts brownish, throat and limbs mottled

with brown. Male with internal vocal sacs ; arms thick ;

breast with black horny spines ; similar spines, but more

crowded, on the inner metacarpal tubercle and on the upper

surface of the two inner fingers.

From snout to vent 61 mm.

A single male specimen from Yin tsin wau, Wassu State,

Tibet.

Distinguished from R. gammiet, And., by the distinct

tympanum, the presence of a tarsal fold, the larger metatarsal

tubercle, and the presence of vocal sacs; from A. fee, Bler.,

by the swollen tips of the toes and the distinct canthus

rostralis ; from Jt. yunnanensis, And., by the less prominent

metatarsal tubercle (fide Anderson) ; from &. rugosa, Schleg.,

by the broader head, the larger metatarsal tubercle, and the

presence of vocal sacs.

Rana macrognathus.

I now regard as deserving specific distinction the frog

from Upper Burma referred by me to &. dorie, Blgr. (Ann.

Mus. Genova, [9] xiii. 1893, p. 328, pl. viii. fig. 1), the

Frogs of the Genus Rana. 415

males of which differ in the very large head with strong

swellings on the lower surface of the mandible and on each

side of the occiput, and in the presence of a strong tooth-like

process on each mandibular ramus, near the symphysis, as in

RR. kuhlit and R. macrodon. In these males, when fully

developed, the interorbital region is broad and very convex,

the swelling produced posteriorly as in Pelobates fuscus, and

the tympanum is quite as large as or even larger than the

eye. Females are hardly distinguishable from &. doria.

From snout to vent 57 mm,

The types are from the Karin Hills, Upper Burma, 1300

to 1600 feet, and from the district of the Karin Bia-po,

collected by the late L. Fea.

R. macrognathus is intermediate between R. dort, Blegr.,

and &. pileata, Blgr., and nearer the latter, which differs in

the dermal flap on the head of the males and in the usually

smaller inner metatarsal tubercle.

Rana grahami.

Vomerine teeth in transverse or slightly oblique series

between the choane or extending a little beyond the level of

the posterior borders of the latter. Head as long as broad or

a little broader than long, much depressed ; snout rounded or

obtusely pointed, feebly or rather strongly projecting beyond

the mouth, as long as the eyeor a little shorter; canthus

rostralis obtuse ; loreal region feebly oblique, concave; inter-

orbital region narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum

very distinct, ? to 2 the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather

long, the tips feebly swollen, first as long as or a little longer

than the second; subarticular tubercles moderate. Tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout or a little

beyond; heels overlapping when the limbs are folded at right

angles to the body; tibia 13 to 1% times in length from

snout to vent, shorter than the fore limb, as long as or a

little Jonger than the foot. Toes with the tips slightly

swollen, entirely webbed ; subarticular tubercles rather small ;

no tarsal fold ; inner metatarsal tubercle feebly prominent,

4 to 2 the length of the inner toe ; no outer tubercle. Skin

smooth above or finely corrugated, often with large flat warts

on the back; sides granular with large warts, some of which

may bear minute white spinose tubercles; a broad glandular

dorso-lateral fold sometimes present, but much broken up ;

one or two large glands behind the angle of the mouth ;

lower parts smooth or posterior part of belly granular. Olive

above, with more or less distinct darker spots and often

416 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

speckled or mottled with black; sides yellow, with large

black spots or marblings ; limbs with numerous dark cross-

bands, which may be broken up into spots or marblings ;

hinder side of thighs yellow, spotted or marbled with black ;

lower parts white, throat and breast sometimes spotted with

blackish. Male with internal vocal sacs; fore limb much

thickened ; inner finger with a large pad, covered during the

breeding-season with a velvety yellowish or greyish horny

layer.

From snout to vent 102 mm,

Yunnan at Yunnan fu; numerous specimens from the

collection of Mr. J. Graham.

This species is very similar to &. andersoni, Blgr., with

which I had at first confounded it; but the absence of disks

to the fingers and toes readily distinguishes it.

Rana tarahumare.

Vomerine teeth in small oblique groups just behind the

level of the posterior borders of the choanee. Head much

depressed, broader than long; snout rounded, feebly pro-

jecting beyond the mouth, as long as the eye; canthus

rostralis very obtuse; loreal region very oblique, slightly

concave ; nostril equidistant from the eye and from the tip of

the snout; tympanum distinct, 2 to 3 the diameter of the

eye. Fingers with feebly swollen tips, first longer than

second; subarticular tubercles moderate. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches the tip of the snout or between the eye

and the tip of the snout ; heels meeting when the limbs are

folded at right angles to the body; tibia 12 to 2 times in

length from snout to vent. ‘Toes with the tips swollen into

very small disks, the base of which is involved in the very

broad web ; no tarsal fold ; a feebly prominent, elliptic inner

metatarsal tubercle, measuring 4 to ? the length of the inner

toe; no outer tubercle. Skin smooth, or upper parts with

small pustules ; a feeble curved glandular fold from the eye

to the shoulder; no dorso-lateral fold. Brown or olive above,

with small blackish spets or numerous dots; limbs with

irregular dark cross-bands; lower parts white, uniform or

throat, breast, and limbs mottled with greyish brown. Male

without vocal sacs, with a thick blackish pad on the inner

side of the first finger.

From snout to vent 77 mm.

Several specimens, from Loquiro and Barranca del Cobre,

Sierra Tarahumaré, N.W. Mexico, form part of a collection

presented by Dr. H. Gadow a few years ago. I had

Frogs of the Genus Rana. 417

referred this frog to R. pustulosa, Blgr., from which it differs

by the more broadly webbed ‘toes and the absence of a dorso-

lateral glandular fold. The larger eye, the more oblique

loreal region, the more distinct tympanum, the shorter tibia,

and the absence of vocal sacs distinguish it from R. boylit,

Baird.

Rana floweri.

Vomerine teeth in very short oblique series close to the

anterior corners of the choane. Head much depressed, as

long as broad; snout pointed, projecting, slightly longer

than the eye; canthus rostralis rounded ; loreal region very

oblique, slightly concave; interorbital space much narrower

than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, 2\the

diameter of the eye. Fingers short and obtusely pointed,

first and second equal; subarticular tubercles moderate.

Hind limb short, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the

tympanum, the heels feebly overlapping when the limbs

are folded at right angles to the body ; tibia 2} times in

length from snout to vent, slightly longer than the foot.

Toes short, obtusely pointed, 2 webbed, 2-phalanges of fourth

and 4a phalanx of fifth free ; subarticular tubercles small

aud teebly prominent; an oblique fold on the inner side of

the tarsus ; inner metatarsal tubercle oval, moderately

prominent, 4 the length of the inner toe ; a small flat outer

tubercle. Skin smooth above, with feebly prominent, inter-

rupted, glandular longitudinal folds, 4 on the occipital region

and 6 on the body ; a stronger and continuous dorso-lateral

glandular fold ; a glandular fold from below the eye to above

the arm ; sides and posterior part of belly and base of lower

surface of thighs granular. Grey above, with large dark

spots forming rather irregular transverse series, the dorso-

lateral fold whitish; a V-shaped dark marking between the

eyes; a dark streak from the end of the snout to the eye and

a large dark temporal spot ; a white streak from below the

eye to the shoulder, followed by a round white spot; limbs

with regular dark cross-bands ; hinder side of thighs with

dark marblings and a light longitudinal streak ; lower parts

white. Male with blackish external vocal sacs projecting

tlirough a slit on each side of the throat, parallel with and

close to the ramus of the mandible.

From snout to vent 45 mm.

A single male specimen from Rosaires on the Blue Nile,

obtained by Capt. 8. 8. Flower and presented by him to the

British Museum in 1909.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 28

418 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

Closely allied to R. mascareniensis, D. & B.; distinguished

by the stouter and shorter hind limbs.

By an unfortunate oversight, the frog recently described

by me in these ‘ Annals’ (vol. xix. p. 407) as J. leonensis is

stated to be from Sierra Leone; it was obtained by

Dr. Spurrell at Bibianaha, Gold Coast.

LI.—New Genera and Species of Brisingide *.

By Wa ter K. Fisuer, Stanford University, California.

THE new genera of starfishes of the family Brisingide which

are described in this paper are partly derived from an analysis

of Brisinga and Freyella of authors and partly from new

species dredged by the U.S. Fisheries Steamer ‘ Albatross’

in the Kast Indies and in the North Pacific. Craterobrisinga

and Stegnobrisinga have already been proposed as subgenera,

but a further study of the material has convinced me that

they are good generic groups.

The complete diagnosis of any genus in the following

synopsis 1s obtained by starting with the a which heads the

particular section in which the genus is found and reading

each pertinent section until the genus is reached. For

example, the account of Brisinga is contained in paragraphs

a’, b?, c?, d‘, e', f',g!; that of Gymnobrisinga in paragraphs

a’, b'; that of Astrocles in a®, b?, c?, d?, e?; and so on.

It is hoped that this preliminary account will be of use to

my colleagues. Any corrections, or information regardiug

the generic position of known species of “ Brisinga” and

** Freyella,” will be gratefully received.

Synopsis of the known Genera of Brisingide.

a‘, Abactinal surface of disk and genital region

of ray provided with numerous conspicuous

papule ; two gonads to each ray ; mouth-

plates broad and fan-shaped toward actino-

stome, nearly closing the entrance to the

aimbulacral furrow ; genital region of ray

with transverse skeletal arches, between

which the integument is strengthened by

immersed plates and pierced by papular

* Published with permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries.

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 419

pores; ray with regularly spaced, lateral,

transverse combs of upward of seven con-

spicuous slender spines; adambulacral

plates higher than long, with a single

prominent subambulacral spine, frequently

truncate and more or less spatulate proxi-

mally; first 3 to 5 pairs of adambulacral

plates united in each interradius, and above

them the marginal plates are similarly

united; asyzygy (non-muscular symphysis)

between first and second adambulacral

plates, and also sometimes a partial syzygy

between the second and third and between

the third and fourth plates. Genotype,

Brisinga semicoronata, Perrier .......... Odinia, Perrier.

a’, A single circle of rather small papule near

margin of disk, 2 papulz corresponding to

each ray; rays, as in Brisinga, without

papule. First and second adambulacral

plates united by a syzygy (non-muscular

symphysis), and upper part of second and

third ambulacral plates united by syzygy ;

gonads numerous, in series; first pair of

adambulacral plates in each interbrachium

closely united (as in figs, 8and 4), Geno-

type, Brisinga mimica, Fisher .......... Brisingenes, Fisher.

a*, No papule present either on disk or on rays.

6‘. No abactinal skeleton on rays, the: dorsal

side of arm being composed of integu-

ment without plates but covered with

numerous, relatively large pedicellariz

arranged in transverse bands.* Geéno-

type, Gymnobrisinga sarsti, Studer .... Gymmnobrisinga, Studer.

6°, Abactinal skeleton present on disk, and on

proximal portion of rays at least.

e', Disk-plates large, with a comparatively

few fairly large disk-spines, and a

vertical series of about four con-

spicuous lateral spines to each succes-

sive skeletal arch of the rays, these

lateral combs occurring at regular in-

tervals all along side of ray; mouth-

plates expanded fan-wise toward

actinostome, nearly closing entrance

1o ambulacral furrow ; subambulacral

spine with a modified truncate tip;

first pair of adambulacral plates of

each interbrachial angle united, but

the united pair of conspicuous first

marginal plates is interpolated from

above between their distal ends;

syzyay (?); related to Odinia, Geno-

type, Brisingaster robillardi, de Loriol. Brisingaster, de Loriol.

* Hymenodiscus, Perrier, belongs under this section. It is founded

upon a very immature specimen, possibly a young Brisinga.

28*

420 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

c*, Disk-plates small, bearing one to several

small spinelets; on the ray there is

only one lateral or marginal spine

corresponding to the variably spaced

inferomarginal plates, never a vertical

comb of conspicuous lateral spines.

d’, First and second adambulacral plates

as well as the upper part of the

second and third ambulacral plates

united by syzygy (non-muscular

. Abactinal skeleton of rays in the

form of independent, spaced arches

or costa composed of elongate,

more or less compressed, over-

lapping plates, projecting well

Fig. 1. ; Fig. 2.

Fig. 1.—Brisinga trachydisca. Oral angle from actinal side.

Fig. 2.—Ditto. Lateral view of interbrachium, rays removed.

In all figures: a, first adambulacral plate ; am, ambulacral plate ;

z, interradial plate; m, marginal plate; 0, mouth-plate.

above the level of the intervening

integument and bearing small

’ spinelets ; intercostal integument

not fortified by thin, immersed,

spineless, fenestrated plates.

J‘. Gonads numerous, in a series

along either side of each ray;

the ‘interradial (first) pair ‘of

adambulacral plates is joined by

the interradial faces, and above

them is a united pair of first

marginal plates —four in all

(figs. 1 and 2).

g'. Snbambulacral spines of proxi-

mal adambulacral plates

Genera and Species of Brisingids. A421

slender, acicular; the acces-

sory subambulacral spine, if

present, is on the adoral half

of the plate; adambulacral

armature is not dense and

crowded. Genotype, Brv-

singaendecacnemos, Ashjprn-

g’. Subambulacral spines of proxi-

mal adambulacral plates with

modified, capitate, often trun-

cate tips; second subambu-

lacral spine regularly present,

prominent, and near the ab-

oral end of plate ; adambu-

lacral plates short, with

crowded armature. Geno-

type, Brisinga panopla,

Biche toc. s a. os cus eee

Brisinga, Asbjprnsen.

Craterobrisinga, Fisher.

f?. Gonads two to each ray (one

on each side); subambulacral

spines all delicate and acicular.

g. The interradial (first) pair of

adambulacral plates is joined

by the interradial faces, and

above them is a united pair

of first marginal plates—four

in all (figs. 3and 4). Geno-

type, Brisinga moluccana,

BIGNED. F535 4 a edhe

g°. The interradial (first) pair of

adambulacral plates 1s not

joined, but separate, the outer

end of the combined mouth-

plates being usually inter-

polated between the inner

ends of these adambulacral

plates ; first pair of marginal

plates is not closely united

by the interradial faces, but

only by the adoral ends, to

which also is closely united

the lower end of the inter-

radial plate, forming a rude

reversed Y, of which the

angle is the apex of the in-

terbrachial angle and the

arms are the first marginal

plates (figs. 5 and 6); ad-

ambulacral plates slender,

Astrostephane, Fisher.*

* Includes also Astrostephane acanthogenys (Fisher), from 172 fathoms

off Lingayau Gulf, Luzon.

The type is from 265 fathoms between

Gillolo and Kayoa Islands, Molucca Islands. (Fisher, Proc. Biol. Soc.

Washington, vol. xxix. p. 38, Feb, 24, 1916.)

422 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

Fig. 3.

Astrostephane moluccana, Oral angle actina view.

Fig. 4.

Astrostephane moluccana.

Lateral view of interbrachium, rays removed.

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 423

with delicate subambulacral

spine; rays delicate, very

deciduous. Genotype, Brv-

singa fragilis, Fisher ...... Brisingella, isher.

e’, Abactinal skeleton of rays con-

sisting of independent, compressed

arches or coste as in Srisinga,

but the integument between the

arches is crowded with numerous

spineless, immersed, fenestrated,

thin plates, sometimes slightly

overlapping, yet leaving the in-

tegument quite inflexible; gonads

2 or 4 to each ray.

f’, First pairof adambulacral plates

united, and joined to their upper

side is a united pair of marginal

Fig. 5.— Brisingella fragilis. Oral angle, actinal view.

Fig, 6.—Ditto. Lateral view of interbrachium, rays removed ; only the

articular surface of the adambulacrals and marginals is dotted.

plates, four in all, as in Bri-

singa; proximal adambulacral

plates higher than long; gonads

two to each ray. Genotype,:

Brisinga (Stegnobrisinga) pla-

coderma, Fisher ............ Stegnobrisinga, Fisher,

Jf?. First pair of adambulacral plates

not joined together by the inter-

radial faces, but separate ; first

pair of marginal plates not

closely united by their inter-

radial faces, but only by the

adoral ends, to which also is

closely united the lower end of

the interradial plate, forming a

rude x, of which theangle is the

apex of the interbrachial angle

424

Ir, W. K. Fisher on new

and the arms are the first mar-

ginal plates (figs. 5 and 6);

proximal adambulaeral gine

not higher than long ; gonads 2

or 4 to each ray. Genotype, —

Brisinga panamensis, Ludwig .

. Abactinal skeleton of genital region

of ray composed of a uniform

armour of thin, spiniferous, more

or less overlapping plates, but not

of independent arches or costie.

J. Primary plates of disk much

larger than the others, which

are small; gonads 2 to each

ray; an interradial plate, ver-

tical in position, is interpolated

between the proximal ends of

the first adambulacral plates,

and touches the mouth-plates,

but does not encroach upon the

actinal surface as in Colpaster,

Genotype, Belgicella racovitz-

ONG, MO GIl oa Se cent

f?. Primary plates of disk not con-

spicuous and not distinguish-

able from the other abactinal

plates of disk.

g. An azygous interradial plate,

shield-shaped and conspic-

uous superficially on the

actinal surface, separates the

first pair of free adambulacral

plates; gonads unknown.

Genotype, Colpaster scuti-

gerulus, Sladen.........

. First pair of adambulacral

plates not separated by an

azygous plate, but united as

in Brisinga, and above them

is a pair of conspicuous,

united, first marginal plates—

four in all in each interradial

angle; gonads numerous, in

a series along either side of

theray. Genotype, Freyella

spinosa, Perrier

d’. No syzygy, or non-museular sym-

physis, between the first and second

adambulacral plates nor between

the upper part of the second and

third ambulacral plates, but a nor-

mal muscular symphysis not diffe-

rent from the others; no marginal

plates directly above the first pair

of adambulacral plates; the latter

are not united except sometimes by

the proximal ends; touching the

Astrolirus, Fisher.

Belgicella, Ludwig.

Colpaster, Sladen.

Freyella, Perrier.

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 4

lower end of the interradial plate

is a pair of very inconspicuous plates

lying in the same plane, and super-

ficially appearing to be a part of the

interradial plate *. These are really

the outer ends of the mouth-plates

which project dorsally behind the

first pair of adambulacral plates.

The latter, by sometimes touching

at their inner ends, segregate this

dorsal portion of the mouth-plates

from the actinal spine-bearing part.

For this reason they may easily be

mistaken for two entirely inde-

pendent plates (see fig. 7). }

Freyellidea microplax, Lateral view of interbrachium ; the surface of

the interradial and mouth-plates is dotted.

e’. Abactinal skeleton of ray com-

posed of a uniform armour of

thin, spiniferous, more or less

overlapping plates as in Freyella,

not of spaced, independent arches

or coste; furrow spinelets not

modified or expanded at the tip.

Genotype, Freyellidea microplax,

Bis ere eke ers 6 fe ale gee ees Freyellidea, Fisher.

e’, Abactinal skeleton of ray con-

sisting of independent transverse

arches, composed, on radial area,

ee cae er ee

* <The interradial plate described by Ludwig in Belyicella ig perhaps

the true interradial plate plus these extreme outer ends of the mouth-

plates, which, unless treated with potash, appear to be a part of the

interradial plate (Ludwig ‘ Belgica’ Report, 1908, p. 60).

426 Mr. W. Ka Fisher on new

of flattened, overlapping plates

(not of elongate, narrow, more or

less compressed ossicles as in

Brisinga); these costze bear spine-

lets and are separated by intervals

devoid of plates; furrow spine-

lets with curiously modified ex-

panded tips.~ Genotype, Astro-

cles actinodetus, Fisher ........ Astrocles, Fisher.

Genus Bristnca, Asbj¢rnsen.

Brisinga, Asbjprnsen, Fauna Litt. Norvegiz, 1856, andet hefte, p. 95.

Type, B. endecacnemos, Asbj.

Admirable figures are given by G. O. Sars in his mono-

graph of Brisinga coronata (pl. vil.). Brisinga trachydisea

is the only species of the restricted genus Brisinga that I

have examined. It was dredged by the steamer ‘ Albatross’

in 602 to 772 fathoms in the Philippine Islands.

Genus CRATEROBRISINGA, Fisher.

Craterobrisinga, Fisher (subgenus), New East Indian Starfishes, Proc.

Biological Soc. Washington, vol. xxix. p. 3 (Feb. 24,1916). Type,

Brisinga panopla, Fisher.

The species which are to be included in this group are:

Craterobrisinga panepla (Fisher), C. parallela (Keeler),

C. alberti (Fisher), C. cricophora (Sladen), C. eucoryne

(Fisher), C. variispina (Ludwig), C. multicostata (Verrill),

C. evermanni (Fisher), aberrant.

Craterobrisinga synaptoma, sp. n.

Diagnosis.— Rays 12, 14, and 15, with very long genital

area crossed by 35 to 40 irregular, fairly well-spaced, com-

plete and incomplete prominent, spiniferous coste ; genital

region equal to about 8°5 to 10 7, or *6 total length of ray ;

disk with prominent spinelets, solitary except on primary

radial plates, about 1 mm. long; no disk pedicellariz ; ad-

ambulacral plates short and broad, with proximally usually

2 aboral furrow spinelets and 2 subambulacral spines all in a

transverse series, and sometimes also a furrow spinelet on the

proximal half of plate; first 10 or 12 outer subambulacral

spines with circular, enlarged, sharply truncate tip; mouth-

plates decidedly small, with 2 or 3 actinostomial spinelets,

and on the outer part of plate a transverse series consisting of

1 or 2 aboral furrow spinelets and 1 tapering suboral spine ;

first 2 adambulacral plates of each ray fused to those of

Genera and Species of Brisingidee. 427

adjacent ray by a non-muscular articulation. R=200 +

mm., r=15 mm. (14 rays); R=245 mm., g=13 mm.

(12 rays).

Type-locality. — * Albatross’ station 3342, off British

Columbia, 52° 39’ 30’ N., 132° 38° W., 1588 fathoms, grey

ooze, coarse stones, bottom temperature 85°3 Fahrenheit.

Craterobrisinga synaptoma is characterized by the very

long genital region and the numerous, irregular, uncrowded

costee. The first two adambulacral plates of each ray are

joined to the corresponding plates of the adjacent ray, instead

of only the first plate as in other species of the genus. The

smaller of the two subambulacral spines at the base of the

ray has the tip slightly, or sometimes conspicuously,

thickened and modified.

BRISINGENES, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

I know of only two species which are referable to this

genus—the type, B. mimica, Fisher, from 559 fathoms,

Buton Strait, Celebes, and B. anchista, sp. n., from the same

station. In general appearance these species closely resemble

typical Brisinga, but differ in having a circle of papule close

to the margin of disk, two corresponding to each ray.

BRISINGELLA, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

This genus includes the following species: B. fragilis

(Fisher), type, B. coronata (G. O. Sars), B. exilis (Fisher),

B. tenella (Ludwig), and probably also the tollowing species

described by Sladen: B. verticillata, B. armillata, B. discincta,

and B. membranacea. B. mediterranea (Perrier) is also very

probably a member of this genus. Without definite informa-

tion concerning the gonads it is not possible to be certain.

In his paper entitled “‘ Researches on the Structure and

Affinity of the Genus Brisinga, &c.,’’ George Ossian Sars

describes and beautifully figures the anatomy of Brisingella

coronata, a typical species of this genus. The special

differential characters are clearly shown on plates iii., iv.,

and v.

Brisingella pusilla, sp. n.

Diagnosis.— Rays 10. R=165 + mm., r=8 mm., R=

20+r ; thickness of disk 2°5 mm.; breadth of ray at base

4mm. NSimilar in-general appearance to B. evilis, Fisher,

428 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

with thin disk and deciduous, slender, flexible rays, thin

delicate aes integument, and very fragile spines.

Differing trom B. ewxilis in having 25 to 30 coste which

extend at least three-fourths the length of ray, comparatively

few, widely spaced, embryonic, abactinal disk-plates bearing

1 or occasionally 2 small spinelets, a narrower, keeled, inter-

radial plate ; second ambulacral ossicle more than half as

long as the first, measured on the summit of the ridge ;

furrow spinelet absent beyond the proximal 3 to 14 adambu-

lacral plates.

Type-locality—‘ Albatross’ station 4427, off Point San

Pedro, Santa Cruz Island, California, 447 to 510 fathoms,

black mud.

Genus STEGNOBRISINGA, Fisher.

Stegnobrisinga, Fisher (subgenus), New East Indian Starfishes, Proc.

Biological Soc. Washington, vol. xxix. p. 33 (Feb. 24,1916). Type,

Brisinga (Stegnobrisinga) placoderma, Fisher.

Diagnosis—As given in foregoing synopsis.

‘The numerous prominent coste will at once separate this

genus from Freyella and Freyellidea. ‘he genus Astrolirus

differs in having the first adambulacral plates and _ first

marginal plates arranged as in Brisingella, and in having

slenderer adambulacral plates, which, proximally, are not

higher than long.

Brisinga gracilis, Koehler, may be a Stegnobrisinga, but

certain necessary anatomical details are not yet known—for

example, the number of gonads.

ASTROLIRUS, gen. nov.

Diragnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

The type, Brisinga panamensis, Ludwig, is the only species

known. The genus has much the same relation to Stegno-

brisinga that Lrisingella bears to Brisinga, with the exception

of the gonads, which are two to each ray in Stegnobrisinga,

and two, or as many as four in very large examples, in

Astrolirus.

Genus FREYELLA, Perrier, restricted.

Freyella, Perrier, Ann. sci. nat., Zool. vol. xix. art. 8, 1885, p.5. Type,

Freyella spinosa, Perrier, first species.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

‘This group includes those species of the old genus Freyella

in which the gonads. are numerous and arranged in series

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 429

along either side of the ray, as in typical Brisinga. In this

restricted genus Freyella, as in the restricted Brisinga, the

first adambulacral plate is closely united to its fellow of the

adjacent ray, at the apex of the interbrachial angle; and

immediately above them and joined to their upper sides is a

closely apposed pair of marginal plates, the first of a series

which extends a variable distance along the base of the ray,

just above the adambulacral plates. The adoral end of these

first marginal plates abuts against the base of the interradial

plate. Insome species part of the second adambulacral plate,

as well as the first, is joined to its vzs-d-vis.

The name Freyella has been retained for this group because

Perrier’s figures of J’. spinosa in the ‘Travailleur? and

‘Talisman’ Report (1894, pl. viii.) seem to indicate that the

first pair of adambulacral plates in each interbrachium is

united, while the long genital region indicates serial gonads.

Freyella spatulifera, Fisher (Macassar Strait, 901 fathoms),

belongs in this group, and probably also Freyella polycnema,

Perrier. [ am uncertain about Sladen’s species. I have

indicated under Freyellidea the species which I believe to be

referable to that genus.

FREYELLIDEA, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

Although the species of this genus have been considered

congeneric with those of the restricted Preyella, the two

groups are really very different. Freyellidea lacks entirely

the syzygial joint between the first and second adambulacral

plates, and is the only genus except Astrocles in which there

is no syzygy at the base of the ray. Furthermore, the mar-

ginal plates which are present in the interbrachial angle of

other genera (except Astrocles) are here lacking.

I have examined the following species which belong to

Freyellidea: FE. elegans (Verrill), propingua (Ludwig),

Ff. pacifica (Ludwig), F. insignis (Ludwig). Without a

knowledge of the gonads and of details of the interbrachium

it is not possible to be certain that the following species

belong in Freyellidea, but, as nearly as one can judge by the

figures, they appear to. Such species are: #. sevradiata

(Perrier), E. benthophila (Sladen), F. fragilissima (Sladen),

f, heroina (Sladen), #. dimorpha (Sladen), F. remex

(Sladen), £. tuberculata (Sladen). F. bracteata (Sladen) is

a synonym of £’, elegans, according to Professor Verrill.

The following species is the type of the genus.

430 On new Genera and Species of Brisingide.

Freyellidea microplax, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Rays 12, not deciduous, only moderately long,

with a short, swollen genital region about 4 7 in length.

Disk closely ‘covered with short spinelets, 4 or 5 to a plate ;

genital region of ray covered with small, transversely oriented,

elliptical, somewhat irregular plates bearing groups of 2 to 8

small spinelets ; 19 or 20 plates can be counted across ray

at widest part. Short lateral spine opposite alternate

adambulacral plates. Adambulacral armature: Laboral furrow

spinelet, and 1 subambulacral spine, with truncate enlarged

tip at base of ray ; first adambulacral plates of adjacent rays

not fused, the outer end of the mouth-plates intervening ;

oral armature: 3 actinostomial spinelets and 1 short, sharp,

suboral spine. R=170 4- mm., r=10 mm., R=17+4r;

thickness of disk 4 mm.; width of ray at base 4°5 mm.;

breadth of actinostome 13 mm.

Type-locality. —‘ Albatross’ station 3342, off British

Columbia (52° 39’ 30’’ N., 132° 38’ W.), 1588 nome grey

ooze and coarse sand, bottom temperature 35°°3 Fahrenheit,

ASTROCLES, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

This curious genus agrees with Freyellidea in its most

important features—the absence of a proximal adambulacral

syzygy, absence of marginal plates above the first few

adambulacral plates, and the presence of only two gonads

to each ray. The differential characters are given in the

synopsis. The following species is the type of the genus.

Astrocles actinodetus, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Rays 11, not very deciduous; disk fairly

large, covered with circular plates bearing 1 to 3 spinelets ;

genital region of ray 3°5 to 4 rin length, or about one-sixth

total length of ray, and crossed by 25 to 27 pretty regular

transverse arches of depressed, elliptical, crenulate plates

covered with a felting of minute pedicellarie and bearing

small spinelets in transverse series ; intervals between arches

without plates or pedicellariz ; lateral spine opposite alternate

adambulacrals, very slender and delicate; adambulacral

armature consisting of 1 aboral furrow spinelet with tip

greatly broadened and subtriangular in form, and 1 sub-

ambulacral spine, those on proximal half or two-thirds of

genital region with an enlarged bifid tip; mouth-plates with

3 actinostomial spines, expanded, flattened, and more or less

On Three new Parasitic Acari. 43

irregular in form, 1 aboral, modified furrow spinelet, and 1

suboral pointed spine; in interbrachium the first pair of

adjacent adambulacral plates touch or join only at their

proximal ends—are not fused the whole extent of their

external or lateral faces, nor is there directly above them a

prominent pair of first marginal plates as in Brisinga and

Freyella, and allies. :

Type-locality. — * Albatross’? station 2859, off British

Columbia (55° 20’ N., 136° 20’ W.), 1569 fathoms, grey

ooze, bottom temperature, 34°°9 Fahrenheit.

LI1.—On Three new Parasitic Acari.

By STANLEY Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Family Listrophorida.

The curious new mite briefly described below lives on the

guinea-pig, being found on the hairs of the posterior part of

the back. It is a minute species, and this is no doubt the

reason why it has hitherto escaped notice. The mite clasps

a hair of the host with its anterior legs, which are specially

modified for this purpose. During copulation the male

attaches himself to the generative nymph by the little suckers

on the venter and also by the elongated legs of the fourth

pair, the hook of the tarsus becoming fixed in the projecting

posterior margin of the second epimeron. Whilst copulating

the heads of both male and nymph point in the same direction,

instead of in opposite directions as in the genus Schizocar pus.

CHIRODISCOIDES, gen. nov.

Anterior legs modified so as to form clasping-organs as in

Chirodiscus, Trouess. & Nn., but a small pulvillus is present

on the tarsi of these limbs. Fourth leg of male longer than

the others, and its tarsus is bent at the end to form a hook,

Body of the male not bifid at the end as is the case in Chiro-

discus, but produced into a short unpaired process. ‘There

are no long hairs on the body.

Chirodiscoides cavic, sp. n.

Body of ovigerous female narrow and elongated, being

432 ' Mr. S. Hirst on

more than three times as long as wide; the dorsal surface is

convex. Anterior portion of body bearing the two first pairs

of legs strongly chitinized; dorsally it is covered by two

strong plates, the anterior one being small and trapezoidal in

shape and considerably longer than wide. More than half

the rest of the dorsal surface is covered by a thin chitinous

plate, the posterior end of which is truncated. Venter and

uncovered part of dorsal surface striated, the striations being

transverse except on the anterior part of the venter, where

they run obliquely. Numerous minute denticles with their

points directed backwards are present on the ventral surface

of the abdomen. ‘There are only a few hairs on the body,

and they are all very fine and short.

Capitulum large and triangular in shape, the apex pointing

forwards; the greater part of this structure is formed by the

palps, especially by the second segthents, which are strongly

salient laterally.

Legs.—The two first pairs of legs are rather wide and con-

siderably flattened ; tarsus of these limbs grooved below and

furnished with a distinct curved knob, besides smaller pro-

tuberances. Although reduced in size, the pulvillus is present

on the tarsi of these legs. Posterior legs slender and with

the pulvillus large. Hairs on legs few in number and mostly

short and inconspicuous, but there is a long fine tactile hair

at the distal end of the third tarsus.

Generative nymph much smaller and less elongated than

the ovigerous female. A longitudinal series of minute

curved lobes or scales runs down the middle of the dorsal

surface, coming to an end a little distance from the poste-

rior end. The series is really a double one, the lobes of

each side facing one another, and each bearing a thin back-

wardly directed spine. ‘l'hese lobes arise from the inner end

of the oblique striations present on the body.

Male a little smaller than the generative nymph. Poste-

rior end of body produced, forming a distinct process or tail

(which is much shorter than the tail-lke process present in

the malenymph) ; this process is slightly rounded at the end.

Tnere is a pair of minute suckers on the venter just in front

of the posterior end of the body. Genital aperture placed

opposite the proximal segments of the last pair of legs. The

three anterior pairs of legs are very similar to those of the

female, but the last pair are considerably longer than the

others, and the tarsus is bent so as to form a hook ; a small

pulvillus is present on this modified tarsus, and also a fairly

long and blunt hair or seta.

Three new Parasitic Acari. 433

The male deutonymph has a fairly long and slender poste-

rior process or tail, which is furnished with minute denticles

resembling those found on the venter. There is a double

longitudinal series of scales running along the median line of

the dorsal surface as in the generative nymph and larva,

Besides this central series there are also numerous scattered

scales on the dorsal surface.

Protonymph.—A smaller nymph with a much shorter tail

than the male deutonymph also occurs ; presumably it is the

protonymphal stage.

Larva.—The two anterior legs are modified to form clasping-

organs, as in the other stages; the third pair of legs is

slender and not modified. There is a very short but distinct

curved hook-like tail or process at the posterior end of the

body.

Ova.—The eggs are attached singly by one end to a hair

of the host ; they are narrow and elongated.

Material_—Numerous specimens were found on the two

guinea-pigs examined.

Measurements.—Length of ovigerous female *46-"51 mm.,

of generant nymph *39 mm., of male 35 mm., of male deuto-

nymph (incl. caudal process) ‘46 mm., of protonymph

*31mm., of larva 243, of ovam 210. Width of ovigerous

female 150 w, of generant nymph 160 yz, of ovum 54 yp.

Family Demodecide.

Genus DEMODEX, Owen.

Tn his valuable papers * on the genus Demodex Friedrich

Gmeiner gives a list of the fourteen described species and

also the literature, recording a hundred papers on this subject.

Two new forms from the hedgehog and dormouse are described

below.

Demodex muscardint, sp. n.

? .—This Demodex is a short form and very like that of

the honse-mouse, but has the capitulum wider as compared

with its length. ‘The general shape of the body is also

* “ Demodex folliculorum des Menschen und der Tiere,” Arch. Dermat.

Syph., Wien, vol. xcii. 1908, pp. 25-96, 4 pls.; “ Die Acarus-raiide der

Tiere,” Zs, Tiermed. Jena, vol. xiii. 1909, pp. 1-82, 81-108, 4 pls.

Ann & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xx. 29

434 On Three new Parasitic Acart.

rather different in this new Demodew, for there is a slight but

distinct constriction or waist at the point where the abdomen

joins the cephalothorax. Width of cephalothorax a little

more than four times up to four and a half times the total

length of the body (incl. capitulum). Cephalothorax +

capitulum a little less than the length of the abdomen.

Capitulum rather short, being wider than long (at the base) ;

the oval internal portion is rather narrow, however. Spines

on dorsal surface of capitulum fairly well developed and

curved. Penultimate segment of palp salient and pointed

laterally, as in D. musculz.

Measurements.—Total length (incl. capitulum) 173 yp;

length of cephalothorax + capitulum 85 mw, of abdomen 98 p ;

greatest width of cephalothorax 39-41 pw, of abdomen 84 p,

of capitulum (at base) 27 w; length of capitulum 20 yp.

Material.— Three dormice (Muscardinus avellanarius) were

examined for Demodex, and all of them were found to be

infected, but the parasites were few in number.

Demodex erinacei, sp. n.

(Var. of D. caninus ?.)

9.—The Demodex occurring in the hedgehog is an elon-

gated form closely resembling that» of the dog (D. caninus)

in almost every respect, but of larger size and with the

capitulum wider as compared with its length, being very

distinctly wider than long (at the base), instead of only

slightly wider as in, J). eaninus ; the sculpturing of the dorsal

surface of the capitulum apparently is also rather different ;

the two spines are very like those present in J). caninus,

being quite short. Body from over six to slightly more than

seven times as long as wide. Cephalothorax+capitulum

about a third of the total length. ‘Transverse striations of

body extending forwards beyond the coxe of the fourth pair

of legs, the first striation being deep and well-defined.

Measurements.—Total length 313-335 uw ; length of cephalo-

thorax +capitulum 108 yp, of abdomen 205 w; greatest width

of cephalothorax 44 wu, of abdomen 46 mw, of capitulum (at

base) 35 w; length ot capitulum 26 pw.

Material.—Several specimens from an English hedgehog.

On South-African Talitride. 435

LIII.—South-African Talitride. By the Rev. THomas

R. R. Steppine, M.A., F.R.S.

Wutte Dr. Chilton is reviewing the New Zealand members

of this family, Mr. H. W. Bell-Marley is making interesting

additions to the account given by Mr. Keppel Bernard of those

which oceur in South Africa. The trustees of the Durban

Museum desire to have the records of the local fauna printed

as well as published in Natal. Owing to this not unnatural

species of patriotism, a rather long interval cccurs before

results arrived at in England can be passed through so

distant a press. This may excuse the inconvenience of a

brief preliminary notice for what I hold to be a new genus

and species. At the end of October I received from Mr. Bell-

Marley a number of ‘alitrid specimens, reddish-orange in

colour as preserved, which he had found on Durban beach.

He noticed that several were pairing, and the collection

proved to have females, crowded with young ones, as well as

males. After comparison of the latter sex with the synopses

of the family drawn up in 1899 and 1906 and with subse-

quent notices, it seemed clear that the species could not

beiong to any of the known genera except /Zyalella. But

when a female specimen was examined in ils turn, it showed

a striking difference from all other species of that genus,

numerous as they are. I therefore propose for these specimens

Genus EXHYALELLA, nov.

In general agreement with Hyalella, but having in the

female the second gnathopod constructed like that of the

male.

Exhyalella natalensis, sp. n.

The telson undivided, its distal margin not rounded, but

obtuse-angled ; the third uropod with narrow ramus shorter

than the peduncle.

Full details and illustrative figures are reserved for future

publication.

29*

436 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

LIV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —UXXVIII.

By T. D. A. CockeRELL, University of Colorado.

Perdita perpulchra, Cockerell.

Male. Aguas Calientes, Mexico, Dec. 1, 1909 (Ff. C:

Bishopp). New to Mexico.

Agapostemon cockerelli, Crawford.

Tlahualilo, Durango, Mexico, March 9, 1904, at peach-

blossoms, 6 9 (A. W. Morrill). New to Mexico.

At the same flowers, at the same time, were taken females

of A. tevanus, Cresson, and A. melliventris, Cresson.

Agapostemon obscuratus, Cresson, var. abjectus, var. Nov.

9 .—Head and thorax obscure dark green; wings brownish.

Cabanas, Cuba, May 28 (Palmer & Riley).

Close to A. femoralis, but larger and with brownish wings,

and the head and thorax quite differently coloured. I suppose

that it is a form of Cresson’s obscuratus, though that has the

head and thorax black, with more or less purple tinge, while

in our insect these parts are very distinctly green. There is

more black on the hind femora than in femoralis, but a large

pale yellow patch on the outer side remains. ‘The scutellum

is dark but shining olive-green.

Agapostemon nasutus, Smith, variety a.

@ .—Head deep purple-blue ; metathorax (except in middle)

and parts of sides of thorax green.

Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico.

A new locality for typical A. nasutus is Santa Eulalia,

Peru, 3000 ft. alt., Jan. 18, 1913 (C. A. 7. Townsend).

Ptiloglossa mayarum, Cockerell.

Tabernilla, Canal Zone, Panama, May 14, 1907 (Aug.

Busck).

Previously known only from Guatemala.

Ptiloglossa eximia, Smith.

Male. On convolvulus, C. Bolivar, Venezuela (AZ. A.

Carriker).

The marginal cell is longer in this species than in P. ma-

yarum and P. mexteana.

Records of Bees. 437

' Augochlora flammea, Smith.

Male. Very like the female, but the clypeus is broadly

creamy white apically, and the basitarsi are yellowish white.

S. Lucreola, Vera Cruz, Mexico (Crawford).

Compared with a 2? from F. Smith’s collection.

Prosopis wootont, Cockerell.

Meadow Valley, Mexico, Sept. (C. H. T. Townsend). New

to Mexico,

This is true wootont, not P. divergens, which I cons‘der

distinct.

Prosopis transvittata, sp. n.

? (type).—Length about 6 mm.

Robust, black ; head and thorax dull, very densely punc-

tured ; cream-coloured markings on head, thorax, and legs;

clypeus with a broad pale subapical band, which is trilobed

on lower side; lateral face-marks elongate, filling space

between clypeus and eye, thence extending upward with a

slightly crenulate margin, to end obtusely on orbital margin

a short distance below middle of front; flagellum obscure

red beneath except at base; prothorax with an interrupted

yellow band, not nearly reaching tubercles, which are light ;

tegule with a light spot; bases of tibiee (the hind ones very

broadly) cream-colour ; area of metathorax dull, finely rugu-

lose, more coarsely at base. Wings brownish. First abdo-

minal segment shining, with very fine but distinct punctures ;

segments 1 to 4 with white apical hair-bands laterally.

g .—Length about 5°5 mm.

Black, densely punctured as in the female, but punctures

of first abdominal segment more distinct; face cream-colour

up to level of antennz, the broad supraclypeal mark extending

between antennee, the lateral marks extending upward as

bands which end obtusely a little below middle of front ;

scape entirely black, not broadened ; flagellum ferruginous

beneath ; markings on thorax and tegule as in female ;

anterior tibiz in front, middle at base, hind on nearly basal

half, and all the basitarsi light yellow ; lateral abdominal

hair-bands hardly as distinct as in female.

Meadow Valley, Mexico, 4 2, 3g (C. H. T. Townsend).

U.S. Nat. Museum.

The female is more distinct on superficial examination than

the male. By the light clypeal band it resembles P. elliptica,

Kirby, but it is larger than that, with longer clypeus and

438 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

punctured first abdominal segment. The species is actually

nearest to P. episcopalis, Ckll., from which the male is readily

known by the less rugose area of metathorax and the orbits

diverging more widely above. The mesothorax is rougher

and more coarsely punctured than in episcopalis, but the

difference is not important. Had I only a single specimen, I

might think this a variety of episcopalis ; but the good series

indicates a distinct species.

Colletes speculiventris, sp. n.

¢ .—Length 8:5 mm.

Black, rather slender, the tarsi obscurely reddish ; face

with pale ochreous-tinted hair, cheeks with white; clypeus

exposed, glistening, densely striato-punctate, with a broad

subapical depression ; malar space distinctly broader than

long, but not nearly twice as broad ; labrum with a series of

vertical sulci and a small median pit ; mandibles red apically ;

flagellum long, very obscurely brownish beneath, the middle

joints much longer than broad; hair of thorax dull white,

but dark fuscous on scutellum, contrasting with the white of

the axille ; mesothorax shining, strongly punctured ; base of

metathorax with a series of very large smooth quadrate areas,

separated by ridges; tegule dark reddish, Wings dusky ;

second s.m. very broad, receiving first r.n. in middle, Legs

ordinary. Abdomen highly polished and_ shining, the

segments with rather narrow apical white hair-bands; ventral

segments with white hair-bands, broad at sides and very

narrow in middle.

San Bernardino, Paraguay, Dec. 20 (K. Fiebrig, 2302).

U.S. Nat. Museum.

This looks like a small C. argentinus, Friese, until the

entirely different sculpture of the abdomen is observed. In

Friese’s table (1912) it runs nearest to C. laticeps from Chile.

In Joergensen’s table it runs nearest to C. schrottky:, from

which it is easily known by the dark hair on scutellum,

Pasiphaé chrysostoma, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 7 mm.; anterior wing 6.

Black, the flagellum dull reddish beneath except at base,

the tarsi apically brownish ; head subcircular, thick ; clypeus

densely covered with shining pale golden hair ; tongue as in

Colletes ; mandibles black; front minutely punctured, the

lower part tufted with long yellowish hair; antenne short;

a smooth shining space on each side of the ocelli ; mesothorax

smooth and shining, scarcely punctured; area of metathorax

Records of Bees. 439

triangular, smooth, a deep pit at apex ; thorax above, espe-

cially on scutellum, clothed with very bright orange-fulvous

hair; pleura with dull white hair; tegule piceous. Wings

hyaline, faintly dusky, stigma dull fulvous, nervures fuscous ;

b.n. meeting the oblique t.-m. Legs slender, the hind pair

long; spurs very pale reddish ; hair of legs white. Abdomen

broad, moderately shining, the hind margins of the segments

with conspicuous pale fulvous hair-bands.

Carcarana, Argentina (L. Bruner, 83), U.S. Nat. Museum.

Readily known by the bright hair of thorax above. It

may be compared with the much larger P. franki, Friese,

from Buenos Aires.

Pasiphaé leucostoma, sp. n.

& .—Length about 8°3 mm. ; anterior wing 6.

Black, the flagellum obscurely brownish beneath ; slender,

with rather long and narrow abdomen ; apical half of man-

dibles dark chestnut ; face and clypeus densely covered with

silky white hair; a smooth shining space on each side of

ocelli; antennz rather short ; mesothorax and scutellum

polished and shining, slightly glaucous, with very remote

and minute punctures ; area of metathorax large, triangular,

the basal part very finely transversely striate, the apical with

a deep pit; hair of thorax white, tinged with ochreous

dorsally; tegule piceous. Wings hyaline, faintly dusky,

stigma and nervures rufo-fuscous. Legs ordinary, with

white hair ; hind legs long and slender. Abdomen without

any distinct hair-bands, though the fourth and following

segments have thin bands of glittering white hair, which

becomes dense at apex; surface of abdomen dullish, glaucous,

the second and third sutures obscurely reddish; fourth and

fifth ventral segments with conspicuous fringes of pure white

hair.

Carcarana, Argentina (ZL. Bruner, 38, 73). U.S. Nat,

Museum. :

Resembles the Chilean P. tristis, Spinola, but that has the

abdomen shining and hind margins of segments testaceous.

Lonchopria rufipennis, sp. n.

3 (type).—Length about 11 mm.; anterior wing 8:5.

Black, without metallic tints; head and thorax above with

pale ochreous hair; face, cheeks, and lower part of thorax

with creamy-white hair; mandibles reddish apically, bi-

dentate ; face broad, inner orbits nearly parallel; face and

front densely covered with hair; malar space extremely

440 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

short; antenne short, flagellum dull reddish beneath except

at base ; mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured in middle ;

area of metathorax triangular, not polished ; tegule clear

rufo-testaceous. Wings strongly reddened, dusky on apical

margin, stigma and nervures ferruginous. Legs with pale

hair ; anterior tibie and tarsi ferruginous in front. First

abdominal segment with long pale ochreous hair, the margins

of segments 1 to 5 with entire white hair-bands, only mode-

rately broad ; venter polished.

? .—Similar, but more robust; fimbria on last two seg-

ments of abdomen dark chocolate.

Variety parva, var. n., 6 .—Uniformly smaller; anterior

wing 7 mm. long,

Carcarana, Argentina (LZ. Bruner, 35; the @ 78; var.

parva, 48). U.S. Nat. Museum.

I separated the var. parva (3 ¢) as a distinct species on

account of the uniformly small size; but there are apparently

no good structuial characters. Probably the large and small

races visit different flowers. Years ago, I think before

Lonchopria was published, Mr. J. C. Crawford examined the

mouth-parts, and attached a label, ‘“ Colletidse, n. gen. ?.”

The palpi, from Mr. Crawford’s mount (male of larger race),

measure as follows in microns :— Labial palpi, joints (1) 112,

(2) 96, (3) 96, (4) 128; maxillary palpi, joints (1) 144,

(2) 80, (3) 80, (4) 80, (5) 80, (6) 128. The palpi are pale

and much more delicate than in L. a/opex, Ckll.

This species may be compared with ZL. nivosa, Vach., but

is easily known by the reddened wings and finely and densely

punctured ? clypeus.

Camptopeum reed, sp. n.

Q (type).—Length about 8 mm.

Robust, black, not at all metallic ; head, thorax, abdomen,

and legs with abundant pale hair, distinctly ochreous-tinted

on head and thorax above; eyes grey ; face broad ; labrum

transversely striate; face with creamy-white markings as

follows :—large triangular mark in middle of clypeus, supra-

clypeal transverse band, and more or less L-shaped lateral

face-marks, the upper arm of the L (along the orbit) suddenly

narrowing at about level of antennze, and above that linear ;

flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base; vertex dull ;

mesothorax and scutellum shining; base of metathorax with

a transverse obtuse polished ridge; tegule piceous. Wings

hyaline ; stigma reddish, very small; b.n. falling short of

Notes on Georychus and its Allies. 441

t.-m.; second s.m. long, narrowed about half above. Legs

slightly brownish, anterior knees with a yellow spot ; spurs

red. Abdomen broad, shining, segments 2 to 4 each with a

broadly interrupted basal cream-coloured band, the lower

margin of which on each side is convex ; apical segments

with a good deal of black hair; ventral segments with thin

fringes of long hair. Maxillary palpi with six subequal

joints, the basal ones the longest; labial palpi with one long

joint and three short ones, which together do not exceed the

long ones.

3 .—More slender ; pale markings light lemon-yellow, as

follows :—face below antennze (including supraclypeal band

and dog-ear marks), rapidly narrowing extensions of lateral

marks about halfway up sides of front, interrupted band on

prothorax above, anterior and middle knees, anterior tibice in

front, greater part of anterior tarsi, a rather vague mark at

base of middle tarsi, and basal bands on abdominal segments

2 to 6, at most slightly interrupted in middle. The apex of

abdomen has a long tuft of fuscous hairs, curled upward,

appearing pallid when seen from beneath. On the venter,

subapically, is a broad strap-shaped lobe, broadest in middle,

emarginate at end, and with plumose hairs arranged along

the sides as a fringe, the apex also hairy. This lobe arises

from the apical margin of the fifth segment.

Type from Santiago, Chile; two $s received years ago

from Prof. H. 8. G. Titus as C. submetallicum, Spinola,

which is a larger insect with greenish abdomen, belonging to

the genus Liopeum.

There are also beforeme 2 9 andl @ of C. reedi collected

by E. C. Reed in Chile (U.S. Nat. Museum). I expected to

find this identical with one of the species of Spinola, Friese,

or Vachal; but it is evidently distinct from all. There is a

superficial resemblance to the paler-haired form of C. hirsut-

ulum, Spin.

LV.—WNotes on Georychus and tts Allies.

' By OLpDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In 1898 * Mr. de Winton, in a note on Georychus, drew

attention to the important characters which separate G. capensis

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 8

442 Mr. O. Thomas—WNotes on

—the genotype—from the great mass of the species usually

assigned to that genus, and proposed to recognize the two

groups so distinguished as subgenera, accepting for the

second subgenus the name Cryptomys from Dr. Gray’s paper

of 1864 *.

This division appears to me thoroughly sound, especially

as, in addition to the tooth-characters mentioned by de Winton,

there is a material difference in the structure of the posterior

palate, Cryptomys having this quite normal, while in Geo-

rychus (s. 8.) the capsules of the incisor-roots are extended

backwards into the pterygoids in a mauner approaching that

found in Heliophobius.

On the whole, therefore, it would appear to be advisable to

recognize Cryptomys as a full genus distinct from Georychus,

the great majority of the described species falling into it. On

the other hand, Gray’s Cetomys is not worthy of any sort of

recognition.

Restricted Georychus—the capensis group—inhabits the

extreme south of Africa, ranging northwards to Namaqualand

on the west and the Transvaal in the east. Cryptomys only

overlaps it along a comparatively narrow zone, but ranges

northwards from Knysna and Natal over the whole of the

Ethiopian region to Nigeria and Togoland.

As regards species, the genus Cryptomys is extraordinarily

uniform both externally and cranially, the many forms

described only differing, apart from size and a limited

range in colour, by characters of but little importance, such

as slight differences in the shape of the nasals, the relative

lengths of premaxillary processes and the nasals, and the

shape of the anteorbital foramina. Moreover, these diffe-

rences, such as they are, are curiously inconstant in the

group, almost any good series from one locality being liable

to contain individuals with the characters supposed to be

peculiar to other species. This is notably the case with the

apparently important character of the anteorbital foramina,

which in some cases may be high and lunate, with slender

boundaries, or small and subcircular, with thick ones, in

specimens taken in the same localities and obviously of the

same species t. Young specimens tend to be of the former

* P, Z.S. 1864, p. 128.

+ The type-skull of G. nimrodi, de Wint., has a subcircular foramen

on one side and a high one on the other, And anyone to whom the

British Museum collection is accessible should compare 4. 3. 1. 88 and 92,

both from Vredefort Road (Barrett-Hamilton), which have the extremes

of difference in the anteorbital foramina, and 5. 5, 1. 14 with 14. 5. 4. 20,

Georychus and tts Allies, 443

shape, and old ones of the latter, but individual exceptions to

this rule are very numerous. No doubt the shape of the

foramen is a good enough character, if care be taken that it

is regarded as an average and not an invariable one, but

species should certainly not be described on it alone without

quite considerable series.

Of course, in species isolated geographically, such as Cryp-

tomys foxt or zecht, the characters are more constant, but

where, as in the southern half of Africa, the animals are

found everywhere and no barrier to distribution exists, it

may almost be said that any character of skull may be found

in any species, thus absolutely nullifying geographical splitting

of the usual type.

Even size, when the giant northern species are put aside,

is of but little use, for in any series of skulls a few individuals

will be found much larger than the great majority, these

animals appearing to add to the bulk of their skulls long after

they have attained adult life. For example, the type-skulls

of both C. bocagei, de Wint., and C. whytet, Thos., are so

much larger than others. from the same areas that they might

readily be thought specifically different from them.

Of course, I do not mean that the skull-characters are

negligible, but only that a much more liberal view of their

inconstancy and want of importance should be taken than is

the case in other mammals. Let anyone look at Mr. Austin

Roberts’s figures of skulls, and he will see how essentially

similar they all are to one another.

The mammary formula of Cryptomys appears to be always

2—1=6. At least, this is the number I find in every spirit-

female we have, whatever its locality. Mr. Roberts’s state-

ment that some of the species have no inguinal pair is probably

due to his having attempted to count mamme on fresh speci-

mens, which is almost as difficult and untrustworthy as doing

so on skins. Spirit-specimens are alone to be trusted for

this particular purpose, as every mammalogist of any expe-

rience 1S aware.

It may be of interest to record that Cryptomys—or, at

least, some of the species of it—possesses that most unusual

structure, an os clitoridis. In a specimen of C. mechow? it is

an oblong flattened bone 5 mm. in length, 1°5 in breadth, and

0-5 in thickness, not very much smaller than the corresponding

both from the same farm at Willbrook, Estcourt (Wroughton § Turner),

which equally have the extremes as regards the posterior nasal regions,

other specimens from the same series filling up the gap between them.

444 Notes on Georychus and tts Allies.

bone of the male. The latter, however, is of more normal

shape, round in section, thick at base, tapering terminally.

One of the causes of the wide distribution of similar forms

is no doubt the habit of these animals of frequenting in the

dry-season the empty beds of the rivers, and then when the

water comes down in flood such as survive are carried along

to make further colonies lower down, by which process the

Cryptomys of rivers hundreds of miles in length are preserved

from local isolation,

These facts about this difficult group have been gradually

impressing themselves on mammalogists for some time, and

it was hoped that by the increase of collections and literature

a proper understanding of the true state of things would be.

reached. But unfortunately for South-African mammalogy

a worker in the Transvaal Museum has recently written a

number of papers * in which he has given names to nearly a

score of “species”? of Cryptomys without reference to any

of the older collections or any adequate quotation of the

literature of the subject. He appears not to have learnt tle

underlying basis of scientific mammalogy, which is the non-

occurrence of closely allied species on the same ground, for

we find such surprises as the description of four species of

small Cryptomys from Pretoria alone and many others from its

near neighbourhood. His species are ostensibly based on the

characters of the skull—now known, as above explained, to

be of little importance,—but these are so described and with

such insufficient comparison one with another that it is quite

impossible to identify them. Even an albino is described

as a new species, Georychus albus!

The character of the work is of the same quality in other

groups of mammals.

These papers are published in the official journal of the

Transvaal Museum, and I would respectfully urge on the

authorities of that institution to consider what a fatal effect

the issue of such work is likely to have on the reputation of

their Museum and its standing in scientific estimation. I

feel perfectly certain that they will not wish their finely got

up journal to be the vehicle for what is little short of a catas-

trophe to one of the sciences they deal with.

Mr. Roberts’s obvious enthusiasm for mammalogy might

have been made of the greatest service to science had he

consulted any of the older workers, and had he learnt from

them a little caution before rushing into print on so difficult

a subject.

* Austin Roberts, ‘The Collection of Mammals in the Transvaal

Museum,” Annals of the Transvaal Museum, 1913, and Supplements,

1914-1917.

445

INDEX=tTo VOT. XX:

ABRAXAS, new species of, 164,

Acari, new parasitic, 431.

Acerbas, new species of, 224,

Acinonychine, characters of the new

subfamily, 332.

olochroma, new subspecies of, 111.

Agapostemon, new species of, 240,

Agathia, new species of, 112.

Agrotera, new species of, 376.

Akodon, new species of, 97.

Alestes, new species of, 363,

Alytes obstetricans, remarks on, 173.

Amblyopus, new species of, 147.

Amphodus, new species of, 184,

Amsacta, new species of, 411.

Anapalta, new species of, 67.

Ancyloscelis, note on the genus, 304.

Anisozyga, new species of, 67, 112.

Antharmostes, new species of, 120.

Areticonus, characters of the new

genus, 129. “

Arhopala, new subspecies of, 219,

Arrow, G. J., revision of the African

species of Erotylide, 137; note on

the genus Euxestus, 368,

Asteroidea, notes on, 166,

Astrocles, characters of the new

genus, 430.

Astrolirus, characters of the new

genus, 428,

Athyrma, new species of, 51.

Aulacodes, new species of, 201.

Bagnall, R. S., records of some

British Symphyla, 360.

Balanocrinus of London clay, 385.

Barbus, new species of, 364.

Bather, Dr. F. A., on Balanocrinus

of the London clay, 385,

Bathycolpodes, new species of, 120.

Batrachia, new, 184, 413.

Bembex, new species of, 289.

Berta, new subspecies of, 125.

Biaka, characters of new genus, 225,

Bomolocha, new species of, 163.

Books, new :—Mollusca of the Aus-

tralasian Antarctic Expedition,

200; British Museum publications

in Economie Zoology, 326.

Boulenger, G. A., remarks on the

midwife toad, 173; on a new

species of Amphodus, 184; on new

fishes from Lake Tanganyika, 363 ;

on new frogs of genus Rana, 413.

Braconide, on the, in the B,M., 241.

Bradina, new species of, 212.

Braunsomeria, new species of, 352.

Brisingella, characters of the new

genus, 427,

Brisingenes, characters of the new

genus, 427,

Brisingidz, new genera and species

of, 418

Buckman, S.8., on the correlation

of Jurassic chronology, 263.

Calotachytes, characters of the new

subgenus, 10,

Campsomeris, new species of, 355.

Camptopoaum, new species of, 440,

Candalides, new subspecies of, 220.

Capnodes, new species of, 162.

Casyapa, new species of, 221.

Cat, on the occurrence of a pseudo-

parasitic mite on domestic, 132.

Catapsephis, new species of, 371.

Cechenena, new species of, 307.

Celerena, new subspecies of, 229,

Cenoloba, new species of, 279.

Chalepogenus globulosus, descrip-

tion of the female of, 302.

Cheletiella parasitivorax, occurrence

of, on the domestic cat, 182.

Chirodiscoides, characters of the new

genus, 451.

Chrysichthys, new species of, 366.

Cleora, new species of, 74.

Clupeosoma, new species of, 275.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 235, 298, 436.

Ccelorhyncidia, new species of, 212.

Coleoptera, new, 137.

Colletes, new species of, 438.

Colussa, new species of, 56.

Comibzena, new species of, 114.

Cosmopsaltria, new species of, 321.

Crasilogia, new subspecies of, 68.

Craspedosis, new species of, 78, 229.

Craterobrisinga, new species of, 426.

Crinoids, on British fossil, 385.

Crocidura, new species of, 318.

Crustacea, new, 435.

Cryptomys, note on the genus, 442.

Cryptotympana, new species of, 319.

Cyphura, new species of, 80.

Cyrestis, new species of, 408.

Dardus, new species of, 187.

Dasychira, new species of, 160.

Dasychiroides obsoleta, description

of the female of, 58.

Dasyprocta, new species of, 259, 310.

Deilemera, new species of, 159.

Delias, new subspecies of, 217.

Delomys, characters of the new

genus, 196,

446

Deltamys, characters of the new

genus, 98.

Demodex, remarks on certain species

of, 232; new species of, 435.

Dendrailurus, note on genus, 348.

Desmia, new species of, 376.

Deudorix, new species of, 220.

Deuterophysa, new species of, 214.

Diacrisia, new species of, 50.

Diadasia, new subspecies of, 304.

Diathrausta, new species of, 213.

Dimorpha, new species of, 296. :

Dipsacaster, note on the genus, 169.

Distant, W. L., on some Ethiopian

and Australian homoptera, 186;

on homoptera of Indo-China, 319.

Dorigona, note on the genus, 168.

Draczenura, new species of, 158, 211.

Dundubia, new species of, 320.

Dysphania, new species of, 111.

Elis, new species of, 352.

Encaustes, new species of, 144.

Epeolus, new species of, 298.

Epipompilus, new species of, 359,

Fpitherapis, new species of, 72.

Epyris, new species of, 103.

Erotylide, revision of the African

species of, 137.

Eucharidema, new species of, 79.

Euproctis, new species of, 55.

Eurychoria, new species of, 69.

Eurymeloides, new species of, 188.

Euxestus, note on the genus, 368;

new species of, 155.

Exhyalella, characters of the new

genus, 430,

Exomalopsis, new species of, 302.

Felide, on groups of small and me-

dium-sized S.-American, 43; on

the classification of existing, 329.

Felinze, characters of the new sub-

family, 332.

Fisher, W. K., notes on Asteroidea,

166; on a new genus and sub-

genus of East-Indian_sea-stars,

172; on new genera and species of

Brisingidee, 418.

Fishes, new, 363.

Folka, definition of the new generic

name, 163.

Freyellidea, characters of the new

genus, 429.

Geeana, new species of, 324.

Galago crassicaudatus, on the geo-

eraphical races of, 47.

Gargetta, new species of, 61.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 154, 263, 327.

Geometride, new, 109.

Georychus, note on the genus, 441.

INDEX.

Glyphodiscus, characters of the new

subgenus, 173.

Gubaria, new subspecies of, 71.

Gudwana, characters of the new

genus, 189.

Hampson, Sir G. F., on new Pyra-

lidee, 201, 265, 369.

Hapalide, on the genera of, 247.

Haphsa, new species of, 322.

Hasora, new species of, 222.

Hecalus, new species of, 191.

Heliconius, on new races and aberra-

tions of, 87.

Heliophobius, new species of, 314.

Hemithea, new species of, 122.

Herpailurus, note on the genus, 346,

Hesperilla, new species of, 223.

Heterocnephes, new species of, 165.

Hilda, new species of, 186.

Hippotion, new species of, 307.

Hirst, 8., occurrence of a pseudo-

parasitic mite on the domestic cat,

132; remarks on certain species of

the genus Demodex, 232; on three

new parasitic Acari, 431.

Holoreta, new species of, 82.

Holotachytes, characters of the new

subgenus, 10.

Homoptera, new, 186, 319.

Hoplitis, new species of, 235.

Hydropionea, characters of

new genus, 275.

Hygrochroa, new species of, 73.

Hymenoptera, new, 1, 101, 255, 241,

289, 298, 351, 357, 436.

Hypena, new species of, 54.

Hypocysta, new subspecies of, 218,

Hypodoxa, new speeies of, 66.

Hypolimnas, new subspecies of, 218.

Iconaster, note on the genus, 168.

Ictailurus, note on the genus, 342.

Imaus, new species of, 57.

Inomys, characters of the

genus, 197.

Iphiaulax, new species of, 243.

Trenangelus, new species of, 357.

Joicey, J. J., on new heterocera

from Dutch New Guinea, 50; on

new races and aberrations of

Heliconius, 87; on new lepido-

ptera from Waigeu, Dutch New

Guinea, and Biak, 216; on two

new species and new genus of

Sphingidee, 230, 305.

Kaye, W. J., on new races and

aberrations of Heliconius, 87; on

two new species and new genus of

Sphingide, 230, 305.

Lampides, new subspecies of, 221,

Lasioceros, new species of, 63,

the

new

INDEX.

Ledropsis, new species of, 188.

Leopardus, note on the genus, 344.

Lepidoptera, new, 50, 87, 108, 157,:

201, 216, 236, 265, 305, 369, 407.

Leptailurus, note on the genus, 337.

Liris, new species of, 295.

Lonchopria, new species of, 439.

Lonchotaster, note on genus, 169,

Longstaff, Mrs. J., on Aclisina, De

Koninck, and Aclisoides, Donald,

136.

Loxura, new subspecies of, 158.

Lynx, note on the genus, 334.

Macaria, new species of, 126.

Mammals, new, 47, 95, 197, 198,

259, 261, 310, 314, 315, 317, 362.

Marasmia, new species of, 378.

Marumba, new species of, 305.

Massepha, new species of, 373.

Maulik, S., on the subgenus Para-

downesia, 180.

Mecodina, new species of, 52.

Mediaster, note on the genus, 166,

Megachile, new species of, 237.

Megalodacne, new species of, 145.

Melissodes, new species of, 305.

Metrodira, note on the genus, 170.

Metrodiridie, characters of the new

family, 171.

Micrencaustes, new species of, 145.

Microglossa, new species of, 279.

Microphysetica, characters of the

new genus, 215.

Milionia, new species of, 127.

Mimandria, new species of, 110.

Mimene, definition of the

generic name, 225.

Miscophus, new species of, 297.

Mustela, new species of, 26].

Mylomys, new species of, 362.

Myzine, new species of, 351.

Nadagara, new species of, 70.

Nadagarodes, new species of, 70.

Nectria, note on the genus, 166,

Neofelis, note on the genus, 343,

Neptis, new species of, 409.

Neromia, new species of, 125.

Nervicompressa, new species: of, 65.

Neurophyseta, new species of, 369.

Neurotoca, new species of, 124.

Nomada, new species of, 256.

Notocrypta, new species of, 228.

Notegonia, new species of, 294.

Nymphaster, note on the genus, 167,

Oligographa, new species of, 305.

Olixon, note on the genus, 107,

Omichlis, new species of, 62.

Onycodes leptoctenopris, description

of the female of, 65.

Oospila, new species of, 118,

new

447

Opsirhina, new species of, 82.

Oryzomys, new species of, 96; on the

S.-American rats allied to, 192.

Oxyambulyx, new species of, 308.

Pagy da, new species of, 377.

Palzolybas, new species of, 152.

Pantherinze, characters of the new

subfamily, 332.

Pantoporia, new species of, 410.

Paradownesia, on the subgenus, 180.

Paralcis, new species of, 75.

Paranepanthia, characters of the new

genus, 172.

Pardofelis, note on the genus, 339.

Parsons, L. M., on the carboniferous

limestone bordering the Leicester-

shire coalfield, 134.

Parthenodes, new species of, 209.

Pasiphaé, new species of, 236, 488.

Pentacrinus didactylus, on, 385.

Pepliphorus, new subspecies of, 220.

Perisyntrocha, new species of, 211.

Petaloseelis, new species of, 146. ,

Petronievics, Dr. B., on the skull of

Tritylodon longaevus, 283.

Pheenomys, characters of the new

genus, 196,

Phanerotoma, new species of, 247.

Phellinodes, new species of, 108.

Phrudocentra, new species of, 117,

Piletocera, new species of, 266.

Pilocrocis, new species of, 381.

Pingasa, new subspecies of, 111,

Pleurona, new species of, 161.

Plutodes, new subspecies of, 69.

Pocock, R. L., on the groups of the

small and medium-sized 8.-Ameri-

can Felidae, 43; on a new genus of

Urside, 128; on the genera of Ha-

palide, 247; on the classification

of existing Felidae, 329,

Polyacme, new species of, 71.

Polyptychus, new species of, 230,

308.

Poraniomorpha, note on genus, 166,

Porina, new species of, 83.

Preetaxila, new subspecies of, 219.

ae kam new species of, 67,

Priamaster, note on the genus, 171.

Prionailurus, note on the genus, 338.

Pristocera, new species of, 101.

Privesa, new species of, 187.

Profelis, note on the genus, 340,

Prohydata, new species of, 124,

Prosopis, new species of, 437,

Prout, L. B., on new Geometride,

108.

Pseudaglossa, new species of, 53,

Pseudomiza, new species of, 71,

448

Ptilothrix, note on the genus, 303.

Puma, note on the genus, 336.

Pycnarmon, new species of, 374.

Pyralid, new, 201, 265, 369.

Racheospila, new species of, 115,

Rana, new species of, 413.

Rattus, new species of, 198.

Rhabdepyris, new species of, 105.

thagomys, characters of the new

genus, 192.

Rhegaster, note on the genus, 166.

Rhipidomys, on the §8.-American

rats allied to, 192.

Richardson, L., on the inferior oolite

of the Crewkerne district, 327.

Sabera, new species of, 223.

Salatura, new subspecies of, 157.

Salpinx, new species of, 407.

Sauris, new species of, 68.

Scieroptera, new species of, 325,

Scolia, new species of, 354.

Scoparia, new species of, 280.

Sowerby, A. de C., on a newsspecies

of shrew from Corea, 317.

Spalax, new subspecies of, 315.

Spaniocentra, new species of, 115.

Spheropyx, new species of, 245.

Sphingidee, new, 230, 305.

Spinaria, new species of, 244.

Stauropus, new species of, 59.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on S.-A fri-

can Talitride, 435.

Stegnobrisinga, note on genus, 428,

Stenia, new species of, 216, 265. ~

Sufetula, new species of, 373.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Indo-

Malayan lepidoptera, 157, 407.

Swinnerton, Prof. H. H., on the

development and morphology of

the ammonite septum, 135.

Symphyla, on some British, 360.

Syngamia, new species of, 379.

Synodontis, new species of, 367,

Tabidia, new species of, 376.

Tachysphex, new species of, 293.

Tachytes, revision of the Ethiopian

species of, 1; new species of, 290.

Talbot, G., on new heterocera from

Dutch New Guinea, 50; on new

lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch

New Guinea, and Biak, 216,

Taragama, new species of, 81.

INDEX.

Tecupa, characters of the new

genus, 410.

Tembandumba, characters of the new

genus, 186.

Terpnosia, new species of, 323.

Tettigoniella, new species of, 190,

Thalassodes, new species of, 121.

Thibetia, characters of the new

genus, 231.

Thomas, O., on the geographical

races of Galago crassicaudatus,

47; on small mammals from the

delta of the Parana, 95; on the

S.-American rats allied to Ory-

zomys and Rhipidomys, 192; on

two new rats of the Rattus con-

fucianus group, 198; on a new

agouti from British Guiana, 259 ;

on anew Mustela from Java, 201 ;

notes on agoutis, 810; on a new

Heliophobius from Rhodesia, 314 ;

on the Spalax of the Grecian

Archipelago, 315; on a new rat of

the genus Mylomys, 362; note on

Georychus and its allies, 441.

Trabala, new species of, 80.

Trichzlurus, note on the genus, 335.

Triepeolus, new species of, 300.

Trithyris, new species of, 381.

Tritoma, new species of, 149.

Tritylodon longzevus, on the skull of,

283.

Trueman, A. E., on the development

and morphology of the ammonite

septum, 155.

Turner, R. E., wasps of the genus

Tachytes inhabiting the Ethiopian

region, 1; hymenopterous families

Bethylide and Rhopalosomide,

101; Braconide in the B.M., 241 ;

fossorial hymenoptera, 289, 35],

357.

Urapteroides, new species of, 229.

Ursidz, on a new genus of, 128.

Varicorhinus, new species of, 364,

Waterston, J., on the hymeno-

pterous families Bethylide and

Xhopalosomide, 101.

Xylophanes, new species of, 306.

Zagiridia, new species of, 275.

Zethes, new species of, 53, 161.

Zibethailurus, note on genus, 541.

END OF THE TWENTIETH VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STRERT.

JOICLY & TALBOT. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. I.

A. E Prout, del. Andre. Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd

NEw HETEROCERA FROM DutcH NEW GUINEA.

A E. Prout, del

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, [tds

New HETEROCERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA.

JOICEY & TALBOT. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. III.

A. EB. Prout, del. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd,

NEW HETEROCERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA.

BOE Be NGM Annie Mag. Nat, Hist. $8 Vol. XX. Pi, IV.

6 18

4 EF Prout, del Audre, Sleigh & Anglo, Lt

New HETrEROCERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEAS.

tere

) Ge 2

. / ; - =i} 1 S, ri

i f ; i : Me 7 34a

oe, get | a Te ae

4) 1) 7 ; ; P ) - — . i _

' : ; ¥ m

) : « ; ’ : aT ; ov i 1 o* ae ,

Mt ay = ae 4 a _ ri 2, A

1 ine o te 7

7 2 ad M, ; =

i. ; 4 a

‘ eo

7 vv * %

: - 4 3 f —

_ a ‘vo ; va

i n

am oe red a in

i +

i: F /

® : _

: : ‘ : yy

| ks ‘ :

- ie

i §

, : Yer: 9 — 2

i t

+ ’

, '

¥ a ;

1 + a ‘i reg a

" : %

i a ¢ i ,

rt qi ers, 8 f : -

is , ae : =

ae i ;

1 ia * i

i i :

y ’ b is a

if . i,

Ss ve

De ‘ a. ry

», Pe » Wood iif jr rig pees Rr

wy ra 4 a

- fe x ms ‘abs ia

4 : vi Ay

vi cok Wy nA oe are ne

POUR ES LE, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. V.

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd

New Forms oF HELICONIUS.

ae: Ang & Mas. Nat. Hist. S. 8 Vel. XX. Pi. VI.

New Forms OF HELICONIUS.

SEES Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. VII.

A. B. Prout, del. Adlard & Son & West Newman, Ltd,, impr.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. VII.

& KAYE

JOICEY

Soot

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. 1X.

IRST.

she

SDN

ia,

111 |

bled tages

aie

ily

| |

Fig. 3.

(ms

Hires dk

Fig, OF

Highley del.

PE aneTad Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S..8. Vol, XX. Pl, X.

Thies, Il, Hire. 2

Skull and Teeth of Tritylodon, Cynognathus, and Diademodon.

< WERE EE

Peraals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the First ey of every Month.—2s. 6d. ,

BHR

LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. —

Conducted by

- SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D. Sc., LL.D., F.B.S,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, 0. M., M. Ay; Se. D., F. R. Ss,

- JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Se., E.RS., EGS,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B. A., LL. D, E.R. S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

Published the Fir st Day y of every Month. —2s. 6d,

is OLD pe

ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

ancleeiae Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

Conducted by —

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.B.S., E. LS., F.G.S.,

ARTHUR EK. SHIPLEY, M.A., Se.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F. du: ee

Founded in 1877 Monthly, le Annual Subser eption

( Companion and 12 Monthly Numbers), 13s.

THE. OBSERVATORY,

ay MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

Edited by

A. S$. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., F.R.S.,

F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., thd

H. 8. JONES, M.A., BSc.

Its Canttirateve: include pom: of the leading English- peaking Astronomers,

and its. eraeles Lids an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical

; Ber) oe and achievement.

Published Monthly. Price 1s. 8d. Annual Subscription,

tira Wire post free.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Edited by

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F. A S.,

ay ‘LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM

- Articles ave prominent Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries ; Reviews

St: ep otanieal ‘Waws and Notes, &e., &e.

“Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. ae

Loutou cn. ay F. A , Basen, D De, r, R. 2 ae 2,

&s as Te

XLIX. ‘Ne ew Yeap Levidoptrs, By Calonel C. SOO

MA, ELS. :

ARG Ie cis dna RGAE EMS AR! CAD Bh oto nae

aL Desieiptions of. new | Brogs of the Genus Hana. ER G. oe !

BouteNenr, F.RB.S... :

eed A heres Wegutae nl gene eta

LI. New Gonase: and Species: of Brisingide. By Warren xk

Pisuer, Stanford University, California

Ca Sidr ean AR Ne ce Se

LIT. On Three new Parasitic Acari. By Sranrey Hirsr ...... 431.

‘ ae irs cS ae A yA : an ! ‘ ie . “ at es ; . be ; ae hurd Bi

‘ULL South- African Palitride, By : the Rey. ‘Trowas Re R. oe

Smmpsin, M. A, FF, R a eS: ; Ps S oe a a aes Pcs saa % 435 <

LIV, - Déseriptions and esalle of ie — _ LXXViL. By oh

t. D, A. Cocrerent, University of Colorado . nee c fre pee oe - 436 |

LY, “Notes on a its oe By Oxprrep Trowas ie 4

Index . AD Seana a ‘ oe Te ee ie seen es! pan rece 445

** Ibis requested that all osmmiotign ior for this Work tah be nddieossed E

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. ne oe Francis, sie. Of,

Bet Coke ee Fleet eh Longong - € aaa es